Woodworking For Beginners

TWO
COPIES
Ht;ceivfc,^",
Library
of
Office
Congr"t%
f
tb"t
""'" ! 9 1900
ll"gl"Ur
of
C*pyr"ght%
"\"^
^%^
56214
Copyright,
CHARLES
G.
i8
WHEELER
StCJND
Xlbe
*nicheibocher
press,
"Kew
IPorft
COPY.
TO
THE
YOUTHFUL
FOUNDERS
OF
TOWN"
"TOTLET
WITHOUT
WHOSE
INSPIRATION
HAVE
THIS
BEEN
UNDERTAKEN
BOOK
WOULD
NOT
PREFACE
of
aim
THE
and
useful
and
at
the
is
primarily
faults, and
be
written
to
do
is
energy,
of
be
can
by
the
work
due
in
serious
of
apparently
teachers
practical
work.
the
seem
satisfied
for
servation
obone
no
as
at
fund
of
the
or
of
this
be
made
to
sweep
lay
or
the
who
last
class
fitted
training
such
the
and
Others
the
trained
experience
is, perhaps,
without
perience,
ex-
amateur's
subject.
lack
or
work
capacity,
by compilers
together,
to
seem
well
out
to
knowledge
(and
to
Some
physical
amateurs
varied
serious
however
to
youth,
rudiments
several
pedagogical
and
of
work
have
who,
mental
mechanical
classes.
necessary
and
Others
three)
been
the
and
gaining
well
as
thing
(some-
still
without
boys)
three
lack
development
by
mechanic's
the
book),
any
skill
workmen,
insight
to
tools
experience
directions
in
grouped
experience
written
manual
to
themselves,
regard
from
by
of
not
experience.
give
practical
architecture,
Although
use
indicated
addressed
psychological
worst
It
harmonious
of
arts
the
in
taught
and
those
the
skill
processes
which
and
in
the
information
(particularly
are
wood,
pleasant
surplus
their
toward
acquired
be
cannot
books
of
be
slight degree
some
Many
lack
their
boat-building.
or
impart
to
only
can
through
practical
with
them
show
of
some
of
successfully.
may
teach
to
attempt
cabinet-making,
and
the
off
contribute
time
an
which
least
it
boys,
work
to
same
not
intended
go
of
case
work
to
way
make
profitably
can
of all ages
amateurs
development.
carpentry,
can
the
ways
all-round
It
in
that,
hoped
to
suggest
they
the
in
them
start
to
is to
which
things
many
and
book
this
who
the
have
requisite
Preface
VI
knowledge
have
found
due
that
regard
the
Effort
avoid
would
has
these
evils,
ideas
of the
but
superficial,
carr}'
anyone
be
to
thorough
Great
far
and
look
at
and
this book
to
advanced
the
subject
claim
the
far
the
bo}\ and
the
general
is made
it goes
as
tional
educafrom
it aims
but
and
nor
it will
that
subjects;
teach
to
unlearned.
extended
an
upon
the
is neither
various
be
to
to
the
vieehanie,
no
the
alike
of
preparation
treatment
in
have
(based
care
readers.'
specific as
will
which
nothing
of the
to
may
constantly
are
harmful
teacher, the
The
writers
with
thev
attractive, without
omissions
line
in
elementary,
very
these
the
in
time, and
the
of
All
keep
to
zi'orkinaii.
aviateiir
interesting or
progress
made
whatever
purpose,
making
manual
beefi
standpoints
be
and
errors
and
moral
its real value.
to
fallinginto
moral
sufficient
or
with
experience
boys
be
taken
include
to
only what can
amateurs) has been
profitably done by an intelligentboy of from ten to eighteen
untrained
of more
worker
mature
or
by the average
years.
It is hoped that from
he may
the variety of subjects treated
and
find
much
in the
form
exact
hoped
in
with
will
detailed
be
perhaps
to
he
in
and
confidently
to
suggest
believed
that
such
giving
These
the
various
what
not
or
he
novel,
book
for
but
may
for
the
amateur
as
serve
work
their
a
so
of
prehensive
com-
designs,
execution,
and
vade-mecinn
of constructive
G.
tastes.
Wheeler.
June, 1S99.
criticisms
so-called
the word,
him
variety
Charles
Boston.
and
if
"
typical form
some
practical directions
and
merely
not
and
scope
ready-reference
seek
may
know.
to
It is
desired,
for which
sufficientlysimilar
something
needs
information
of the
"
and
Boys'
not
meant
are
to
to
and
Books"
the
of
to
the
"Amateurs'
admirable
many
specialbranches
apply
works
wood-working.
class of manuals,
Books,"
on
compendiums,
in \.ht popular
sloyd, manual
sense
of
training,and
CONTENTS
PART
I"
WORKSHOP
AMATEURS
FOR
PAGE
CHAPTER
"
Introductory
i
.......
II
"
Tools
.........
III
"
Wood
29
.........
IV
"
Working
Laying
Drawings,
out
the
Work,
Estimating
AND
49
......
"
56
Workshop
The
.......
PART
II"
VI
"
ARTICLES
TO
BE
MADE
WORKSHOP
THE
IN
Introductory
103
......
VII
"
Few
Toys
106
......
VIII
Houses
"
Animals
for
126
.....
IX
"
"
Implements
for
Outdoor
Sports
and
Athletics
Furniture
175
.......
XI
"
Few
PART
XII
"
XIII
XIV
"
"
Some
Few
Operations
Summer
Simple
218
FOR
HOUSE-BUILDING
Elementary
Simple
Miscellaneous
III"
141
Principles
BEGINNERS
238
Cottages
....
27
....
291
Structures
viii
Contents
PARTIl'"BOAr-Bi'lLDIXG
XV
Few
FOR
Simple
BEGIXXERS
Boats
298
"
......
V"TOOLS
PART
The
XVI
Common
OPERATIONS
Hand-tools,
"
Operations,
Ready
AiXD
Some
and
Every-day
Arranged
Alphabetically
for
Reference
344
......
Relating
Matters
Appendix
to
"
about
Working
DRA^vINGS,
Wood,
Suggestions
etc.
507
.
Index
539
INTRODUCTORY
IT
has
to
boys,
because
because
boys
the
of
his
older
(and
occur
degree
costly
expect
if
spirit
of
of
the
it
boy
is
to
will
untrained
take
be
It
is
find
enough
work
(many
than
IX
of
help
to
profitable
un-
advance
that
the
fundamental
do
the
to
subject
in
which
as
talk
usually
technical
those
and
however,
hoped,
of
is
much
style
except
material
it
are
men,
from
while
of
larly
particu-
beginners
needs
hold
in
amateur
to
he
also),
treated
maturity.
successful
experience)
what
pick
book
of
suggestions
interested
also
reader
to
be
this
majority
more
easily
can
perhaps
right
principles
need
of
parts
the
because
boys,
man
address
to
boys
to
in
best
seemed
NOTE
result
him.
readily
not
of
much
"
It is
strength,but
not
And
'T is
by
more
obtains
art
is less than
be swift
to
art, than
to
force
the
prize,
be wise
of
strokes."
numerous
Iliad.
Homer,
FOR
WOOD-WORKING
BEGINNERS
PART
AMATEURS
FOR
WORKSHOP
CHAPTER
INTRODUCTORY
WHEN
he
wish
There
is
of
as
course
One
Festina
the
going
The
"
and
work
work
I will
if you
at
make
started
something,
once;
it
quite
do
to
as
so,
right, and
wish
Do
who
too
haste
much
do
short.
there
are
good work,
slowly),is
before
first and
thinks
out
you
good
begin
work,
phrase,
capital motto
to
acts
begin
to
Latin
has
enthusiasm
reflection
any
hurry
old
stop long enough
thing
without
of
The
until your
wait
not
but
in
pounding.
usually turns
to
getting
be
(make
make
workman
who
begins
to
chapter,
in
to
sawing
of course,
away,
one
is not
beginner.
begin
make
to
do.
you
lente
to
in mind
bear
to
thing
actual
the
are
great deal
his mind
up
wants
this
read
things
some
*'
made
usually
to
you
has
one
think
to
how
oozed
you
saw.
afterwards
while
for
the
(as boys,
one
and
is the
who
even
for
Wood-Working
have
men,
in
time
been
the
been
laid it
the
the
words
"
strokes
well
and
that
Do
the
it is
not
spend
like
joints and
of
way
which
an
he
hour
or
agree
he
getting everything
detail
did
would
done,
of
and
the
with
work
have
workman
work,
begin.
was
in
has
expressed
work
should
be
hints
useful
you
whole
try
The
he
it out
to
It would
to
had
been
think
clear
make
to
man
to
before
have
as
so
far
much
as
the
But
you
more
can
laying
average
the
work
be
to
in
disgust
the
end
of the
done
he
it is the
and
to
quickly and
work
order
in
true
get
part
some
cause
be-
his mind
on
I know
the
do
way
ready
easily.
get it
Not
Now
to
it
who
to
Why?
began.
fection.
per-
really
Avas
workman,
corrected
patience
to
in his mind
concentrated
he
one
chisels,
his
actual
in
mistake.
little
perhaps
out
the
began
the
he
because
through
him
he
of
mistake
was
off
and
time
and
slighted
or
unreasonable.
ever
at
return
some
work
ahead
some
that
out
it
Going
bit.
I would
when
that
so
time
expect
it all
will go
which
had
planes, whetting
a
work,
in after
tering
apparently only "put-
be
ready
the
do
to
made
be
ahead
mean),
extraordinary, but
well
work
forged right
knew
thought
too
getting
of this systematic
Looking
time.
would
any-
hours'
three
have
would
to
example
perhaps
of that
cises,
exer-
workmanship,
apparently accomplishing nothing
behind
have
belong
not
extreme
fixing his
saws,
process,
never
abilitywas
and
first
lot of set
his accurate
an
end
gentleman
not
out
apparently untouched,
perfect shape
cases
did.
so
some
numerous
He
give
him
workman
the work
been
in most
boy
average
and
do
was
the
at
his ways,
at
itself,and
process.
his
the
of
either
the
is sometimes
"
your
of
give
work
his
and
that
rushed,"
average
up
wood,
find that
While
almost
work
chapter,
positions of
to
account
on
done
the
the
touching
the
to
have
as
(untilI got acquainted
every
this
place.'
"
working
would
instead, this old
But
hours,
"
find
of course,
over
help,
when
to
in
pieces
work.
doing
around,"
looking
whose
I would
so
done.
three
that
of this book
odd
obtained
would
provoking,
third
of
emphasis.
way
time
your
gentleman
frequently
once
the
aim
one
his
first
in the
the
swiftness
his
end.
old
An
of
however,
reversed
of
get through
not
head
boys'
way
"
made
subjects
enough,
done,
to
and
the
at
done, he might, perhaps, ha\ê

of
does
properly
out
much
spend
to
usually
quotation
about
writing
and
work,
in the
is apt
do)
to
who
one
Homer,
had
his
undoing
till after
If
known
Beginners
just
to
as
do
before
this
good
you
Introductory
will be
thing-in particular,merely for practice. You
when
work
more
apt to put the right spirit into your
make
complete
same
practice
and
need, however,
just
to
learn
just as
through
go
of
number
be
the
where
others
Before
a
moment
years
Kellogg
books
of
long
had
The
of
number
limited
to
make
of
that
time
made
The
life
them.
boys.
to
almost
They
any
to
(out
could
needed.
kind
turn
of
Of
all sorts
and
carpenter
the
But
well
and
them
made
their
work,
had
do
it
and
was
"
their
buy
to
a
no
quite
mechanic
of
time
good
had
call
other
his
many
obliged
majority
on
of
who
capital
hands,
and
or
when
days.
nowa-
there
should
we
do
make
to
towns
were
the
of
scenes
course
larger
not
merely
not
places, had
wdiat
of
the
things
they led
time,
made
the
places
things
get
the
they
time,
one
by Elijah
because
than
for
fiftyto
of
also
that
and
cities
afford
variety),or
what
they
of
other
make
to
look
old-fashioned
elders
and
without.
go
the
in
could
they
can,
you
books
these
their
Kellogg
of
or
of
themselves
boys
Mr.
good opportunity
what
the
themselves
smaller
can
you
boys got along generally
for
in hundreds
stories, but
things
how
more
where
Bay,
and
they buy to-day,
shift
to
of
process
as
from
the
read
speaking
boys
of
work
picture they give
when
ago,
majority
Casco
the
they give
idea
good
might
you
what
far
so
no
experience
interesting to
their
you
for
of
be
did
Have
reason
which
learned
Begin,
it may
boys
ago.
is because
things
work
way
The
very
they
the
at
others.
is
the
Begin
have
There
that
things
place.
you
get the
toilsome
of
little
will
you
end.
you
left off.
begin
you
hundred
so
have
first
after
of
experience
deal
and
the
in
simple
in the
told
learning by experience
from
articles,
experience
to
well
useful
and
much
the
boys
making
all-round
heads
pretty well.
"
too,
for
Wood-Working
did
Boys
you
doubtless
and
opening
know,
country-store
You
The
whittled
almost
articles
traps, and
handiwork
that
matter
in the
brought
up
have,
as
from
their
could
been
be
never
was
cut
in
slivers
upper
the
up
end
also
long.
the
of
days.
and
The
part
They
of
were
bought by
the
Chantauquan.
of
the
the
stick
was
enduring,
over
and
country
by boys
as
they
on
New
of
row
were,
in
cut
slivers
was
tied
was
fact, the
England
farms
storekeei)ersin large numbers
in
birch
not
pliable
from
only
for
six
for the
were
here
brooms
cents
the
Then
brooms
grown
tree
eighteen
fine
cut
These
or
country
every
firmly down.
handle.
broom-corn
broom,
large
Indians
left about
was
and
band,
into
in
of
their
the
by
split birch
was
end
wood
mended
made
the bark
A
the
hauled
made
but
good-
sea-fishingand
branch
lower
and
smoothed
past century,
made
of
band.
down
the
The
days.
shorter
added
day
tomen
of
work
and
as
found
recollection)
my
of
canoe
Indians,
band
inch-wide
turned
the
the
in Colonial
restrainingbark
downward,
remainder
latter
and
end,
one
An
be
might
of
speak
to
young
and
cut
fish, tended
these
-paddles,
be
farm
deal
and
ladders,
or
can
(within
stock,
and
for bread
for
known
all the
snow-shoe
invention
life
good
of
the
To
England
feet
to
that
the
pliable,cleanly, and
the
done
drying
said
New
eight
from
inches
live
improved.
splinter broom,
household
with
minor
wood.
have
life,who
of
done
farms
and
days
the
articles, not
same
and
places.
troughs
than
the
of course,
wood-lots,
salting down
has
of
regions,
matter
cultivated
It
much
this kind
to
sized
"
materials
own
axe-helves
were
butter-spats
other
the
at
Colonial
of
was
some
flails,rounds
trenchers,
other
remoter
in
as
up,
their
at
in
rakes, wooden
of
grew
some
men
young
dozens
in
birch
Among
and
they
or
to-day
of
reels, cheese-boxes,
wooden
For
habit
same
habit,
whittle
to
dooryard
or
household.'
by boys
after
This
rested, whether
men
splint-brooms
pigs, trays,
bobbins,
'
barn
the
see
every
for
their
the
them
beginning
the
of all sorts, wooden
handles
and
can
made
still clung to
in
or
then.
whittling
whenever
firesides.
boys
of
jack-knife and
diversion
common
in
deal
good
Beginners
until
of those
apiece,
cities' use."
"
Introductory
and
miles
to
their
supplies.
twenty-five
with
again
market
barns, and
houses, and
big
and
scows,
their
rigged
built
ox-sleds
their
know
not
their
of
supply
with
their
they
were
for the
twenty-one
usual
Now
after
And
it is
tackle
the
all the
and
only
higher
all
in
many,
and
wants
many
their
minds.
work
the
they
knew
draw
not
of
to
so
complex
and
there
much
to
say
they
observing.
make
they
had
asked
and
so
They
much
things again
and
to
laying,
brick-
if he
study
their
we
so
make
it
do
now,
but
could
not
learned
used
was
so
much
so
have
not
so
distract
to
wanted
something
without.
like
do
they
interests
they
ways,
through
way
did
to
made
success
life
They
go
much
number
did
their
they
or
developed
in other
How
things
again, they
time
know
not
with
too,
questions, and,
they
until
polish.
superficial
in
many
when
examined
do
did
quite
ours.
not
because
interfere
months
this, paid their
than
limited
still found
development
all
I do
did
not
pretty well
been
that
of
were
must
as
of
some
but
winter
lacking
was
to
less
they
their
them,
did
plements;
im-
period.
even
or
by
addition
Partly
and
and
made
all with
"
college by teaching or other work.

much
because
?
Partly, I suppose,
simpler
tools
shoes, and
old, and
that,
branches
assured
more
sheds,
oars
"
ironed
own
This
have
truth
the
own
farm
them;
jobs
of the
calculus
or
'*
through
must
man
young
Greek
odd
years
recreations
going through
about
their
school
to
their
shod
hand-tools.
going
their
their
made
and
made
other
common
back
and
blacksmithing, mason-work,
own
many
built
rowed
or
produce
also
of
many
waggons
painting;
how
their
They
sleds, and
tools; did their
sailed
part of their furniture, their dories,
made
small
and
and
with
capital sailboats;
boats;
and
lobster-traps,
fish-nets, weirs,
They
did
did
great deal
what
they
were
knowing
that
afford
keep trying
from
to
their
where
relatives
for
Wood-Working
and
what
neighbours
their
and
work,
it with
at
To-day
of
piece
work,
and
over
after
machine
(even
but
until
he
if
how
is the
do
Now
of
the
to
mill
into
it up
do
longer
for
thing
take
us
in
and
now,
for
was
speak
almost
for
boys,
so
year
That
else.
the
these
of
First
you
want
that
you
will
After
that
men.
day,
part of the
of
because
Which
thing
things cheaper
get
we
simple
same
much
doing
see
factory;
two
types
become
not
"
well-
be
to
each
to
his
longer
no
to
be
the
sawed,
wood
instead
go
to
pause
the
fact
that
think
what
all
advantage
"
no
mill
it is
good
work
our
is not
that
and
muscle
us
we
and
begin
we
capitalgymnasium
boy's
because
"
for
them
laboriously
lumber-yard
done
the
hew
or
then
make
before
moment
strengthening
to
saw
and
to
work
the
of
large part
or
season,
have
we
ourselves, haul
trees
rive
or
to
whatever
down
cut
with
former
mind,
us
life
not
to
of his morals.
You
to, of
to
the
"
to
some
hour, day after
man
doing
thought
long)
so
one-sided
that, but
have
and
course
workman
we
ourselves, leave
work
went
course.
because
them
to
last
the
badly
special bent,
and
Of
all-round
or
do
to
way
carefully they
become
fitted
better-developed
machines
after
to
is not
not
about
developed
best
large factory
little
but
seems
extreme.
they
to
machine
hour
again,
other
it out
go
some
itself,and
the
is
to
requiring
over
year,
only
before
standing
man
the
energy.
have
we
considered
was
having thought
great
Beginners
could
course
not
go
back
to
those
(except, perhaps,
days
when
you
if you
now
go
to
some
wished
of the
better
vacation),and you are doubtless
timefor all our
have
and
off for all the advantages you
now
saving contrivances, but the advantage depends partly on
remoter
regions
how
2ise
you
the
in
time
saved
from
their
laborious
tasks, does
Introductory
You
it not?
older
of those
from
get inspiration
however,
can,
from
and
boys
of
some
their
the
example
and
methods,
put their self-reliant,manly zeal, grit,and perseverance

work, and have a capital time
making the things
your
can
into
and
satisfaction
sport and
more
for
afterwards
made
having
them.
does
book
This
short
cut
It
merely
does
start
to
you
who
and
really make
and
be
as
and
those
book
said
not
know
and
then
bent
are
kind
any
start
boys,
and
seem,
have
they
spoil all
started
you
"
that
have
the
to
wish
to
lurch
granted
that
making
things, as
boy,
you
much
if you
In
actually
had
within
told
to
any
the
make
be
held
how
it may
as
something
back
the
lest
effort
be
to
work
make
thingssuccessfullyand
like
go
to
known
even
is to
to
and
enthusiasm
strange
in
cal
mechani-
boys have,
to
reach
first and
important
most
fact, I have
enthusiasm
you
left out.
at
most
have
you
out
come
are
have
have, who,
may
lumber
the
at
your
things
enthusiasm
your
have
very
know
to
can
you
will not
the
which
or
"
not
that
house
enthusiastic
that
expected
up
the
told
things
or
in the
real live
so
want
how
do
stirringup.
had
should
rightway
possibly
that
What
in
without
with
other
you
it for
of
stir
to
interest
or
be
cannot
leave
I take
points.
who
you
of
sleeves,
in
be
to
or
those
your
easily do
can
like
art
facts, but
by reading
you
they would,
aim
not
perhaps
of
roll up
cabinet-
It is for
sit down
deluded
by finding
dampened
It does
than
would
with
way.
or
other
any
you
coats,
your
wonders
you
the
do
right
perhaps
all the
It is for
off
or
cram
things, rather
thinks
somebody
to
the
in
take
to
amused
of
aim
not
you
want
accounts
road
royal
you
boat-building, toy-making,
science.
ardour
show
to
try
proficiencyin architecture, carpentry,
to
making,
do.
not
to
or
they
get
in the
a
work-
"
is
Man
soft paste
; seas
into
his smooth
are
He
.
melts
without
find him
you
Animal.
Tool-using
granite mountain
the
without
Tools;
can
Tools,
use
lightdust before him ;

highway, winds and fire
Tools
is
he
he
his
nothing
devise
Tools
glowing
iron
can
kneads
unwearying
with
"
Tools
; with
steeds.
were
Nowhere
is all."
he
these
if it
as
do
Carlyle,
"
Resartus.
Sartor
CHAPTER
II
TOOLS
YOU
of this observation
Look
with
time
few
of the
We
time
bit of
so
ball of
do
training of
wonderful
showing,
work
turning
curiosities
other
out
and
the
Examine
merely
after
enough
of
work
our
with
course
only
we
deftness
and
the
seen
they do,
as
who
people
work
But
and
do
feet
our
the lawn
on
not
can-
if
even
acquired
within
the
of the
queer
our
the
the
it if he
of
the
work
open-
solid
one
Orientals
the
"
We
could
for
learn
with
no
to
do
such
instance,
are
generation.
one
you
a
sticks and
individuality
Japanese,
whether
had
out
things
exquisite work
think
few
wards
to-
saws
wonderful
doubtless, but
in
ways
other,
of national
time
as
of
set
draw
and
with
generations.
long
of
some
to
matter
of
learning
cheaply
tools
; carve
rest
adaptability
in
it,"
whittled
ever
you
wonderful
with
lathe
hundreds
things
ing
bear-
application on
Have
patience
spheres, each
it is
The
generations.
for
rope
ivory;
but
skill
the
their
lavishly on
hold
or
out
machine-like
many
hollow
so
tools.
ingenious
way!
primitive
so
cannot
us
sell
and
that
turning
most
their
through
such
"
say.
kill in
artisans
had
do:
lies in
complicated
to
spend
we
few
very
jack-knife by sailors,prisoners,and
Chinese
would
at the
have
great deal with
Jack Bunsby
as
do
can
whole
which
know
the
Orientals
anyone
with
hardware-shop
full
for
Wood-Working
lO
of
tools, and
then
shown
(likethose
with
see
in the
what
few
use
the
"
is
he
fixes two
short
by ramming
can
The
them.
driven
a
the
posts
wooden
During
seated
lathe.
one
The
chisel
and
eight
inches
vertical
of his mechanical
ground,
boy
who
one
around
stones
spikes,are
or
the
from
the
Quoted, by
kind
bar
or
into
workman
of the
sits
cord
ground.
is
of his
axes
kneels
or
of the
Indian
handles
guides
tool-rest
permission,from
are
the
work
almost
the
Tuniini:;and
smaller
Mechanical
toes
to
the
suit his
to
cutting edges by
stricted
re-
the
towards
confined
long enough
are
their
with
of
on
around
wrapped
alternately; the cutting being

that
to
rope.
the
Indian
work
of the
the ends
nailed
represented, by
as
driven
the
ground,
cocoanut
or
elevation
to
motion,
their
he
motion
them
of the
and
sticks
small
the
gives
turning tools
gouge,
coir
of
operationsthe
hence
it,holding
half
piece
he
strongly as
nails
round
than
in these
work, and
and
in the
holes
two
driving in wedges
more
He
employer.
as
by
two
position,while
grasps
the
additionally supported,
hands, pulling
tool.
distant
is
or
side of
to
'
to
The
his
his
them
about
at
them
to
long,
the
other
it in
He
tied
most
on
posts
length of
all his outfit
rod, for the support of the tools, is either
or
tied
being
the
the
and
of
securing
posts,
niture
fur-
for the occasion
by digging
the
to
scarcely
centres,
bar, if
The
wooden
the earth
through
and
suitable
himself
door
very
household
with
comes
establishes
^'
distance
as
turned, the wood-turner
to be
commences
a
India
of
portionof
any
for; he
sent
the
at
natives
When
and
in
'
has
at
tools
rude
primitive apparatus
the
among
follows
ground
and
simple
following illustrations,or the simple

drill, Fig. i, still in use) the work
has
done.
Mr.
been
Holtzapffel
describes
^^*^'
Beginners
his
and
toes.
places
Manipulation.
Tools
the
with
contact
the
the
them
to
the
the
guide
the
any
seated
will
happen
may
tool
small
at
or
other
FIG.
Indian
tools the
are
of the
for
uses
simple
most
working
kind
and
their
work
be
the
limited
The
object.
fixed
his posts
as
hammer
in
block
and
or
board
with
with
almost
The
it the
as
an
as
much
or
up
of
supply
is also remarkable;
in wood
hardly
exceed
digs the holes;
also
of wood.
perfectly flat,and
and
or
2.
those
essential
in constructing
Fig. 2; the most
lathe being the small, single-handed adze, the
shapes
use
hand
pick
to
nearer,
in
this he
only always
not
indifferentlythe
select
to
prehensile power
of
high degree
tool, but
foot, whichever
neighbour, generally out of

all other
and
turners
using
Indian
attain
when
its
and
toe
The
bar.
toes, and
replace
large
method
Eastern
with
the
between
tool
II
anvil
outer
workman
it
and
represented
settingup
serves
the
side
of the
on
edge
will square
if it had
his
With
bassoolah.
when
precision as
they
all
is for
sions
occaa
time
cutting edge
or
face
been
is
beam
planed;
for Beiînners
W'oocl-W'orkin;^^
12
in
using
the
in
placed
forked
the
If
ue
with
his
faciHties, we
Orientals
Morse
up
childish
hands
made
their
When
rice.
work
of
with
with
be
to
his
carpentry
accompanied
of the
and
a
After
with
kind
and
with
"
and
"
have
children
rude
and
people,
tool-chests,
brains
having
seen
the
is astonished
from
indication
an
the
Japanese
the
considering
"
conviction
the
count
as
nothing
some
good
and
to
valuable
little
and
unless
and
taste
serviceable
mortises,
find
penter
car-
containing
to
and
much
where
every-
forced
complex
the
that should
flimsy tool-box
am
filled
and
highly polished
primitive tools,
I
daily
tight,and
be
or
have
contemplate
recall
appliances
of
and
with
vise
their
decorations,
of
with
they
earned
worth
been
have
adjustable
should
then
the
by
perpetuated
everything binding
over,
and
Professor
been
days
implements,
permission,
their
done
what
an
brass
dollars'
moiety
one
that
carpenters' ponderous
perfect joints and
Quoted, by
yapanese
when
modern
Houus
which
twice
two
Japanese workmen,
'
tools
ideas,
of
appliances
"
in later
or
of
hundred
of
with
wit.
the
as
'
duties
inlaid
them,
country
little children
ridiculously light and
civilisation
generally
ground
this
Read
the
our
done
assortment
meagre
that
of
one
poverty
the
fragrant shavings,
of
everything rattlingthat
has
that
the
same
several
done
often
work
odour
machine-made
loose, and
go
see
elaborate
and
is
of woodwork
and
with
The
fathers, they have
repletionwith
to
the
the
tools
trades, has
families.
of
polished woods,
of
other
as
performed
with
of
of
Japanese carpenter
well
as
amidst
brought
to
kind
appliances.
our
through generations
handed
the
his work
compare
of the
us
trade,
and
into
wood-worker
variety
great
might
tells
clamp;
driven
of
proud
average
without
His
"
tree,
feel
to
the
by
out
England
stem
inclined
are
turned
of
tlie work
illustration."
in the
shown
for this latter purpose
bassOOlah
that
done
they
pentry,
car-
by good
do
their
entertaining work
1SS5), by
SurfoitH(/i/ii,ri
(^copyright,
Edward
on
S. Morse.
Tools
without
work
similar
by
no
vise,no
as
for
in
craftsmen
and
spirit-level,
could
utilised
be
for
saw-mill
country
tools
be
to
appear
roughly
best-tempered
the
steel.
or
horses;
two
on
is the
nearest
for
this beam
to
into
pieces
wooden
is
"
cut
for
our
big
firmly to
this
and
blows
which
is
tions.
propor-
the
tools,
plane
instead
pushing
it from
The
very
FIG.
3.
rude-looking implements.
of
blades
plane.
In
wood,
are
some
"
From
planes
blocks
the
V::J
he
him
him.
our
workman;
the
towards
and
sawed
them
instance,
thick
be
differently
draws
of
vise,
penter
car-
handles
from
to
(Fig. 3).
held
of
for
floor,
and
bench
desired
many
the
on
of wood
block
into the
Japanese
quite
to
vigorous
the
the
of
firm, upright post
rope,
with
using
In
the
stout
pinches
be
plank
is bound
down
till it
to
firmly
of
and
made
only substitute
square,
block
wedge
driven
approach
the post with
are
is
them.
to
evidently
The
carpenter's bench
old
the
occurred
primitive design, though
bench,
no
places which
many
not
have
have
they
water-power,
has
able
indispens-
bit-stock; and
no
With
They
country.
our
labour-saving machinery,
absolutely nothing.
Their
appliances considered
aid of certain
the
13
are
inclined
quite
at
JAPANESE
Morse's
Their
wide
Japanese
and
the
thin
angle
blade
VISE.
Homes.
bodies, instead
greater
planes, however,
CARPENTER
of
being
(Fig. 4, D, E),
than
the
stands
blade
in
vertical;
this is used
in lieu
finish,and
often
five
seen,
inclined
an
six
or
with
of
the
they usually scrape
Beginners
steel scrapers
used
piece
the
for
the
of
be
might
substitute
in
for
Woocl-Wôrking
14
giving
advantage by
thin
glass or
surface
feet
in
of
plate
the
smooth
carpenters
our
huge
that
is, with
which
plane
is
is fixed
plane, however,
position, upside down;
as
steel with
of
wood.
This
long.
wood
the
blade
-mv
jliiiniiiiiiiHHmBiiitiiiiBwii/iiiwuiiimiii'wi"""""""""""'""""
^
E
B
FIG.
4.
CARPENTERS
"
The
uppermost.
forth
and
are
of various
saw^s,
on
upon
the
and
cross-cut
the
hand,
as
as
well
as
the
loop-shaped
with
us,
has
handle
be
to
in
planed,
common
Some
.
front,
The
made
USE.
is moved
back
The
use.
longer than
much
ways.
on
COMMON
Homes.
are
teeth
(Fig. 4, B, C).
saw
curious
Draw-shaves
in different
IN
Japanese
piece
or
kinds, with
cut
back
board,
it.
TOOLS
Morse's
From
saws
of
those
saws
have
our
teeth
one
hand-saw,
to
used
edge being
instead
of
accommodate
simple straightcylindricalhandle
as
having
only
as
one
long
Tools
the
as
in
hand
one
with
holding
other
the
the
hands
drives
the
this
in
adopted
.
considerably
(Fig. 4, A).
is used.
the
of his
back
handle
motion
the
When
to
quickly
necessity, and
of
Eastern
people
need
many
so
and
of
things,
and
nearest
Suggestions
a
chest
They
of
are
the
back
and
rapidly
on
the
again, continuing
how
see
rapidly holes
For
way.
to
work
day
some
at
are
do
can
with
large holes,
so
much
with
for woodwork
planes
for
of
like, which
are
the
We
will
case
do
not
grandfathers
a
does
fiftyyears
in
and
skill of those
make
we
now
cutting
few
our
as
few
times), you
little.
so
machinery
with
very
fullyappreciate
more
so
ago
greater
much
of
had, for
all sorts
of
grooves,
worked
by
machine
now
mill.
about
Buying.
tools, certainly
not
awl
between
is made
awl
to
effective
you
because
of
end,
rapidly
end
upper
Wood-workers
us.
dozens
mouldings,
the
much
do
ing
bend-
gradually slip down
workmen
hand-tools
for
work
instance,
at
(as most
who
never
hockey-stick
the
at
the
great-grandfathers, although
our
variety
the
obliged
will
could
used."
are
how
realise
two
wood.
the
long-handled
very
hands
is astonished
One
ours
tools
insufficient
the
simple yet
are
you
it at
unlike
a
his
his hands
his
handle
rough
not
time,
same
as
seizes
this
in
similar
augers
forth;
before.
as
drilled
are
and
quickly
he
the
at
saw
contrary,
with
things
handle
moving
and
hands,
forth, pushing down

rotate
seizing the
carpenter
with
drillingholes
the
importation of Japanese
an
end,
the
on
through
cuts
engage
driving
over,
other
many
provided
lower
For
.
The
palms
is
adze
at
rapid
without
carpenter,
stooping
and
doing
country
The
backs.
to
and
carpenters
while
sawed
foot, and
by quick
saw
be
to
Japanese
his
with
style of working
This
the
the
Our
longer.
stick
the
hand;
piece
holds
be
sometimes
itself,and
saw
15
not
necessarily poor,
"
one
but
Do
of
are
not
start
the
very
small
apt
in
by buying
cheap
to
be.
sets.
Get
Tools
he
of what
is
things
many
his
out
with
better
shows
that
other
or
in his hand
tool
the
idea
somehow
and
doing,
17
if he
than
he
does
in less time
ever
carries
and
kept breaking
off
so
select
to
others.
This
long
for
reason
serve
the
learning
for
all the
In
short,
put.
most
the
execution
of
good
to
use
if you
few
they
have
of
out
each
tool
tool
goes
work,
which
and
making
well
is
one
them
advantageously
can
few
but
of
use
tools
which
to
uses
can
you
in
the
toward
way
confidence
tools
and
first you
at
the
in
be
get
for
best
way
yourself.
I do
Now
have
to
tools
that
mean
and
not
they
get
has
Do
you
them
a
fine
them
do
your
work
things
and
and
gradually
the
attempts
greatest
them
to
have,
because
some
lists of
tools
reliance
the
on
magazines
you
can
will
be
The
most
find
what
his
you
sometimes
men
half
or
a
kind
upon
of
work
yourself
the
"
"
the
is
to
just
tools
done,
because
penter
car-
to
see
one
begin
or
It
you
also.
to
learned
list that
work
pin
lists
are
would
as
the
best
be
boy
or
books.
faith
your
cannot
as
twenty-five
When
lists which
people
for
impracticable
as
name
hundred
which
necessary
Such
etc.
about
independent
to
experienced
matters.
hand
dozen
enough
time
in such
on
turn
best
or
be
needing
or
hnd
you
of
list of tools
for boys,"
a
beginners,"
short
a
necessarily arbitrary. To make
thoroughly satisfactory for such varied
may
as
it should
as
the
them.
use
"
amateur
have
not
chest.
much
too
in books
find
tools
in his
place
not
your
good thing
should
you
get
to
it is not
operations,
lot in advance
be
to
seem
various
should
you
need
you
the
that
tools, or
kit of
for
all this that
by
mean
large
proper
that
not
it
agree
to
them.
agree
depends somewhat,
for
begin with, and,
of course,
one
actly
ex-
thing,
what
some-
for
Wood-Working
Now
while,
done
with
and
English,
you
the
give
taught
list to
the
Robinson
second-rate
"
the
to
the
upon
these
find
people
you
are
likely to
It is safe
to
varied, such
is
as
along
get
without
to
rule,
ehisels,
or
to
four
or
however,
given
in
good
as
countersink,
rasp
and
metal,
needs.
that
if your
this
book,
combination
almost
course
such
tool
anywhere
you
will
need
supplies, which
under
such
as
as
can
you
including
itself
is to
for instance,
as
be
you
at
all
not
can-
you
length
all
of
time
straight-edge,a knife, two or

a
smoothing-plane, a spokegouge,
nail-set,
and
good
are
and
work
the
as
An
you
can
buy
screw-driver,
excellent
will do
"
and
sizes),
smaller
three-cornered
of
name
bit-brace
for the
gimlets,
nails, screws,
you
sal
univer-
glue-pot.
for such
of
bradazvls
oil-stone, a
"
others; but
of
any
rank
"
lists
work
for
upon
front
few
list make
half-round file for wood,
an
help
selections
few
point
own
{twist-drills
few
the
to
the
many
advantage
hatchet,
bits
has
to
all agree,
"
sJiave, a panel-saiv, a hammer

three
ing
look-
are
agree
in
are
and
let your
your
would
of which
axe,
up
So
try -square
don't
suggestions
there
so
have
want.
say,
we
different
very
books,
them,
along, according
out
with-
experience
belonging
as
make
can
you
and
Why
's what
give you
that
remains
advantage
varied
quite
be
can
Americans
they
That
importance
make
to
but
yourselves.
majority of boys
hatchet
few
fact
best
are
work
for
would
but
hammer,
saw,
three
it better
third-rate
or
tools,
beyond
go
Crusoe, for instance,
boys' books,
of
with
because
great
the
to
what
Well,
selection
the
as
work
begin
think
to
make
Just
"
Simply
me
the
Japanese,
nor
cannot
tools.
for."
you
Chinese
certain
wonderful
most
seen,
primitive tools,
most
you
us
have
we
neither
are
you
as
Beginners
can
odd
and
file for
cheap
be
bought
jobs.'' Of
sandpaper, glue, oil, and

as
you
need
them.
Tools
(18
section
is very
tree
timber
useful
for
do
to
the
following
work
useful
the
hand-screws
few
wooden
essential
long
will make
the
point
have
without
or
more
few
bits,
more
nippers, a
initre-box
is
grindstone is, of
the
can
you
of
sharpening
tools
your
having
buy
to
unless
you
with
with
can
only
which
the
and
ground
for
one
is not
afford
it, for
you
part,
great
amount
You
advantage.
can
is it
nor
can
other
list to
as
of
size
always
add
to
can
or
course,
a
list,but
work
you
shape
or
get along for
useful
cepting
ex-
bit
with, of
start
complete
of
times
some-
likely to do,
addition
some
and
contrivances
occasional
of
nearly
is
such
and
This
for
amateur
average
file, etc.,
or
gouge
needed.
fair outfit
appliances
yourselves
or
good
work
bench
when
to
but
list makes
following
the
one
fraining-
get along with
can
on.
to
get
you
back-saw,
one
iron
you
further
stone
two,
An
and
expensive,
when
of
use
all the
while
large screw-driver,
wrench.
of the
time.
The
chisel
of
more
some
drills, cutting-pliers or
or
yourself,
get the
according
nxox^
or
or
gauge
few
and
(or iro7i clamps), a
described
one
tools
your
or
rather
but
course,
of
will add
you
draw-knife,
jointer (plane),a
need
firmer chisels,one
vaorQ
or
steel square,
any
advantage,
doing
are
you
gimlets, bradazvls,
bevel,
better
to
the
feel
block-plaiie,
pincers, a
scraper,
of
big junk
or
one
gouges,
trunk
fore-plane, a splitting-sawa mallet,
compasses,
chisels,a
the
from
chopping-block,
quickly
of work
high)
used.
your
kind
inches
20
will, however,
tools
to
or
be
can
You
inches
19
good
merely
be
it for
done
special
purposes.
For
their
further
uses,
see
remarks
Part
arranged.
about
these
tools
V., where
they
will be
and
found
others
and
cally
alphabeti-
for
Wood-Working
20
rule.
foot
Beginners
and
two-
try-s(]uare
i)airof wing
marking-gauge
mortise-gauge.
3 twist-drills
compass
key-hole
saw
(combined).
(metal-bound)
I
compasses.
bit-brace.
auger-bits {V, f, i")-
(i^ A^
V).
-
(carpenter'sfram-
steel square
ing-square).
I
bevel.
''odd
chalk-line
knife.
jobs."
chalk.
and
few
screw-driver
countersink.
hammer
(Y, V, V, i".
chisels
li').
2
framing-
mortising-chisels
or
ii",if).
(r, r, i").
3 gouges
I
and
for
and
of
gimlets.
bit-brace.
nail-sets.
screw-drivers
Files
5 firmer
bradawls
(differentsizes).
three-cornered,
and
for
metal, and
half-round
and
round
for
large half-round
cabinet
rasp.
scraper
and
draw-knife.
mallet.
hatchet.
pair cutting-pliers.
block-plane.
pair of pincers.
smoothing-plane.
wrench.
long fore-plane (or a jointer).
oil-stone
jack-plane.
or
rabbet-plane (J" or J"square).

cutting-off
(panel-saw,
saw
).
24
glue-pot.
or
more
or
more
back-saw(i2'').
or
more
turning-saw (14").
and
list,
your
A
afford
few
as
veining-tool.
clamps.
wôoden
cabinet
hand-screws.
clamps (2'to
mitre-box
is of
will
use
be
even
valuable
when
you
addition
to
most
of
get
done.
carver's
them,
iron
4').
grindstone
grinding
iron
slips(different
shapes).
splitting-saw(26").
adjustable
oiler.
and
oil-stone
this
isher.
burn-
spoke-shave (adjustable).
iron
An
round
wood).
(flat,
kinds
several
tools
a
are
skew-chisel
also
convenient
at
times
if you
(^"),a parting-tool(i"),and
can
small
Tools
supplies,such
General
v., will of
Part
There
still
are
doubtless
but
know,
enough
need
to
all your
the
worth
and
of
the
work
be
done
can
for but
Be
trifle
workman
is
workman
is
his
he
is
often
if not
So
he
work
do
good
could
do
think
not
are
l)enefit
situated,
of
grandfathers did,
readily select
from
modern
you
the
as
that
good
that
poor
ing
is, excus-
blame
it is
if
can
inferior
good
sary
neces-
of
tools, and
easily and
more
because
simply
he
his
upon
effect that
that
spite of
planed
quickly,
ones.
for
tools
few
but
a
that
few
descriptionsgiven
of
must
you
do
may
all the
additional
farther
you
should
beginner
possibly a
require
sometimes
you
poor
methods,
will
the
to
slight
alone.'
saying
the
workman
because
way,
and
out
wood
such
very
tools, that
; but
work
shift with
in that
so
tools
same
that
his
of
for
at
another
and
saying
in
work
good
by throwing
poor
the
is
tools,
ingenious
making
If you
get the
and
do
beginning
^
There
another
with
better, with
workman
in
is also
skilled
course
his
incompetence
can
tools.
and
hewing
machine
of the
some
undertake
woodwork,
by
cost
always complaining
There
workman
the
by
the
bought already got
than
known
own
tools.
be
get good
to
sure
anywhere
can
more
of
that
at
to
amateur
work
assume
done
be
large pieces,
branches
almost
will
omitted,
get such
to
you
Ploughs,
are
I also
mill.
for the
of
rougher
stock
and
expense,
cheap
as
planing
Avhile
planing
splitting
implements
at
and
need.
you
as
workman
become
what
such
machine
given above,
have
you
usually
sawing
is not
sawing
and
by
heavy
It
mill.
done
do
they
as
time
all
and
those
will know
you
it is better
than
the
by
more
matching-planes,
because
required.
tools
more
glue, etc., specified in
nails,screws,
as
be
course
21
on.
are
justified
only good
use
he,
that
rough
tools,
but
skilled
see
you
work
these
cannot
that
you
your
can
tools
and
good
workman
matter
of
proper
care
in
longer;
There
do
well
for
the
is taken
so
good
are
some
as
an
general
and
which
the
tool
much
so
and
much
less than
speak
of the
yourselves
named,
Disston.
Rule
S.
and
Bros,
Stubs.
"
Taylor.
Level
have
you
makers
reliable
many
their
tools
and
not
be
can
gouges
(plane-irons)
; Wm.
Rules
and
Co.
Carving
tools
squares,
Braces
"
Addis
"
had
best
of
with
You
sharp
tear
or
crush
work
can
with
satisfactorily
as
them
dull
in order
is
not
ones,
to
temper.
to
Among
almost
sharpen
them
Bros.
(do.); Buck
levels, gauges,
Bits
"
Taylor.
tools
your
in
experience
the
anywhere
Buck
Bros.;
Butcher
of
tools
up
order.
You
with
tools.
obtained
Buck
the
tool.
considerable
Barber.
truth
pick
will
keep
to
and
Moulson
"
well
as
attempt
of
quite
the
good
edge
working
strength
will
you
until
Chisels
Moulson
P.
are
of
waste
will
answer
to
surface.
it takes
in
rule
likely you
only
dull
dull
quickly
lose
not
yourselves, some
in
with
clean-cut
time
you
that
assume
There
the
that
how
well
junk shops, except
tools
but
as
end.'
tools, appliances,
not
you
the
workman.
work
easily and
more
for
or
your
cut,
leave
not
tools
'
clean
sharp
Keep
nice, fine, clean
will make
fibres
the
make
competent
"
of
number
and
cheap
get
lifetime
affect
not
care
and
in
will
quality,
a
gauge
should
you
their
it is
first,as
I advise
some
which
does
shops, auctions,
of
last
considering
can
you
will
in
at
this
quite
and
become
cheapest
cheap
that
also
Tools.
do
cannot
but
described.
assistance
of
one,
which
will be
Care
expensive
are
second-hand
at
tools
tools
good
the
expensive
statement
makeshifts
they
however,
it, and
never
of
are
provê
while;
There
tools.
them,
tools
lose
or
good
of
may
your
tools
cases,
most
break
to
are
If your
Beginners
he
or
make
all, so
pride.
well
as
condition
good
at
the
buy
to
be
for
Wood-Working
22
Saws
Planes
Bros,
spoke-shaves,
Jennings.
following
"
etc.
Henry
Stanley
"
(do.)
Knives
can
"
Files
"
Stanley
(sloid)
"
Tools
them
using
planes) is
than
sharp
them
dull.
tools,
When
lesson
one
from
will
book.
help
So
I advise
than
practical workman,
some
with
got quite handy

little
in
or
is
good
planes,
oil
and
then
for
them
tools
is
kept
have
and
sharpening
or
even
in
little
do
can
you
your
ily)
eas-
from
any
sharpening
from
pages
after
easily
can
points,
They
you
have
do
this at
Sharpening,
see
will absorb
can
round
of
disks
If there
steel
little
iron
and
fat,
"
day
them
work
handles
in
tendency
the
tools
tallow, lard, wax,
adopted
should
vaseline,
be
or
"
freely
fastening
dampness
to
good
being split
and
way
two
or
more
from
and
linseed
raw
every
rag
off square
ends
parts of the
in
so
oil and
tool
sole-leather
is any
mallets,
planes give
much
the
or
soft
save
handles,
week
wooden
use
You
tool
for
with
by pounding, by sawing
further
new,
If you
smoothly.
the
fewer
many
You
soak
to
when
rub
while.
soaking.
two
of
them
expense
first,but
at
tools.
For
plan
wooden
and
not
have
tools
point
reading
"
the
expense.
more
to
easy
V.
Part
It
no
for
get instruction
to
you
the
to
have
and
The
operations (which
the
more
you
dull.
to
not
to
sure
practical workman
spent in watching
time
then, be
money
get
you
and
amateurs,
better
the
spend
to
(particularlysaws
become
they
it is much
slight,and
and
boys
So, until
whenever
sharpened
but
for
book.
tools
sharpening
hard
very
from
learn
for
23
by
on
makers.
shoe-
in your
shop
greased
with
anti-rust
some
preparation.
of Tools.
Use
using
how
it should
afterwards,
have
If
tools.
to
but
"
It is very
your
be
used
if you
unlearn, which
important
first idea
of
is correct
start
is
with
what
you
wrong
always hard,
to
get started
the
tool
will get
is for
start
and
along nicely
impression
and
right in
you
afresh.
will
Tools
instead
of
laying it
dangerous things
are
much
also
For
chance
more
less
or
for
knife
your
thicker
made
be
of
But
paper.
know
You
that
not
much
the
blade
Soft
wood
if the
force
of the
end
the
than
soft
of
that
the
angle
of the
done
than
and
is to
for hard
angles.
See
cut
to
there
is
wood
cut
being pushed
it
hard, because
the
by
the
keen
that
great
so
all this
the
the
to
is obtuse
end
of the
of
longer
be
latter.
to
be
wedge-
edge
may
cannot
you
Experience
SJiarpeningin
and
Part
will
its
do
blunt
tool
work,
enough
also
; and
resistance
obtuse
more
the
acute
more
that
in
or
to
hard
blunter
Theoretically, therefore,
obtain
the
changed
greatest possible
with
every
practicallyall
cut, but
bevel
or
more
should
for the
the
easily it
encounters
angle
kind
that
more
angle
need
every
have
be
it may
knife
that
of
strain
how
is
cutting edge, to
would
advantage,
of wood
the
than
former
the
the
tool
the
wood,
for
that
you
compressed
matter
from
strength
proper
when
easily than
wood
cutting edge
provided always
the
of
part of the tool through it.
thicker
will understand
angle
and
it must
so
easily
so
the
or
not
mere
sheet
so
thin
very
that
stand
aside
as
break,
but
more
of the
resistance
the
You
as
cuts
the
as
required
thin
as
would
yields
to
it does
shaped tool, and
give
thicker
is
work
easily as possible.
blade,
easily pushed
more
be
the
is
V.
tools
far
So
that
be
safely use
can
there
Part
see
Avedge-shaped
as
butter
on
be
must
wood
you
strain
through.
is
the
the
because
butter
and
strength
through
pushed
is all
tool
and
cutting
wedge.
edge
such
course
for
the
all
cutting tool might
other
or
hand
tools
that
mind
keen
Edge-tools
mislaid.
different
principleof
the
is concerned
cutting
the
in
in the
around
being
using
working.
are
you
carry
Bear
"
on
to
of their
directions
Edge-Tools.
where
down
25
the
on
observation
N
.
tools
for
will
that
soft
teach
piece
can
be
wood
these
26
When
you
for
Wood-Working
do
you
not
off
cut
try
force
to
stout
your
Beginners
the
branch
stick,
as
knife
straight across
of
with
You
cut.
notch
and
cut
first
then
ting
cut-
side
the other
on
The
wood
the
to
the side
on
the
that
by
one
yields easily
Fig.
small
widen
it
on
(Fig. 5).
wedge
one
then
and
deepen
and
tree,
wards
to-
notch,
the
edge
5.
can
easilycut deeper,
thus
so
the
and
notch
is
gradually cut through

the
The
stick.
is
principle
6.
with
an
have
only
the
in
seen
down
cutting
l-io.
same
tree
You
axe.
look
to
of
structure
piece
of
at
a
when
wood
magnified,as roughly
in
indicated
it is easier
why
see
with
cut
than
across
You
better
can
with
stroke, i. e.,
Fig.
pushing
7.
Fig. 6, to
the
grain
it.
often
a
it
across
sideways
at
the
same
time
cut
draw-
not
the
straight ahead,
drawing
to
(Fig. 7).
ly
mere-
tool
but
You
Tools
can
the
press
without
hand
will
be
cut
but
cutting,
at
or
the
draw
Even
once.
knife
blade
edge quickly through
the
draw
of
sharp edge
2"]
against
razor
edge
of
hand,
your
and
across
will cut
grass
as
your
you
if you
doubtless
you
know.
If
push
you
the
knife
with
chopping
but
extent,
and
knife
down
cut
forth
and
not) how
will be
cut
the
and
as
rule
the
in
advantage
put
being
so
the
the
and
wood
roughly
indicated
You
just what
the
see
of
woody
you
also
if the
will
is
look
of
wood,
but
to
the
material
the
point (Fig.7),
common
way,
substances,
the
greater the
of
in
tool
is
do
you
not
sticks
big
fine
can
the
that
is
if you
sort
of
piece
of
edge-tool.
bundles
or
composed,
cut
often
tool
an
tubes
or
to
saw
instead
"
will understand
with
stick
under
edge,
of
you
wood
fine you
see
the
structure
cut
microscopically
the
that
Fig. 6, and
we
the
which
find
can
you
see
the
at
satisfactorily
by simply pushing
the
that
whittling, when
reallyquite ragged,
when
do
we
the
edge
the
microscopicallysmall
fibre
see
softer
smooth,
very
Then
once
straight
(and you
try cutting various
you
you
edge.
at
it
will cut, and

of
the
saw
you
noticed
kinds
some
sharpest edge-tool
saw-like
as
knife
much
draw-stroke.
powerful microscope,
of
doing
discover, if
general
Now
in
have
any
it cuts
how
merely push
may
your
forth
when
bread
you
You
better
cleaner,
will
you
that
much
fresh
in
as
to
know
as
pulling
wood
and
You
once.
when
loaf.
it back
through the ivood from handle

pushing it straight through in
of
instead
than
the
or
and
pushing
enter
wood,
butter,
it
draw
you
slice of
not
at
of
lump
work
to
into the wood
through
may
begin
you
can
back
will
forth, it
when
you
through
of
piece
hatchet, that is,without
(ortears)its way
better
into
down
saw
down
back
saw
push
to
try
you
Now
them.
do
and
the
work
straight through
can
draw
or
slide
for
Wood-Workino"
28
the
tool
its
do
cither
woik
This
the
li'tt/i the
driven
principle
is
so
hard
it
to
by
a
against
split
the
use
large
of
that
the
keen
the
and
wood
the
first of
alphabetically
and
arranged
the
\\'\\\
saw-h'ke.
edge
sphtting
these
In
with
chopping
or
wedge,
pure
merely
stick
operations
and
simple,
starting
the
cut,
8.
rest
sides
cutting
then
of
an
of
the
work
the
cut
of
edge,
iron
as
in
by bearing
that
it forces
riving
wêdge,
log
finally
and
(Fig. 8).
and
directions
Uses
the
axe,
wedge
their
at
of
an
the
does
wedge
advance
VI
wooden
Practical
Tools
the
which
in
course
chiseL
or
Fig.
after
bein"r
edge,
of
used
knife
by force,
through
the
sphtting kindhng-wood,
with
grain
main
be
cannot
hatchet,
or
forth
or
better
stroke
axe
the
back
Beginners
the
in
suggestions
various
Part
V.
about
Operations
the
different
will
be
found
III
CHAPTER
WOOD
BEFORE
have
purpose.
the
butcher
one
poor
rings,
of
of
added
wood
perhaps
trees
for
use
by adding
the
Notice
In
the
'
added
called
and
each
because
wood
looks
trees
some
as
the
Fig.
of wood
the
ends
will
be
the
from
9.
of
pieces
wood
will
rings
of
be
very
indistinct.
quite
nearest
different
of
these
pieces
some
they
the
heart
the
centre,
So
In
that
zvood, usually
called
layers
others
In
plain.
and
of
learned,
Examine
kinds.
various
job
wood-working
new
outside.
good
and
for,
tree,
have
may
the
These
layer
new
the
of
as
ends
rings ^
to
you
we
grow
on
marks
ring
the
on
annual
lumber,
selection
between
for
the
seen
(Fig. 9).
wood
the
called
each
lines,
in
wood
sawmill.
course,
circular
or
pieces
are
of
have,
You
of
"
must
you
log
the
through
it
kind
cuts
judicious
difference
examine
us
right
choice
*'
and
meat,
all the
let
; so
follow
and
of
successfully,
the
but
also,
are,
makes
often
stock
a
There
says
anything
wood,
merely
not
the
make
can
you
bark,
the
known
inner
the
as
sap-
which
wood,
is
(Fig. 9).
will
you
known
in
the
as
common
see
or
rays,
the
lines, radiating
medullary
trees
year.
29
of
temiêrate
rays
(Figs.
climes
one
from
9
and
layer
is
for
Wood-Working
;o
lo),
because
they
Sometimes
You
also
these
will
shown
surface
hnes
in the
of
of
what
wood
Fig.
the
The
log
is sawed
naturally think
that
will
of the
give pieces
is green
Why
and
the
water
weight
of
of
the
the
tree, the
contains,
cracks
sap
wood,
season,
the
more
is
or
even
but
etc.
size
and
water
as
the
Now
it will
as
shrink.
of
notice
ing
season-
from
or
tion.
separa-
might
you
an\'
that
way
softer
than
dry wood,
softer
than
the
The
amount
fiftyper
quantity depends
the
the
shape.
contained.
much
it
saw
and
the
ii.
cleavage
is to
timber
green
are
radiating
important, though
only thing
heavier
of
lines
required
of
is sometimes
of
the
wood
sapwood
Because
timber, after the
begun,
natural
the
will also
You
Fig.
the
way
of
io.
showing
centre,
wood
continuations
grain are
rings.
ends
has
of
layers
''grain" on
lengthways, and that
annual
the
noticed.
call the
lines of the
at
be
the
we
cut
the
pith (Latin inediilla).
to
that
lo
lines of
piece
Fig.
the
fine
too
are
from
see
from
spring
Beginners
water
more
It
heart?
cent,
of
of
upon
the
the
green
begins
to
dry
the
kind
log
and
Wood
shrink
soon
as
wood
shrinks
water,
and
faster
the
The
this
the
in the
most
It shrinks
the
is,across
it contains
because
on
'
considered
sap-
outside, it is
more
more
posed.
ex-
Hne
of the
much
less
tree.
Shrinkage lengthways
(Fig.
annual
the
in
rings,
line of
1).
ing
shrinkthe
the
log
crack
or
split,
at
heart
The
down.
cut
all
of
is that
open,
be
slight to
unequal
to
that
rays,
result
tends
shrinks
\.\\Q tree.
medullary
is too
the
been
because, being
log
is,around
has
tree
than
more
The
that
the
as
31
ference
circum-
(Fig. 12), the

cracks
the
the
the
is halved
log
ed,
quarter-
or
that
parts
ullary
med-
If the
rays.
so
in
centre,
line of
the
in toward
running
the
inner
exposed,
are
drying
on
goes
uniformly
more
throughout,
cracking is not
and
the
log
will
the
so
bad,
parts of
shrink
the
what
some-
shown
as
in
Fig.
Figs.
13 and
The
'
the
length
spring,
have
beams,
Although
or
been
of
13.
14.
the
a
become
joists,planks,
boards
or
shrinkage lengthways
board,
bowed
left free to
it shows
slightlyby
lengthwise,
spring
while
is not
as
usually
its
you
seasoning.
cut
effect
will
see
from
log
noticeable
in
in
as
causing
many
the
boards
have
affecting
pieces to
which
Wood
of
shrink
wood
Now
to
of
study
merely
of
plank,have
This
good
house,
this
central
and
the
outer
If you
^
grain
wish
the
Fig. 17.
In
The
addition
contain
you
log
boards
outer
can
highly figured
in
seen
chestnut, etc.,
the
all
used.
often
sawing
ones
(Fig. 16),
work
common
generally be
By
boards
inferior,'as just shown

for
for
way
purpose.
the
17.
for
sawing
in
cut
this process
Fig.
is
Boarding
of
every
be
just
purposes.
instance,
answers
or
way
of
way
outside
for the
in
log
boards
simple
usual
ordinary
brief
our
most
(Fig. 17).
shown
of
practical application
thepiecessliced
off in the
'
stock
if you
from
form
but
the
by examining
matters
can
the
and
get the
to
can
you
the
log
process:
wish
the
to
come
the
sawing
will
these
You
degrees.
lumber-yard.
in any
the
different
to
warp
about
something
learn
that
and
33
oak, ash,
get it by
can
just
as
figure of
shown
the
grain
(Fig. 18),because
the
to
curling, the
greater proportion
of
Fig.
in
will
the
outer
sapwood,
be
l)oards
which
rings are
will
is
be
in the
marked
most
annual
ig.
poorer
usually inferior
cut
more
because
to
they
the
heart-
wood.
^
By
this is not
the
in
grain," seen
"silver
grain
3
witliout
the
meant
the
figure or
quartered
medullary
oak
rays,
flashes
and
as
some
seen
shown
other
by
the
medullary
woods,
oak,
in//.////
but
etc.
the
rays,
or
figureof
for
Wood-Working"
.4
obliquely
These
in
boards
them
than
in
(Fig. 17)
the
will
boards
tend
at
firmly
handsome
as
when
in
G.
20.
the
be
of
board
the
shown,
in
of
more
wastes
more
wide
as
possible,then
just shown,
so
the
that
log
should
all the
be
boards
sawed
and
on
will be
first
it
wood.
in
shown
of those
examples.
are
that
boards
least
the
remain
the
from
re-
and
the
either
shrink
width
more
labour
wish
If you
is
as
of
be
This
the
board
Fig. 22
the
of
21.
sawing
and
Fis:.21
as
Fig.
course,
quires
on
will
than
expensive
the
more
figure
of
method
(Fig.
the
rays
as
lines
is cut
line
radial
will
of
exactly
medullary
22.
direction
more
a
richly
Fig.
log
rays
of
in
the
medullary
side
rays
board,
the
The
The
the
is, along
20).
tained.
ob-
figure
oak,
the
in
wây,
be
can
medullary
radii, that
the
panel),
the
cut
of the
in
some
beautiful
"
they
in
effects
quartered
"
should
F
(as
surface
the
on
if
the
wish
formed
centre.
shape, as
fastened
grain
If you
show
their
confined
or
way,
the
near
(Fig. 19),but
be
to
or
change
to
shown
just
are
Be^finners
as
radial
the
in
true
lines
middle
Wood
of
the
just shown,
radii,as
sides
have
board
these
regards
as
the
least
Fig.
23.
by
boards
and
tendency
the
method
be
alike
the
both
on
sap-wood, etc., and, therefore,

of
change
to
of
of
direction
will
boards
Fig.
are
sawing
of
The
shape.
middle
Fig.
24.
will
Fig. 17
cut,
26
showing
into
radial
sawing,
shown
so
Fig.
most
middle
and
heart-
methods
24, 25, and
those
little in the
but
be
good
25.
board
in
respects.
Various
of
shrinks
Wood
log.
35
are
the
in
in which
or
Figs.
20
log quartered
part of the
and
26, Figs. 23,
and
various
Fig.
26.
Thus
boards.
passing through
or
we
near
see
the
that
the
centre,
are
ways
27.
middle
boards,
the
best
for
purposes.
Split
or
rift stock
is
piece especially tough
stronger
and
than
durable,
If
sawed.
as
for
an
axe
you
wish
handle
a
or
pin, it
stout
for
Wood-W'orking
36
the
wood
sure
to
is
be
should
line
the
grain," which
If the
grain
in the
result between
rift
the
shown
in
but
one
is
be
and
That
than
the
sawing.
be
be
sawed
block
the
as
can
will
so-called
crooked-grained
cases
pins
one
in
in the
with
such
four
'"cross-
practical difference
no
but
in
which
stronger
splitting is
avoiding
splitting,as
is marked
splitout.
and
however,
be
may
unless
sawed,
the
fibres,thus
really sawed,
27, from
Fig.
than
entirely prevented
be
sawing
difference
can
the
straight,there
flooring,which
pieces
of
well
cannot
is
rather
split out
straight-grained,because
very
in
be
Beginners
while
sawed,
straight-grained,
will
which
ones,
be
cross-grained.
Try
work.
your
best
If
it is not
to
have
You
made.
friend, until
in
except
and
have
it
is
of
ruin
the
for
course
article
dealer,
some
or
for
decide,
to
is of
you
judge
to
amateur
an
stock, which
green
the
experience
matter
of
must
cracks, warping,
cause
enough
nice
your
wet
course
soggy.
There
are
two
zveather-drymg,
seasoned
by
Do
to
the
lumber
season."
For
in
after
of
rougli work
some
seasoning
the
work
definite
some
size,the condition
at
that
statements
"
It all
of
depends
the
on
the
is,
time,
is
is done
as
the
before.
the
to
in
as
one
of
and
of
stock
wood,
various
For
can
many
itself.
its
it
that
two
or
year
(but
air
books
years,
shape
and
circumstances.
(a pig-pen, for instance)there

all,because
gradually
letting it dry
kind
atmosphere,
seasonings
as
wood
common
One
use.
exposure
so
the
common
known
whicli
process
weather),
the
in
(commonly
air-drying) in
natural
wood
drying
wa\-
or
believe
not
takes
the
from
protected
"
of
ways
old-fashioned
the
is
''
it, it
trust
to
easy
very
to
entire
have
had
no
of
case
likely
for
wood
use
you
the
will
you
yourself, for
is
often
joints,and
opened
before
dry
which
dry afterwards,
well-seasoned
get
is
just
no
as
kinds
age
advantwell
of
dry
com-
Wood
work
mon
of wood
; for
while
much,
its
nicer
the
being kept
is sufficient
years
nice
stock
long.
Whether
it is
for
two
indoor
to
too
work
of
grade
for very
for
long
too
two
or
one
37
four
season.
There
It
will
never
dry enough
three
or
work
kinds
some
is
years
is very
too
none
is
more
or
years
sizes
and
not
little
danger of
pendix).
get perfectly dry (see Apdepends
not
or
what
on
you
it for.
want
To
time
save
and
kiln-drying)of shutting
by
steam
wood
is
much
It
cheap
nowadays,
into
one
finished
articles
the
In
and
is
natural
is
and
to
dry
the
inside.
and
weakens
as
is
often
on
out
the
of
surface
the
only
makes
it
when
taken
from
the
The
deterioration
fully restore
the
in
the
the
the
log
rolled
and
shop
the
complete,
and
"
some
so
air
a
moisture
gradually
until the
by
in
and
latter
lumber
cold,
process
fast for
too
elasticityof
more
the
of
quality
susceptible
kiln, and, unless
some
way,
natural
more
loss
heat
The
stock
the
wood
unnaturally dry (as if baked),
done,
not
made
are
evaporates,
of the
ends
it
will
and
if kiln-dried.
and
until it gets into
the
affected
less
Making
from
factories
in
absolutely dry, and
never
certainly lessens
it.
too
Saturday night
air-dryingthe
the
outside
that
Monday,
of
and
sometimes
"
articles
before
end
well
the
quicker.
even
to
way
as
quickly
drying
as
work
the
it,all varnished
dryness, than
protected
moisture
is felled
other
process
far
say
common
elastic, and
It
atmosphere
once
the
seasoned^ though
moisture
to
other
from
out
works
firmer, more
tends
tree
made
turned
are
old
factory, and
from
out
the
it
drying
so
do
can
process
and
the
articles
slowly
wood
furniture
of
end
used, and,
now
(known
way
and
room
exaggeration
no
standing
sent
are
is
in
than
quickly
quickly.
where
is
this
concerned,
more
it up
heat
other
or
artificial
the
money
it will
condition
to
the
it is at
reabsorb
; but
that
elasticity(see Appendix).
of
the
wood
can
be
plainly
Wood-Working
38
by
seen
regard
"
for
the
experience
and
however,
"stands,"
the
had
less
if you
nice
dried
the
work,
have
for
with
to
years
time
own
my
of the
fact,
naturally,
a
"
wood-workers
quality of
the wood,
has
seasoning
it
buy
to
kiln-dried
been
all
by
the
regardless
the
or
for
means
more,
pay
stock
about
is,therefore,
money,
know
have
tell you
may
very
if kiln-dried
by
of the
you
in
season
than
and
process,
in
are
plain,
ex-
kinds.
both
if you
even
sale
for
that
wood
doubt
any
to
easy
illustrations
by impairment
dealers
the
hand, if
other
"
bone
in
wood
for
work.
good
dealer
that
or
three
dried
in
of
makers
of
advantages
few
will
and
his
kiln-
have
to
"dry
buy
kind
the
work,
all of your
it for
to
is not
days
patent
new
wood
green
elsewhere
go
probably
keep
of
brags
will make
days,
perhaps,
or,
kiln
slow-drying
as
"'Our
to
use
kiln-dried
use
get it from
but
as
long
it is best, before
ting
put-
further
seasoning
can.
you
if wood
Even
it into
nice
shape
to
a
dryer
You
for most,
stock
"
two
stock, for
Do
left
natural
chain-lightning
for
of
men
work-
as
wood.
On
as
to
find stock
the
articles
others
wood,"
is not
so
expression is, better
offset
by
what
of
experience
can
years
your
"
many
gain by kiln-drying, in
or
of
that
is
properties
too
seen
of the
is, I think, generally conceded
have
more
in
of remark
subject
out
this
and
lumber
as
fact wdiich
for
have
and
Hfe
the
structure
The
is often
just why
it,but
complex.
so
takes
kiln-drying
express
who
Beginners
oak.
to
The
and
wood-worker,
any
for
final
work,
and
well
been
to
leave
seasoned,
it up
cut
it
in
kiln-dried
little time
stock
to
get
fresh
into
and
dry
seasoning, particularly in
this with
it have
has
the
from
it
dress
place
case
the
harmony
for
of
ately
approximtime
some
thick
stock.
dry-house.
with
the
Let
atmos-
Wood
phere.
Whenever
in
shed
wet
before
stock
is
is
way
simply
laid
and
to
directly over
seasoning
above
the
These
of
them
make
and
for
up
Seasoned
the
you
the
is
and
impossible
learn them
it
(and
it shows
to
by
this
but
important
define
actual
the
as
different
piece
you
work.
method
than
lie
when
It is not
effect
ways
common
Stock
is
bows.
dryer
to
differentlywhen
off
you
and
to
occasionally
green,
cuts
whittle
differences
is
are
and
cues
tend
other
are
pieces
odour,
difference
these
will
opposite
principles.
lighter in weight
a
placed
should
There
billiard
wood
sticks
be
lumber
the
crooked.
work
touch, usually has

whittle
have
small
nice
piece being
should
the
air
common
by strips or
pile,which
upright, and
such
the
28.
drying,
most
stacked
sometimes
hung
for
piles,each
that
so
the
permanently
illustrates
and
of
weight
wood
arranging
as
while
allow
pieces.
sticks
pieces dry straight,will
the
make
shop
to
as
below
and
Fig.
straight,else
air,
damp
to
warm
so
the
in
another, and
one
in the
stand
them
(Fig. 28).
across
exposed
between
arrange
those
from
separated
for
arranged
around
been
work.
it for nice
circulate
to
cellar,let it
or
using
The
has
wood
39
you
always
breaks
ently),
differ-
it.
saw
It
will have
easy
even
is
to
for
Wood
and
strong,
as
Sometimes
it is
figureof
in
as
that
does
hold
not
the
grain
for
shown
furniture
which
wood
smells
signs of decay,
are
spread
which
and
is
Of
twisting.
case
a
Fig.
as
work.
So
often
trained
use
stock,
with
but
at
the
for
may
by
surface
will
on
one
the
or
need
the
and
the
log
having
been
shrunk
faster
while
the
make
much
this
rounded
may
other
pieces
sawed,
than
the
became
on
as
and
if your
but
in
hollowed
even
nice
your
can
you
is not
eye
well
curled
or
(Fig. 19), is
this
detect
to
or
extreme
an
Warped
V.).
also
defect
30.
boards
When
the
have
we
so
or
seen,
having
Stock
rounding
are
it is due
other,
other, causing that

convex.
such
defect, which
but
or
winding
is
trouble
instructions
no
exposed
more
other
fungi, which
rough work,
very
eye,
hollowing
was
take
some
straight stick.
any
side
way
of
form
would
one
particularly for
once
the
eye
is best.
attack
worst
Fig.
by
mind
rusty-looking spots,
attack
winding-sticks (see Part
you
has
or
in
29.
The
no
29, unless
look
detect
bad,
course
slight winding
very
Bear
rift stock
conditions
stock.
crooked
Reject
ful
beauti-
(see Appendix).
sound
are
rule.
crooked-grained pieces,
required
of the
or
as
of the
account
on
musty,
favourable
under
well,
as
(see Appendix).
Fig.
which
shape
in many
especial strength
Reject
its
desirable, however,
mahogany
when
41
dried
side
to
is sometimes
either
to
one
faster
be
to
side
and
concave,
crooked
for
Wood-Working
42
either
lengthways,
"
Beginners
simple bending
(Fig. 30),or both,

"sticking" (Fig. 28) while the wood
angle,
or
wavy
will of
lengthways
stock
Reject
is
be
to
apt
the
which
course
less of this
or
faster
pieces dry
checks
causes
the
pieces,where
the
ends
of valuable
boards
cleated, which
when
and
take
not
to
of
they
buy
with
wood
of
will
nice
work,
of
speak
the
material.
such
In
the
extend,
at
there
is
knots,
be
ally,
Occasionextend
suddenly
and
time
(See
Shakes
far
to
or
before
tell
Unless
in
as
you
wood
discount
ofTset
to
the
it takes
feet
can
you
are
side
out-
is
buy clear, sound

labour
and
example,
Sometimes
the
stock
several
clear
in
and
the
for
develop,
discount.
apt
crack
the
oftentimes
mahogany,
unless
to
is very
extra
as
but
stop.
a
where
enough sound,
better
waste
elm
the
of better
to
defects
the heart.
than
or
pretty
stock
for
saving, not
to
work
up
Appendix.)
possible, because
it is
usually
heartwood.
of
case
superior to
durable
the
to
In
such
Reject sapwood
inferior
end.
to
the
painted
result.
point
can,
you
appear
or
the
impossible
found
usually
as
from
they
cracks
the
large,it
cracks
that
however,
sure,
it is
are
where
beyond
end
Possibly
the
sometimes
The
rapidly.
most
of
ends
partly splitboard, thinking that
or
sound
wood
where
is cut
the
at
will
crack
middle,
board.
stop.
kinds
is removed
ing,
season-
in the
worse
this
There
In
sometimes
are
prevents
cracked
the
use
appears
some
cleat
cracked.
or
than
place
planks
measure
splitthe
can
you
to
the
even
Do
in
and
Sighting
lumber.
outside
takes
drying
an
careless
to
green.
ends,
cracks, usually
or
at
or
defects.
in most
the
on
curve
due
was
the
at
often
"
these
checked
badly
more
show
in
and
The
young
ash
heartwood
sa[)wood, heavier, of
colour,
the
is
sapwood
is, however,
usually harder
better
texture,
and
and
more
monly
com-
Wood
"
The
in most
in colour
In
is
the
to
fungi
seasoned
hardwood
white,
the
of
some
softer
scarcely perceptible;
outer
layers
which
attack
have
but
greenish tinge, due
them."
to
to
paler
season.
ence
differ-
quickly gives
of
species
and
Laslett
"
air
the
to
is
cut, the
fresh
exposure
class
but
time
had
when
woods,
whitewood
the
unseasoned,
or
which
trees
or
in
rule, darker
whether
heartwood,
the
than
is, as
sapwood
43
mould
(See
Ward.
also
Appendix.)
When
from
come
them
should
be
you
about
the
log
Use
the
in
using
wood
that
apt
old
old
is apt to
stock
detect),will
new
what
you
work
the
of
and
pick
to
come
has
been
tell
can
you
boards,
from
the
by
what
but
rough
can
save
old
need
(which
but
of
part
to
wood
dirt
be
used
work.
to
often
which
has
moreover,
tools
in expense.
by
avoid
from
old
boxes
The
wood
better
the
ing
trywork
days
nowa-
taken
than
about
been
much
expense
for
you
are
working
ground
presence
almost
so
Of
rule
cautious
very
it is sometimes
injure your
as
work.
fence-rails, or
taken
wood
hard
and
tools, and,
save
of
is,however,
you
It
boards.
what
the
you
purpose,
things
poor
your
often
of
everything
the
serve
material, for the

dull
log,
packing-cases, boxes,
cabinet-work
but
of
expect
slight charge
you
grain, etc.,
for
quality
be
the
ends
temporary
will
to
When
good-
not
two
if
to
sawed.
were
or
nails, etc.
offset
the
nice,
likelyto buy,
over
at
The
boxes.
from
rings
from
make
is
cutting
Most
do
or
application
of
clear
rough
anything
or
the
see
one
even
privilege.
ways
pieces
good,
course
to
the
if you
for
work
nice
they happen
as
yourself.
this
pile just
for
will
them
do
the
(when visible),
sapwood
the
for
annual
the
let you
this
just
boards
Select
whole
made
boards
said
will
do
to
take
not
pile.
unstack
to
is better
by
the
dealers
natured
out
do
buying,
into
of
cealed
con-
impossible
as
to
more
it
to
than
Do
pieces (unless
into
thinner
or
that
these
will
the
exposing
sometimes
be
bu\' those
middle
be
it
then
another
unless
be
The
wood
The
to
besides
of
off, or
and
sides.
surface,"
"
other
the
instance,
both
from
be,
on
for
mill
the
to
inch,
may
once
"stick"
one
side, when
useless, perhaps,
be
the
flat
down
keep
directly upon
one
It
best
to
of
nice
top
flat
stock
standing
both
on
The
it.
season
stock
nice
is the
pile of thoroughly
have
you
pieces straight and
seasoned.
tJioroiighly
to
of
stock
the
keep
to
single board
to
way
of
learn
It
is
as
many
of
North
Sargent,
numerous
sides
end
on
sides
heat
to
seasoned
board
will
its side.
on
where
they
and
cold,
dryness.
itself.
forests
at
boards
way
pieces
best
specimens
'
lay
and
as
board
an
smooth
and
equally exposed
moisture
of
down
tend
are
the
not
short
Keep
will
they
Never
warp.
badly
however,
stock, but
inch
an
eighths
board
lay good
all ways,
of
take
simply
will
bought (Fig. 28), it

Never
work
splitting
both
treat
pieces
good
of
instead
boards,
nearly
carefully pile
you
for
the
intended.
purpose
true.
three
warp
of
shape
to
Suddenly
air in this way
boards
use
sure
can.
}'Ou
the
plane
sometimes
the
If
If
to
the
sawed
be
always
the
to
always try
you
often
hands
side, and
for
as
planed equally, as
Ignorant
it will
seasoned
as
down
planed
have
far
so
to
and
this in mind:
Bear
to
have
want
be
can
original stock.
with
pranks
it
cannot
you
it into
sawing
course
of wood
piece
queer
lumber;
alike
board
of
of
idea
Of
the
as
If you
which
thicker
true
Beginners
the
pieces,but
as
plays
with
necessary).
smaller
(see Appendix).
up
stock
tliick
bu\'
not
thinner
for
Wood-Working
44
to
about
capital
kinds
America,
contain
four
varieties, which
idea
as
liundred
to
of
wood
is from,
make
collection
can.'
you
exchisive
can
kind
any
of
and
fairlybe
Mexico,
You
are
twenty-two
considered
will
now
be
the
of
sur-
believed,
cording
ac-
species of plants,
trees.
Wood
prised
to
how
see
from
wood
known
commonly
coniferous
broad
will find
softwood
the
as
than
Timber.
The
log
and
"
applied
"
stock, such
the
As
"
consists,according
as
is
to
the
to
of the
hardwood
than
hard
durable
more
in
standing
(as it
be
may
in
"
the
United
timber
sawed
the
from
comes
regular thicknesses,
such
4/'
''
"
It
etc.
is
feet
10
to
It is
which
sides
about
course
terms
will
seven
eighths
be
reduced
"
board,
rough
planed
usually reduce
or
state
dressed
of
an
feet is
"
as
plank,
it
comes
inch.
Other
lumber
it will
the
be
as
^'
as
length for
boards
inch
an
thicknesses
this
a
in
lengths varying
of
Bear
apply,
from
is,rough
steady demand,
undressed
or
thickness
etc.,
like."
the
common
use,
usually sawed
in
the
correspondingly.
splitfor
or
is in
sold
commonly
Planing (by machine) rough
boards.
sion
dimen-
States, lumber
regular widths,
etc., in
Twelve
feet.
20
"
dressed^ that
ox
planed.
or
for stock
and
from
in the
saw)
joists,floor timbers,
as
both
undressed
either
It is also
trees.
etc.
is used
Webster, of
the
to
way
larger squared pieces,or
the
well
as
Appendix.
see
general
of
pine
botanical
on
woods
applied
tinction
dis-
somewhat
is based
various
and
itself,
term
work
to
the
find
beams, joists,boards, planks, staves, hoops, and

Lumber
to
For
class
This
pine.
may
you
usually
are
sills,
beams,
as
white
distinction
timber
word
wood
easier
the
specificallyto
more
Lumber.
and
soft.
the
the
whitewood
woods
material
the
to
softer
hard
stronger
soft
former
oak, the latter from
as
common
class,but
The
reasons.
the
as
soft^ the
or
trees,
and
the
puzzling at first,for
class you
leaves,
hard
between
are
hard
tion
collec-
(See Appendix.)
are
likely to use
expense.
you
either
needle-leaved
or
no
or
which
as
with
trees
little
at
of
kinds
The
handsome
varied, interesting,and
make
can
you
45
saw.
thinner
board
will
in mind.
rule, to
that
of
The
the
When
"
on
stock
you
buy
is, the
46
"
for
Wood-Working
inch
inch
"
board
that
(unless
thick
wish
you
Beginners
get for
to
shelf
get it unplaned), but
you
will
be
not
one
inch.
an
You
make
must
lumber.
If for
for
this when
board
must
allowance
the
example
figure on
you
be
inch
one
you
to
get
plank
it
planed
pull
or
thick
find
you
pens
hap-
to
be
sawed
as
one
inch
eighth.
one
over
which
board
thin
pile until
the
when
will have
have
down,
dressed
thick
planed,
and
You
can
fi n
boards
the
thickness
wall
apply
the
to
is often
very
planks
\vill run
when
pieces
For
farther
thick
wôrk
than
as
of
and
thick,
rule
you
give
to
look
to
also.
planks
for
stock
likelyto
joists. Other
such
but
as
find
statement
The
sawing
boards
some
the
one
will
similar
frequently
sawing
planed
are
you
required
when
or
ness
thickneed
you
usually runs.
do
you
will
will
forms
chieflyneed
referred
be
to
on.
"
These
are
one
"
or
corresponding tongue
these
in
it is well
so
inch.
an
thicknesses
enough
planks, and
Matched-boards^
boards
of
irregular,however,
little thicker
Boards.
of
various
planed,
such
boards,
eighths
seven
planed
inch
P^^
as
and
sometimes
of
eighths
seven
can
thus
boards
be
were
inch
thick
sheathing," have
on
joined
the
to
groove
on
one
(Fig. 31.) Any
other
make
less.
or
wide
formerly tongued
surface.
and
edge
number
The
grooved by
and
of
edges
hand
Wood
''
with
with
usually
form
some
Planks.
These
"
thickness.
Both
distinction
planks
Fig,
the
from
of
foot, at
inches
or
is
33, and
board
by
24
feet,or
mind
an
same
as
which
is the
the
that
inch
Avill
of
"
same
as
is sold
require
144
thick, or
That
equal
by
some
strip sawed
by
the
much
so
foot.
square
one
12'
^.^-^ê'-
"
/,
foot
wide,
12'
6"
long,
long, 6" wide,
as
the
board
width
of
in
boards
wide,
2"
and
2"
and
inches, as
long
the
you
will
You
from
12
feet,
tains
thick, con-
thick, contains
thick,
contents
see
1"
and
first mentioned.
12'
34.
thick,contains
long, 12" wide,
12'
case
1"
and
plank
same
The
contains
square
board
plank
square
is,Figs. 32,
12' long, 12"
the
of
Fig.
in
but
planks,
narrow
(1000 feet),or
area
piece.
board
length,
or
in thickness.
you
an
each
feet.
feet.
in
plank.
lumber
measure.
inch
one
width
be of any
can
measure.
Thus
board
one
the
34
edge (and
one
than
more
"
inches, regardless of the shape
of
size
3
"
of
has
and
cubic
144
by
much
foot
square
"
as
the
so
machine,
32.
edge
Most
boards
the
are
"
width,
and
at
by
joint less noticeable.
the
boards,
being merely
yôisfs. These
fixed
thick
are
done
moulding
or
render
to
is
this
now
bead
of
middle)
in the
sometimes
the
but
matching-planes,"
47
contains
can
bear
12
in
cated
in feet is indithe
examples
IV
CHAPTER
THE
OUT
LAYING
DRAWINGS,
WORKING
AND
WORK,
ESTIMATING
Working
better
you
Drawings.
in
form
all
of
countries
"
which
work
way
shows
one
how
exactly
When
them
from
and
width,
and
Never
mind
will
practice
The
time
the
making
sketches.
and
but
make
the
tools
quicker
the
is
come
be-
by
step
step
drawing,
be
to
of
rule-of-
"
working
what
of
you
for
day
along
of
ancient
people
chief
the
scription
de-
any
very
by
particular
some
to
made
but
Do
and
"
the
show
do
to
in
drawings
you
what
49
plans
the
it
is
right,
when
rough
will, if you
you
do
and
quickly.
more
your
particularly
to
height,
carefully.
very
first
it
the
at
ing
work-
whenever
and
guess
tail
de-
every
all your
measure
Learn
idea, and
which
in
Make
not
should
you
your
(see Appendix),
size.
you
thing,
express
drawing
scale
changes
drawings
accurate,
way
time.
teach
Making
one's
measure,
it takes
soon
to
for
clearly given.
to
them/?///
if
better,
working
is
length,
the
course
sketches
rough
carefully
make
of
one
exactly
make
to
measurement
can,
only
give
it.
accurate
an
not
guidance
only
not
wish
drawings
you
to
making
by
the
the
is
of
so
feeling
make
to
you
begin
it
and
giving
It
days,
can
often
from
get
you
understood
readily
one
will
drawing
is
drawing
times.
with
familiar
thumb
all
these
in
fast
for
but
and
than
object
an
words,
language
workman
is
of
idea
simple
"
know
are
you
preparatory
make
them
and
what
plete
com-
you
for
Wood-Working
50
do
know
not
be
and
complete
the
Begin
You
can
long
laid
if the
the
and
exact,
of
it half
is in
the
all
good plan
direction, just
figures
to
experience
time
to
board
In
the
various
and
is
you
make
will
the
in
the
of
have
for
for nice
stock
in the
pranks
to
go
your
shrinking,warping
and
No
of
amount
to
half
expansion
winding,
is
Nothing
off
it is best
with
of
column
a
a
opposite
It takes
pieces (see Appendix).

work
It is
but
little
correct
takes
mis-
mahogany
mile
to
the
piece.
new
work
which
of
cut
you
can
case.
back
than
two
they
time.
it.
marked
the
second
less time
and
difference
that
so
it is
good
no
make
upward.
of
within
have
measuring.
when
two
or
no
in either
again
chance
short
makes
addition
your
adding
discover
dollar
parts
spoiled
by measuring
prove
will do
out
mistakes
too
for the
with
them
pendix.
Ap-
see
unless
work
nicely you
measurements
by
getting out
play
work
twice, much
pay
may
laid
will prevent
you
of allowance
have
them
as
five inches
mill and
The
your
measure
as
"
you
downward
than
how
paper.
coming
if you
board
nor
short,
check
to
off
saw
too
It
on
line
have
measurements
with
good
to
place.
done
the
goes
you
drawings,
get
do
cannot
wrong
you
fit together.
over
You
to
satisfied
be
which
that
it all
working
cutting exactly
joint if
have
be.
it may
simple
know
you
with
drawings
confidence,
Try
"
not
inch.
an
inch
an
parts of
easier
do
right, and
line
Go
Work.
the
out
detailed
how
when
success,
to
accurately
not
with
about
out
how
work
practicalsuggestions
eighth
an
matter
and
it out
lines
and
the
toward
Laying
should
working drawing
and
no
end
thought
For
make,
about
way
sketches
of
making
go
TJie
subject.
final.
first article you
the
the
about
Ijcginners
and
How
regard
is
to
to
matter
make
plenty
contraction
to
this
of
arrange
swelling
practical
Laying
for
importance,
active
an
boy
of wood
piece
widespread havoc as
have
to keep a careful
as
applies
have
we
wood
the
wood
dry
the
is,what
that
"
it is
but
wood-work,
the
air, as
the
from
in
What
does
deal
your
tight
ball
when
or
moisture
the
little
nails
that
as
or
screws
cannot
or
and
ture
mois-
and
cept
shrinking, ex-
in the
completely
air
logged.
water-
ing
swellingand shrinkor
glue and hold
it amounts
to
the
open
good
where
drawer
without
window,
comes
beand
dryer
moisture
is
Well,
you
door
wood
thing
more
of
air
some
becomes
of
moisture
in
it sucks
kept
it out
If the
wood
amount
and
the
more
is
never
swells.
dryer,
move."
it cannot
is,
the
when
or
Use
sometimes
sucks
the
of
continually swelling
such
to?
and
It
take
some
that
difficulty
baked,
you
up
seasoned
wood
green
it is
take
wood
where
change,
not
so
turn
shrinks,
way
wood.
moment
seen,
and
wood,
situations
amount
it
to
is much
dry
when
air becomes
It is thus
shrinks.
"
the
If the
more.
does
have
we
damp,
more
swells
will
wish
the
only
there
call
we
The
(see Appendix).
it begins to
kiln or oven,
from
cause
you
wood
green
particularlyto
really absolutely dry, except

baked
not
boys,
if you
way
think
people
with
the
to
but
seen,
Many
trouble
with
do
some
its actions
on
eye
of
still than
keep
more
movements
motions
merely
not
already
acts.
causes
no
51
work.
good
This
can
and, although its
can,
so
out
the Work
Out
breaking
something.
In
every
the
and
of
each
pew,
course,
fitted
days
high-backed
in continued
quite snugly.
for,many
give way
of
little so
would
door
pew
church
the
dampness
There
was
the
doors
that
the closed
doors
usually no
being
in
swell
open,
doors
tall doors
with
pews
damp
of
weather,
certain
would
pew
open
ever,
how-
would
frames
with
of
church
special trouble,
the
to
slight
for
Wood-Working
0-
1)111 il all
pull ;
the
doors
lightlypressed together
a
to
man
start
(though they
idea
church
combined
vel()i)ments,as
boys
morning
in
their
struggle,finallyburst
s([ueak
or
rememl)ered
putting
not
am
story, because
is
there
Did
a
the
that ?
You
able
be
natural
board
What
boy
give
put
and
find
work
yôur
(ill up
what
we
but
call
tlie
into
enters
particleswith
the
an
pores,
the
as
in
extraordinary
be
to
alinost
the
chalk
fibre
will
do
shrinking any
You
may
sound,
of
force
the
which
no
allow
every
is not
any
and
not
You
for the
sion
expan-
You
of
simply
drawn
seem
in to
inorganic
porous
to
will
work
house,
ordinary
the
proper
trouble.
body, forcing apart

does
with
as
prevent.
water
or
same
play^
cannot
is that
very
as
so
in
wood
will
you
examples,
peculiarity of
substance,
together
contraction
of
there
which
you
shrink.
amount
and
guidance,
Do
it remains
as
then
and
spirits.
Why/ just the
reasonable
abundant
The
long
so
and
then
animal
by drilling
which
the
and
now,
them
force
tellingthis
split?'
swelling and
but
swell
do
will stop
that
try it.
rocks
will
always
sure
way
to
into
stone
boy's
wood,
it must
it
of
must
the
shall you
amount
solid
crush
to
chance
any
tracted
pro-
ripping
bo\s
in
in that
dea
feel
splitbig
the
repress
those
mischief
made
having
after
with
door
i)ew
wood.
often
awaited
they
that
of
the
prevent
can
you
his
then
They
churchgoer,
improper
glue
or
cannot
than
more
sedate
so
when
screws
or
where
driving dry/wedges
wedges,
nails
think
and
so
this
to
on
door.
every
i)ew,
stone-workers
see
holes
of
wetting
'
ever
own
to
up
of their
slightdanger
be
strength of
utmost
day catching
one
power
not
are
pews
you
row
boys
any
the
understand
expanding
the
take
open
will
You
bang.
line would
whole
closing
another
after
one
the
stud) ing wood-work), got into the

before
and
service
by using their
not
to[) into
the
over
Some
succeeded
strength
climbed
it would
were
Sunday
one
that
door.
shut
were
Beginners
the
be
minute
derstood.
fully un-
has
which
spht
allowance
try
these
should
who
For
for
errors
know
their
length
(Fig. 35)'
sometimes
weeks
would
hear
least
before
you
report
like
Similar
cases
the
the
length,
expansion
should
be
holes
to
of
contraction
or
continually
are
in their
enough
of
firmly glue
to
were
side
one
for at
the
cleats
and
wide,
on
the cleats
part of their
of
cleats
put
wait
to
loosened
because
to
would
have
toy pistol,and
be
workmen
among
such
you
even
So
shrinking.
you
see
many
would
feet
"
not
and
proper
whole
for
probably
swelling
common
were
three
"
because
better.
cleats
things done,
53
warped
or
this
so
instance, if you
drawing-board
apart
come
made
not
was
avoid
to
or
Work
the
Out
Laying
In
occurring.
screwed,
the
allow
the
for
the
board.
such
cases
having
screws
in
changes
the
play
board
(see Appendix).
You
edges
rule
and
be
is better
A
ten
to
handy
err
twelve
to
outdoor
Lay
too
the
on
to
wood
pieces
much
be
side
out
feet
have
work
your
long, with
when
If
laying
will
feet and
out
work
do
you
of the
feet
No
by sawing.
two
leave
not
out
the
increase
allowing too
six
planing down
finally come
will
done, but
of
for
wasted
you
(any straight stick),

say
rod
or
leave
of allowance
allowances.
the
shaping
or
for the
these
wood,
If you
planing
plenty
and
for
set
spare
small.
make
surfaces
can
enough
of
also
must
too
amount
it
extremes
much.
long,
inches
and
marked,
roughly,
or
for
another
are
very
ing
measur-
approximately.
work
from
only
one
edge
or
one
surface
of
piece of
lumber
unless
are
you
"
working edge
them
with
This
is
before
the
stock
and
the
in
for
out
into
(Fig. 36).
of
shape
edges being parallel. One
Fig. 36
will
the
both
indicate
face," mark
"
number
for
edge
mistakes
worked
best
the
surfaces
or
pieces, as
you
cannot
mark
like
working
edge
face.
Estimating.
estimates
You
"
of
must,
often
yourself,
/yyorA'/'/T/y
and
vary,
estimates
for
arithmetic
of
and
36.
It
work.
own
your
your
preliminary.
important
always rely
cannot
you
make
to
c{(ê:
learn
course,
very
Fig.
Prices
edges
the
avoid
to
laying
accurately
the
on
shown
as
is
mark
in
the
sure
surface
best
other
or
quite important
usually rely
V
an
the
and
Beginners
selected
exactly parallel. Having
are
"
for
Wood-Working
54
making
is
other
on
of
matter
for
allowance
correct
people's
simple
and
waste
incidentals.
You
of
wood
required, the
of each
kind,
the
by
for
be
For
ten
whole
prices easily. Figure

of
number
price a
foot
after
but
feet
square
the
running feet, as
case
may
this
the
(see page
be, and
the
comes
amount
47)
ply
multi-
allowance
usually be figured exactly, but
cannot
estimated.
instance, if
feet
twelve
or
etc., which
waste,
must
the
always get
can
long, the
board.
else
board
long, in
feet
wish
you
from
which
Perhaps
on
the
you
make
to
which
case
can
sled,perhaps
to
double-runner,
make
must,
you
use
part
the
may
two
be
with
it will very
of
feet
checked
over
or
seat
likelybe
buy
course,
left
the
where
some-
injured.
Estimating
There
is
for
except
use
fuel)
and
often
that
waste,
is,
Such
pieces
the
in
wasted
waste
fixed
much
varies,
of
cent,
per
although
for
such
per
thing
their
good
for
bear
in
for
to
and
are
enough.
get
really
not
are
waste
the
varied
is
with
for
and
things
people
the
that
be
other
main
the
any
liberal
Remember
Even
extras.
to
apt
an
state
but
make
cost
more
strikes
to
materials.
very
add
which,
job,
do,
must
you
cover
people
easy
will
you
unforeseen
are
one
not
work
to
calculations,
any
would
feet
Some
or
for
It
mind
so
job.
every
correct
many.
of
number
measurements
exactly
Just
allow
concerned,
order
work,
the
to
with
course,
cent,
to
add
to
to
not
average
other
on
in
left
are
end.
how
Just
used
be
can
is
of
be
to
pieces
job
them
buy
small
or
good-sized
particular
must
you
"
the
as
(worthless,
wood
short
too
are
quite
some
far
so
defective
some
pieces
some
very
which,
over,
always
almost
55
lowance.
al-
to
with
than
perienced
ex-
the
estimate.
Make
specifying
neat
the
schedule
kinds
to
and
take
dimensions
to
the
of
lumber-yard
the
stock
or
required.
mill,
The
of
long job
clothes
your
saves
for
shop
be
before
and
and
itself is
you
may
have.
is
for you
by
do
it
fun,
to
first
the
ready
is to
change
This
able
comfort-
more
overalls.
wear
better
way
weather
warna
to
57
good
that
all fitted up
be
better,
workshop
in
than
can
you,
duds"
"old
any
healthful
Your
it will
work
clothes,
your
and
the
dirty
Workshop
carpenter, but
yourself.
important thing
After
is the
work-bench.
The
Work-Bench.
answer
your
for
purpose
workman
pretty good
first
is
There
no
other-sized
^
If
begin
get
as
you
small
can
small
very
sum,
as
37.
feel
the
the
so
bench
being
if you
without
have
buying,
you
but
afford
as
are
buy
sold
unless
one
afford.
can
be
to
sure
that
for
vou
sloyd
are
or
it is linn
and
is
of
of stock
use
stock
to
bench
stcadv.
do
really a
of
exactly
and
very
can
small
often
joists
enough
heavy
do
the
substitute
course,
cannot
this
shop.^
your
boards
of
you
better
will still find
better
manual-training schools,
only going
second-hand
something
can,
ready made,
one
of
pile of
you
become
you
part
made
you
will
When
you
some
(Fig. 37)
attachments
work),
in
one
need
best
useful
pieces, provided
witli such
large
given,
from
draw
to
time.
Fig.
with
very
of
need
dimensions
long
doing good
affair
simple
simple
very
and
(for a first-class bench

great help toward
"
work,
be
but
than
do
(let
to
not
one
l)()ughlfor
58
for
Wood-Working
make
to
firm
would
be
bench.
Heavier
Beginners
in fact tJicrc is little
better, and
top (front board)
legs and
danger of making
bcneJi too solid.
beginning
Before
Rule^ Saiv, in
6"
high.
plank, li"
strip,l"
is
not
to
First
warp
board
into
the
at
square
course
your
sj)ace
the
height
of
back
plane
the
legs
and
fasten
them
right.
Do
tell
manage
speak
to
what
there
material
will
your
holding
carpentry
while
If
be
and
is
work,
them
usually
carver's
bench
you
up
is
can
be
height
your
back
cannot
If
the
will
get tired
If the
lower
will
plane well,
than
usually higher.
one
A
for
from
and
bench
be
Try moving
plane,
not
far
arms
will
cal)inet-
heavy
or
can
cannot
not
over,
high,
is
from
you
you
it will
for
as
relation
the
bending
your
Of
longer
proper
low,
too
and
waste.
heights, and
is too
bench
sound
much
a
12'
feet is suitable
holding
is
bench
cutting
given.
table, trying different
is
this,
do
for
as
bear
straight,the
unnaturally high.
rather
should
about
a
it
making
height
of
eight
or
right elbow,
at
To
inches
your
satisfactory.
well
few
Six
cheaper
but
get boards
when
work
simple
to
height
definite
is
nailed.
instead
to
length.
The
No
hard
lock
Hem-
economy,
together.
allow
to
objection
no
admit.
back
your
work
any
liecoming round-shouldered.
manage
from
forth.
best
used.
thoroughly
it is
desired
is
workman.
will
your
of
of
but
the
it is
so
can
little
and
for
5' 10" long,
bench
6' each, is that
of
be
and
this
making
and
slightly bent
used
be
can
be
can
9" long.
2'
legs. Spruce
be
ends,
and
and
the
for
should
ordinary work,
ii
cheaj) wood
any
and
bench
long.
twist
lengths
two
12'
ii
and
for
reason
principle.
same
I 2
suitable, unless
make
The
almost
whitewood,
2'
and
^
thick,planed, 5" or 6" wide,

-J"thick, 3" or 4" wide, 15" long.
and
very
wide,
2"
or
to
good,
i)ine or
soon
II
((
106
prone
references.
long, 2
the
on
Square^
is
to
stock
made
10
than
other
any
bench, 5' 10"
be
can
carefully Marking^
up
Pine
your
look
small
recpiirefor
((
for
read
piece of 3" X 4' joist 10' long.

board, -J"thick,planed, 12" wide,
'
is for
larger one
will
You
V., and
Part
design
The
work
to
to
l)e hard
be
work
tired
like
pattern-making,
The
joist and
the
take
which
you
pair.
See
mark
according
by
the
for
temporarily
is
end
square
condition
the
to
boxes
two
on
either
whether
line
it
lay
use
can
Workshop
of
off
end
the
until
make
you
neither
If
squarely.
distance
(Fig. 38),
chairs
old
or
horses,
cut
short
59
is,
(perhaps half an inch,

of the joist)from
one
/_/
.
Fig.
end,
the
applying
measure
from
before.
Saw
the
that
this
square),mark
the
this line around
joist. Carry
of the
side
each
to
square
with
end
waste
side
one
on
38.
successively,and
cross-cuttingsaw.
end
2
5" and mark
piece off,and
and
off
saw
Having
it
using
three
as
end
one
joistas
(but
These
the
square,
the
measure
pieces.
more
off
saw
line around
joistby
the
not
as
for
are
legs.
Next,
10'' board, mark
short
the
from
Fig.
i'
lo^' long
the
end
need
the
to
the
from
which
mark
the
edges.
sliort
in
Now
boards,
and
side
under
square
start
of
line
three
pieces
two
(Fig. 39), seeing
begin to
you
off
cut
39.
manner
same
and
is scpiare.
measure
the
\" from
nails
on
boards, but
each
each
end
of the
You
only
of
the
each
lines
that
first
do
top
of
not
and
these
by driving
nearly throiiL^hllic l)("ar(l(Fig.40).
them
the
place
of
for BeL"'inncrs
Wood-Workine
6o
llie
the
end
of
of
one
tliese boards
leg.
You
pains
take
must
in
it firmlv
legs,and, holding
driving
Nail
other
end
legs.
to
leg
only
the
it
the
and
one
other
board
This
will
give
one
to
cross-
nail first and

before
try-square
nail
Then
leg,and
another
of
securely
(Fig. 41).
the
with
process
nails
other
the
side
narrow
the
adjust,testingwith
then
the
the
position,nail
keep
to
l)iece"square."
y^
on
Next,
(See .A;//////-.)
the
repeat
the
and
ing
remainlike
frames
two
Fig. 42.
Next,
10"
board
and
pieces 5'
10''
long
distances
of
the
(Fig. 43).
each
board,
At
mark
lines
across
the
between
outside
lines
these
edges
of
the
7" and
side
the
Fig.
nails
the
fasten
sides
to
and
mark
in
the
12"
with
the
off
saw
same
from
Take
legs.
way
each
tlie square
two
fore
be-
as
end
and
of
start
43.
(Fig. 44). Then, fittingthese

legs,nail
the
sides
securelv
to
lines
the
at
legs,
The
as
in
shown
leg
at
square
Fig. 45.
first,until
and
Workshop
drive
But
are
you
that
sure
throughout.
true
only
Test
Fig.
vStand
across
the
frame
the
top
on
as
level
endways
and
sticks
to
make
u{)
or
down.
it so, which
If the
you
can
angles
each
coming together
with
the
square.
44.
as
crossways
top is
through into
is
frame
the
surface
Fig.
nail
one
the
6i
to
find
can
you
see
and
if either
sight
corner
45.
not
true, twist
easily do
if you
the
frame
have
but
enough
one
nail
for
Wôod-Working
62
in
each
angles,drive
the
to
in the
winding,
tor
top
\\'1kmi
corner.
the
way
and
the
the
to])
over
piece
fit
can
you
in
sides,as
the
})iece,it
making
pieces
well
and
If you
nail
into
this
top
the
bench
the
on
bench.
after
below
the
sides
this
])attern, it is well
the
surface
sides
the
two
wards.
floor after-
nail
lines
them
carefully
the
(as
as
insert
to
from
the
to
all
with
-g^")
guides
and
legs
the
at
edge
nail-heads
the
tlie
12"
the
as
nails
few
few
manner.
across
down
Sink
bench.
much
in this
48.
lengths of 5' 10"
position, square
of
fit the
to
Fig.
drive
Also
Make
In
(as before),and
nails
into
in
them
made
uneven,
length.
same
trust
to
often
are
47,
Cut
top.
than
the
test
left
])lank or joistbetween
of
cross-boards.
down
Fig. 45.
Floors
to
sure
right
at
between
KiG.
long
Lay
the
for
in
46.
Next, put
board.
10" board
of
floor.
easilybe
Be
legs
V.), rather
Part
exactly the
cut
legs can
will stiffen
Fk;.
be
slip
to
sides
the
through
the
the
the
(Fig.45).
(see
said
and
true
nails
the
on
not
may
and
The
just
as
legs stand
legs
true
of
rest
toj) is
the
Beginners
(see
nail-set
Nil i/-Set).
better
bench
plank, planed) for

bench
with
plank
carpenter's bench
can
the
be
made
front
front
is
by using
of the
much
just described,
toj)
plank (sav^ a
(Figs.46, 47, 48).

than
better
and
the
the
difference
2"
This
common
in
ex-
The
It is easier
slight.
is but
pense
much
stiffer,steadier, and
Of
course
is best.
wood
if you
tree
This
To
the
be
bench
front
be
even
(Fig.46).
the
on
this
Some
than
of
top
where
the
back
front
The
work,
front
The
the
if
an
wish,
but
have
at
top
be
and
first,
one
so
forming
be
on
all
rested
a
shelf,as
with
the
the
board.
required
the
be
of
top
back
the
(Fig. 48)
tray
actual
on
with
level
remain
can
the
bench
stripfastened
sort
the
in
when
operations.
strip as
well
as
level.
filled
simple
shown
of
of
to
as
the
on
putting
flush
with
the
(Fig.47),
for
up
compartments,
for
after
be
be
may
Then,
to
work, etc.,
clear
top
just like
so, with
or
the
top
thick
Pieces
ones.
board
of
\^"
is
the
bench
board
end,
of
the
flush
be
to
pieces
each
plank
being
can
only
top.
top-board
of the
bits
large, can
part, both
bench
the
front
for
plank
your
the
used
that
plank
thus
front
that
as
in order
the
inch
at
plank,
drawers, cupboards,
to
by
tools,nails,small
keeping
the
board
proceed
can
back
back
make
to
back
part
sometimes
front
use,
the
the
true.
the
at
the
prefer having the back
the
back, and
than
to
come
you
the
workmen
lower
is
however,
^"
is,if
That
by putting small
under
front, you
those
the
than
lowering
of
than
cross-boards
raise
in
just described, except
i" shorter
be
ing
wind-
from
free
the
of
centre
straightand
be
to
as
so
plank
shorter
the
plank,
do
thickness
with
thicker
until
one
instead
can
the
of
out
front
plank,
You
is
simplest way,
preceding
the
ticular
par-
properly equipped planing-mill.
any
bench
legs should
cut
from
Hard
Take
bench-top.
plank,
planed
just described.
must
The
at
much
as
have
you
the
done
bench
with
as
should
plank
the
this
make
it
have
easilybe
exactly
if available.
(see Chapter HI.), as straightand
can
can
sound
good
possible,and
as
legs
select
for
it is
as
on,
on.
used
be
is excellent
work
pound
to
can
63
good
do
to
better
plank
Maple
to
care
of
thicker
Workshop
underneath
or
bench
in
the
in
any
like
with
shelves,
that
way
this,it
is
frontispiece.
as
You
you
well
can
The
the posts,
end
end
to
cross-boards
the
true,
in the
as
of vertical
of
case
is
no
often
case),you
the
horizontal
timber
Bench-Vise.
good
not
as
use
by carpenters,
for
ordinary
as
first-class bench.
bench
and
"
shown
will
until
you
the
have
one
other
the
top
run
horizontally
50.
cleats
in
improved
more
fasten
on
already described.
the wall
right height
kinds
some
work
the
at
The
"
the
easilynail
can
then
testingto
and
nail
them,
crosses
studding the joistsof
Fig.
(as is
65
right angles, and
at
wall-studding, sighting
straight and
If instead
this line
the posts off where
cut
of the
Workshop
answer
get
the wall
nail
if there
to.
Figs. 50, 56, 57, though

forms,
your
to
to
on
the
in
are
purpose
point
of
common
very
well
building
66
for
Wood-Working
At
distance
middle
the
hole
the
than
of
screw
describe
sideboard
the
tliat
vise
the
of
If
"
of
in
the
through
side
fastened
You
52.
able
the
needs
jaw
when
steady
and
of
the
this
jaw and
the
of the
the
Fig. 53,
stripto
the
right angles
degree
back
projecting ends
in
shown
bore
holes
edge
of
with
the
the
with
position
side
the
it.
the
of the
the
J"
edge
or
will
the
52,
the
cross
the width
to
jaw is in
the
these
above
Fig.
in
indicated
Fig.
lines,which
50.
\" bit.
jaw (being
of
mov-
slide
in
marking points upon

a
close
projects
When
lines
jaw.
and
but
jaw
the
plate
the
shown
jaw by
and
movable
vertical
of
given
Figs.37
and
stri)),
small
of
floor,according
the
slant
of
face
tighttogether and
side
back
from
the
from
shape
take
in
shown
the
the
on
vise
it is in the
inches
few
off the
saw
give
Next
at
leg a
position,mark
52, and
will
the
until
line
centre
the
and
handle
end
side
passed
jaw
screw,
the
be
now
screw
open
the
before.
the
now
bv
Screw
around
jaw
the
edge
it
made
top of the bench.
movable
of
be
to
can
vise
the
the
upon
make
the inner
vise
and
mark
must
movable
board,
of
distance
as
position on
centre
screw
bench, the
the
the
line and
screw
or
mark
end
one
vise
the
for
nut
fastened
Fid.
the
At
centre
the
for
i^
of
vise, and
from
this
upon
hole
The
"
the
make
to
(Fig. 51).
side
point
of
the
centre,
piece
is
of
jaw
about
which
larger
within
wood
the
trifle greater
lengthways along
each
51.
take
Bore
trifle
i)ointas
the
remove
movable
bit
this
in
l)encli and
diameter
Now
line
Fig.
with
plank
the
using
not,
Paring.)
have
you
and
screw,
of
i)ointa (Fig.45).
the
(see Compasses)
(see Boring:; and
circle
mark
vise.
the
circle
tlie end
from
point (see Boi'ing) if
this
at
than
of
14"
about
of
Beginners
the
its side
the
Screw
careful
jaw), as
to
shown
as
end
get
in
The
and
Figs. 50
thicker
the
tween
with
a
in
freely.
Fig.
blocks
the
stripcan
If
the
two
Fig.
than
them
the
the
and
dowel
these
the
to
strip,you
post
holes
and
in the
holes
the
pin
is to
Contrivances
After
bought.
round
the
the
edge
the
in
This
outside
line with
front
of
the
the
the
screw.
also
bevel
wish.
the
of
be
or
(see
round
or
The
vise
is
Fig.
and
slanting, so
at
the
common
same
that
time
form
the
in
the
has
the
to
of
face
top
enough
use
can
the
at
of pasteboard
or
fitted, bevel
side
if you
The
side
purpose
all
pin
the
the
pieces
order,'
is fitted
leg
is
face
can
you
edges
working
vise
jaw
on
Bevelling), and
this
for
Fit
keep
put
Wrong.
55,
the slot wide
make
to
Fig.
can
strip.
jaw approximately parallelto
bench.
Right.
54.
strip slide through freely.
piece of
'
Fig. 53,
thicker
no
are
let the
now
trifle
^^4^/
53.
between
all
(a
blocks
small
this
where
these
Cover
which
through
the
easily be-
shown
slot,as
of
nail
below
longer piece,making
slide
bench
and
strip) so
pass
them.
67
Just above
the
of
post
the
than
it will
that
(see Screws).
53
strip crosses
Workshop
slide
at
centre
movable
the
line
bottom
of
the
comes
movable
56.
on
the
jaw
in
jaw upright,the sliding
68
for
Wood-Working
Tlie
is
important ])ointwith
have
to
of
the
at
all
inside
the
side
of
the
bench,
the
of
that
so
it will
points, else
(and
tliis vise
surface
in fact
witli any
jaw parallelwith
the
slipjust
Beginners
will be
wood
when
wish
you
the
vise)
surface
i)ressedequally
it
be
to
securely
Fig.
Fig.
held.
the
Be
end
If you
is none,
there
in
are
mortised
being
buy
to
number
Figs. 56
v., and
it
57.
out
and
lay
(Figs.
and
41
nicely, and
the
proper
very
small
upon
the
into it and
and
you
tools
legs, bear
one
half
the
wish
to
to
are
this
mind
with
notching
to
an
done
put
make
than
top
at
the
support
leg
this
in each
pains
or
in
post,
in the
cut
part
it out
\Vhen
the
there
can
you
shown
leg, as
If
and
have
two
(Fig. 59).
posts
can
the
not
it cut
yet
for
cross-board
Fig. 58
be
to
make
to
have
you
nailing
Part
cross-board
bench
right place.
the
or
of
it.
upon
shop.
leg
which
nailingthe
mark
can
you
mill
where
kind, study Afortising, in
before
difficult
of
deal
work
conveniently.
or
mortise
this
the
additional
to
with
rapidly
most
mortise
have
makeshifts
as
in
is the
wood-working
in
bench
vise, or
not
mortise
This
make
to
the
at
more
the
of
of
sjiend a good
simjilearrangement
and
the
cut
42).
at
sum
open
slidingthrough
If you
can
not
side
get along cpiitewell, though

bar
58.
55).
and
the
afford
cannot
Fig.
(Fig.50).
board
long
in
bored
is
vise
the
(see Figs. 54
holes
of
that
sure
bottom
The
59.
57.
shows
put together
The
which
holds
tends
and
boards
bruise
to
requires
something,
in
at
the
in
shown
be
holds
of
little
but
against the cleat,
hold
degree
Another
is
Fig.
61.
boards
of
Fig,
60.
Thin
regular sizes quite well.
tighterby wedging,
held
boards
the
work,
common
of
substitute
cheap
This
end
any
security.
of
ends
(Fig.60),
driven
to
with
them
planing fairlywell, for
bench
knife,
other
boards
69
side of the
the
piece on
for
the
a
or
the
nail
often
Carpenters
Workshop
as
pieces
can
shown.
ple
sim-
Another
contrivance,
and
of
more
vise,
is
made
by boring
easily
of
couple
holesin
say
"
aboard,
wide
and
61.
Fig.
12"
long,
and
screwing
it
the
in the
holes
loosely to
board
the
side
of
larger than
bench
the
(Fig. 62), making
diameter
the
of
that
;p
to
"
held
in the
end
and
screws
so
it will be
free
play. By
ing
the
62.
double
insert-
~=^^=-^
Fig.
the
piece to
Fig.
wedging
the
opposite
end
be
63.
(Fig. 6t,)
for Be""inncrs
Wood-Working
will
piece
tlie
blocks
hoards,
side
the
be
bench.
the
of
inserted
be
can
(see JVedges).
fairly well
held
An
make
to
the
upright
vise
made
is often
used
to
If you
hand-screw,
j)rinciple
old
an
wooden
use
(sawing
off
if
ends
the
the
inside
go
jaw
one
necessary) for
to
filing.
for
saws
can
you
n")n'rr,."ij
this
on
find
can
])arallelwith
jaw
hold
thin
For
nut
of
the
bench, leaving the other

for
the
movable
using
one
tighten
Fig.
jaw parallelwith
the
keep
64.
this
somewhat
principle can
jaw in Fig. 64
The
and
the
then
be
tightened
when
Always
try
the
longer
of
to
will
You
quire
re-
Vises
and
on
able
detach-
or
to
nice
in
There
are
and
work
F'ig.143,
also
admirable,
with
but
of
"
than
been
to
tables
or
best vise
has
better
an
You
can
square
in
put
can
objectionable
less
without
are
is better
the
which
number
gives
jaw
expedients, which
you
vise
far
of the
the
jaw
bottom
The
This
(Fig. 6z^).
against chairs
by
bench.
screw.
such
some
poor
them
push
the
the
stripat
the
course.
devise
to
of the
is vertical
jaw
The
even
wood-workers
are
other
of this sort.
the
upon
the
by
yourself, wh.en
for
up
for
])liances,
wood,
the
attachable
bought,
side
the
to
slantinggrip becomes,
shown
and
the
loosen
or
bench.
the
something
hinged
loosened
or
however.
blocks,
F'or
of
be
be
can
fastened
latter
grij)only
hand
side
vise
to
screw^
will.
at
think
6=
contrive
description to
no
the
Fig.
jaw,
in
of
the
or
regular
pieces
hold
the
for
cost
long
in
apthe
wall.
moderate
use
can
you
is that
time
by
class.
excellent
iron
instantaneous
quite costlycompared
vises
(some
grip ").
with
the
with
Some
common
jaws of
of
them
screw.
The
You
work
can
jaws, to
is much
wood
blocks
marring
save
be
to
in mind
Bear
with
well
quite
by fittingwooden
Workshop
good-sized
leather
or
rubber
or
woodwork,
your
71
inside
the
to
though
vise
iron
common
regular
of
the
vise
for
held
at
preferred.
when
doing
work
that
be
requires to
unusual
angles,or in fashioning odd-shaped pieces,that you

tion
usually get the angle or position required by a combina-
can
of
hand-screws
in
Figs. 66
Fig.
the
of
and
other
or
two
to
You
"
operations.
bench-vise
the greater
must
have
push
to
something
work
your
simple
and
good
These
can
necessary
the
on
quarter of
your
with
an
is
way
be
the
inch, which
the
height
screw-driver.
The
work, and
for
against
to
will
can
forward
planing
one
use
in
screwed
Fig.
part of
gested
sug-
67.
68.
as
6y.
(Fig.68).
screws
project about
when
the
FiG=
bench-top
stout
Fig.
and
with
66.
Bench-Stop.
end
clamps
or
so
as
70.
for
answer
be
heads
changed
of
the
The
The
the
toward
slant
fit tightly and
should
stop
stop
top of the bench
If the
maple.
be
that
is,the
"
The
should
be
is
of
Fig,
cleats
wood
of hard
(Fig.73),or
liable
get the hole
to
wrong
way,
hole,
the
over
the
side
shape
of
will be
work
and
flat
bent
of hard
slight
very
should
be
such
wood,
as
thickness,screw
board
give
to
that
so
piece
spring
stop will be
the
in
of
case
stop
the
thin
in
loose
wears
in
lengthways
made
face
sur-
stop will slant
the
the
If
bearing
more
slipor,
to
apt
(Fig. 74).
stop
mortise
pushing against
is sometimes
kerf
saw
continued
out
when
board, jump
the
the
only
with
set
74.
under
the
on
73
should
(Fig, 72),
work
slightlyslanting.
cut
Workshop
side
one
springy wire inserted,or
of
fastened
(Fig.75).
side
the
on
loose
fe;v-easily
stop
be
can
wedged
1^
Fig.
Fig.
75-
(preferablyfrom
wedging
the
purpose,
underneath), and
giving the required

be
screwed
inserted
Two
slant
top of
on
tightening
it is sometimes
the
(Fig.72),
wooden
Fig,
76.
stop
An
stop
and
iron
77,
made
at
the
loose
(Fig. 76), or
time
same
plate with
teeth
screw
on
can
can
be
(Fig.77).
strips,like Fig. 78,
of the bench
so
as
to
can
be
nailed
separate V-fashion
or
screwed
(Fig.79).
on
Two
tlie top
wedges,
like
Fig. 80,
between
in
then
can
be
wedges
side
jump
78.
is
bench
with
fasten
the
the
the
inside
notched
board
you
will
often
they
top of
useful
possible (see Plane
as
it off with
wipe
a
couple
You
you
of
have
it
from
the
bench,
at
come
as
of
coats
should
stand
rag,
place
it you
from
forward
shown
in
If
70.
to
should
be
after
the
work
use
the
then
tends
than
have
you
good vise
contrivances, but
bench
face
the
you.
of the
as
Rub
few
and
true
it with
as
smooth
linseed
oil,
days give
(see FinisJiiyig).
shellac
the
trivance
con-
position on
permanent
such
use
and
behind
end
Fig.
Scraper).
will
fit this
79.
and
your
for
better
cannot
other),and
Pushing
can
you
makeshifts.
as
bench
good
in
(facing each
occasion
have
sometimes
are
The
it
not
in
shown
to
the
edges
wedges
way
them
If
outside
the
best
them.
of
Fig.
the
The
is much
This
vise.
injury.
the
knife,
or
place.
stripsoutside
(Fig.79), it
slightlybevelled,which
are
sides
held
without
place
wedges first,
square
fixed
tightenthis
of
be
to
stripsand
the
fitted
when
parallel. By tapping
be
fastened
plane
out
make
to
work
of
wedges
with
do
the
of
edges
the
of
will
that
taper
faces
securely
inside
Beginners
such
of
inner
each
on
will be
Fig.
made
stripstheir
the
the
to
for
Wood-Working
'4
bench
so
when
that
light
If it
and
can
and
it
frontispiece,
not
Fig.
come
also
will
from
be
behind
80.
the
best, for
Workshop
The
is
cross-light
often
the
be
detected
the
the
by
bench
Avoid
glue
it
by
Do
not
at
the
get through.
deal
vise
bench.
It
chisel-
or
paint, varnish,
use
bench
if you
can
so, clean
do
to
the
the
are
work.
you
tools.
case
and
your
It is
than
metal
and
you
suggestions
thing
at
probably
you
or
house
can
put
answer
rubber
another
box
in the
for
various
and
you
"
cushions
such
metal.
one
if
"
work
deaden
under
the
the
There
of
the
If you
purpose.
to
and
bench
for
prices,but
wish
bench,
illustrations.
holding
every
same
woodwork
your
have
to
shelf
proper
is in the
work
for
the
work
the
at
and
vise
do
to
such
do
to
even
or
wooden
varied
such
having
plan
poor
bad
are
wide
kinds
will
bencli
your
better
will find
is the
the
of
without
woodwork,
defaces
It is much
different
from
will hinder
much
do
undertake
for your
use
scars
simple patterns
In
glue
cannot
of metal
particles of
many
vibration
You
"
will
iro}t vise
An
81.
you
hardened
of
you
nothing more
(Fig.81). You
holes
boring
or
Lumps
as
the
and
sighting
work.
your
woodwork
for
it
saw-cuts
Filing-Bench.
at
tween
be-
wall
Fig.
good
crack
bench
the
bench-top carefully when
deface
with
cleats, or
on
If necessary
help it.
the
work
the
(and
screws,
whittling
or
marks.
or
when
and
work,
the
have
inaccuracy
also
floor
chopping
marring
or
like, any
may
'
irons.
top
the
your
the
Fasten
the
with
can)
testing
light passing through
and
alone.
firmly to
if you
the
by
testing tool
eye
when
that
straight-edge, and
try-square,
may
also
but
light enough,
that you
merely
useful, not
very
7S
sound
legs.
and
for
Wood-Working
76
have
room
back
for
only
one
end.
part of
vise
small
heing
be
can
in any
held
made
of
desired
position
jaws
metal.
vise
You
for
board
of
bench
the
loosened
use
to
form
is
in
screw
better, of
with
with
of iron
do
in
pile
them
screw
metal
a
the
with
jaws.
big
middle
a
or
and
handle
to
Another
course.
by leather-workers,
screw
can
be
vise
The
bolt
or
of
of
be
it
form,
easilymade
by
such
and
as
you
iron
and
84.
tightened
can
tightened by wedging
turn
couple
board
board
the
of
stout
waste
the
on
can
piece
Find
on
sort
holes, as
screw
but
working
rough
Fig.
of
means
fastened
(Fig. 83).
in
83.
by
loosely
thread
Fig.
make
can
probably
and
for
better
are
itself
large bench-vise,
plank (Fig.82).
or
junk,
the
the
at
put
the hand-screw
metal-work
pieces
can
82.
in
be
can
vnse
hand-screw,
metal
Fig.
this
bench
one
Beginners
be
below
for the
nut
you
or
will find
(Fig.84),and
works
The
with
the
being
these
by
strap
will
ways
that
you
will
work
connection
foot, the
made
or
quite
for
do
to
reliable
well
vise
for
in
convenient
less
of
some
the
of
most
metal-
such
time, although
some
and
make
can
treadle
the
and
jaw
than
trivances
con-
regular
vise.
iron
is often
anvil
An
It should
have
useful
easily find
You
some
should
of
junk
will be
you
iron
"
"
metal.
of
thick
(Fig. 81).
metal
if you
for
much
"
Have
Finishing-Bench.
possible,
the
regular
if
"
when
it
singly
in
afford
can
by
or
bench
so
do
you
of
out
makeshifts
are
necessity, but
having
two
first-rate
even
bench
having
no
for
such
case?
whatever
not
when
made
bench
old
to
be
it
comes
of
for
uses,
making
who
you
mess
that
Only
stuff you
together
one
can
all,by all
the
old
means
either
fix
to
who
many
just
recommended,
to
afford
can
also
are
of whatever
at
keep
to
"
varnish.
and
as
box,
or
avoid
clubbing
bench
filing-bench
for its proper
hardly
many
three
sheet
straightening
uses,
shelf
clean
and
style, there
cheap
for
finishing-bench(Fig.91)
than
can
or
wire, and
thick
of
plate
anvil
many
also
neat
are
somewhere),
find
the top of the
on
than
better
pounding.
using paint
there
nothing
flat
can
filing-bench.
the
on
course
find
to
more
workman
to
comes
while
Now,
shop
work-bench
skilful
even
nothing
if
You
well.
straightennails,bend
to
fasten
to
"
handy
nails,and
if
Try
can
is very
It
and
of
can
you
continually wanting
pieces
pound
(which
iron
position
vise.
tapering rounded
quite
anvil,even
of
sort
some
also
does
it in
keep
to
way
with
combined
and
flat-iron
old
An
have
old
is sometimes
and
flat steel surface
(conical) point.
or
You
rope.
11
the
between
answer
have
less
are
Workshop
cannot
described.
thing
find.
case
of
matter
of
you
can
in
and
materials
make
up
Patched-up
except
pinch,
What
patch
"
up
one
of
find
boxes
for
Wood-Working
78
and
that
anything
worked
be
can
and
boats, skis, squirrel-houses,
Beginners
For
in.
so
But, whatever
make
up,
Do
strong.
at
for
and
or
can
such
and
(Figs. 85
obliged
to
frequently
at
experienced
work
at
benches
worse
are
than
with
to work
sidles
pound
no
merely
plane.
or
probably get
all
the
of
in
way
packing-cases,
at
expense.
little
The
trations
illus-
wôrkmen
for
materials
the
have
and
very
suggestions,
to
all
time
every
material,
ingenuity, according
own
Most
find.
86)
and
that shakes
8=
or
can
try
and
need
boxes,
your
not
room
saw
you
use
soHd
bench
the
You
must
it
jumps
over
Fig.
patch
you
rickety,shackly apology
you
the
course
made!
be
must
on,
of
often
you
you
been
much
these,
bench
no
all.
of
Those
do
you
the
not
take
should
which
boxes
whole
use
you
carefully
apart
(see M'ithdraiving Nails^.

This
of
will add
nails.
Use
fastening
to
nails
the
supply
your
freely
boxes
in
and
Fig.
boards
wall
together
or
floor
strength.
and
wherever
to
the
allowable,
few
screws
86.
will
add
much
Workshop
The
the
of
front
Some
of
even
be
may
parts of the
crowded
is
of
the
block
or
must
for
fit
can
hold
the
stop
to
iron
vise,you
board
when
and
the
make
board
get
attachments
table
for
the
steady,
be
can
is needed
for
you
well
forced
first
thing, to
for
to
such
domestic
can
brace
is the
taken
cleats,and
get
small
off
and
put
You
easily
can
some
attach
to
way
the
away
contrive
wooden
or
common
work, and
purposes.
or
bench.
now
the
use
unsteadiness
at
for
quickly
be carried
can
table-top with
If
along quite
as
"
are
work
the
to
(Fig. 87).
work
can
it
you
doing good
to
good
If
bench, try,
it to
screw
boats, for instance
quarters.
87.
make
model
"
greatest hindrance
You
shop
question.
limited
table
kitchen
for
bench
like to
work
in such
flats
kitchen,
small
would
small
the
for
city,in
possiblechance
no
Fig.
such
board
good
one
living-room,
out
Still you
on
the
in
other
where
do
can
on
some
for
Whatever
you
carried
or
calls
86
there
where
kind.
woodwork
be
live in the
you
houses
any
Fig.
top.
of
small
or
in
shown
bench
The
79
pieces
leather
or
rubber
to
the
inside
of
the
jaws
of
the
vise,
to
save
tlG.
marring
woodwork.
table
(as
A
a
fairlygood
kitchen
bench
can
table)by screwing
often
a
be
plank
made
on
from
top and
your
an
old
board
The
Have
everything
possible time,
least
that
tools
you,
together.
and
not
just
because
put
where
the
tools
all the
in
away
have
you
chests
and
highly polished chest,
the
and
bit-brace
secret
seven
nearest
bits, kept
within
right
pack
be
may
in
than
6
even
inlaid
with
running
valuable,
around
after
reach,
his
away
of
forty kinds
whole
cornered
with
more
near
tools
91.
shining nickel plate !

is not
an
by that sort of thing, which
orderliness, but merely shows
system and
great lack of appreciation of the value
Time
be exactly money
time.
not
may
decorated
to
out-of-the-way drawers,
and
somebody
drawers, the
it in the
on
containing ninety-three separate compartments
and
and
hand
most
tools
Fig.
in
the
used
common
seen
8i
lay your
can
you
together, as
go
Have
Workshop
and
tools
can
and
be
and
and
Do
be
evidence
and
trays
strapped
not
poor
wood,
taste
dazzled
of
true
and
importance
in your
spent
case,
much
supplies,and
but
of
it
better
making
82
for
Wood-Working
ingenious
saved
To
tool-clicsts.
by having things
convenient
in
lot of
presents.
Christmas
for
When
}-our
practieal,five
be
twenty-fivehours
year
So
particularshop
working keep only
and
which
"
the
Beginners
in
place
means
study
about
sled,
best
or
ment
arrange-
keep things
in actual
tools
day
means
boat,
the
out
then
and
minutes
in order.
lying around
use
:c*=-^
PÎG.
the
on
bench.
As
soon
as
92.
it back
operations actually in hand, put

confused
the
WdiWg
of
the
well
litter
against the
sazvs
the
'L^.yplanes
arrange
from
the
usually more
bench,
on
their
little block
surface
to
so
be
of
convenient
the
raise
out
one
bench
than
nails, or
which
you
of the
way.
put
end
or
to
avoid
so
lay
of
shelf.
the
the
the
wall
reasons,
or
plane slightly
The
plane
end
the
at
on
ends, for obvious
or
for the
tool
place,and
or
pegs,
tools
sides
to
on
in
shops.
many
wall
all
Hang
bench.
above
in
seen
with
done
are
you
last
on
way
its side
is
or
The
end.
the
wall,
Such
on
or
tools
as
wall,
such
arrangement
shown
i ec
i
in
like
the
bit-braces,and
usually
are
to
way
tools
chisels, gouges,
the
like, is to
as
and
them
keep
either
wall
racks
in
against
the
fastened
to
or
the
back
the
bench,
will
soon
93.
circumstaneach
tool
learn
in
be
can
of
Fig.
shows
in
common
bench.
each
hole
forms
94.
easilyarrange
in the
the
stick
in
for
rack
of
yourself, are
to
use
fit
on
with
the
you
any
bit
bored
they
by
movable
to
between
stuck
at
the
back
good
way
is to
downwards
itself. Various
tool -racks, which
of
the
benches.
range
ar-
be
can
point
suggested
back
or
racks
A
drawer
taken
in racks
partitions,or
end
in
kept
being
care
them
on
and
of time.
box,
or
rack
instinctivelywithout
it
for
reach
to
in the
particular place
Bits
way,
ing
accord-
waste
Fig. 94
"
of
edge
Keep
ces.
uifli
Fig.
to
can
bench.
con-
such
arrange
of the
against
or
as
bench
front-
of the
front
the
under
squares,
back
some
in the
i sp
the
at
on
the
shelf
accessible
most
either
planes
Keep
83
Workshop
in
Fig.
bench,
Get
an
you
93.
lent
excel-
board,
for
Wood-Working
84
3'
say
4'
or
wide
and
the
length
of the
i' wide, and
%' thick, perhaps
strip ^2" thick, perhaps
1'
the
wide,
Beginners
bench,
length
and
of
the
perhaps
X'
*o
bench,
and
thirds
of
stripfrom
two
of
the
Saw
from
length
bench.
:his
IriG.
strip
last
number
95.
i'
to
2'
kinds
sizes
and
nails
You
each
Then
end.
in
place
to
the
back
make
rack
and
bore
holes
at
rack
time.
bench
so
that
through
lay
block
each
the
with
thirds
through the
together by first nailingat
perhaps
intermediate
a
Then
95.
the
to
two
blocks
The
the
whole
tools
easilybe
can
then
can
will
be
be
screwed
the
at
fitted
back
o:
solid
small
various
of
sizes
one
it
Fig.
ac-
Yo-:
part
this
the
the
of
(Fig. 94).
can
all
nailed
and
this
put
can
nail
and
reach
to
in
shown
edge
board,
cording
tools,as
long enough
large strip.
'"
(Fig. 96)
them
long stripon
wire
the
of
the top
the
of
^*^-
long.
these
Arrange
along
blocks
of
from
the
bits,
for
gimlets, nail-sets,
and
such
which
tools,
^^"
drop through
larger
1 d
the
spaces.
Fig.
Good
metal
racks
and
answer
The
every
tool-holders
can
be
Fig.
97.
bought,
but
the
98.
home-made
ones
purpose.
large steel
square
can
be
hung
very
well
with
nails
Workshop
The
small
or
the
For
97).
another
will
smaller
hold
shallow
another
strop
to
which
flat
lying
Do
keep
metal
rubbish
some
old
box
twice
waste
it takes
flat open
(of
various
substances
or
at
in
Fig.
trying
in
in
end
of
boxes,
Tin
as
they
that
boxes
100,
want
as
bench,
your
be
can
labels
Put
accessible
some
boxes
open
pails
or
such
or
them
on
place, as
in
or
reached
canisters
or
with
trays
coffee, lard, and
cocoa,
good.
you
or
small
either
use
divisions, so
are
Fig.
99.
what
find
to
separate
is to
neatly
the
strop
will
You
way
in,
them
arrange
the
of
tacks
sizes),such
come
hole
in
lot
possible.
as
your
mixed
time
with
conveniently
of
screzvs
kinds
them
good
boxes
stone,
fashion,
pail.
keep
to
divisions.
over
and
much
as
block
easilymake
can
with
use
hold
oilstones in
your
end
one
then
can
in another
fit the
to
will
edges.
carpet
or
(Fig.
against the
front
You
(Fig. 100)
loose
or
with
and
block
You
domestic
promiscuously
in
keep
dirt.
Fasten
it.
nails
usual
from
board
all sizes,shapes, and
up
as
thin
for curved
the
in
cover.
the board
not
after
hang
on
hand
your
for
to
nailed
Slanting saw-kerfs
depression
strip of
block
protection
wall
the
rectangular block
smaller
toward
(Fig.99). Always
for
a
with
"
scrapers
cut
bevelled
square.
boxes
or
one,
wood
try-square nail
(Fig. 98).
wall
by
of
blocks
85
on
and
shelf
cupboard
or
drawer.
Keep
in separate
for what
and
the
sawdust,
boxes
for old
boxes), so
that
scrap
you
work,
and
want.
a
broom
chips.
Keep
pieces
you
a
will know
brush
for the
of metal
for
(iron,brass, etc.^
to look
just where
cleaning
floor,and
box
off the
for
bench
shavings,
for
Wood-Working
86
small
in
box
of
bandages
witch-hazel
In
is often
of
refuse
Do
in
done, put glue
rags
lying
pile in
some
corner
want
in
Lay
which
in
of
from
your
will
be
own
work.
Straight-Edge.
very
useful
feet
long.
Making
When
of
well
or
other
do
it
two
one
"
You
"
or
plane
can
}'ou
feet
is
which
well
accurately,however,
for
straight-edge
than
Bench-Hook.
at
none
"
all.
The
its
get
that
be
at
once,
jar
or
in
kept
and
odd
until
chopping-block
section
no
or
accumulate
you
get
of
pieces
little
at
have
at
long
and
another
matter
of
simply
holds
taneous
spon-
stone
shop
any
shape
some
cannot
least
is
great
of
tree,
good
be
five
skill in
or
six
ing.
plan-
mahogany,
or
Until
workman
relied
are
yourself
some
pine
well.
; two
one
make
enough
seasoned, straight-grained white

wood
by
get
is felled.
should
them
to
shop.
to
one
three
shop
stove
always
at
chance
of
animal
fire
in
junks,
solid
when
do
often
can
you
for
Do
danger
from
in the
them
useful
good
of
catch
them
should
very
"
watch
so
put
usually get
Chopping-Block.
convenience,
and
strips,waste
can
you
nail,
bear.
in your
around
wood-working
cuts
your
can
you
know,
you
few, put
for
of
state.
pure
Matches
box
They
expense.
keep
to
supply
Either
box.
metal
worse
as
oily
covered
one,
made,
leave
tin
which
in
pound
as
rolled
bottle
cut, because
on
not
covered
stock
water
always
if you
wood,
is
glue
combustion.
or,
hot
as
have
neatly
preparation
if you
or
is not
into
so
fingers,
sonic
other
some
and
wadded
with
place
bruise,
once
infection, for the
his
pound
or
surgeon's plaster,and
some
case
fingerat
as
cut
(Juinianiclis)or
put your
not,
to
handy
cloth,
bruises.
or
is liable
workman
Any
Beginners
on
can
you
to
make
is
really
(See Siraight-cdge.)
bench-hook
(Fig. loi)
is very
useful
to
The
work
hold
the
of
marring
Before
bench-top.
any
board, say 15" long
Fig.
you
may
edges
or
bit
Countersink
the
as
of
look
up
like
wood
good
some
The
square.
in
but
it.
If board
not
102.
be
should
surface
be
screwing
the
on
it
one
scpiare,
each
and
firml}-,
of
as
shown
little
exactly
in
with
board
go
^'
Screw
cleat
the
cleat
exactly
drive
tlie
mark
Fig.
^^^'
firmly
cleat
in
hold
to
suitable.
tlie cleats
the
bit
cleats
in the
and
sinJz).
each
are
in each
screws
true
screws.
long enough
cleat
the
holes
good
with
cleats
Counter
get
be
must
Hold
the
bearing (see Screws).^keeping
slipped,hold
the
start
than
to
and
will
and
(see
holes
long enough
the middle
(Fig. loi)
holes
little smaller
possible. Adjust
with
wide,
(see Boring).
cross-line
thick, i|-"screws
the
board
through
to
d"
ends
cleats
screws
the
screws
of
both
Bore
the
the
at
gimlet
one
V., and
Fig.
The
square.
larger than
on
carefully
the
mark
the square
(see Truing Surfaces). With
(Fig. 102) accurately, say 2" (or the width of any blocks
each
end, but on
already have for the end cleats)from
opposite sides.
Use
some
true
line
place
saves
read
work
Plane^ in Part
ioi.
pine, making
planed
also
references.
Take
white
beginning
and
Marking^ Rule^ Square^ Satu,

other
87
sawing, planing, etc.,and
for
firmly
Workshop
in
as
nearly
place, in
remaining
line around
103,
maiking
on
the
case
it has
Before
screws.
it in the
first
line
across
middle
the
The
alone
or
end
will
you
use
the
have
the
grain
at
line,until
each
pieces
will be
of the
legs,
and
in
inner
the
tops
Screws^
the
the
look
correspond
same
and
with
ends
the
of
bevel.
If not, first square
slant
the
them
or
with
new
these
with
even
and
the
out
at
bevel
for the
the
legs.
cut
are
if you
bevel
right
Nailing
intended
107.
keeping
legs
ends
Fig.
eight
screw
See
curately
ac-
each
not
the
as
off the
cross-braces
end
each
make
"
the
saw
these
Use
horses
splitting.Get
for
board
the
it
(Fig.108).
out
that
if" screws,
or
tops of
the
horses
of
the
of
out
Nail
2" nails
with
the
and
by
last marked.
one
edges
of
others
the
have
at
one.
and
square
Fig.
pencil,and
then
carefullyequal
measure
drawing
before
slantinglines (Fig. 109).

these
screw
the
or
ends
of the
plane,
so
the bevels
off
plane
Saw
Nail
the
or
(Fig. 1 10),adjusting
on
legs to
do
1 10.
distances
edge
one
on
the
in
tool
Get
piece
one
that
so
tlie
of
the
First
on.
saw
of
cuts
length
direction
these
can.
you
such
then
mark
cross-braces
that
of
as
If
push
to
way
107.
outside
well
cut
height decided
place
the
See
lines
width,
piece by
to
find which
the
for
legs
and
corner
Fig.
the
for
out
89
pieces marked,
in
shown
shape
chisel,look
each
the
remove
(seeParings etc.). Trim

to
length
the
you
case
all of
chisel
and
saw
Workshop
legs
projecting
the
If
top.
on
both
justcut.
to
ways
you
avoid
splintering(see Plane).
stand
Now
the
legs (Fig. III).

Fig.
see
first if it is
true, and
happen
III.
not
due
to
unevenness
in
they stand steadily
to
of
different
stand
the
horses
If
on
they
their
should
firmlyand evenly,
floor.
If the
positions,
)ou
can
floor is
throw
for
Wood-Working
90
your
up
for
caps,
will
you
have
Beginners
the
beaten
them
make
To
evenlv
Fig.
in
smooth
as
vou
V.
Part
them
Scrape
can.
]\Iake
the
and
harden
nice,
work.
Wipe
them
Pine
twist.
'
Fig.
wood
not
shows
112
likely to
the
nicer
them
clean
legs,and
regulate their
Vou
can
the
work
as
you
can
make
glue
the
out
to
the
Fig,
(or
the
horses.
4") x
2V
and
length
slant
before.
they
are
additional
above.
legs of plank
If you
or
at
the
the
Saw
to
have.
strength.
ever
joistwith
stock
from
need
the
at
as
ends
upper
or
on
horses
tops
cut
screw
or
warp
mid-
or
any
rule, square,
and
gains (Fig. 113)

the
can.
you
Xail
Fit
ith
shallow
as
simple.
pieces of pine,
w
top
lines
the
to
two
the
is
liable
3', mark
or
chisel
depth
same
as
Take
!!"
accurate
an
process
Use
good.
saw
make
to
wood
any
accurately to
as
the
of
with
the
joints for
described
3"
cut
them
114), and
114) corresponding
is
pair
2"
warp,
Make
legs.
or
spruce
mahogany
or
(see Gauge), and
gauge
for
it of
make
not
long time.'
is necessary
care
will
purpose
(Fig. 1 16),although
mitre-box
wooden
Do
Great
"
the
horses
your
a
to
These
easilymade
114.
them,
on
off
as
bench-top.
for
continually
be
smooth
carefully
answer
horses
the
scraped (see
varnish
or
113.
deface
your
as
will
you
and
of
tops
keep them
dropping glue
Mitre-Box.
Scribing,
Fig.
Scraper), for
Fig.
stand
see
112.
Witiding-sticks,
etc.,
as
workman.
average
bottom
(Fig.
Ciet out
eight
on
them
bevel
(Fig.
in
place.
cross-piecesand
for
like
very
Fig.
heavy
115.
finish
work
The
board
die
if you
look
good
size is from
be
the
to
used,
The
pieces
care,
so
the
inside,for
inside.
Use
square.
the
to
the
bottom
in
screws
lines
the
steel
the
end
the
line
the
Mark
if you
on
(Fig. 117), squaring

point
the
the
to
line
at
"^
at
distance
this
have
used,
the
out
with
or
one,
the
inside
of
from
the
bottom.
from
the
the
MG,
TI7.
try-square.
the
from
point
be
of
between
in
inside,with
the
distance
sides
exactly
tongue
the
the
Lay
from
on
with
can
better.
square
of
them
Nails
sawing
bottom,
piece
keep
are
for the
the
screwing
place (see Screws).

but
is put
paralleland
be
each
to
with
square
box
with
care
side
the
Mark
just equal
sides.
Square
bottom,
side
in-
the
on
Fig.
as
before.
Carry
sideji^,
squaring
the
c
inner
vertical
line
Carefully
mark
on
line
a.
The
lines should
the
inside
bear.
be
surfaces
this line
inner
the
the
point
draw
from
(inside),
6" square
particularlyon
must
Test
3" to
from
and
-J" thick.
shall be
when
throughout
square
references.
it is
prepared
true,
sides
the
other
any
which
stock
edges
surfaces
together
be
can
Rule, Square,
carefully Marking,
long
of
be
the
the
to
for
must
that
up
work
and
and
the
read
Plane, and
according
to
work
and
Saw,
mitre-box
size.
beginning
Before
91
(see Chapter III.). A
can
desired
of any
Workshop
laid
that
side
the
out
the
side
the
of
the
on
of
surface
inside
line
from
y.
y
h, which
the
pieces
of
to
the
side
cut
x,
from
Also
and
mark
the
corresponding
will
give
inside, because
be
118.
the
to
across
in the
to
the
it is
point
the
mitre.
against
mitre-box
will
Another
side
one
equal
to
end
the
Next
o.
this
width
line
of the
the
on
and
The
cuts
for
to
saw
panel-saw.
In
or
two
upright lines opposite

sides
and
116.
to
meet
make
This
will
these
inside
the
very
in should
manner
line
lines
(squaring
from
shown
as
useful
to
it
inside
the
the
inside
the
in
line
buttons
put
can
the
near
against
mitre-box
the
when
front
if you
bench-top
fore),
be-
Fig.
across.
the
on
lower
the
tops
as
strips squarely
saw
hooks
back-
across
middle
the
by
use
edge
to
edge
of
wish,
or
the bench-
on
to
necessary
hold
firmly.
A
very
useful
7nitre-board
for
sawing strips,mouldings,
and
the
two
be
like,can
with
made
121.
short
sure
This
long, 6" wide
of
side
other
on
square
other, draw
the
2'
inside
with
made
each
catch
(Fig. 120).
;//,n^ and
120.
be
outside
Fig.
the
of
distance
the
on
off
the
similar
saw-cut,
be
at
top
lay
to
fixing the points
You
other, being
edge,
upright lines
on
run
saw
the
the
on
Fig.
the
the
across
point o. The
diagonal line/
will
the mitre.
(Fig 119)
represent
119.
(Fig- ii8)
;/
sides,square
;//
Rcginncrs
putting together, and
point
from
Fig.
;;/
bottom, thus
point
the
from
line
square
piece, before
of
fasten
side
one
is to
way
tlie bottom
of
from
of
for
Wood-Working'
9^
that
the
can
be
surfaces
of
(in all),and
any
of
and
size.
stock
boards,
edges
A
are
good
wider
one
true
and
size is from
-J"thick, but
the
than
square
i'
it is better
to
to
The
the
make
lines first
the
and
lastlyon
the
lines
which
make
in the
wood
the
top,
at
to
angles
will
sawed
be
mitre-box
the
in the
cleat
surfaces
and
This
"
the
the
on
the
edges,
ensure
against
plan
is
to
(Fig.121),
bench-hook
to
surfaces
excellent
An
is useful
with
ends
the
Fig.
122.
Fig.
123.
Plane^ in
construction
given. Fig.
is
122
Fig.
Part
work
read
V., and
its side
on
any
wood
little
124
of
made
is
Several
up
any
other
of
^' stock.
^^'stock. Fig.
Screw
the
its
If
good.
The
use.
forms
are
stock
shown
Rule^ Square,
carefully Markmg,
look
holds
which
plain (Fig. 122). Approximate

being
(see Shootmg-
mahogany
of but
it will be
carelesslymade
be planed free from
must
winding.
in Figs. 122, 123, and
124.
beginning
for
squaring edges and

plane, and for jointingedges,
plane being pushed forward

be of
board, in Part V.). It can
white
Clear
pine or
shape well.
stock, and
with
of
Mark
just shown,
rest.
the
Saw^
if'.
just shown.
way
Before
ij" or
piece, then
narrow
correct
for mitres
saw-kerfs
the
with
as
the
Shooting-Board.
small
of
bottom
the
being
93
piece thicker, perhaps
narrow
on
Workshop
Tlie
references.
dimensions
123
of
are
and
pieces together
\"
from
Wood-Working
94
at
on
(see Screûs).
side
under
the
right angles
knife
with
this is
stop, but
to
the
or
chisel.
tliat the
b.
Mark
work
your
cut
out
of
In
Fig.
123
the
shavings.
the
bench.
to
upper
piece, as shown,
the
the
plane
This
top board
ensure
is necessary
Care
square
shooting-board.
some
edges, can
Some
of
not
to
rately
accu-
for this
cut
if you
necessary
give
the
the
hold
in
using
bought
groove
shavings.
cleats
the
board
attach
to
of
firmly
to
the
instead
used
and
trifle,
escape
shooting-board
the
Guides,
are
room
of
or
for
cleats)allows
to
them
is put
this
for
rabbet
ends
way
be
all
at
have
the
the
left hand.
your
lines
is sometimes
must
overlaps
Arrange
slices from
board
between
spaces
cleat
or
124.
well.
the
(with
which
is
that
stop
the
groove
Fig.
do
Beginners
See
edge
refinement
for
on
to
not
plane
of
the
serviceable,particularlythose
adjustable
various
at
angles.
?niire
(Fig.125) is also
board
It
useful.
board
just given, but
the
125.
to
but
a
sawed
sawed
mitres
perfect fit.
mitre
often
holds
glue
better
require trimming
principle.
same
angular stop
make
than
with
be
must
stops
the
than
care
The
45".
even
more
on
Fig.
requires to
with
made
be
shooting-
the
a
the
or
fitted
actly
angles ex-
planed mitre,
plane
to
get
The
for
Form
wanting
round.
or
for
sticks
form
in Part
V., and
Take
read
carefully
and
Nailing,
chisel
even
each,
first
the
from
two
or
up
against,push
for
equidistant
126.
the
make
Put
form
vise,put
the
the
bevels
trough
nail
Then
guide.
in
screw
Fig.
as
end
one
or
piece
screw
Fig.
"
be
to
three
these
made
think
the
useful.
very
of
rightlength for
longer, and
length
extra
serve
long
has
as
stick
wooden
some
129.
after
128)
in
an
or
this pur})Ose.
these
foot
or
so
off the
saw
extension
notches
you
pieces,which
two
bench-stops
are
If
of
one
it is made
(Fig.127).
stops with
for
one
or
They
it
forms, for instance,make
firmly
smaller
strips.
waste
the
Two
and
larger
for
be
quickly
be
angle upward.
the
will
it will
and
128.
in
rounded
or
trough,
of
pieces
"
cornered
with
held
will
work
the
127.
V-shaped
Fig.
126.
push
to
against the bench-stop
Fig.
it in the
continually
of
corner
lines
other, to
Fig.
be
(or
off
plane
stripstogether,with
in
will
erences.
ref-
other
any
whittle)one
gauging
corner
facing each
shown
look
stripsand
two
You
"
great convenience.
king, Gauge, Plane,
Ma?'
95
eight-sided
the pieces
hold
to
beginning work
Before
the
is
planing
Sticks.
Rounding
make
to
Workshop
holding
for
If your
you
in the
bencli
can
top
make
(Fig.
The
who
workman
needs
is
is not
convenient
it will be
and
the
need.
An
old
of
case
if you
tool-chest, but
trays,
You
do
when
and
tools
is
they begin
locked
just
thing
good
is
cabinet
to
accumulate
to
make,
if you
keep
fully as
to
brads, hinges, etc.,

beginning
Before
or
if
deep
work
read
saw
(Fig. 132).
This
depend
doors
you
For
cupboard
on
that
box, unless
likely.
the
If
the
the
just
box
edges
jointing. Lay
lengths (on the side
for
will
new
cover
cover
are
these
next
aged,
dam-
tools, but
to
have
to
keep
your
Otherwise
room.
already
as
it
shown.
articles
carefully Markings
off part
look
wide
like
wood.
references.
shallow, all made,
and
side
open
will
do, which
boards
must
boards
two
good
course
size
the
the
other
any
it shallow
of
The
Get
not
Rule^ Square,
perfectly for
would
you
up
make
to
answer
circumstances.
will
be
thing
miscellaneous
good box,
house
of
for
ments,
compart-
dozen
tools
Screws, and
find
can
can
shop.
make
you
shop.
for tools.
as
Saw, Plane, Nailing, and

Perhaps
make
good
limited
for
feel
some
or
in your
is occasion
common
useful
good
substitute
or
half
for
if there
the
more
confusion.
it is
have
as
you
edge-tools may
inevitable
half
until
useful
in drawers
tool-cabinet
or
up
well
as
of the
need
not
tools
keep
divisions, else the
or
speak
to
not
will be
tory,
fac-
make
cupboard,
or
be
can
job
nor
who
or
in
tools
to
tool-cabinet
good
of work
bureau,
or
his
they
such
find one,
can
fact,makes
in
bureau,
defer
to
drawers,
where
piece
lock
place
to
private shop,
tools
quite
better
receptacle,if you
such
A
It is
place
to
in
the
have
to
as
readily reached.
one,
which
all necessary
at
97
from
around
moving
receptacle in
safe
Workshop
is
must
you
in
box) by
of
for
the
Fig.
un-
allow
position
the
box
132.
width
extra
and
not
itself,
mark
with
the
the
gS
Wood-Working
for
square,
made
mark
the
box
the
edges
Saw
off
"
(Fig.133),as
way
l)y marks,
or
Fig.
on
side
neglect
Now
be
for
hung
used
the
Next
of
box
kind
narrow
thin
to
this
best
Fig.
is very
thing, on
account
up,
iron
firm, three
and
(Fig. 135)
or
iron
common
will
do
screw
wider
what
fittingup
and
how
many
of
them
136.
if
the
the
door
the
tools
the
will
cupboard
or
do
hinges.
If
not
each
of
take
supplies are
them
and
sides
are
and
use
The
pencil line
each
each
door,
of
while
off
and
edge
which
the
racks
of
end
where
box,
or
as
tools
(Fig.137).
shut
must
long
Hinges.
see
of
the
tlie sides
edge
Gauge
surface
each
hinges (Fig. 136).
edge
beyond
the
this
of
for
common
If
to
generally
will
case.
against
limit
wood
door.
outer
weight
the
work
being hung,
inside
it fits
The
(for left),
for
hinges,
fit the
the
or
some
Fig.
the
shorter
and
around
project
of
the
inside
stri^)
fitting
up
137.
of
each
for
doors
not
"
likelyto happen
quality of
poor
To
must
in
door
"
sides.
face
135.
strap-hingesmade
(Fig. 134). Two
the
come
z-^^
Fig.
edge,
straight-
finallyputting
prevent
as
the
outside
thick
are
each
(forright)and
to
end
and
the
flimsy,nail
and
The
boxes, will be
door.
the
on
and
the
just
them.
doors
on
"
134.
wrong
mark
to
sort, screwed
the
or
lines
by
lines
the
and, with
tlie box
"
O, tt, etc.,
hinges.
on
for
out
Froiu
scjuare,
Mark
Fig.
Beginners
square,
marks
top," and
X,
as
the
edge
133.
wrong
you
with
lines.
these
by
be
not
may
these
connect
for
depend
to
be
on
kept
its size
and
in it. Shelves
The
outside,using
the
alter
can
improve
or
Fig.
the
of
must,
you
the
tools, but
Do
not
attempt
to
cabinets, as
is often
wide
short
are
and
contrive
satisfactoryeven
for
done.
(from
then.
front
narrow
and
141
To
a
ones,
142),and
fasten
button
or
the
(which
the
use
shown
doors
you
you
wish
^^^-
in
Fig.
can
whittle
into
an
wide,
these
shallow
fit drawers
expert
to
and
they
drawers,
^38.
are
either
that
always
not
put
in
below
(Figs.
Part V.)
row
139.
simple
you
can
selves,
your-
back)
to
Fig.
of
one
drawers
It takes
If
you
form,
circumstances.
full-width
put
right
the
fittingup
of
the
in
get them
to
from
place
arrangement
matter
to
into
ticular
par-
with
cabinet
course,
according
another
the
nail
merely suggestions which
to suit your
suggestions for
99
and
square
are
shows
small
139
door, with
and
upon
Fig. 138
case.
and
rule
the
right size
the
of
illustrations
The
positions.
of
make
simply
can
you
Workshop
device
139.
hook
out)
described
(See
one
on
on
the
in
Drmuers
the
inside
outside
to
and
put
hold
tlie
for
Wood-Working
loo
other.
If
other
it
to
easier
to
using
put
Fig.
perhaps
2'
the
and
top
then
sides
the
Make
and
front
ends
and
\"
3"
the top
from
nailing the
box
sawing.
the
in
making^
Reckless
They
three
of
All
with
or
screws,
in the
140) to
not
sides
of
ledge
the
strong,
inside.
or
relieve
very
screws
do
If in the
the
Fit
or
inside
Fit up
working
lock
two
as
on
Box-
the
after
edges
not
firmly fastened
filled.
amateurs
way
house.
be
must
when
heavy
the
(See
spoil the joint.
kind.
common
with
saw.
strap-
you
wish,
the
ciple
prin-
lock.
cabinets
very
the
you
When
interfere
could
or
that
so
afterwards.
smooth
will
hasp, padlock,
chest
these
will be
of the
in
easily be put
can
first
ends
positions.
same
which
all nails
hasty planing
and
fasten
omit
II.) Carefully
Part
hinges, or
and
together
ness
thick-
box,
the
or
face,
or
the
the
sides
the
in the
the
2"
about
marking
together again
it
Saw
stock.
of
them
cabinet)
the
according to
140.
and
carefully on
line
finallyput
of
-J" stock,
of
open
can
strap is
tight box,
of
back
of
Fk;.
the
instead
boards
cabinet.
of
the
(/. e.,
bottom
iron
staples and
of
lock
above.
as
9",
to
and
in
yourself (see Box-f?iaki?ig
box
form
good
6"
3' x
make
proceed
a
with
cupboard
inside
door
one
padlock
make
simply
you
shows
140
To
on.
II.)and
Part
lock, hook
to
(see Locks).
box,
wish
you
Beginners
Do
often
so
of
sort
some
or
nails
of
wholly
trust
house,
not
stout
cabinet, through
trust
to
])ut up
shelves
below
is
the
to
it,but
of
you
can
wall,for they
add
of nails
couple
cabinets
and
help (Fig.
great
weight.
screw-eyes
which
the
to
If
outside
cleats
heavy
in the
wire
to
screw
is
back
the
the
wâll,
good (Fig. 140).
are
Good
top
of
shelves
another,
can
or
be
made
by taking
by arranging empty
a
wide,
thin
boxes
box
(flat)
and
one
on
fitting
The
shelves
the
to
bookcase,
and
lOI
fastening the
then
whole
wall.
small
shop,
it,like
across
Workshop
drawer
principle
the
on
sewing-machine
taking
small
be
can
tables
one
often
and
under
the
in
shelf,anywhere
your
in
used
like,by
suitable
of
box
strengthening
fixed
shape,
if necessary
corner
(Fig. i4t),
pivoting
it
at
screw
and
with
that
corner(Fig.142).
Fig.
First-class
equal
but
for
to
143.
Bench.
Do
not
you
You
"
time
long
day
some
Fig.
141.
on
such
will want
Fig.
if you
though
with.
Other
few
afford
details
Appliances.
contrivances
in Part
can
V.
will be
"
as
of the
work
you
will be
has
been
shown,
bench, such
sort
Fig.
as
at
first,however,
is
good
143.
it,such
given
are
bench
first-class
anything
attempt
all the
do
can
142.
bench
in the
number
found, under
to
begin
Appendix.
of
their
other
appliances
and
respective headings,
FEW
Do
thing
one
three
TO
ESSENTIALS
at
time.
SUCCESSFUL
Finish
WORK
job before
one
start
two
quickly will
co?ne
you
or
others.
First
to work
learn
well, then abilityto work
of
itself.
Plan
work
your
Make
to the
drawings
end
before beginning
carefully
scale
to
to
use
tools.
your
before beginning
but
any
the
simplestwork.
Lay
out
according
least
the work
to
the
the wood
carefully on
with
lines,
sharp.,accurate
drawings, measuj-ing eveiything
7vith
exactfiess
at
twice.
the luork
Cut
accurately with
sharp
tools
to
the
lifies you
have
laid
out.
Keep
testing the
of
accuracy
the
work
the
with
square,
edge,
straight-
rule, level,or plumb.
Keep
Have
that
the
place
Do
Do
your
your
not
tools
in
not
work
is when
in
it
you
order.
good
place for
each
tool
and
always keep
it i?t
make
it.
use.
thoroughly
half fasten
work
and
convenient
most
ivhen
sharp
and
together.
have
to
strongly.
The
take
I02
only
it apart
time
Do
not
you
agai?i.
half
will
regret
ough
thor-
"
The
is
labor
the
small,
is
pastime
CHAPTER
TO
if you
EVEN
are
know
still not
it is
thing, so
The
number
it
of
luorth
is
often
Amateurs
work
hire
the
that
undesirable
The
than
can
be
to
to
money
sold
hardly
can
can
be
the
their
things
make
of
many
to
make,
worth
while
can
but
to
make
to know
how
make
is
aim
one
some
which
you
the
games
it
can
make
be
one.
make
can
will find but
spent than
less than
to
bought
few
such
given
here.
103
than
to
prevent
cheaply
Many
take
things
would
you
the
is
have
time
as
of
in
and
itself
cheaply
so
It is true
this class
costs
toys, for instance,
and
betterâlthough
upon
to
more
year.
easilybuy (a sled perhaps) ; but,

better
ber
num-
smaller.
book
wheelbarrow
The
least.
at
It is foolish
lay out,
to
nothing)
of this
every
for
ticular
par-
themselves
do
as
cases
may
some
is much
labour
own
you
legion.
make
they
smaller
grows
make
of work.
work
it is
to
kinds
to
you
materials.
things you
you
for
that
say
can
quite well,
work
to
different
zvJiile
buy
tools
go
you
WORKSHOP
THE
use
cheaply nowadays.
so
these
to
result,in
the
good thing
is
how
IN
bought ready-made
for
pay
to
things
of
can
now
able
done, and
number
you
MADE
quite important
(even counting
more
VI
BE
finish
put together, and
"
II
PART
ARTICLES
Goethe.
great."
not
that
that
some
it
of
cheaper, than
rule,your
time
objects,and
you
The
selves
Workshop
information
the
105
in
lacking
of
many
the
popular
descriptions.
Before
window
or
to
made
it.
have
been
in
which
things
which
Even
casing.
boat
far
so
Do
from
be
not
variations
deceived
of
Look
askance
them
well
First
This
the
54,
begin
levers,
before
book
right
is
track
the
and
to
make
you
not
whole
the
to
of
the
cost
do
to
to
begin
your
it
do
of
Part
things
for
described
had
her.
all
the
popular
as
can.
you
tangled
with
up
and
study
them.
object
yourselves,
simple
mechanism,
make
work
in
are
complicated
and
the
figure
that
new-fangled
abound
as
or
built
launch
not
everything
contrivances
on
and
springs,
make
to
door
know,
you
in
room
the
complicated,
which
things
Try
the
time
the
out
could
he
all
by
familiar
publications.
that
water
there
much
from
Crusoe,
have
but
spent
taken
door
you
caution,
tearing
Robinson
the
after
out
have
be
not
without
made
it
people
could
shop
your
superfluous
where
cases
measure
get
can
seem
were
bulky
you
may
many
they
window
that
see
This
making
anything
make
you
but
you,
so
best
intend
you
read
be
hereafter.
to
to
put
Estimating,
read
before
make.
on
3ôu
page
you
CHAPTER
FEW
Wooden
Swords,
read
work,
Rounding
Sticks,
VII
TOYS
Knives,
and
Marking,
Rasp,
File,
Knife,
and
Fig.
any
Fig.
cut
other
144
the
references.
is too
obvious
general
outline
Daggers.
require
to
as
Paring,
look
and
up
I44.
of
construction
The
Whittling,
Sandpaper,
ginning
be-
Before
"
shown,
106
shown
those
special description.
then
round
or
in
First
pare
or
A
shave
the
to
have
can
you
with
weapons
in various
save
much
them
sawed
turn
can
you
easily
be
made
wood.
the
If you
or
outlines,
stain
these
neatly (see Finishing),
them
formidable
should
whittled
mill.
bow-saw
red, blpjck,
yellow, etc., and
as
shellac
and
have
shaping
in
the
at
107
If you
time
colours,
quite
out
They
weapons.
and
various
patterns,
Toys
required.
thickness
scroll-saw, it will
or
Few
of
array
of
awe-inspiring-
straight-grained
some
than
is better
Nothing
white
pine.
To
make
like
sword
that
in
shown
Fig.
145,
first select
4"
^4"
^7^
Fig.
piece
straight-grainedwood
of
2^' in length, y\" thick, and

make
mark.
Do
not
the
centre
taper
of
can
on
be
of
wood
used
each
for
the
4"
one
will
the
be
marks
just
for
1"
the
from
from
yV"
edges
Then
thick.
Nail
one
of
these
edge
other
end.
line
along
line
centre
get
pieces
of
Next
Mark
out
the
the
two
wood
with
get
it
the
to
dark-coloured
(see Fig. 145).

holes (W") so that
outside
end
Next
wide
the
about
one
from
draw
this
4" long (some
wood)
the
to
left for the handle.
space
f"
4" long, \" thick, and

making
about
y thick and
contrast).
side of the
taper
4"
About
the
taper
strong
any
1" wide.
and
edges
or
gradually.
too
side
each
edges, leaving
pieces
stick
the
(ash
this mark
From
145.
as
outside
other.
brads
a
piece
shown,
edge
Then
of
io8
these
bore
and
with
in
hole
the
"fuard
knife
outside
the
shape
guard
the
to
chisel
or
have
and
(being
cut
the
just made
wood
the
This
"
atld nail
handle
will
made
the
(when
middle)
of
movement
of other
those
Before
you
relatives,
boys,
Sticks.
Rounding
be
can
2'
in
sided),then taper
round
and
in
pine
stick
it
smooth
the
is square,
6'
to
of
and
Select
the
it
(Fig. 147).
as
ingenuity and
The
snake
head
you
must
skill.
The
having
been
of the
II
^"H
to
piece
of
h it
"
work.
to
hexagonal (six-
snake, and
not
dull
say
"
i"
from
easy
it
Remember
I'rI.'ri.M
to
the
finally
paper
sand-
use
tools
I ^r
yet
to
be
^^
147.
whittle
mouth
wood
make
grit will
the
Fig.
The
any
general shape
i-4
used.
or
The
size
any
long
diam.
then
to
smoothing,
read
work
beginning
or
much.
too
straight-grainedwood,
the
terrify
to
Saiv, and
2"
that
know,
may
Rule, Knife,
from
see
like
life-
carefully Markings
snake
''^*'
late
undu-
very
eager
feminine
your
slight
hand
in
be
not
grasped
the
as
manner,
do
by
writhe
and
so
if
reptile (Fig. 146)
imitation
at
First
the
through
blade.
well
^*^'"
tween
be-
splitting)
about
Ijlade
to
up
the
out
careful
Slip
marked.
as
you
Snake.
Wooden
Beginners
carefully (see Boring)
holes
them
the
for
Wood-Working
can
shaped,
or
be
mark
carve
cut
according
with
pencil
fine
lines
to
your
saw.
lengthways
with
cut
middle
the
along
of the
knife
back-saw), using
much
equal
spaces
f ",
together
as
will
have
them.
in to
the
knife
and
fine
strong
bottom.
Set
from
the
end
look
but
sections
so
side
the
cord
in
place
the
at
head
more
easily with
to
2", according
have
to
end
the
to
notches
cut
of
more
them
knife
chisel
With
the
each
of
the
marks,
body
of
the
snake
or
or
notch
the
use
is cut
into
together again by sinking

in
the
and
top
glue (see Gluing)^
with
make
can
of
and
pins),or
bent
section.
of each
for eyes.
the
finallyput
can
you
the
Sandpaper
in imitation
prefer (see Painting)^ using red
you
firmly clamped
blade,
saw
natural, as
will
you
sandpaper (see Sandpape}'^.Paint

of snake
be
longitudinalgrooves
the
staples (which
sort,
the
Tig. 148.
more
sections
the
(as
saw
of
near
that
the
fine
hold
to
of
you
at
enough
neck
as
wide,
Put
in
in the
Set beads
the
marks
each
cord
of the
something
^"
chisel,until
or
little
with
fasten
of
right order.
(Fig. 148).
sections
a
in the
centre
(Fig. 148)
will
so
these
Number
it
of
snake
be
to
together again
saw
the
must
do
these
make
If you
end
one
stick
the
snake, from
distance
short
tail.
the
of
at
head), and
the
with
done
be
can
probably
will
Mark
wide
merely
groove
only
109
(except at
bottom
and
required
You
within
not
or
teeth
the
vise.
diameter
the
and
in the
knife.
to
is
care
held
the
top
Toys
(likefish-line).This
fine cord
or
Few
little slit
but
whole
with
of whatever
inside
for the
fine
kind
of the
mouth.
Windmills.
A
few
are
they
that
"
patterns
given
are
the
models,
These
are
made
which
can
be
below.
under
Bear
very
larger they
you
know,
made
large structures
are
given merely to
The
in
in
the
are
mind
help
windmills
to
in
constructed
make
the
same
illustrate
will
work
strong,
be
for
proportion
designs.
the
as
as
little
than
Dimensions
principles
just
wood
wind, and, also,
must
in
stronger
of
them
violent
stronger they
much
after
great variety of forms.
readily
great strain
are
well
of
struction.
con-
if made
for
Wood-Working
1 lo
larger or smaller,
be
made
wood
of
Before
beginning
work
read
should
They
pine, whitewood,
carefullyMarkings
and
Faring^
using heavy stock,
of
white
limits.
or
some
work.'
S(i7c",
K)iife^ and
case
reasonable
any
straigJit
-grained
to
easy
within
Beginners
look
up
also
see
other
any
Riile^ Square^
references.
Drawknife^
In
Spokeshave^ and
(^
Fig,
Pla7ie.
To
make
8"
sticks,say
piece
at
form
the
vanes
to
mark
that, if
so
each
'
easily make
can
which
or
can
you
tank),
and
comes
work
within
place
by having
with
small
thus
the
loosely fit
to
the
the
a
very
of
scope
piston-rod
applied, according
to
turn
or
pin
hole
through
which
upon
ends
the
Upon
with
good
if you
this
a
revolving
your
small
wish
shaft
drum
ingenuity.
to
go
the
stick
each
of
the
or
same
it up
set
in
look
turn
on
large
to
do
eccentric
various
mills
into
further
other
any
This
pole,
the
sticks, on
small
or
for
ing
pump-
subject
light
you
top of
hogshead
used
the
or
upon
way.
keg (to represent
used
(or any
;
of
of the
be
can
or
built
imitation
book,
bent
building
and
all slant
tower,
windmill,
windmills,
them
to
trestle-work
have
Bore
the
each
together they will
put
edgeways
cross
windmill
your
when
equal length.
ends, the lines will
Small
water.
that
two
(Fig. 150) slanting in opposite directions,
revolve
you
attach
can
of
(Fig. 149), take

notch
(see Halving)
form
or
(see Boring).
lines
of the four
You
halve
centre
turn
diagonal
i", and
arms
the
at
simple
(Fig. 150),so
with
cross
are
centre
pieces
both
i"
very
150.
or
movement),
attachments
than
"play"
ing
connectcan
be
Few
A
is
essential,for
the
towards
down
you
can
readily see
way
the
windmill
is
part
the broad
the
as
is
to
only object
act
as
headed
the
of
freely.
over
through
the
loosely
with
You
wind,
cross
you
can
Find
the
your
finger
nail
point
stick
at
be
can
whole
bore
the
windmill
of
volve
re-
will
vertical
hole
this
Through
end
screw
or
it will
that
whole
point.
on
hole
stick,slightly
(Fig. 151). Sandpaper
painted
in
causing
an
of
the
whole
sets
in
contrary
weather-vane
elaborate
requires
more
work
be
can
affair
care.
read
made
ing).
(see Paint-
dark
bands
crossways,
when
of
revolving,
target). By
spindles (Fig. 152)
or
vanes
revolve
can
slanting the
at
of the
vanes
the
ways,
two
once,
two
will revolve
sets
in
directions.
of
two
pieces (Fig, 153).
(Fig.154) is made
The
wish
rings (like a
axles
opposite
153.
you
appearance,
two
and, by
Fig.
lightand
concentric
having
152.
beginning
this
windmill
two
but
the
stick, and
the
which
at
nail
(Fig. 151) so
made
or
friction
prevent
vanes
more
the
heavy
with
fasten
now
last
part
and
sandpaper (see Sandpaper).

paint in one
or
more
colours, if
The
The
thick
fine
can
Fig.
if made
and
151.
well.
the
or
to
rather
IT
Fig.
horizontal
screw
rounded
"
^-
this
balance
end
balance
ing
remain-
The
with
of
toward
the
is done
shaping
(see Nailing).
same
thin,
windmill
revolving
upon
the
weather-vane
affair will not

The
this
When
brads
?"
the
keep
to
turned
not
are
i'
made
vane
vanes
sticks
the
of
(Fig. 150), and
thick
simple
very
-|" thick,
and
with
together
each
shave
to
revolve.
not
111
perhaps |"
if these
that
(Fig. 151), perhaps

long
until
lines
will
sticks
the
fasten
operation is
next
these
Toys
construction
on
similar
principles,
is obvious.
carefully Alarking^ Rule,
Before
Square, Saw,
Few
A
also exercise
can
you
in
shown
Square
Rule^
look
up
good height for

and
head
trimmed
or
and
made
of
Also
bore
the
drive
of
ends
next
pass
the
with
edges.
holes
paddles
Jack
The
in the
is
body
edges
knife,
arms
outer
(see Boring).
into
the
tightly
stiff metal
of
and
cut
Bore
the
holes
also
to
at the
body
hold
these
ends
long enough
the
the
into
the
for the
used
lengthways
from
details
the
pieces.
to
arms
holes
and
be
can
inches
board
Happy
File, and
outline
The
J"
and
separate
the
arms,
body,
file
of
ends
sawed
rounded
and
rasp
are
be
can
figure itself.
from
and
"
ings
carefully Mark-
read
Fourteen
references.
the
work
Knife, Rasp,
Saw,
other
any
beginning
Before
113
faculties,is the
artistic
your
Fig. 156.
Toys
rod
through
ders
shoul-
(Fig.156).
fore
Be-
actually driving
this
rod
arms
you
the
into
hole
The
than
it may
in
tightly without
loose, but
larger
that
revolve
Bore
tre
meet,
of
getting
the
hole
body
must
than
the
the
rod,
drive
of
danger
be
the
that
the
in
holes
so
in
the
should
arms
smaller
bore
must
through
body.
the
both
latter
easily
be
rod,
may
in
it.
in from
thecen-
each
shoulder
rather
than
as
carefully as
attempt
to
bore
Fig.
156.
you
can,
clear
until
through
the
from
holes
one
"
Wood
ii4
side.
the
in the
Put
shoulders.
the
Fig.
rod
in line
be
for the
nail
rod
of the
put
the
thickness
the
paddles
are
boats
of
(Fig. 159).
revolving.
in various
sticks
two
look
square,
of
wood.
Halve
of
form
(see Halvi7ig)
on
below,
The
from
as
piece
fastened
well
shaped
of
shown
boats
sticks
as
piece
to
work
rod,
shows
from
made
be
mill.
wind-
of any
will
spin
around
(see
whole
the
set
(see Painti7ig).
circle
is
read
carefully Marking^
other
any
this
must
case
Sandpaper
in
up
paddles
man
or
tapering the
of
in the
the
screw
not
hard
make
to
references.
4' in length, and
from
J"
to
ij"
and
the
ing
screw-
or
board
in
the
by
above
Fig.
be
can
of board
159.
whittled
edge
on
the ends
to
at
strengthening
cross,
halving) by nailing
and
in
together
joint (weakened
the
or
sticks
these
them
fasten
as
be
can
legs
fairly strong
any
middle
the
2'
from
the
F'ig.158
labour
The
colours
beginning
Before
Rule., Square^ Saza, and

Take
ends.
sail around
to
the
save
one
point directly
between
upwards
paddles
angles
proper
paint
Sa7idpapcr)ând
The
around,
part way
the
set
the
set
towards
at
When
hole
dles
pad-
when
the
hat.
will
turned
obliquely,or
will
other
legs (Fig. 156).
which
shingle,
Fig. 158.
of metal
on
the
that
is,so
holes
the
that
to
up
the
figure turns, and

(Fig. 157), with a hole for
bottom
to
way
bore
that
"
quite
keep
to
sure
right positions,so
which
upon
piece
the
on
Also
be
shown
as
l)iit not
arms,
arms
points directly upwards

downwards.
the
on
Beginners
the
on
in the
paddles
will
157.
whil:
drive
and
driving
In
for
for
-Working
of the
by halving (Fig. 160),

as
as
nails
in
or
Fig.
or
screws,
161
and
they
screwed
simply
can
or
nailed
be
on
flat
pices
of board
top of the
sticks.
the
In
first
fastened
are
will
will
for each
show
Each
boat
in
once
with
Sandpaper
of
pole
in the
described,
A
from
sandpaper
you
wish
and
as
manner
same
which
steamer
a
as
the
sheet.
about"
and
the
of
fine
affair is balanced
whole
a
rather
the
before
sticks
simple leg-of-mutton
"come
rotation
every
done
be
in
haul
to
course,
paint
and
The
of
must,
1^5
sail
little experimenting
much
best
with
mast
boat.
how
you
"jibe"
One
together.
answer
Toys
lialvinghad
the
case
Few
apparatus.
(see
paper)^
Sand-
(see Painting).
pivoted
Fig.
i6o.
top
on
the windmills
just
see.
with
piece of
propeller
screw
board
on
edge, shaped
Fig. 162, a small windmill

fans (Fig. 163),serving for
in
be
can
with
the
short
made
shown
as
FiCx. r6i.
and
broad
Before
screw.
work
beginning
read
ings
carefully Mark-
Rule, Square, Saw,
Knife, Spoke shave,

look
other
any
up
erences.
ref-
This
board
from
the
the
windward
will
screw
always
164.
set
hauled,
of
the
This
sail
windmills
answers
just
the
described.
can
the
the
of
purpose
It
and
be
or
not
volve.
re-
this
ensure
and
fore
must
Fig.
162.
always
must
To
Fig.
this
for
wind,
to
the
screw
shielded
be
not
head
the
that
may
give a
(Fig.164),
thin section
vessel
of
to
as
so
in order
boat
made
be
must
and
sail
aft
be
sheet
kept
close-
weather-vanes
made
of
tin
or
any
sheet
and
the
the
of
for Beginners
Wood-Workinor
ii6
metal,
smokestack
rudder
can
you
be
can
the keel.
from
of thin
even
or
as
arrange
supported by
the
For
The
wood.
details
other
wish.
you
little
of
the
rigging
the
of
rest
The
bottom
strip extending
work,
the
see
aft
mills
wind-
already described.
Water-wheels.
be
165),can
be
can
of
of
and
the
by
It
desired
size,
wood
any
turned
(Fig.
easily made.
any
wheel,
undershot
beneath
passing
water
An
"
readily
worked.
Before
beginning
carefully
work
read
Marking^
Rule,
Square^ Saii\
and
look
any
other
up
erences.
ref-
like
One
Fig.
Fig.
can
made
be
165.
166
ing
nail-
simply
between
will
do
hole
bored
rather
^
so
in
when
that
just
167
simply
If
you
can
as
you
have
put
this
well
the
have
no
to
shape
at
disks
sawed
the
all
the
with
at
broomstick
or
fitted
tightly m
wheel
will
It
paddles
as
will
in
look
and
necessary,
the
mill,
to
or
turn
make
Fig. 167,
like
it will
Fig.
work
and
edges (see Nailing).
outside
which
the
should
plain rectangular paddles

on
saw
the
ment
arrange-
dowel
side.
the
at
together
not
radial
(see Bori7ig), but
make
to
nail
them
is
be
should
wheel
job
neater
wood.
bearings
the
166, but
Fig
the
through
of
in
paddles
or
and
shaft
the
freely
r
disks
two
for
boards
small
of
set
166.
Fig.
by
get
you
can
out
the
work
disks
them
by describingthe required
out
with
and
paddles
nail the
lines
them
edge straight.
shave, exactly to
the
or
the
saw
disks
and
Paring)
The
disk.
all be
and
the
cut, first square

with
(Fig. 167), and
other
this
From
pieces (see Gauge)
chisel,or
many
parts
to
the
centre,
or
line.
lines
a
same
width.
set
desired
the
at
equal
distances
at
edge,
knife, remove
turn
to
wheel
neat
one
all the
on
from
to
and
in
shown
as
one
end
thickness
the
with
the
pieces marked
the
job
knife,chisel,or
paddles
point equal
each
paddles
the
width
trim, with
or
the
to
these
on
First make
make
parallelto
even
is essential
the
plane
across
paddles,
It
gauge
If you
gauge
the
are
by which
placing
before
there
as
ished
fin-
Divide
nails
the
Start
side
out-
be
can
as
to
of the
edge
saw
lines
make
side
circle
the
(see Paring).
right position.
should
paddles
the
hexagon
knife
nearly through
the
on
into
one
sawing
when
disk
disk
117
and
saw,
on
nail
Then
nail
the
that
in the
drive
and
lines
draw
position.
over
circles
common
each
of
paddles
and
Toys
shave, hatchet, chisel,or
circumference
the
in
with
line
the
of
of
Few
saw
(see
wheel
overshot
(Fig. 168)
is harder
to
make,
but
is
Fig.
livelier wheel.
as
the
wheel
Fig.
168.
It is put
just shown,
together
except
upon
that
the
the
109.
same
paddles,
principle
which
do
for Beginners
Wood-Working-
ii8
the
project beyond
not
but
placed radiall)',
inserted
set
To
to
the
buckets, divide
the
disk
each
points
lines
tangent
These
lines
To
the
last
will
the
the
only
(on
the
other
on
ends
these
of
rest
larger
note
an
Village.
design
and
instructive
was
dozen
is the
as
same
make)
to
for
is
buckets
fit in the
lines
last
the
ab.
The
pieces
should
(see
ling)
Bevel-
fairlytiglitjoint.
undershot
the
with
in
suggested
wheel.
Fig.
See
170.
Windmills., above.
planned
a
work
(but harder
form
under
Play
to
of the
ab to
as
complete
to
bevelled
make
the
Then
the
be
properly
from
together
of
tances
dis-
ence.
circumfer-
the
on
bottoms
buckets,
equal
lines
nail
pieces,
mark
lines, and
lines ca).
to
buckets.
buckets
points draw
First,
circle.
positions
the
the
of
these
draw-
small
give
points
next
the
From
circumference
on
these
the
to
bottoms
the
circle,
circumference
complete
from
from
small
Fig. 169.
the
on
for the
before, and
as
in
shown
as
another
circumference
describe
the centre
not
arc
of
addition
buckets.
of
The
disks,
tliey form
them,
connect
tlic
of
that, with
so
tlie lines for the
off
lay
circumference
Ît
build
and
capital fun
miniature
several
for
village,and
and
recently by
it is
family
facetiously named
entirely of
old
boxes
and
"
people
young
quite inexpensive pastime.

made
and
youngsters,
constructed
is
certainly
Such
group
Totlet
lage,
vil-
of half
Town,"
packing-cases
of
IIQ
also,
the
upon
Brighter
than
green
colours
would
be
blinds
with
care
the
Painting), and
is
taste
good
good,
of
Toys
which
used
suitable
are
in
Few
taste
course
the
121
painting
in the
selection
for
little
for
;
or
real
is done
of the
village of
houses.
yellow
can
be
(see
colours.
this
sort
White
with
used.
The
painted. Red roofs are very effective.

Before
Rule,
carefully Marking,
beginning work, read
Square, Saw, Plane, Nailing, Withdrawing Nails, etc.
roofs
should
be
Fig.
Dolls*
House.
easily made,
and
The
"
shallow
house
172.
shown
in
affair like this
Fig.
has
172
the
is
quite
advantage
of
being
the
Beginners
deep
about
one
arranging
contents.
beginning
Sa7c",Planc^ and
Pine
hard
It
and
made
little
ordinary
(from
look
of
and
cases,
sides
the
from
the
by
edge,
the
used
four
or
that
will be
feet wide
suitable
be
probably
for
good depth
if it is not
and
already true,
the
with
angle
To
saw
these
square
on
and
the
bevels
board
in
get
the
roof.
the
by arranging
the
well
the
vise
saw
than
the
ness.
thick-
the
out
The
joins
the
slant
strips
two
them
by
Draw
care.
the
as
cut
roof
bevel
requires much
sides, as
both
and
(taking
marking
and
-J" in
where
bevel
it
find
can
you
each
roof
then
be
to
are
to
\"
from
upright sides, and

of
sides
and
roof
width,
mark
putting
and
The
desired
(see Bevelling).
lines
be
can
Three
inches
fifteen
or
edge,
must
the
at
will
plain.
drawing), or
cross
middle
of uniform
one
you
your
size.
highest point
the
at
wood
any
desired
the
is
board, then
bevels
suitable,or
twelve
stock
Carefully true
bottom
references.
back).
to
dressed
from
carefully Markings Rule, Square,

other
any
any
in
construction
The
up
are
higher
front
read
work.
to
be
can
work
whitewood
and
not
to
than
conxenient
more
Before
is
for
Wood-Working
122
angle
the
on
carefully and
steadily.
by just
house
and
the
the
at
thickness
of
to
these
floors
mark
series
and
of
If
holes
may
saw.
out
inside
be
Any
the
and
sawed
of
f"
windows.
of the
line
roughness
left from
one
you
pass
the
back,
back
from
one
make
back.
Also
this, first bore

and
a
the holes
(see Faring).
for the
of
the
of
14" wide,
for the
do
make
to
are
(see Boring)
until
lile
stock
To
necessary
knife, chisel, or
from
house
outside
used
the dolls
the
or
be
to
allow
to
J"
use
stock
be
sides
the
the
narrower
must
stairs
of the
13I" wide,
saw
wood
the
head
another.
story
with
be
rectangular openings
corners
start
should
floors
three
The
cut
out
ever
what-
slot in which
can
Nail
be
to
trimmed
these
parts
in
together,just as
to
the
that
see
(q.z'.). Also
with
angles
(with
be
the
bottom.
being
which
to
by
in
and
place
in
windows
the
fitted in
be
of
the
the
back
cutting
the
Fig.
173.
fit in
have,
you
to
(from
173).
The
fit the
or
can
cloth
or
around
chimney
around
paper
window
the
brads.
fine
openings
be
putting together, and,
when
should
coming
the
be
on
pieces
the
inside
however,
tools
set).
The
has
Painting).,and
but
been
whole
had
be
best
sure
done.
can
be
be
not
Set
all the
painted
portieres,window
in
tions
sec-
board
position (Fig.
a
notch
sawed
box-fashion.
be
nailed
around
the
wish.
fine
do
short
stripof
nailed
be
and
before
the
whole
sandpaper.
before
this until
nails
one
scraped
together,
sandpapered
to
in
strips can
entirely put
with
of
corner
place by gluing strips of
neatly planed
carefullysandpapered
the
pieces,
four
strips can
you
in
with
thin
or
thin
staircase
The
cut
whole
in
outside, if
should
All
to
block
of
edges,
Thin
the
on
of
held
be
can
be
the
made
be
can
these
made
from
saw
can
fasten
be
windows
the
with
and
can
it
or
Nail
steps.
side)
roof,
for
the
under
the
Glass
for
use
place
can
larger piece, a triangular strip which
the
pieces are
will
boards
marked
Then
easilyif
made
be
carefully
the
first cutting the doorways.

upright partitions,
can
to
that
so
back
your
side
before.
as
the
right
by
can
lines
first
place,
these
back
back
under
down)
slant
fitted, nail
When
securely
the
for
at
are
the
from
the
the
directly from
roof.
The
or
stock
the face
winding-sticks
use
or
that the sides
see
and
ensure
measurement
working drawing
to
when
top of the
the
12
wind,
not
out
up
will
they
square.
cut
laid off
put
Get
bottom, and
back
do
the square
at the
house
be
with
back
running
the
form
to
and
Toys
box, carefullysightingacross
boards
the
square
making
front
test
Few
or
all
The
parts
putting
gether,
to-
cutting with
carefully (see Nailcolours
more
drapery, etc.,
can
be
(see
added
according
inside
A
to
sides, the
rabbets
cut
into
bottom,
if
papered,
the
which
If
work
more
or
to
and
set
the
back
the
in
care
groove
the
floor
the
of
edge
This
backboards.
The
the
bottom
boards,
and
sides, roof,
and
involves
good
174.
laying out
pieces got
the
have
you
is to
way
upright partitions into
around
command.
at
preferred.
Fig.
deal
Beginners
materials
workmanlike
thoroughly
the
and
taste
your
be
can
more
into
to
for
Wood-Working
124
out
at
the
mill
(see Groainng).
work
it
be
can
easilydone,
however.
It may
door
the
A
be
(with
convenience
door-bell
to
or
castors
screw
knocker)
be
can
the
on
added
to
bottom.
the
of
front
hall, if thought best.

house
which
is
fastened
can
quite
above
and
may
open
without
the
house
stands.
be
similar
below
closed
to
the
is shown
the
little
Fig.
preceding.
large doors,
striking either
The
in
the
roof
or
as
The
174.
strip
shown,
the
floor
door, representingthe
struction
con-
be
must
that
on
they
which
entrance
to
made
to
If
easily
double
as
when
house
the
the
be
is
house
divided
house,
side
and
here
made
back
shown,
side
in
shown
being
closed
the
(from
deep
by
125
have
can
quite
lengthways
the
Toys
and
independently
open
this
closed
Few
made
bell
or
front
partition
to
half,
open
to
and
in
be
can
knocker.
back)
can
into
made
the
it
same
way
CHAPTER
VIII
FOR
HOUSES
sizes
THE
and
the
upon
the
places
built
in
or
the
there
for
afford,
Wire
netting
should
be
health
should
be
always
all parts
case
cleanliness
for
have
holes
sheets
of
of
will
zinc
Houses
and
from
sand
The
the
case
gnawing,
the
corners
those
and
In
floors
wooden
scattered
much
animals
angles
126
be
also
which
can
be
floor
and
cleanliness
changed
use
to
their
protected
or
with
cages
190).
always
the
to
slant
(Fig.
stones,
the
over
ures.
struct-
smaller
used
or
doors,
floors
should
blocks,
posts,
should
the
the
be
the
always
Covering
in
cages
all such
should
often
can
contribute
bedding
of
houses
for
openings
or
from
in
cleanliness.
on
will
reached
drainage.
with
ground
Clean
cages.
larger
trays
or
renewed
In
for
cages
the
dampness.
the
the
staples)
by
houses
importance
being
room.
Special
the
cleaning
can
you
important
very
animals.
utmost
promote
pans
the
as
much
place
is
conveniently
the
provided
removable
raised
is of
floors
The
for
be
cannot
in
ventilation
of
made
(held
fence,
pets
too
be
ways.
the
having
and
can
or
large
of
danger
their
they
various
as
runways
of
as
in
pend
de-
built
are
building,
utilised
cloth
comfort
and
they
of
more
wire
freely used,
which
will
cages
Frequently
be
and
than
or
and
side
can
much
crowded
and
cramped
the
cages,
is
houses
them.
boxes
houses,
for
put
against
and
corner,
Make
the
to
advantage
to
animals
have
you
these
of
shapes
ANIMALS
be
avoid
quently
freof
frequently.
teeth
for
by tacking
on
strips of
wire
do
this
the
the
(and
to
by
wire
which
floor, over
will be
unable
the
and
the
size of
real
of
types
animals
for
of
good
sawed
scroll work
do
not
all the
use
For
stock
the
little
of wire
sort
the
and
mesh
animals
the
of
cases
netting
escaping
and
smoothing
you
wish
house, and
should
to
be
powers
same
pattern,
work
to
go
make
each
for
house,
the
for
and
rainbow
boxes,
in
is
usually
finished
final
box
or
cage
of
machine-
smoothing
done
by
cages
example,
like
Fig. 178,
with
two
planing
clear
stock
hand.
of
it is much
more
or
the
in
boxes
or
if
but
kept
painted, good
or
process
and
be
be
to
are
labour;
to
do
them.
painting
waste
and
pinnacles,
outbuilding, ordinary
some
"
jig-
meaningless
etc., which
cages,
all the
copy
at
the
less
time
separately.
pets
this
with
simple
gingerbread
several
the
platform
as
the
**
Avoid
houses
to
try
make
to
through
house
on
and
as,
houses.
small
nicely
wish
you
not
choose
quality is sufficiently
good,
be
do
in imitation
made
this
do
of towers
of
hand
by
used,
case
to
fair
make
to
and
rows
in
or
pretty when
you
your
colours
of
and
done,
cover
of doors
planed
large
houses, hutches,
out
when
but
the
of
and
than
down
in all such
but
strength and
look
proportions,
work,
In
the
to
often
houses,
little details
kept
wire
their
dig
animals.
Houses
not
out
way
floor and
underground
carried
replaced,
proportion
to
the
be
to
houses
or
or
be continued
be
can
their
tunnel
will burrow
can
need
no
the
for
horizontally, forming
dirt
taken
it
or
lie
to
the
to
be
must
care
should
is
of cages
case
ground
that
animals
netting
bent
the
have
depth,
the
In
127
there
zinc, but
flat surfaces.
inhabited
then
and
way
the
or
considerable
of
cloth, tin,
which
out, the
way
for Animals
runways)
be
to
are
over
Houses
should
or
tends
base
to
not
be
built,
as
projecting beyond
collect
and
retain
is sometimes
the
moisture
base
of
and
Houses
in
Fig.
roof
By putting together
175.
screws
(Fig. 176).
wire
with
or
and
screw-eyes
or
four
which
made
readily be
can
cage
for Animals
or
If
these
whole
the
hooks,
with
covered
frames
frames
such
of
more
be
can
129
are
wooden
fastened
with
be
taken
quickly
can
apart if desired,
A
simple
very
chicken
common
and
slats
or
177), but
desirable
materials
is too
simple
sides, or
with
178 and
179
be
for
quite
thick
desired
variety
as
if
but
One
shown,
the
edges
is put
the
box
see
Doors^ in
access
for
side.
to
of
a
of
each
small, |"
If
stock
should
end
should
rectangular piece
before
the
box
is nailed
of
top
and
front
boards
cleaning.
V.
The
If for
hinged
board
indoors, and
to
be
be
The
ingly
slant-
opposite
bevel-
The
179.
be
done
after
making
the
door,
can
at
off
the
together.
together (see Bevelli?ig). For

Part
sawed
Fig.
the
used.
from
178.
will
(see Box-7naking^
be
cut
It
suitable
stock
be
box
common
is
and
proportions
or
177.
easily made.
arrangement,
size
that
FiG.
Figs.
large, J"
corner
Fig.
ling of
of
animals.
of
(Fig. 178), and

corner,
cially
espe-
upright
excellent
is similar
219).
page
with
is that
an
any
enough,
construction
is not
construction
slanting
show
boards
economy
The
form
one
made
the
require description.
to
better
can
for
labour.
principleof
the
on
netting (Fig.
sort
except
and
much
this
of
few
little wire
house
with
coop,
easilymade,
be
can
cage
the
bottom
finished
or
gives
painted,
Wood-Working
I30
clear
stock
siiould
selected
be
for
and
Beginners
the outside
carefullysmoothed.
(See P/(7;ic\Semper, Sandpaper, Fiuishiiig,2.x^^ Painting?)

For
something
like
more
house, the design shown
Fig.
is
and
good
size
from
Part
see
To
of
small
box
to
to
be
nailed
in
put
the
ends
getting out
the
to
together.
and
of
can
The
house.
made
of
the
For
side
the
other
that
any
latter,
the
top is
made
the
sides
is
simply
being got
the
as
ridge.
not
be
can
placed
the
at
nailed
out
as
thickness
lap over
If
the
is
in
as
the
alike
are
will
house
sides
bottom
pains
Take
the
be
the
out
ends, which
the
of the
will
one
first get
bottom.
door
roof
one
at
or
the
and
askew
be
The
plain.
(see
i8o
Fig.
wire
entirelyof
(Fig. i8i).
end
in
down
the
edge
angle
place,
wider
much
of
be
to
than
stock,
so
of the other
formed
right angle, however,
at
the
the
edge
be
elled
bev-
iSi.
of
according
house
the
construction
The
Doors),
then
pieces, or
door
Fig.
small
be
can
this pattern
of
little house
required dimensions,
accurate
when
of
This
{House-building
for Beginners).
III.
make
the
and
that
Fig. i8o
i8o.
construction.
simple
of
in
of
to
this
the
sort
the
narrower
roof-board
must
angle (see Bevelling).

can
be
made
with
one
end
closed, while
for Animals
Houses
the
other
remains
for
many
animals.
the
closed
(Fig. 182).
open
First
end, cutting
get
desired.
These
Next
out
get
openings
position.
put
just shown.
as
on,
house
suitable
left
exposed
solid
or
it
If
when
This
the
in
shown
as
end
open
with
general
for
pets, and
For
the
door,
can
the
roof
sleeping-boxes
two
construction.
This
is
of
the
The
to
scribed.
debe
can
cage
see
and
it in
with
already
be
can
fasten
122.
in
similar
pigeons
page
and
desired
wherever
Fig.
used
on
added,
necessary.
those
is
one
weather,
covered
is
if
be
to
something
or
of
(as
be
can
construction
that
the
to
be
can
canvas
sort
roof
is similar
indoors
for
fitted
cut
chiefly open-work,
cage,
outbuilding).
an
or
be
for
be
can
(Fig. 183)
nests
or
door
window,
182.
can
framework
the
and
doorway
Fig.
is
good arrangement
floor, then the pieces for
the
out
the
out
This
131
and
other
made
of
and
Doors
best
any
be
made
size,according
Hinges^
at
in
the
Part
same
183.
circumstances.
to
V.
The
box
tachments
at-
time, just alike
(see Box-niakingy
the
house,
the
house,
that
they
kept
clean.
Rabbit
Hutch.
with
hinged
lids
the
ends
upper
simple rabbit-house,
"
cannot
rafters.
hutch,
made
by
be
can
putting
together
sized
good-
box,
tioning
parti-
off
end,
by
door,
and
the
rest
leaving
Fig.
184.
wire
necessary
This
is made
details
other
shown.
being
closed
should
and
similar
(see Box-makings
box
those
to
cleanliness
the
cover
from
and
dampness,
to
the
made,
as
be
can
between
The
ground
hutch
to
avoid
for
arrangements
proper
referred
219), the
page
already
hole
parts.
open
raised
be
like
sliding-door (Fig. 185)
inserted, if desired,
the
(Fig. 184).
sides
just
above.
to
Fig.
elaborate
more
part
can
as
be
can
doors,
be
the
to
manner
see
by
and
Doors
made
shown,
had
or
(Fig.186) can
hutch
houses
means
the
Hinges.
rabbet
widths, lettingthe
already
of
by cutting
the
wider
for
except
open,
the
one
closed
be
to
so
stripof
of the
or
the
to
doors,
or
ridge-pole is simply
The
placed horizontallybetween
board
be
the
before
nests
or
should
of
sides
the
boxes
these
If
special openings
have
be
can
in
sides
the
to
cut
cleaning, they
for
or
fastened
been
togetlier.
put
was
readily reached
main
having
doorways
house
be
219), and
page
Beginners
for
Wood-Working
I ;2
can
The
be
lap
at
formed
over
the
Access
lids
or
slides
rabbet
in
be constructed
shown.
doors
185.
the
edge
of
open
For
top.
door
for the
the
to
on
lar
simi-
the
at
square
the
end
stick,
by using stripsof different

narrower
so
as
to
form
the
Houses
Both
rabbet.
if
course,
doors
for Animals
be
can
made
Where
preferred.
the
Fig.
the
top, the edges

Kennel.
There
"
style and
size
are
two
sides
in the
of
usual
the
roof
'"
way,
of
meet
at
i86.
(see Bevelling).
kinds
many
of
must,
swing
bevelled
be
must
to
of
depend
course,
dog-houses,
the
upon
dog
the
and
the
and
situation.
much
for
as
a
small
very
piece,
two
be
or
made
each
First
with
of
of
the
If
roof
meet
at
the
corners,
posts
at
the
corners.
is the
best
to
these
must
ferent
dif-
of
the
that
so
them
way
tom,
botand
you
pieces
use
Nail
sides
219).
boards
use
edges
between
large.
page
very
of
sides
you
widths,
cracks
(see Box-makings
made
be
able.
suit-
the
out
the
square
course
can
these
are
get
then
If
dog
one
made
boards
ends.
small
pieces.
more
Matched
ends, sides, floor, and
of
be
for
box
the
dog
ordinarily
but
will
parts
make
would
you
each
can
(Fig. 187)
kennel
good
will
or
not
put
I his
do
parts
with
matched
together.
boards,
It will be
if the
easiest
house
to
cut
is at all
the slant
the
at
for
Wood-Working
134
top of each
in
will meet
end
If you
do
inside
at
The
be
not
side
each
roof-boards
for the
other
to
the
width
If
the
roof
nailed
For
of
is
the
well
and
side
of
be
made
not
of
cracks
as
matched
kennel
in Part
shown
The
should
be
built
applies
extreme
top.
should
like
more
and
like
sills
the
corners
Then
get
top of them
at
the
free
to
form
out
the
fasten
winding.
(see Halving)^
as
the
as
many
held
see
The
adds
in
3"
be
can
than
be
the
small
frame,
plates (a
that
not
place
horizontal
be
platescan
reallynecessary
until
the
the
in
them
fasten
second
strength to
get
in
diagonal strips(Fig. 189) as
may
Fig. 189.
place, and
on
like that
at
the
small
so
The
is put
be
at
rectangular and
halved
joints.
boarding
in
frame
is
the
out
together
shown
as
all this framework
sills and
First
used.
nailing them
framework,
posts and
this is
but
boarding
temporarily
on
the
rectangular frame,
corner
bottom); and
from
2"
to
of the
pieces
bottom
or
will
joists,or stripsof plank
2"
for
form.
the
For
^"
built
be
durable
preceding
frame
and
kennel,
more
18S.
so
size suitable
of any
a
real
box.
(Fig. i88) can
size from
be
not
with
structure
any
those
than
III.
much
o[
the
together.
battens
house
Fig.
on.
on
same
the
boards,
of
way
door-
nailed
boards
cover
roof
is nailed
longer
stock.
which
for the
be
the
the
the need
roof
much
as
the
saddle-boards
the
the
keep
to
of
saves
stripshould
should
sides
opening
An
before
doorway,
thickness
large dog
looks
boards,
one
the
as
the
of the ends
one
of
for
the
over
This
matched
use
that
"
of the roof-boards.
in
cut
so
gable
rightangle.
bevelling the edges

should
the
"
Beginners
house,
frame
on
corners
can
be
by nailing
required.
Two
for Animals
Houses
been
cut
being
nailed
should
end
at each
rafters
at
to
intermediate
rafter
which
board
stripof
45" (see Mitreing)
of
angle
an
and
the
for
serves
will
side
each
on
having
put in place, their ends
be
next
135
The
this
do
on.
The
sides
and
ends
should
house
sides
the
after
put
are
be
venient
incon-
be
small
so
roof.
next
it will
in
to
the
to
should
floor
laid, as
An
ridge-pole.
stiffness
add
ends
upper
be
with
boarded
sheathing
matched
Fig.
iS
vertically,cutting
the
back
the
boards
be
shingled.
paint
gable
the
out
The
roof
shingles
the
shingled
ready
for
shown
in
laying.
before
this house
saddle-boards
be
can
put
painting (see Painting).

Fig. i89"2.
of this sort,
author
III.
Part
see
of House
and
on
Another
the various
For
the
form
house
details of
of
to
or
been
will be
is
doorway
framed
is
has
roof
the
with
stain
in creosote
After
in
laid
be
next
can
dipped
be
can
window
small
or
lengthwise,as
running horizontally,
The
i^Q^^-'
'^'^Z-
laid
and
doorway
for ventilation.
good advantage
to
The
boards
structure
^House-building
for Beginners).
and
Pet
Dogs gives the following suggestion
*'
The
inches
best
device
is
ordinary single
an
by thirty-threeinches, with
bottom
of the
This
kennel.
to
to
which
are
When
as
is
bottom
side of the
the
size
same
kennel,
fitted four
closed
an
the outside
hinged
is
and
wooden
it looks
by
two
wheels,
with
say
other
detached
of the
measurement
stout
provided
like any
with
roof, but
ground
forty-eight
kennel
strap-iron hinges
two
four
kennel
wooden
inches
on
axles,
in diameter.
wheels.
It
for Animals
Houses
tin.
or
wire
the
nailed
edge
little
reached
from
and
roof
the
door
(Fig. 191).
made
be
house
details,
little
steps
in
nicely is
the
see
The
173.
the
and
they join
the
For
houses
the
other
already
described.
A
shown
below,
large
for
of
elaborate
more
and
will
whole
ably
more
difficult to
make
the
than
others
shown
in
ter,
chapand
you
give
This
is, however,
consider-
if
have
affair,
be made
family
squirrels.
house
this
can
room
most
joining of
ridge
the
at
where
Fig,
191.
-can
Fig.
(see Bevelling).
roof
the
latter
bevelled
bevelled
be
by
shown
make
be
must
with
The
as
to
The
flight of
After
slide in the
the
house
and
wood.
readily
connects
floor of
or
in the upper
be
can
corner
zinc
front
the
sleeping-box
either
can
moulding.
as
wood
around
of
be
can
been
has
stripof
on
side
the
cloth
nailed
be
in
That
137
quite
the
difficult
part of
roof-boards.
tops of the ends
this
These
must
also
Wood-Working
138
already acquired
not
be
with
content
Four
the
sills
can
bottom
main
as
workman
about
main
the
of
feet will
three
part of
not
be
the
house.
the
of
the
ell in
way
shown
Fig.
be
from
t0
2"x3".
in
in
189.
can
2"
i^-"x
haps
Pereasier
is that shown
way
the
for
Regular
sills
an
house
and
best
large
too
These
gether
to-
for
had
you
first
nailed
be
by
dimensions
ground
Beginners
simpler design.
five feet
or
skill
some
for
Fig.
in
192,
which
three
cleats
or
cross
sills
laid and
are
the floor
directlyto
nailed
these.
When
the
lengthways
boards
in
shown
Fig.
192
nailed
are
to thefloor
boards
and
sills the
the
bottom
will be sufficiently
stiff
nailed
boards
windows,
should
ends
is
and
is
than
the
added.
a
The
be
to
being
posts
u})per
luxury
the
to
with
the
will
put
is
the
but
out;
the
main
the
should
ell
look
better
After
the outside
roofs
difficult
too
average
in
and
it
can
squirrel is
the
made
the
of
doors,
boarding
be
for
for
part of the house
the
also
be
can
openings
which
to
in, the
openings
of
box, the
Rafters
cupola
stairs, the
ends
corners
beads.
floors
which
first cut
nailed.
that
If
at
and
like
sheathing
Plain
gable.
house
together
etc.,
have
sides
The
squirrelhouse.
for
put
the
has
the
be
in
at
outside
been
the
at
of
each
this
boarded
cupola
be
can
omitted,
as
it
unaccustomed.
floors, the
doorways,
the
for Animals
Houses
wire
sleeping-box,the revolving
the
in
Fig.
house,
192
The
window
The
glass can
verticallyat
casings can
be
held
in
finished
place by strips,or
as
appearance.
outside.
the
rabbets
small
shown
of the
corners
by nailing stripson
made
be
outside
the
more
made
be
can
in
swing
the
tree, and
stairs
The
house, will give
real
the
cage,
Fig. 192.
stripsnailed
in
as
in
shown
cupola, are
139
can
be
shinglingof the roof, see Part

of
door
be made
III.
can
for Beginners). Each
{House-buildijig
tails,
a
singlepiece of board, cleated (seeDoors). For any other deand
III.
also Fait
the houses
building
{^Housesee
just described
cut
as
in
window
sash.
and
for Beginners).,
Several
Painting.
sizes
of various
cages
the
For
Fig.
shown
as
in
the
course,
the
depend
If you
a
occasion
have
water-tank
on
calls
such
for
should
be
the
hot
whole
tar
or
of
as
flat box
into
the
kinds
and
will
of
animals
suggest
selves
them-
them.
frogs, turtles, lizards, etc.,

This
provided.
pitch
surface
number
combinations
creatures
by taking a tightly made

pouring
together,
193.
the
Various
situation.
as
built
is merely a suggestion, for, of

Fig. 193, which
and
of comnumber
partments
shape, size, arrangement,
must
and
readily be
can
and
them
outside.
and
easily be
can
caulking
also
A
the
cracks,
tarring or
board
can
made
be
or
ing
paintfitted
form
in and
sunk
be
the
the
water.
inside
ground
Cage.
kitten,
carry
of
the
one
both
or
this
The
hens,
"
ends,
miniature
box
pond
of course,
must,
cage.
etc.,
also, the
see,
larger
small
box
squirrel, a bird,
Fig.
is
travelling,
and
bags
All
often
ples
princiPart
in
structures
baskets
often
so
219),
wire
netting), and
cloth
upper
moulding
is
wire
or
or
of
which
can
be
catch,
.0
If
smoothed
years.
the
and
round
this
hinged
nailed
fastened,
good plan
aroimd.
is
box
and
on
door
with
handle
the
is
serve
brads
be
of
neatly got
finished
it will
(to be
out
the
which
look
and
put
well
hook
where
and
to
be
together
and
serve
of
the
screw-
It
top.
is
parts,
Strips
edges
with
upon
two
lid.
or
the
along
box
in
(see
with
covered
made
door
fastened
the
stock
-|-"
of
box
side
as
than
purpose.
open
fastened
edges
to
when
animal,
better
small
opposite
to
can
the
side
one
the
much
and
make
with
P^ge
small
any
for
used
is to
is necessary
that
or
which
in
(Fig. 194)
194.
useful
very
Box-makings
eye
at
[House -building for Beginners).
Travelling
the
edge,
somewhat
of
Beginners
users
of
for
as
construction
the
to
which
of
larger houses,
of
III.
by
out
the
in
For
bottom
incline
an
crawl
can
the
from
slantingly
to
for
Wood-Working
I40
and
for
is
carried
fully
care-
many
IX
CHAPTER
FOR
IMPLEMENTS
Stilts.
"
of stilts.
There
The
OUTDOOR
is very
the
size and
skill.
as
the
The
hand,
little to say
construction
Fig.
or
can
short and
AND
about
depending
be
on
long,
strapped
141
the
manufacture
and
196),
196.
Fig.
either
ATHLETICS
(Figs. 195
is obvious
195.
arrangement
handles
SPORTS
to
your
or
the
own
reach
legs,
up
size
and
as
high
Tilt
See-Saw.
or
The
197.
make
work
Sine, Nailing, in Part

thick
dimensions
braces
EF
across
four
12"
stout
or
before
being
small
and
read
so
size
is shown
not
are
in
tliat it will not
look
in
more
width.
beginning
cut
at
the
plank
at
wire
nails
(3"
to
other
any
up
(Fig. 198) of
vided
pro-
tip over.
plank ij"
the
out
together,
put
references.
sound
any
Get
Rule, Square,
pieces
the
ends
(see Mitring). Square

middle
(Fig. 199). Drive
4" long, according

the
plank
nails
drive
and
thickness
line.
Stand
them
into
it
the
two
end
bit
(according to
at
the
right angles
with
in
place
thickness
the
with
of
plank
screws
boards
at
the
(see Boring)
of
the
from
too
right
with
holes
Bore
the
near
2^"
in each
pieces H,
plank), keeping
(see Screws), Screw
the
of
(Fig.200), keeping
get them
200.
or
through firmly
shown, taking pains

braces
line
the
to
this
on
^"
these
the
three
angles.
Fig.
of
the
plank) nearly through

these
piece A on end under
Fig. 199.
the
the
to
to
to
mitre
the
Screw
Fig.
necessary,
carefullyMarkings
V., and
standard
the
and
Beginners
197.
beginning
First make
of
it strong
Fig.
Before
One
"
proportions given
exact
you
2"
for
Wood-Working
142
not
as
to
edge.
3J" long
to
the
piece
this
frame
for Outdoor
Implements
cross-piecesC
the
on
but
throughout,
screws
and
strong wood,
2"
to
V. for these
should
Next
had
be
of
few
spruce,
the
on
which
shows
the
ash,
the
the
from
plank
from
the
top if necessary.
the
over
any
"^"
^
Fig.
201.
tilting-plankat the middle (Fig. 201,

tween
beside of the plank),so that the spaces
little wider
allow
to
than
the
the
thickness
plank
tilt
to
the
of
right
upNail
freely.
keep
to
off
little
of
or
the
slipping
edges
pine,
them
screw
sideways, shaving
hard
under
edge,
top edge of A.
14'.
cleats
just enough
"
or
planed.
of
will be
piece
strips on
and
side
under
them
the
thicker,
or
square,
used
plane, drawknife,
"
be
can
the
or
be
course
out
get
^
With
tools),round
of
to
12'
be
can
Nails
shown.
143
best be from
thick, according
which
length,
as
better.
tilting-plankshould
The
It
D,
are
spokeshave (see Part
ij"
and
Sports
at
the
Finally run
with
edges
j)lane
(see Plane),
and
sandpaper
the
to
slivers.
prevent
plank
Simply paint or
Painting
A
Fig.
adjustable
First get
205).
on
The
which
out
to
the
different
main
202.
pieces
to
is shown
the dimensions
or
ing).
Finish-
larger
and
elaborate
more
heights,
(see
varnish
and
in
Fig.
fair,
af-
202.
(Figs.203,
into the
be mortised
upright pieces should
they rest (Fig. 206) (see Mortising). Gauge
oil
204,
planks
a
line
Implements
Iron
rods
The
tilting-plankshould
with
thread
be
can
nut
used
of the
iron
rod
on
plank
rests
will
keep
slipping
from
The
plank
the
to
be
rod
iron
by
staples, or
even
bearing
(Fig.210).
between
Smooth
the
plank.
straps
and
2"
of
plank.
"
or
box-like
made
Fig.
Fig.
209.
210.
be
can
the
Simply paint
or
the
and
plank
with
edges
long,
rod
fastened
Washers
placed
18'
or
(Fig. 209).
wish
place.
quickly
be
can
16'
be
if you
145
the
the
of
braces,
Sports
end
which
out
can
for
one
on
for Outdoor
plane (see Plane)

oil
if
uprights
and
varnish
skis
as
and
necessary.
the
sandpaper
(see Fainting
and
should
be
Finishing)
.
Skis.
of
rift
To
"
make
stock, that
seldom
may
be
Good
be
perfect
as
practicable for
you
get
possible. Always
avoid
is to
be
which
has
Ash
been
is very
oak,
strong;
wood
is
sudden
to
put
will
do, if
seasoned
(white
in other
underneath
too
weight
better
used
of
in
very
foot
skis from
the
ones
in
body.
are
rude
Any
it, for
and
forms
"
is not
curve
so
as
made.
two
III.).
light and
elastic
and
get stock
and
convex
which
get that
can
strong
which
is satisfactory
upward
curve
elasticityand
hollowed
becoming
anything
spruce,
can
much
too
necessary,
Skis
strips of
if
air-dried
"
upward
curve
gives spring
purposely
best);
If you
heavy.
This
for
but
answer,
(see Chapter
heavy.
good
will
strain, if you
the
ash
respects, take
the
the
but
not
stock
kiln-dried
sary.
really neces-
is not
stock
this
; but
sawed
stock
clear, strong
naturally
naturally sprung
prevent
savêd
violent
strong
and
you
and
good
of
instead
is, split out
straight-grained
that
sure
possible they
are
wood
helps
by
but
the
the
sometimes
with
the
146
front
Wood-Working
ends
shaved
down
be
can
very
unsatisfactory.
even
Before
and
made
ones
beginning
for
of
work
bent
at
up
from
staves
read
Beginners
barrels, but
carefullyMarking,
Draivknife, Plane, Spokeshave, in
Part
V., and
Small
angle.
an
these
are
Rule, Square,
look
any
other
length
for
up
references.
First get
is
man
used
to
4"
the
as
wide
will
12'
as
probably
Fig.
from
the
on
Fig.
211.
Fig.
212.
From
can
you
Next
cut
make
(Fig. 212), noticing
that
the
out
the
pieces
after
Paring, etc.).
former
showing
ends, but
as
the
214.
Good
sections
toe
is
at
ends,
as
where
the
shown
the
middle
approached
the
the
the
toe
care
make
than
too
in
Figs.
and
the
top should
down
stock
may
bends
up.
This
unless
the
straight, for
are
towards
is shaved
that
so
the
is thinner
and
end
slashing will
forms
pend
de-
drawing
thinner
end
quickly
be thin
for
pattern
forward
is very
1- JG.
213.
3^-"
from
for^vard
are
both
requires great
Fig.
and
dimensions
the
the
taper
the
more
rr77777Z77777^
but
long
edges alike by drawing

spline (see Spline)on a piece of
mark
can
8'
5' to
you,
The
4", though they
about
Next
with
or
width
right for
be
size.
required
the
course.
which
wood.
the
13'.
or
You
211.
free-hand
stiff paper,
of
8' and
size, of
your
curve
ends
long
even
in
curve
pieces
usually about
on
shown
the
out
little
deep
213
grain
and
latter
cut
(see
214,
the
nearer
become
hasty
the
flat for
for Outdoor
Implements
in
ease
This
bending.
knife, spokeshave,
Bend
is
line
to
FiG.
215.
in
gain
no
the
their
ensure
riding clear
Fig.
curling them
parallel lines
for the
with
gouge
unless
Gj'ooviftg)
and
purpose.'
this
for
the
where
the
stick
toe,
straps just forward

balancing point. These
through
the
the
skis
slots
cut
of
and
cut
with
'
in the
thin
All
of
bevelling
for that
slots
but
edges
the
be
can
and
edges,
as
Fig.
218.
the
rounding
with
(see
they
better
is
way
Gauge
in
bore
be
screwed
even
proach
ap-
cleaned
and
way
on
of
at
the
bevelling can
put
from
both
with
out
fully as
Fig.
chisel
and
saw
to
and
mill, leaving
ends
be
for
done
you
by
them
to
do
machine.
chisel
is
221.
Some
the
sides
strong
cover
(Fig. 218).
any
the
to
accurately for
220.
cheaply
bending
or
or
and
then
screwed
done
h.x\ easier
(Fig. 217)
this work
chisel
plane designed
shallower
(Fig. 216).
Fig.
strips securely
matter
riveted
must
219.
of the
the
the
wood
both
on
The
grooves
Work
on
be
can
(see Mortising).
file
Fig.
to
of
(Fig. 215),
slots,marking
(see Boring).
grooves
the
(see
stout
put
leather
edges
and
gauge
groove
lengthways
fingerand
your
bottom.
have
to
over,
saw
bend-
of
up.
skis
the
or
leaving
no
the
chance
these
the
there
217.
process
skis
the
on
with
or
the
For
grooves
zontal
hori-
the
above
Fig.
turning
you
Make
bends
toe
Balance
a
the
6"
2i6.
Then
Wood.
Gauge)
Gouge
draw-
the
by
obstructions,but
of
foot
up
Bending
out
done
be
about
upwards
toes
ing, see
grooves
best
can
147
plane.
or
points of
the
shaping
Sports
them
use
rounding
or
yourself, and
Wood-Working
148
lighter strap
second
the
to
if you
edges
(Figs.219
the
be
skis
round
make
The
the
at
up
be
stick
the
then
in
hole
disk
the
the
of
pole,
must
end
to
vent
pre-
racing the
For
also.
To
Sticks).
down
shape
the
end
quite
be
not
the
at
can
whole
get the
to
large as
so
the
the
222.
it
that
so
(Fig. 221),
used."
step
in-
the
light,strong stuff,and
of
side
each
plane
screwed
under
across
heel
rear
be
can
uniformly eight-sided for
Fig.
diameter
the
sometimes
skis,must
the
first and
taper.
behind
are
turned
This
heel.
Strips screwed
220), or
are
the
Bcginncis
eight-sided (see Rounding
or
tapering end
length
it.
sliding back
pole, like
The
above
go
use
and
foot
Norwegian
to
for
the
than
farther
slip up
cannot
tapering part (Fig. 222). Many dispense with the disk.

skis and
Finally smooth
(see Scraper)
pole with scraper
glass,and sandpaper (see Sandpaper)^ and finish with plenty
linseed
raw
oil
with
or
coats
(see Finishing).
filled
to
This
is
strips, in principle
much
Toboggan.
'
"
heel
the
Alec
Mrs.
The
in
heel
well
are
sort
of
full
over
can
At
securely
loosen
boot
by
has
large piece
top
the
to
and
back
the
it,and
skis
way
the
boot.
the
only
boot
thick
secured
of
are
boot
is
sole
what
is
fixed
small
on
but
the
Norway
strap
at
goes
the
strap, which
ski,
goes
thick
of
the
is to
undo
is
round
the
so
to
giving
horsehair
sewn
is
called
is used
boot
by
being
foot
the
be
side
time
same
instead
under
ordinarily
the foot
narrow
enormously
all, and,
which
of
placed
Another
might
to extricate
in
over
worn
at
skis
worn
strap.
leather
to
Once
way
rubbed
be
made
several
leather
hard
no
of
be
can
filler well
also
can
commonly
like
special ski
it
wood-
good
bottoms
loop fashion, securing the foot,
This
the
the
now
of the
says
fastened
play.
sides, the
tongue.
ski
Tweedie
toes
stockings.
the
"
of
coat
is used
wood
wish.
tallow, if you
or
wax
with
advantage
(see Finishing),and
in
rubbed
with
good
open-grained
If
of
successive
in
varnish,
and
oil, shellac,
or
brought
leather
fasten
secure
the three
at
no
the
fall
straps,"
for Outdoor
Implements
side
of
one
oak
White
and
hickory
has
and
the
this may
or
be
than
sawed,
straightest-grained clear
the
bending
kiln-dried
if
of
Indians
toboggan
of
binding
the
this way
cords
fit
20"
size
22"
to
18"
8'
is
size
for
more
persons.
will
the
three
probably
the stock
rough
most
be
of the
be
rift,or
select
to
sure
find, for, besides
strain
put
it in
upon
stock
air-dried
or
is the
the
they
work
old
avoid
and
to
greater degree than

in
the
in
will be
V., and
quickly
vary
is
equalitie
in-
possible
try
can
be
prefer, but
the
for
bottom
the
to
You
use.
if you
given below,
the
gives great
itself
adjust
to
joints now
read
This
thongs.
toboggan
the
fasten
to
adopted by
way
thongs
or
through.
worn
carefullyMarkiiig^ Ride^ Square^
look
up
any
other
3' long by i' wide

wide; 4' long by 15" or 16" wide
can
toboggan;
by
in,
Plane, in Part
The
be
can
case
should
can
you
lashing with
of that
beginning
Before
in the
scientific way
most
little grooves
cut
to
Saw,
or
surface
instead
to
and
tightly fastened
the
which
for you,
use
Ash,
woods.
straight grain; but,
is great
reason
together
allows
of
sure
best
elasticityand
with
same
Indians.
possible.
the
Probably
parts
the
For
coasting.
As
ensure
stock
ends, there
best
pieces
question
the
of the
to
the
by
wood
used.
be
of the
out
the
149
pattern, formed
older
hard
any
possible the
best
rather
the
probably
elasticitycan
ski, to make
splitout,
than
are
birch, basswood,
maple,
as
make
to
pieces, as originallymade
wide
two
or
bent
form
easier
an
"
Sports
from
to
is
references.
10'
or
good
12'
for
long by
single
long
good
or
You
Fig.
find
readily in
will l)e thick
the form
of 12' boards.
enough, though
(rough)or |" (planed) boards.
223.
Let
us
you
make
may
an
One-lialf
have
8'
to
inch
take
in
inch
toboggan (Fig.
Wood-Working
150
223).
10'
Have
the
long, 2^" wide,
thickness.
15"
or
stock
they
the
at
do
but
If
i)laned
and
not
are
tapered
forward
shave
not
Tor
them
the
(seeScraper)
Fni.
224
though
the
Plane
long
be
thick
tapered
the
and
edges,
(halfof
and
strip(Fig.224).
each
countersink
the
that
surface
them
heads
cleats
seven
Now
beginning
the
of
(see Screws),
Then
put
home,
and
cleat.
and
screw
the
Square
on
the
on
mark
18"
be
long,
f"
forward
-J"
three
great
at
stripsand
cross
than
corners
thin
to
that
and
sink
counter-
the
bore
the
edges
or
not
care
Mark
holes
Countersink),so
and
any
so
(see
end
eightcleats and, laying

in the
prevent
put
Screw
the
at
on
one
square,
the
screws
other
the
of
the
every
cleats.
The
8' from
end
rear
this
end
of
and
screw
the
driving
them
screws,
ends
across
other
can
should
slightlylower
very
side.
under
they
about
points for
holes
Take
intermediate
lines
the
to
18"
one.
with
off the
saw
the
the
long stripsare
curve.
test
in
the
cleat, to be
one
go,
surface.
this first
by
take
to
hand.
cleats
wide
and
fairly
by
cleats
long
at
take
will be
screws
the
for
through
come
may
bent
are
them
edges
three
18"
bent
be
barely enough
deeply,
too
by^ hand,
or
If
carefully (see Boring
the
sticking above
from
necessary
smoothed
the
or
^\-"or ^'
Bore
very
of
sunk
"
scraper
do).
will
it is
stripsas
the
two
piece
one
now
long strips must
Bending Wood). After they
across
hardly
cross-bars
narrow,
also
out
The
one
and
leave
wide.
3"
if
broomstick
hardwood
eight
i-J" to
Get
ij" wide,
^" thick, and
little nicer
and
will
planer
out
get
from
(Fig. 224).
rounded
look
Next
the
at
will
they
edges.
f"
surfaces
surfaces
u])per
Draiv-
as
smooth,
the
plane
and
plane
12"
easily,
more
bottom
It is
^J" in
for
Phmc
strips with
the
to
bent
Smooth
shave).
about
than
thickness
(see
much
strips
more
be
can
in
nor
little in
too
of
^"
than
they
down
sawed'
and
less
end
Beginners
cleat
in
place
other
all
end.
firmly
long stripsjust beyond
foot
to
the
length
of
curve
the
at
screws
the
the
this
front,
(which
for Outdoor
Implements
quite stout)should
be
can
quite, go through
this
about
smaller
cleats
cleat
(stouter)
is to
curve
this
by
tend
inside
on
the
outside
and
then
the
at
the
ends
be
can
is
thicker
every
(say -J")and
fasten
to
can
thicker
cleats
and
be
plane
of any
naturally
in the
required
place
where
of the
the
strips
other
mon
com-
cross-cleat
side
the
side
each
at
bars
to
or
screw-eyes,
the under
side of these
they
screwed
on,
through
these
are
cord
or
be
can
in
lashed
Fig.
side
The
place.
225.
bars
eight-sided (see Rounding Sticks)
or
you
strips
of
out
the
bottom
oil,shellac, and
If
open-grained
with
advantage
and
Finishi?ig),
if you
remaining
strong wood.
with
the
plenty
varnish, in successive
is used
wood
of
coat
finish with
and
be
can
waxed
be
oil,
ing).
(see Finishfilled
(see
in
with
rubbed
good
to
rubbed
well
or
linseed
raw
coats
can
wood-filler
good
bottom
it
of
tallow,
wish.
If you
are
willingto
off
fe
on
before
round
Sandpaper
or
cut
side-bars
the
the
last put
will
stout
by passing thongs
notches
can
and
large
notches
the
the
at
careful
screw
projectingends
(Fig. 223).
make
with
these
Screw
curve
cleat
fastened
top of the cross-cleats

way
Then
not
(Fig. 225).
beneath
cleat
Side hand-rails
on
the
of
(which
curve
the
positionto
the
Be
toboggan.
curve.
off the
saw
almost, but
be filed off.
to
of
straighten somewhat)
to
of the
the
of
will
they
151
By thongs, belt-lacing,or
cleat.
fasten
on
the
end,
cord
strong
have
on
that
side
under
points will
the
or
the
to
such
be
Sports
-a
two
outer
middle
the
take
some
to
side
one
in
put
the
of each
of
time),it will
it done
at
you
the
ones) so as to
(Fig. 226).
leave
be best
not
mill.
the
Unless
it
to
bevel
can
or
slope
long strips (except
do
pains enough
have
labour
strip thickest
you
attempt
If you
have
in
willing to
are
nicely (which
to
the
will take
it at
a
all,or
good
hill
for Outdoor
Implements
The
and
arrow
cut
to
the
carpenter
with
get
can
at
or
work
of the
groove
skilled,you
the
of
parts
arrangement
accurate
an
are
you
by
difficult
most
for
groove
Much
be
unless
enough
must
it sufficient
allow
to
done
triggerlong
for the
cut
the
is needed
care
by having this
(see Mortising)
result
mortise
153
(see Gotige),and,
gouge
truer
mill.
the
are
trigger.
Sports
play (Fig.229). The

of the
arrangement
is shown
in
elastic
Fig.
trigger)must
be
leverage)to
underneath
(at the
lower
sufficiently
powerful (combined
with
that
so
elastic
it.
The
barrel
but
open
makes
top
on
232).
In
that
(Fig.230) or
when
the
case
back
there
on
and
forth
Fig.
you
drawn.
The
nail, so
make
can
trigger can
that
when
be
pulled
the
on
must
be
will be
(Fig. 232).
arrow,
the
upper
trigger
pieces (Fig".
the
ing
groov-
be
can
groove
thin
strip(Figs.231
in the
made
a
long
With
of
its additional
the
obviates
end
the
hold
of three
which
left
and
barrel,
slot in which
this arrange-
232
(Fig. 233)
notch
and
The
with
depression
stripis put
play
stock,
covered
propels
finger
built
otherwise.
work
more
the
is sometimes
gun
which
position
of
pressure
231.
ment
or
the
the latter
stringcan
FiG.
of
the
in
sliowing section)of thinner
230,
the
until
drawn,
releases
so
remain
trigger will
the
elastic
the
balance
The
229.
230.
barrel
the
Fig.
trigger
of wood
the
or
to
hold
wire, pivoted
string will
be
cord
the
pushed
on
up
when
screw
and
leased
re-
(Fig. 233).
A
tube
is sometimes
fastened
to
the
barrel, as
in
real
gun,
and
in
ends
The
they
case
piece
inserted
cord
elastic
upper
Another
form
To
and
finish
that
with
finished
be
to
arrows,
to
screw-eyes
at
235.
Fig.
236.
thong
wear
better
Fig.
point.
in
fine
oil
with
235,
which
also
can
scraped (see Scraper)
be
should
(see Sandpaper).
sandpaper
and
Fig.
It
can
237.
shellac
or
varnish
(see Shellac^
These
the
start
ing)
Finish
Va rnish
to
fastened
be
can
of the
Fig.
then
tube
(Fig. 234).
middle
nicely, it
gun
sandpapered
the
to
triggeris shown
(Fig. 236).
of
the
Beginners
234.
of stiff wire
made
be
at
cord
of leather
will
cord
rubber
the
used
are
the
at
Fig.
than
fitted
elastic
the
of
the muzzle.
or
is sometimes
plunger
bullets
or
for
Wood-Working
'54
methods
same
of construction
be
of course,
can,
applied
pistol.
bow-gun
or
crossbow
(Fig. 237)
principle,using a
^==a^
and
inserting it
enlargement
Fio.
23S.
(Fig.238).
be
can
bow
in
made
instead
hole
of the under
made
on
the
of the
same
elastic,
through
side of the
an
barrel
for Outdoor
Implements
is
sleds
"Common
Sleds.
hardly
while,
worth
that
usage,
wish
few
make
to
Take
Avoid
making
twelve
inches
your
high
requires much
Saw^
in Part
The
Fig.
other
carefully on
runners
(Fig.239), and
(see Boring).
rope
by machine,
Get
wide,
at
out
and
each
mortises
Put
and
strong
the
see
other
wood;
^
them
sawing
out
the
that
the
curves
these
the
the
are
with
parts together, forming
holes
the
same
them
on
for
the
sawed
each.
2"
about
shoulder
and
runners
ing
working-draw-
have
or
the
Mark
do.
your
bore
runners,
-|"to \^' thick,
in
(seeMortisi?ig)
to
out
from
Mark
will
stock
according
Saw
shov/n.
Rule^ Square^
straight-grained
oak,
of
be
cross-pieces (Fig.240)
as
sled, and
references.
three
end
or
239.
wood,
before
low
carefullyMarking,
any
up
than
ten
one
as
you.
strong.
should
cross-pieces
and
maple, ash, or
be
to
read
work
suits
which
sled
better
no
should
yourself.
high, however,
too
are
rough
little
if you
it
that
Many
so
of value
one
any
will coast
look
V., and
runners
sled
bracing
more
beginning
Before
from
dimensions
the
them.
stand
be
suggestions may
really serviceable
155
cheaply
so
make
to
will
and
however,
poorly made,
so
rule,
as
bought
be
can
Sports
cut
the
y\q.. 240.
(Fig.239).
the
frame
of
the
sled
(Fig.
241), driving
the
irons
The
pin through
in
shown
seat
between
The
may
and
thickness
of
laying out
the
the
stock
will
used
with
iron
be
can
In
in
in mind
borne
smooth
as
(see
hand
is necessary
as
Plane
of steel
case
the
on
runners
irons, or
place.
edge,
be
steel
irons
spring
far
irons
The
242.
can
round
so
and
Scraper^
The
half-round
irons
be
must
runners.
surface.
slightlygrooved
the
seat
Fig.
nicer
the ends.
at
keep
to
fitted
be
to
241.
with
blacksmith's
the
at
give
the
is
and
cross-pieces(see Strmcs).
the
course,
by
adding
and
tenon
242.
in the
is, of
stock
and
tlie runners,
to
for
mortises
Fig.
Sandpaper)
than
smoothing
sled, but
and
241
screwed
be
to
Machine-planed
for
Figs.
Beginners
mortise
each
thinner
be
them
when
for
Wood-Working"
i5"^
as
be
can
the
ners
run-
be
may
be
can
shod
cessary
ne-
to
"
in
diameter.
Finish
paint (see Painting)
with
with
or
oil,shellac, and
nish
var-
(see Finishi7ig).
A
built
"
to
good
described,
are
"
double-runner,"
well
braced,
or
ready-made
together,
the
as
strain
the
double-runner
the
height
smooth,
and
and
high seat,
is
with
ones
of
upon
a
width,
matter
the
comfortable
be
them
of
safe
is
sled
made
be
can
See
used.
choice, of
coasting
there
is
foot-board
on
no
as
just
they
securely
As
course.
if the
be
length
The
great.
can
that
and
width,
same
however,
comparatively
a
sleds
can
"
traverse
or
The
advantage.
put
"
bob,"
is
to
straight,
objection
each
of
side
to
for the
for Outdoor
Implements
passengers' feet, if
hills,with
long, rough
on
taken
in
coasting
for
real fun
sled; which
is
of the
height
in Part
The
seat-board
down
read
work
look
wide.
8'
from
long
a
very
i:^"plank
sled
long
either
must
which
which
use
should
quite
the
to
stiffened
will
add
or
to
plank
the
of
expense
defects, as
yielding and
Clear
of
hard
strain
good quality will
pine
do.
or
The
ash
i6'
keep
the
less.
Rule, Square,
and
12"
about
rods
and
labour.
is
rear
have
with
or
short
to
free
good,
end
can
sag
bad
plank
bridge,
be
of
knots
be
not
or
too
inconveniently.
plank
be
the
or
should
should
you
stiffness,
like
from
It
that
necessary
It
if
make
to
beginning,
beneath
it may
seat, but
in mind
double-runner,
it is great.
springy, however,
Southern
(Fig. 243).
upon
get the
strong, elastic,straight-grainedwood,
the
for
before
to
the
"
trussed
sleds
of
and
or
long,
If you
consider,
thick
the
243,
used.
weight
"
i6'
to
of
references.
is sufficient
be
should
you
a
will add
be
must
thickness
Board
other
any
kind
"
track
carefully Marking,
up
be
can
lo"
be
to
luxurious
Make
"
the
for
the
"
the
avoid
about
to
Fig.
14"
speed
seen.
coast
to
pitches
long sled, however),
top-board
V., and
wîde
too
very
beginning
Before
Saw,
frequently
not
and
"
157
going
are
curves
exhilaration
and
(i8''is
if you
whirlwind
at
double-runners
broad
But
sudden
and
uncertainty
top-heavy
rather
wish.
you
Sports
of stiff spruce
rounded,
as
shown
is sufficient
Machine-planing
the
but
should
edges
file
To
the
front
sides
the
for
off with
(see Spokeshave^ Rasp^
enable
Beginners
sled
the
and
to
2"
plank,
of the
toward
the
ends
and
other
the
the
across
accurately
centres
Fig.
not
be
can
is used
washer
the
as
side.
under
when
it diminishes
as
the
front
of
these
one
the
and
the
the
top
the
seat-board
front
front
the
each
top of the
sled
carefully with
The
of
centre
the
of
sled
turns.
bit
yV
should
freely
easily,and
have
plenty
of
the
but
make
to
rickety.
double-runner
cross-pieces.
which
and
fit looselyenough
of
seat-board
bore
very
245.
across
through
and
play,
washer
the
Screw
side
lower
king-bolt (see Boring).
the
turn
244,
244.
(see Scre7vs)â hole being bored

cross-piece (as well as through the
front
sled) for the king-bolt upon
the
Fig.
being tapered
friction
pieces firmly
bolt should
rasp
pieces
long
as
on
is turned.
sled
larger than
and
the
or
two
in
sled, one
the
these
out
tapering is important,
The
Find
and
splinters.
shown
as
wide
3"
width
sled
seat-plank,
plane, spokeshave,
properly, get
about
front
the
File) to prevent
turn
of
Fig.
of
planed carefully (see Phuie)^
be
angles slightlyrounded
and
for
Wood-Working
158
inserted
Sometimes
to
lessen
the
between
thick
the
rubber
(Fig.
shock
245).
To
give the
to
play up
sideways)
of
in
shown
246)
is
in
the
Fig.
good.
ends
and
of the
down
passing
surface
243
Do
rear
sled freedom
(withoutturning
over
the
arrangement
(and enlarged
not
make
equities
in-
the
this
in
Fi"^^^-246-
Fig.
of
J"
stock.
Pieces
of
plank
for Outdoor
Implements
should
will be
board
pins
the
at
and
raised
equally
is
in
holes
the
the
from
should
better) and
The
front
be
that
arranged
so
and
be
the
seat-
sleds.
rear
The
i" in
less than
not
(see Paring
carefully cut
is
159
to
have
them
turned
rocker-shaped pieces.
The
latter
should
Roundiiig Sticks).
fit the
being
cross-piece should
the
of
ends
(ij"
diameter
dimensions
used, the
be
Sports
best
way
to
be
longenough (abouti')to prevent danger of the woodbreaking apart

for screwing firmly to the seat-board.
the hole and
to allow
near
Another
with
247),
the
board,
of the
Many
forward
sled
is
simple
arm,
by
many
seat-
much
too
^^'
former.
end
steering have
for
the
the
is
coast
The
steersmen.
brace
for the
seat-board
feet
Fjg.
way
of
by
the
high degree
tackle
'
and
Various
arms
can
legs alone.
of control
leaves
the
contrivances
reinforce
It is
of the
seat-board
for
hold
the
forward
free
steering with
possessed
be
bolted
screwed
the
brace
for the
in
more
securely.
sled
the
tops of
the
this
In
steeringcan
the
method,
without
from
(Fig. 243),
sled
legs,or
to
equally
gain
effective
very
is
Another
forward
it
steadiness
and
strongly
against,
(Fig. 248),
than
screw
shallow
to
runners
steeringthe
be done
a
248.
is to
the
cuttinga
hand
beneath.
way
upon
in the
cleat
feet
feet should
or
and
simple
the
dangerous,
or
above
brace
strength
more
rough
the
"
to
^'*'^'
invented.
been
held
ropes
though requiring
way,
when
seat-board
the
of
being guided by
the
of
the
to
arrangements
the
play.
be fastened
prevent
to
dropping
of
can
sled
rear
allow
to
amount
chain
or
the
from
holes
necessary
Ropes
at
the
cross-cleats
two
use
loose
being
bolts
in
enough
to
(Fig.
washers
rubber
the
is
adopted,
(queen-bolts)
bolts
two
thick
and
sometimes
way,
which
gives
cumbersome
of obstructions.'
wheel
or
cross-bar
are
sometimes
Outdoor
Implements for
he
do),the
has
had
brake
best
obvious
some
but
quickly
safely and
can
The
worked
is
runner
shows
rear
254),
of
would
full
the
few
of
of
the
the
the
often
chain
holding
of
be
worked
small
255.
3" long,
of
up
the
the
This
rear.
in the
by
country
chain
the
of
plan,
(being
dotted
the
or
chain
254
forward
top view
beneath
lines,but
seat-board
some
Fig.
drawing, they
the
have
you
runners.
either
the
under
the
or
(Fig.
seat)
in this case,
are
shown
by
transparent.
were
in
is shown
Fig.
perhaps
the
to
and
seat
middle
"2,
is screwed
the
if the
look
block
of
the
from
In
size
the
to
given below,
are
used
under
arrangement
small
would
ideas
thing
easy
the
at
braking, provided
of
can
an
254.
double-runner.
lines,as they
way
side
ordinarilybe represented by
account
on
method
v/hich
details
the
the rider
sleds,of dropping
dropping
of
method
end
loaded
effective
an
method
sure
heavily
of
by
so
Fig.
drivers
hand
thoroughly satisfactory.
as
primitiveway,
simple and
(not
by
disadvantages.
recommended
not
are
be
brake
t6i
Sports
under
chain
is
against it by the pivoted bar

(which is pivoted to the seat-
held
b
board
by
bolt
is
and
kept
in
Fig.
positionby
the
under
side
which
prevents
of
spring),and
which
the
chain
on
piece
from
255.
the
of
metal
is screwed
dropping.
The
end
at
one
of
the
end,
bar
Wood-Working
62
is connected
pushed
the
by
the
by
block
of
runners
to
runner
wire
with
the
the
rear
foot
chain
the
falls
Fig. 256
P)eginners
in front.
Wlien
is
bar
its
own
is
the lever
pulled
from
away
the
weight under
quickly brings the double-
by
sled, which
standstill.
tlie lever
steersman's
and
for
the
shows
bar
in
held
position
Sprtn"i
Fig.
the
the
lever
has
end
pulled
the
by
of
into
the
(Fig. 258),
or
you
of
braking
from
the
surface
used, and
handle
and
and
lower
Fig.
the
260
when
prongs
rod,
be
not
be
used
is
by
end
of
one
sled.
view
the
worked
from
the
the
wire
directly
of
means
is
crooked
pulled
shows
form
dig
times
some-
position of
blacksmith
can
is attached
sled.
which
the
similar
steersman's
the
prong,
The
259.
attached
as
Fig.
to
the
side
under
suggested (side view)
double-runner
shellac, followed
after
should
a
day
260.
be
or
two
the
in
Fig.
seat-board,
by
One
can
be
coat
ranged
ar-
260a.
thoroughly oiled,
by
rangement
ar-
foot
desired.
if
of
work
to
rear
be
can
contrived
the
arrange
to
by
up
which
prongs
this apparatus,
Fig.
be
to
raised.
showing
Any
use.
after
allows
which
259
bar
worked
more
Fig.
top
in
or
the
which
be
can
to
one
part has
stop
it
lever
sometimes
iron
an
of
space
can
where
contrive
can
open
2^S.
by simply having
double-runner
the
while
the
position
apparatus
same
hand
hand
the
The
the
with
pressed,
back
formed
lever
shows
257
led
method
been
drop.
to
rear
Fig.
spring.
by
chain
Fig.
256.
coat
of
and
varnish, will
of
add
for Outdoor
Implements
much
If
have
you
the
than
swivel
by
like
"
to
Fig.
of
long hook-and-ladder
double-runner
for
for
enough
roomy
which
Some
with
the
will
answer
of
mechanism
the
of you
either
of apparatus,
supported
by fastening
and
of
to
to
right
way
the
and
the
If indoors
story of
next
have
a
barn
take
the
makes
last
not
the
movable
"
gym
generation
well
room
a
but
the
will
grows
is
indoors
last until
up
ventilated.
capitalgymnasium.
winter,
fix
you
to
Often
The
even
usually
to
of
any
posure
ex-
things
the
during
the
it is
build
or
ages
disadvant-
account
on
parts
pieces
ground,
or
cerned.
con-
apparatus
obvious
long
is
more
apparatus
weather
so
muscle
or
the
If, however,
"
room
moderate
at
outdoor
into
has
up
one
Much
bad
in
weather.
such
weather,
until
usable
will
place for
outdoor
but
vacant
of
primitive compared
getting
as
a
number
some
of
out
college gymnasium,
driven
make,
to
rather
out.
or
The
trees.
and
find
posts
on
being
not
far
so
can
mand
com-
building
any
fitted
be
modern
indoors
cheaper
extent,
great
of
up
of
can
be
may
purpose
Most
easier
it
put
use
be
cases,
sometimes
but
get the
and
gives good
most
to
attempt
satisfactory apparatus
expense.
be
will, in
gym,"
together
club
can
you
"
It
"
to
you
This
truck.
curves.
on
Apparatus.
question
260a.
the
after
Gymnastic
the
other
someone
steersman,
of the
or
by
steered
be
to
second
fashion
bad
worked
be
front
the
somewhat
can
is
arranged
and
a
it should
gong,
sled
rear
sometimes
sled
Lubricate
tallow.
or
soap
its appearance.
to
as
i6
steersman.
The
in
with
working parts
the
well
durabilityas
its
to
Sports
outgrown,
a
new
one.
the
second
few
simple
pieces of apparatus
as
it is of
to
arrange
to
suit
white
and
as
parts
an
pine,
the
as
is
for such
only
amateur)
depend
5' 6",
19",and
obliged
proportions
or
the
the
upon
width
length
in
Fig.
gymnastic
violent
stand
and
poles,
Of
and
kilnoften
inelastic, and
should
paratus.
apstrain
possible, avoiding
(and
261.
for
course
be
used,
as
(between
6'
to
the
beyond
not
The
height
skill
of
must,
261.
gymnast,
inside
from
purposes
spruce.
form
the
if
woods
useful
is shown
for
some
(see Chapter III.).
toughest
for
bars, vaulting
brittle
more
uses
the
Bars."
is to
stock,
Fig.
to
will be
designs
suitable
are
horizontal
ash, hickory, oak,
course,
independently,
you
pine, and
which
"^z"-dried
latter
the
Parallel
of
the
vary
everything
things, use
utterly unfit
white
tell how
to
ash, hickory, oak, hard
wrenching,
dried,
can
treated
circumstances.
For
such
You
Beginners
will be
impossible
them.
fir,spruce,
such
here
given
course
the
White
or
for
Wood-Working
164
8'.
and
can
the
range
bars)
from
from
3' 6"
14"
to
for Outdoor
Implements
work
beginning
Before
Saiv, Plane, in Part

The
base
planks,
as
be
the
base
pair of
intersections
(see
bars
stock
the
planks
upright posts should be of strong

less than
2" x 4" (unless for a very
pair
and
These
The
oak,
of
bars) and
bottom,
should
joints should
bars
hard
be
themselves
pine
be
in
shown
as
can
be
by
6"
(see
screws
be
may
The
not
2"
of
for
lighter.
somewhat
be
can
pieces
thicker
case
small
the
Rule, Square,
made
fastened
and
165
references.
simply
be
can
Fig. 262,
their
at
in which
For
in
other
any
up
Fig. 261,
shown
as
halved
Halving),
used.
in
carefullyMarkings
look
apparatus
shown
Screivs),or,
can
V., and
the
of
read
Sports
mortised
wood
small
at
Figs. 263
262.
Fig.
top
and
(see Mortising).
264
pinned.
should
be
used),
not
the
of
less
than
2"
pair
of
small
(hickory,
x
3" (unlessfor a
bars). The
rangement
ar-
white
best
and
iron braces
After
fitted
the
is
ash
object
of
the
plain.
apparatus
together, take
is
off the
all
bars
I^"'-^J
Fig.
and
carefully
Rounding
Fig.
263.
round
Sticks).
the
The
top
ends
edges
which
for
the
entire
project beyond
264.
length (see
the
posts
can
66
Wood-Working
also
be
rounded
section, as shown),
(/. c,
side
under
is sufficient
which
themselves,
Beginners
should
be
rounded)
so
given
in addition
This
base
directly to
the
blocks
be
so
floor.
bars
Parallel
setting
four
ground,
at
the
by
posts
frost and
tenon,
This
bar
or
stick.
can
be
varnished
thickness
at
outside, to
the
Horizontal
Before
Saw,
the
Bar.
"
beginning
Plane, in
Part
work
can
base
of
each
post
4") firmly
the
the
to
both
on
the
tops of
the
The
of
account
earth
should
sharp-pointed
thoroughly
tapered
in the
movable
(Fig. 263).
with
posts
by simply
use
should
toward
oiled
be
of
the
and
good
top,
on
bars.
suitable
for
the
amateur
Fig. 265.
read
V., and
floor,
shown
be
be
design
in
the
bars
them
The
of the
3"
ground,
should
but
thickness
in
specifiedfor
as
around
apparatus
of
cut
steadiness, and
down
is shown
wood-worker
below
more
ground,
themselves,
posts fastened
outdoor
than
less
(see Finishing).
the
for
already
as
increased
give
to
(see
post will fit.
the
apart
the
the
fastening the
and
thoroughly tamped
be
(not
and
3' or
can
varnish
or
bars
be
cannot
floor around
distances
reach
desired, and
readily made
above,
mortise
posts should
the
be
same
if
w^hich
upright posts
described
bars
the
into
can
or
being portable, but
of
advantage
mortises
If
socket
the
to
them.
thoroughly,
shellac
or
use.
omitted,
be
can
screwed
form
to
as
has
The
with
contact
oiled
of
coals
more
polished by
the
can
or
of
case
simply
be
can
whole
(/.e., slightly bevelled
in
sharp
the
hand.
by
of oil is sufficient for the
arrangement
course
"
hand
by
course,
if smoothed
broken
too
one
coat
will be
they
be
apparatus
Finishing), but
as
be
to
not
as
whole
The
be
should
edges
square
"
of
the
for
except
carefully smoothed
finished
nicely
more
appear
in
elliptical
for this apparatus,
(see Plane, Scraper, Sa?idpaJ)e?'),

although,
will
made
if desired.
Machine-planing
bars
the
on
for
carefullyMarking,
look
up
any
other
Rule, Square,
references.
for Outdoor
Implements
First
like
the
make
(see Screws)
in the
ends
in
trough
upright posts
shape,
the
on
middle
sides
and
2"
each
at
of
be
side
boards, which
serve
the
bar, had
be
Hard
best
require
side
usual
they
ened
give the required length

pieces (see Gauge)
others
by
uprights, thus
which
side
hold
with
sometimes
way
timbers
posts
is
to
hand
on
each
of
bar,
already
timber,
somewhat
in
they just
reach
them
\\ith
required,
this
greater
another
one
out
after
side
each
lines
three
for
holes
be
can
of
the
right
up-
tances
regular dis-
at
around
the
266.
sides
for
bored
of
the
the
pins
from
when
in
thus
you
position
of
plank
forming
the
have
one
each
for
the
to
the
^
groove
in Fis;. 267.
'
height by taking
than
the
from
the
middle,
floor
when
clani}))
height
the
to
of
sticks
the
room.
can
be
ceiling.
in this
two
Hold
position and
sticks
whose
combined
slipped along
you
267.
Fig,
By lettingthe
them
two
or
"
get
can
get
long and,
Fig.
these
cleats
in section
shown
as
or
upright
two
screw
side
You
to
Z2ZZZ3
on
These
adopted
'
lines
places
position.
off
room.'
be
too
to
as
and
the
four
-f"bit (see Boring).
stout
for the
in
bar
so
across
and
K^
off the
saw
intersect
determining
the
Another
inner
squared
will
?//y.^/n
Gauge
and
any-
fast-
are
together,
ends
or
squarely
would
little
for
wood.
You
joists
of the
way
pieces a
the
265.
hard
sawed
all
height
exact
The
Fig.
guides
as
used.
the
of
two
boards,
the
to
The
wood.
of
be
can
the
at
pine, oak, maple, ash,
strong wood
tions
sec-
inserted
strong
any
screwed
shows
266
being
end, blocks
somewhat
being
3" joist. Fig.
167
are
j" wide
about
joistcan
^=
These
guides.
or
boards
of
The
strength.
for
side
Sports
on
length
ends
each
lap
other
have
the
exact
over
until
tightly together (or

will
is
fasten
length
for Outdoor
Implements
should
be
protected
weather
the
from
Sports
in the
as
169
described
cases
above.
Vaulting
Apparatus.
of
and
bases,
the
course
make
to
the
of
pair
beginning
Take
each
2J"
square.
until
about
base
halve
of
the
in
Before
mark
the
hole
line
bottom
and
cord
pins
and
ends
of
place, or
the
(Fig.271).
free
middle
lay
of
to
are
brace
the
at
braces
blacksmith
should
knots
of
should
course
bases
support
any
standards,
these
ground)
the
cross-bar
posts
three
braces
be
can
will
be
at
cut
on
Fig.
271.
very
for
or
the
mitre
braces
and
for
small
sum
described.
from
straight-grained,
light,strong wood,
the
in
screwed
already
cross-grained,weak
depend
270.
each.
apparatus
round,
of
in
iron
make
other
Fig.
points
the
fit the
by
from
quarter-inch
of
near
like the
or
or
tise
Mor-
inches
each
Then
them
Finish
270,
side of each
one
off feet and
(not kiln-dried)stock
from
the
to
posts
those
Vaulting poles
air-dried
the
posts
(see Boring).
mortises
The
which
Fig.
posts into these
carefully bore
course,
Make
(seeMortising).
the
the
through
in
the
4" wide
about
shown
as
with
end.
one
and
long
plank (see Halving).
271
along
(except, of
the
Fig.
this line
On
V., and
piece
of board
of the
fastening
post.
of
12'
or
at
square
pieces
two
larger ends
shown
as
ij"
10'
each
Taper
pieces
two
answer
references.
perhaps 3' long,
and
high jumping
matter
will
Plane, in Part
straight sticks
two
about
plane
other
any
up
or
ings
carefullyMark-
read
work
Riile^ Square^ Saw^

look
simple
that
uprights
for
apparatus,
a
standards
(Fig. 270).
satisfactorily
purpose
Before
it is
iron
buy
can
whole
pole vaulting, but
and
You
"
spots.
length, but
as
The
should
spruce,
ness
thicknot
be
less
i^"
than
should
for
Fig.
"
The
2/2.
pole (which
form
be
made
itself should
be
can
clear, straight-grained white
in Part
Saiu, Plane,
First
the
make
and
V.,
base
make
is shown
of any
of the
up
other
any
framework.
strong wood,
best
edge)
raise
the
apart
stringersat
Another
about
allow
it and
the
The
and
6'
bolted
This
i' from
about
is fitted between
through
block
long,
the
shown.
so
they spread apart
to
these
connect
end
rear
in
held
piece
place by
be
should
3"
of
a
4" joist
bolt
loose
the
nearer
passed
enough
to
turn.
to
block
be
can
screwed
apparatus
from
pieces
these
to
end.
This
stringers.
the
end
as
stringers,is placed
the
the
cross-tie
forward
stringers and
the
spring-board
to
the
cross-bar, resting on
end, and
rear
Fit
end.
rear
from
same
the forward
at
slightly
end
(Fig. 272), being
272.
the
at
the
pieces
ground
that
screw
each
at
the
Place
the
for
and
of
plank
of
pieces (to stand
blocks
^=^^-
pieces
3" plank
on
22"
quality of
two
out
outside
about
in
references.
Get
2"
Fig.
pole
carefully Marki?ig, Rule, Square,
look
or
the
ash.
read
work
beginning
Before
quite short),and
is
difficult to
not
framework
spring-board
Beginners
(see Rounding Sticks).
end
each
toward
taper
the
8'
an
Spring-Board.
but
for
Wood-Working
I70
to
the
at
"
cleat
rear
the
at
stripsof f" stock, 4"
forward
end, and
wide
securely
end.
finished
be
can
Vaulting-Horse.
of five
made
as
simple
in the
affair
cases
described
(Fig.273) can
be
above.
easily
Implements
arranged by making
which
square,
be
can
for Outdoor
Sports
box, perhaps 5' long

in the
First
making^
the
in
Part
whole
at
hand
or
the
legs
your
working
ing
draw-
tothewood,
and
saw
as
ex-
actlytothelines
as
also
See
can.
you
Scribing.
Unless
have
you
had
paring
will
probably
all
the
make
experience
much
make
to
Fig.
the
horse
be
required
fit.
To
evenly
see
legs
stand
Scribing, Winding- sticks,etc.

other
the
general directions
apparatus
described
horse
for
(Fig.275)
made
in
of
can
above
outdoors
be
simply
log,perhaps
diameter,
smoothed
The
given
suffice for this horse.

A
some
i'
for
will
274.
be
and
the
covered
with
may
have
you
out
for
and
the
ing
saw-
for the tops of the
hardest
Transfer
The
should
afford
can
bevels
is the
job.
as
Laying
purpose.
273.
and
materials
such
II.).
edges
padded
joist as
(seeBox-
box
(Fig. 274),
rounded
fullyfrom
of
10"
illustrations.
make
and
corners
FiG.
8^' or
and
supported by flaringlegs
shown
171
the
part of
bevels
the
care-
for
Wood-Working
i;2
with
and
in the
set
posts
with
ends
the
rubber,
posts should
The
The
be
around
tamped
well
apparatus
in the
set
with
be
finished
This
"
3' in
least
at
the
pointed
top
be
can
of
bar
covered
the
earth
stick.
or
given
cases
above.
is excellent
apparatus
affords
and
and
ground,
in the
as
piece
outdoors,
The
illustration.
them
can
Swing.
Giant
(by mortising) upon
mounted
ground (see Mortisi/ig).

indicated
as
and
rounded,
Beginners
for
considerable
sport
(Fig. 276).
You
and
long
end.
it will
save
the
the
pole
end
have
post
(see Bon'/ig),the
up
in
the
hooks
to
quickly
fix
sawed
off
which
into
the
of
you
be
top of
being firmly set
smith
black-
pivot
end
wish), can
you
latter
The
ground.
tightlyand
of
pivot set
driven
with
276.
pins
or
which
The
height to
Loops
can
also
washer,
the
fastened
sticks
at
of
the
for handles.
in which
made
be
ropes
ends
lower
be
can
fasten
can
you
ropes
with
and
proper
277,
to
pole tamp
the
rest
have
must
you
setting up
(as
four
iron
an
upper
ropes,
lower
and
fit
The
the
be
squarely
swing
or
should
to
as
be
the
the
or
so
splitting.
The
(Fig. 277).
bar
shrink
at
heated
be
can
first
two
there
by
to
course
in diameter
end
15' to 25'
from
mast
or
fastened
hooks
Fig.
10"
should
can
Fig.
to
from
(see Saw).
can
pole
This
ferrule.
or
the smaller
when
on,
6"
from
At
ring
have
must
pole dig
the
earth
one
leg if
plenty
of
hole
3' or
compactly
you
room
wish.
for
4' deep
Of
swinging
and
down
around
good,
is
after
around.
In
placing
it with
the
pointed
stick.
cheaper
way,
but
hardly
as
to
drive
i"
or
"
rod
for Outdoor
Implements
pole, and
in the top of the
4"
or
the
by
bar,
(Fig. 278).
knot
or
the
Other
and
without
to
of
upright
buy
these.
ing rings,trapeze, poles,

ladders
and
horizontal
and
rope
bar,
is
to
fasteningthe
under
less
the
fit
ropes
wooden
useful
has
it is
for
readily
been
usually
a
such
woodwork,
can
than
but
other
slanting poles
you
suggestion
FiG.
the
course,
or
which
good,
course
of
more
special instruction
are
put
wood, 3"
middle
slightlyrounded.
are,
involving
contrivances
more
Ladders
be
may
for
be
can
There
"
poles, fixed
various
amateur
pole
apparatus
hanging
as
of the
Apparatus.
of
forms
top
washer
end
173
of hard
in
hole
each
near
piece
stout
with
long,
holes
smaller
rod, and
2'
i^' or
and
square
out
get
Sports
bars,
or
arrange
given.
as
framework
well
for the
for
hang-
like,with
fixed
279.
ladders,
given
in
and
the
Fig. 279.
for
Wood-Working
174
Do
make
not
bolts
from
washers
tlie
assist
than
rather
apparatus
must
such
under
depend
circumstances.
screws
the
the
of
in
The
the
designing
and
nails,
passing
nuts.
light.
too
or
eye-bolts
upon
construction
you
framework
Beginners
and
the
dimensions
pieces
for
The
of
constructing
apparatus
the
hanging
timber
and
such
framework
suggestions
given
something
with
joints
the
suspend
through
circumstances.
other
Fasten
with
about
above
to
suit
will
the
CHAPTER
FURNITURE
of the first
frequently one
the beginner (particularly
the amawhich
teur
upon
of mature
years) tries his hand; and boys, as well as
confidently undertake
elders, sometimes
pieces of
article
SOME
objects
their
of
which
cabinet-work
is
furniture
would
the
to
tax
only
experienced cabinet-maker,
the
utmost
be
to
skill of
an
the
discouraged by
unsatisfactoryresult.
Do
be
not
the
in
how
you
the
old
cases,
like, with
occasional
That
contrive
work,
the
begin
your
useful
out
of
packingand
well
very
coloured
the
can
and
some
very
of
made
well
such
of
ives
relat-
feminine
such
in
expense
very
and
be
driver,
screw-
varnish,
for your
themselves
them,
and
saw,
villagecarpenter."
save
You
can
tell
perhaps only $2.98,
hammer,
of putty,
amuse
to
things
with
simple,
does
to
it for
"
of the
way.
do
or
serviceable
to
help
scription
de-
which
papers
furniture
household
supply
makeshifts
usual
the
liberal
and
barrels, soap-boxes, broomsticks,
the
only
wish
they
and
of
expense
of desirable
of work
sort
if
in
an
roomful
bedsteads,
and
the
at
sketches
captivating
popular magazines
someone,
easily made
the
beguiled by
furniture
help
them
neat,
made
in
cheap,
materials
to
or
ways
such
and
larly
(particu-
cloth) but that is not the way ior you

do
Learn
to
cabinet-making.
good, plain,
work
in the
simplest, most
straightforward,
use
of
practical,workmanlike
"
way.
When
175
you
can
do
that, if you
Furniture
to
your
work,
by
in
such
ways,
but
ornamentation
all
means
use
then
even
Avoid
Look
at
how
How
years.
if it had
been
of
its
honest
Bear
of accuracy
done
by
such
and
gaping
much
detract
home-made
to
make
articles.
edges,
strong,
for
it is
easily put
much
article well
First
use
and
better
than
to
foremost, when
thoroughly
it is
seasoned
wood.
with
of
you
by
no
This
often
which
become
work,
to
as
taken
be
in
it is easy
means
to
easy
Choose,
for
early
and
modest
the
fore,
there-
your
elaborate
to
of
are
surfaces, square,
true
an
come
matter
work
should
make
make
it.
that
in the
other
together,
to
erally
gen-
reallysatisfactory
finish.
smooth
good,
do
then, that while
joints,smooth,
forms,
simple
attempts;
and
the
in cabinet-work
that
Remember,
produce close, accurate

clean-cut
the
defects
satisfaction
furniture
your
kinds
rougher
and
to
standard
of
cheap
of cabinet-work
piece
produce
to
with
together,
of
stead
pieces (in-
up
much
The
quality
whole
of
had
a
the
to
slight inaccuracies,
the
the
due
now
were
few
in existence
glued
put
cheap
for
use
(if
think
and
the
articles
stuff
higher
conspicuous
from
ings,
carv-
so)
in
be
use
for much
in
been
would
them
order
Many
little consequence
has
The
were
to
necessarv
amateurs.
work,
furniture
it with
partly
undertaking
detail, in
is
is
do
to
ancestral
of
into
yourself
of
result, than
the
things
put
in
hold
must
you
latter
articles
work
in mind
latter
all kinds
the
way
able
compare
seasoning.
of
scraps
glue),the
when
old
the
and
wood
the
of
made
durability of
be
to
the
after
much
such
use
machine-made
and
great-grandmother's
your
lasted, and
furniture
to
not
gross.
enough
it has
long
modern
the
of
some
fortunate
are
you
the
by
out
have
may
"gingerbread"
meaningless jig-sawed decorations,

turned
skill you
any
remember
freely.
too
i77
one
actual
is essential
to
pretentious
un-
badly.
work,
making
have
stock, only
work
begin
as
Although it is
properly seasoned
beginner
best
well
to
get
spent.
Be
as
very
in
(Read
the
first table
Do
It
of furniture.
hold
its
is
and
shape,
if
(which, is, however,

it
be
can
with
compared
is,
Black
walnut
is often
beautiful
is
holds
its
soft
(when
is
good
to
cheap
with
and
things
plain,
of
common
in the
"
woods
be
this
stand,"
to
the
natural
for
or
colour
objects)
some
stained, but
way
is not
to
be
respect.
work,
to
easy
be
can
work
hue
sombre
painted,
and
and
durable,
takes
and
of
suited
can
a
be
stain
to
great
shape exceedingly
or
for furniture,
desirable.
straight-grained, is
highly figured
wood
is well
always
is not
It is easy
woods.
Mahogany
pine,
and
well.
though its
Cherry, when
and
like
boards,
in wide
exceedingly
in
begin
attractive
also
can
in your
beautiful)for
quartered oak, nor
many
best
and
whitewood
Whitewood
obtained
It
painted.
for
desired
suitable
Chapter III.)
woods
but
"
rather
the
not
time
work.
to
easy
of
one
be
how
even
maple
wavy
it is suitable
but
try your
it will
worked
matter
nor
"
considered
is often
least
in
for
matter
easy
for
be
highly figured, heavy,

(no
mahogany
sometimes
seasoning
on
but
nothing
at
can
half-
before.
even
use
an
you
buy
nor
means
of
out
or
doubtless
easily
bookcase
dry,
to
after
cuted
carefully exe-
your
condition,
more
straight-grained material,
in appearance,
no
but
not
burl,
pine
by
of
tell you
remarks
the
or
walnut
White
finish is
will
learn
article
an
the
you
will
you
ruin
suitable
wood
with
making
to
it is
as
as
the
easy
stock,
early attempts.
hard
San Domingo
mottled
see
determine;
to
content
your
to
in
soon
deceived, however,
the
time
inucli
spent
seasoned
Beginners
satisfactory furniture,
permanently
you
for
Wood-Workin"4"
1/8
wavy)
one
easy
to
of
the
work
most
finish.
beauty
well, but
and
the
durability, and
beginner
should
Furniture
confine
himself
varieties, which
the
skill in
Oak
the
work
of
of
oak
made
the
When
harder
and
It
beginner.
it is
quarter-sawed
find
Oak
oak
quartered
be
can
is well
durable,
and
woods
kinds
these
as
you
of
An
in
important
is that
that
woods
progress
the
but
wood
the
most
are
sometimes
furniture
should
be
in
working
Part
V.)
when
are,
of course,
and
judgment
as
stock
Buy
you
done.
surface
machine
it
this
if you
true
The
in order
Your
wish
pieces,when
to
furniture
not
be
able
should
to
it in five
do
require
to
wish,
amateur,
true
as
as
be
to
by
spend
as
true,
you
true
machine
hour
an
(see Trtiing Surfaces,
your
fitted,should
to
more,
syca-
planed
done
while
in all
as
the
planed
this accuracy
used,
is
truing
hand
will do
be
must
have
worth
by
in which
cases
naturally, and
bent
it is not
that
rule, it is highly important that
reasonably
and
as
acteristics
peculiar char-
good
as
for
their
learn
by
as
down
you
butternut, ebony,
realised
winding.
afford,
skill
used,
always
(see Chapter III.) and

much
of
as
possible. Have
can
than
satisfactorywoods.
not
find
can
furniture.
acquire
you
ment
deface-
smooth
to
to
article
an
for
used
as
thus
skill,and
for
is, free from
tax
suited
try for yourself, if you
can
you
point,
stock
will
serious
difficult
more
of
one
without
ash, birch, beech, maple, rosewood,

etc., but
try
if desired.
stained
other
Many
is
other
plain, straight-grained oak,

will
forms
abuse
more
the
of
most
then
can
kinds, which
straight-grained
will stand
than
You
them.
smoothing
its softer,
in
lighter,softer, straight-grained
easily obtained.
be
can
highly figured
more
your
first to the
at
179
to
put the
be
There
minutes.
is not
essential,
"
intelligentwork,
the
in
surfaces
"
but,
should
be
it should
be
work
as
come
together easily
sprung
article
or
twisted
or
together.
always be hand-planed
and
scraped.
for,
may
natural
state,
have
This
to
curves
be
can
have
you
them
at
cut
Have
expense.
side
to
These
alone,
the
to
final
the
everything
fits
the
job
surprised
in
surface
the
and
file, or
will
have
but
slight
on
the
under
the
the
by
spoke-
alone, according
by experience,
fine
with
joints close
it should
be, before
of
the
sandpaper.
furniture
nails)to
properly,
or
the
right, that
until
at
with
file
(without glue
pass-saw,
com-
is to
left
article
your
these
and
edge,
learn
soon
saw)
put
being given
of
the
ragged
of
accurate,
most
wood
waste
smoothed
parts
as
You
will be
band-saw
be
once
is
or
can
surface
different
its
begins
surface.
keyhole-
the
or
you
the
together
whole
as
or
burr,
spokeshave
finishingof
Put
of
piece
conditions,
and
Many
skill with
jig-saw
curves
or
(and
way
the
prevent
sawing.
shave
by
a
the
furniture.
in
considerable
mill
is in
conspicuous.
defects
slight
turning-saw
easiest
acquired
become
You
planing-
wood
is finished
smooth.
often
with
the
but
the
by
work.
occur
cut
the
surface
noticeable
edges
while
irregularitiesof
too
finished
the
Curved
small
how
left
inequalities
surface
see
in
become
these
any
get the
the
as
Beginners
ridges
and
noticeable
soon
as
applies to
first
be
not
lustre
cannot
at
slight hollows
the
though
machine
to
for
Wood-Working
i3o
pletely
com-
see
that
and
that
putting together
permanently.
This
it
(and
is
often
the
practice
that
skilled
the
all the
not
you
go
parts of
along, only
nearly put together
be
that
or
to
needless
it takes
workmen
and
of
this
when
precaution
time, it
some
therefore
neglected by
importance
together properly,
come
as
with
should
will discover
assume
amateur
occasionally is),but, although

which
You
the
to
seems
caution
pre-
the
beginner.
you
carelessly
writing-desk, for instance,
that
you
find,
can
when
something
easily correct
you
is wrong.
have
In
will
errors
the
work
the
effort
Furniture
trouble
the
mend
to
already fastened,
when
glue
and
Be
particular
when
thoroughly
the
should
be
'*
get it
In
angles.
the
work
will
twisted.
closing
of
work
the
often
beginner
in
cases
this is of
if the
In
all
will
be
how
and
accurately
surprised
be
In
square
when
do
be
addition
the
to
there
are
can:
you
the
is
good
be
course,
"
"
work,
case
sticks, after
angles, when
of
test
the
the
are
stick,
described
latter
can
be
or
on
altered
of
out
of
the
the
which
is
tested.
"
square
parts
of
good
fittingtwo
gether.
to-
the
square
measuring
when
will
work
large steel
equal,
put
applying
angles
This
rectangular.
manner
the
altering
be
put the
in
cases
proper
parts of the
must
way
is
or
as
careful
you
obvious
the
to
assume,
"
most
as
side
whole, when
the
much
it
right
appearance
the
It
your
many
using
to
to
having
to
one
because
angles, using
test,
to
do
that
opposite diagonals
two
tips
not
how
the
essential
square.
see
not
the
will, of
large
if you
(seeSquare) to
diagonals
until
to
of
others, the
that
made
result
the
winding
sometimes
will
together
accuracy
it is essential
cases
fore
be-
enough
work
course
In
together
Gluing),
your
article
It
work
time
and
the
all.
at
joints.
be
parts
apart, which,
your
allow
to
putting
is, to prove
together, will, therefore,

You
and
naturally does,
to
seem
of
parts
that
injured
slanting or
up
the
clamp
together
much
be
the
work.
of the
quality
taken
some
come
the whole
clamps (see Clamps
square,"
loosen
to
apt
take
to
using glue
removing
Care
the
to
be
used, is particularly discouraging,
are
damage
to
apt
will have
or
nails
or
will
you
i8i
the
the
work
work
for
way
adjustable
page
167, between
until
the
the
diagonals
are
equal.
At
must
or
the
also
same
look
time
out
that
for
you
are
testing
for squareness
winding, by sighting
back, using winding-sticks, if necessary.
across
the
you
front
Wood-W'orkiiiijf fcjr Beginners
82
When
bookcase
has
work
your
back
fitted
cabinet, this will
or
help
in,
in the
as
much
you
of
case
the
in
final
adjustment.
Do
not
to
attempt
position, but
back
in
Part
to
where
begin
beading
or
in the
will
they
an
of your
angles
show
not
acquire
some
chamfering
can
to
it is well
but
advantage,
right
upits
ture,
furni-
Corncr-blockSy
isee
not
proficiencyin
be
sometimes
be
to
lavish
too
work,
your
used
good
to
with
this kind
ornamentation.
Wall-cabinets
be
can
Youi*
with
of
attached
the
upon
wood
the
furniture
shellac
articles
varnish,
or
to
be
will be
fabric
unless
surplus
of oil will
the
separated,
such
parts
is best
take
the
to
and
doors
and
take
the
like.
all detachable
then
put the
with
is made
of
work
apart
Take
Finish
before
such
parts
as
are
In
the
or
case
cate
deli-
any
finishingwith
avoid
for
For
slight
verj-
the
work
of
which
be
can
glue
or
readily
nails, it
finishing. Unhinge
mirror-plates,
removable
shelves,
all these
easily,but
more
into
alone,
wax
where
without
escutcheons,
out
sunk
shellac.
together again.
and
to
parts
joined
are
locks,
parts.
parts better
done
than
as
be
\'.
or
paper.
is better
work
off
Part
or
is used,
care
soil the
quickly
work
your
in
it is well
greatest
nothinor
amateur
When
exposed,
the
oil alone
oil
against wall-paper
hung
wall
mirror-plates
usually
with
described
as
the
on
smooth.
finished
be
can
brass
by
should
will be
hungr
be
to
wall
the
These
back
the
articles
to
back.
that
so
other
and
neatly
screwed
be
in
flat upon
horizontally,or
corner-blocks
use
places
you
little
of
together
V.).
After
a
horses
upon
work
case
your
face.
or
It is well
in
put
You
of
parts
can
course
and
backs,
separately
finish the
this
readily separable.
can
dles,
han-
and
rate
sepa-
only
Furniture
In
as
some
cases
rule you
coloured
it is desirable
to
improve
the
cannot
furniture,
that, simply paint
colour, but
imitation.
be
and
(which
construction
durable), and
examination
are,
as
amateur
service
which
in the
Book-Rack.
rack
those
be
for books
the
grain
these
to
;
sired
de-
of
the
at
attempts
second
Do
designing,
should
things
of
pine
be
feet
ten
which
are
that
the
hoped
this
in
of other
to
be
an
a
hogany
ma-
closer
on
in
of articles
and
room
which
washstand
your
strong
put in your
not
given,
it is
the
and, in the
in all your
included
are
here
construction
"
imitate
hundreds
but
make,
to
those
about
to
know,
than
of
centre-table, but
out
you
wood
distance
walnut
turns
utility,other
the
at
appears
black
or
all
above
afford
cannot
failure.
honest
finishing.
your
which
There
usually
mahogany-
cheaper
honest
not
are
is
to
wish
if you
objections
two
are
simple
try
which
colouring,
you
or,
some
not
deception
Finally,
object
do
First, they
the
place,
If
furniture, but
your
natural
age.
stain
or
stain
mahogany,
use
There
mahogany.
on
with
mellows
and
deepens
183
disguise.
of household
suitable
for
suggestions
chapter
will
be
of
objects.
ple
sim-
(Fig.
of
be
280) can
any
length desired, about
inches
six
half
-inch
of
and
wide,
slightly thinner),but
Before
beginning
Saw, Plane,
other
the
dimensions
2S0.
be
can
varied
ing
accord-
circumstances.
to
Be
Fig.
(or
stock
sure
in Part
that
edges
can
the
work
read
V., and
bottoms
be
rounded
carefully Marking^
look
of
the
if
up
ends
you
other
any
are
wish
Rule, Square^
references.
accurately
cut.
The
(see Spokeshave and
Furniture
place
be
to
or,
end
See
introduction
of
Finishing.,in
Sandpaper.,and
Book-Shelf.
Hanging
good practice for
the
too
deep
front
to
is
(from
shelf
not
feet
two
also
Scraper^
V.
wall-shelf
See
(Fig. 283)
It should
amateur.
is useful
made
be
not
if the
enough,
is
finishing.
about
stock
Half-inch
heavy
(see
grooves
directions
for
chapter
and
Part
"
and
back).
this
to
putting together,
smoothing,
in
fitted
be
can
Shelves).
and
Grooving
workmanlike,
more
185
than
more
long.
work
beginning
Before
carefully Marking.,
read
Rule., Square., Saw., Plane.,

in Part
other
V., and
look
up
Fig.
any
283.
references.
This
simply put together by nailing,settingthe nails

carefully (see Nailing and Nail-set), Carefully mark lines (using
the square) by which
to nail the pieces in their proper
places. It
shelf
can
be
'
is
parts
A
put
are
stronger
is to
way
the
and
glue
in
this
way.
workmanlike
the
lower
shelf
into
into
the
sides
the
(see Grooving).
should
if the
glue
use
more
and
shelf
to
together
groove
sides
upper
case
while
worth
not
be
used
In
and
this
the
tightlyclamped (seeGluing 2in6.

Clamps). It will be much
stronger
work
Fig.
to
fit a
back
properly
be
284.
the
between
set
in
rabbet
shelves
two
cut
around
and
the
sides.
the space,
as
This
shown
should
in
Fig.
284 (seeRabbet).
See
end
of
introduction
to
this
chapter
for
directions
about
86
for
Wood-Working
smoothing, putting together,

Finishings in
and
Sandpaper^
Wall-Cabinet.
"
books, magazines,
An
or
Beginners
finishing.
and
Part
other
small
hanging
or
articles
of any
inch
stock
large.
beginning
carefullyMarkings
Plane, in
Saw^
up
other
any
This
the
set),but
it will be
the
the
thickness
to
the
groove
of
case
the
being
shelf
lower
by
back.
be
nailed
and
Nail-
simply
into
shelves
back.
receive
to
together (see Nailing
better
shelves
of the
can
case
look
(seeRabbet),
middle
than
This
285.
cut
just shown
narrower
the
have
be
in
as
top and
read
V., and
Part
should
wall-shelf
work
Rule^ Square^
should
back,
the
Half-
references.
case
Rabbets
but
thick.
sufificiently
is
Before
be
can
proportions,
be very
not
for
case
(Fig. 285)
desired
should
Fig
Scraper^
V.
cabinet
open
also
See
(see
sides
the
Grooving).
See
end
introduction
of
this
to

Finishing, in
Sajidpaper, and
Bookcase.
Hanging
wall
the
very
(Fig. 286)
small
Before
Saw,
just
case
large, and,
thickness
be
can
will
be
Plane,
finishing.
made
on
directions
See
about
Scraper,
also
V.
simple
much
quite small,
useful
and
the
It is well
shown.
unless
not
same
to
stock
make
from
for
case
the
principle as
such
f"
cases
to
-J"in
suitable.
beginning
in Part
Part
"
and
for
chapter
work
V.,
read
and
carefullyMarking,
look
up
any
other
Rule,
references.
Square,
Furniture
Instead
of
286), being
back, stripscan
sunk
to
as
so
be
187
screwed
be
with
flush
vertically (Fig.
on
the
of
back
the
case
(Fig. 287),
end
See
this
chapter
of
introduction
for
directions
to
about
"''iJiijjmm
"mi/
WJJJJJT,
Fig.
286.
Fig.

Sa7idpaper, and
Finishing,
Wall-Shelves.
arrangement
is
The
can
design
Before
in
be
easily
also
Scraper,
V.
-
easily
suggested
beginning
Marking,
Part
v.,
The
made
Fig.
288.
if
varied
and
Get
look
construction
the
out
across
work
read
carefully
Rule, Square, Saw, Plaîe, in
shelves
from
lines
in Part
See
wish.
you
the
An
"
finishing
and
287.
being
up
other
any
is
ences.
refer-
extremely simple,
merely
screwed
on
Fig.
back.
the
the
back
face
and
of
the
the
shelves, and
former
at
the
smooth
places
288.
them,
for
the
Mark
shelves,
88
for
Wood-Working
holes
bore
and
Borifii:^),
the
Screw
take
end
from
the
holes
in
apart and
and
the
for
that
see
for
finishing.
and
Part
the
of
directions
See
also
for
shelf
described
rack
for
arrangement
any
beginning
with
fine
V., and
saw
differs from
described
only
which
article
the
openings
holes
by boring
and
just
in the
shai)eof
have
openings
Fig.
or
look
references.
This
These
read
Rule, Square^
23g.
holding pipes.
for
work
in Part
other
shelves,
articles
(Fig. 289).
smoking
Sa7u, Plane,
up
good
other
and
carefully Marking,
edge
about
Scraper^
makes
pipes
Before
the
is
everything
V.
just
Tig.
(see
screws
(see Coinitersifik).
back
chapter
modification
the
on
this
to
Finishing, in
Pipe-Rack.
face
finish.
putting together,
smoothing,
the
place (see Screios)to
introduction
of
Sandpaper,
back
countersink
shelves
right,then
See
the
through
Beginners
be
can
cutting
in
in
290.
either
made
to
the
them
from
edge (Fig. 290).
the
See
end
introduction
of
this
to

Sandpaper,
and
Wall-Shelves.
291,
having
Finishing, in
"
small
and
Part
chapter
finishing.
with
directions
See
also
about
Scraper,
V.
quite simple
box
for
lid.
form
A
is
shown
combination
in
of
Fig.
this
Furniture
with
form
the
for
design
189
pipe-rack
easily be
can
made
if
desired.
Plane^ in
construction
The
the
already
cases
hinges
should
of the
lid
be
look
is
plain
from
described.
The
in the
sunk
edge
(see Hinges).
end
See
this
V., and
Part
references.
other
any
up
read
Ride^ Square^
carefully Markings
Saw,
work
beginning
Before
chapter
of
for
introduction
directions
to
about
smoothing, putting together, and

finishing.
See
Sandpaper^
and
Part
also
Scrapet\
Finishings
in
V.
Fig.
Wall-Cabinet
shown
in
"
The
Fig. 292
291.
net
cabi-
should
be
rather
small, for if large it
will
look
made
of
It
clumsy.
half-inch
stock.
beginning
Before
work
Saw,
v., and
look
similar
the
to
other
for
joined
is
preceding
have
you
enough
be
any
construction
The
If
in
Plane,
up
read
Rule,
carefully Markings
Square,
(see
back,
Part
erences.
ref-
quite
cases.
board
no
the
be
can
two
wide
can
'ôintins: and
Fig.
292.
^
Gluing).
The
cupboard
is
simply
box
without
front
or
back
(see
Box-making^
inside
the
of the
See
(see Doors)
door
has
whole
end
smoothing,
Sandpaper^
cabinet,
been
put
Finishing,
Corner-Shelves
or
corner-shelves
size, of
but
course,
Cabinets.
"
is shown
in
such
articles
Fig.
See
This
293.
look
when
strong
can
joint
simply be
the
at
stock,
the
nailed
as
back.
down
of
if made
is
is
case
ing
hangany
very
heavy
quite
-J"thickness
or
beginning
Rule,
v., and
made
be
so
be
stock
the
J'
of
can
clumsy
can
look
to
The
on
wider
lap
over
top board
the sides
work
read
carefully
Square, San', Plane^

up
293.
of
Scraper,
used.
Part
can
about
also
form
simple
unless
Marking,
thickness
after
Before
sides
from
be
the
directions
for
finishing.
in Part
large,
of
and
hung (see Hinges)
chapter
and
enough
One
back
the
cases.
Half-inch
Fig.
and
cupboard
the
from
preceding
this
to
putting together,
and
of the
{see Bor-
together.
introduction
of
behind
from
fitted and
be
can
back
screwed
in the
as
Beginners
the sides
at
be
can
the
to
shelves
it
underneath
bracket
The
219) screwed
page
Si/fiC's).The
and
///""
the
for
Wood-Working
190
than
and
any
other
Fig.
294.
the
other
a
secure
in
ences.
refer-
by
tight
the
and
(with rounding front)
(seeXailing
and
Nail-sei),
Furniture
be
to
or,
around
workmanlike,
more
the
of the
edge
sides,which
be
can
si?ik,and
Screws).
should
not
come
edge
of the
The
to
fit the
place (see Rabbet^ Boj'ing,Coiniier-
the front
the
in
screwed
lines
boring
putting
with
the
the
fore
holes, be-
together,
case
countersinking
the
which
(see Screws),
the back
for
upon
into
cut
rabbet
to
be
can
carefully marking
and
side
under
be
can
top.
from
square,
the
in
This
(Fig. 294)
rabbet
on
screwed
quite
shelves
place
top
IQI
the
holes
back.
This
case
screws)
can
(being
be
fastened
taken
by
apart
for
to
this
finishing.
end
See
chapter
introduction
of
directions
for
about

finishing.
See
71
Part
dp ap
also
Scraper,
and
Finishing,
in
V.
cabinet
standing
295
can
manner
be
made
the
as
in
be
Stock
rail
the
the
at
desk-rack
Fig.
same
cabinet
Fig.
but
The
the
hanging
just shown,
larger.
like
295.
of course,
can,
from
top
shown
Medicine-Cabinet.
can
in
"
'^'
to
be
made
Figs.
Any
manner.
way
and
small
by simply arranging
simple
and
281
medicines
is to
thickness
in
the
have
put
be
can
on
used.
directed
as
for
282.
cabinet
shelves
a
be
can
in any
series
of
used
for
convenient
horizontal
Furniture
but
rest
little space
of the
be
must
details
allowed
like those
are
or
193
the
of the
doors
bind.
may
The
already described.
cases
i[^?"n
Fig.
See
end
of
introduction
297.
this
to
and
and
Sandpaper^
chapter
for
finishing.
Finishings
directions
See
also
in Part.
about
Scraper,
V.
'VxSWV,////,
Fig.
Fig.
297a.
Bookcases.
desired
"
size.
If
quite
^' thickness
is
practicallythe
Before
The
in Part
shelves
13
can
small
will be
same
beginning
Saw, Plaue^
plain case
work
The
in the
read
V., and
all be
of any
(Fig. 299) can be made
narily
f'^stock can be used, but ordi-
best.
as
298.
method
cases
of construction
already
carefullyMarkings
look
fastened
up
any
other
described.
Rule,
Square,
references.
in, if desired, but
good
way
is
to
between
The
of
edge
making
the
the
shelves
Fig.
of
rest
the
very
is,crossways
Do
from
in
Fig.
then
wide
too
force
not
Allow
back
The
300.
300
place (see Boring
be
to
of this
tlie back
of the boards.
in
screwed
be
the
made
sort)be
of
and
board,
one
of matched
boards
tightlyinto place, that

little play for the expansion
too
"
contraction.
and
'
can
(for a plain case
sheathing.'
or
screwed
shown
as
yond
project be-
not
Fig.
back, being
well
will
they
be
can
shelf,
upper
the
on
length (see Rabbet), and
that
piece
rabbet
299.
back
The
Screws).
width
make
and
V.).
Part
entire
the
narrow
the
above
for
sides
the
simply cutting
by
of such
A
rabbet.
lengthways,
fitted
side
each
into
(see S/ielves,in
be
can
Beginners
shelves
bottom
movable
back
back
and
tlie top
groove
those
can
for
Wood-Working
194
This
method
is often
used
is to
way
in
make
to
of
back.
while
backs
in
for such
in
back
the
panelling
can
you
be
this way,
simple
become
expected
but
work
is
quite small,
is screwed
in
depends
able
make
of
you
well
very
carried
the
it involves
as
answers
unless
which
panelled frame,
When
accurately than
the
putting
cheap work, but,
which
degree
the
of
will
to
beginner,
much
do
at
first.
as
the
upon
you
the
work
will
labour
beginner,
and
really workmanlike
the
place
your
more
for
one
and
The
and
shape
size
more
do
piece.
well
is
neatly
to
and
construct
hardly
worth
Furniture
end
See
introduction
of
this
to
'
'
Finishing, in
and
Sandpaper,
'
knock-down
and
wooden
very
difficult,but
In
the
just shown,
be
can
sides, which
and
the
will hold
other
the
shelves
case
booklower
the
firmly,
case
be
can
(see Shelves).
able
mov-
fastened
case
Fig.
in
this
This
apart.
bookcases
and
Mortising^.
tenons
the
the
splitting
the
pins
edge
and
taken
The
read
V., and
ends
of
be
tenons
of
these
up
that
other
any
for
the
for
shelves
Rule, Square,
references.
mortise
the
of
mortises
the
and
pins
pins should
very
slightlybevelled,
(see
tenon
cutting
before
will avoid
you
The
302.
end
the
taper and
the
liability
angles
of
is,the sharp
that
302,
like
are
good
slightly "cut
which
is
the
ends
principle that
sometimes
introduction
to

Sandpaper,
be
can
under"
exaggerated),
of
floor
or
the
on
boards
slightlybevelled,
to
and
ensure
closely fittingjoint.
of
shelves
(see Fig.
inwards
l^//////'/7///'A the
designs
carefully Marking,
look
the
cut
tenons.
same
\y^y/y//-^///^/l
See
other
to
off.
ends
bevelled
Fig.
work
If you
on
applied
301.
cabinets.
general principle is
The
of
be
can
in Part
Saw, Plane,
taken
readily
method
beginning
Before
the
be
can
way
tenons
and
through
pinned
Scraper,
putting together with
care
and
upper
also
See
about
is not
the
of
case
directions
V.
of
requires
the
finishing.
Part
method
for
chapter
and
pins (Fig. 301)
accuracy.
shelves
'
195
and
form
Finishing,
for
an
this
and
in Part
open
chapter
for
finishing.
directions
See
also
about
Scraper,
V.
bookcase
suitable
for the
be-
thinner
is shown
make
to
for
low,
but
throughout,
\y thick) had
A
curtain
be
Saw, Plaiie,
be
it
the
be
can
is suitable
design
whatever
thin
for
length
made
may
stock
|"
of
plank (perhaps i^" to
ends.
if desired.
ends
carefully Marking,
look
V., and
the
of
size
read
work
This
of
cases
added
in Part
curves
small
used
Beginners
Fi^^.303.
bookcase
most
best
beginning
Before
The
quite
in
can
in
dwarf,
or
If of
desired.
be
for
Wood-Workinj;'
196
up
be
can
sawed
and
saw
other
any
better
mill, and
shave
File).
and
jig-saw at
and
with
smoothed
spoke-
(see Spokeshave
shelves
(at least the
and
file
The
and
ones)
lower
into
grooved
(see TurningCompass Sa7i")^
band-saw
by
and
references.
hand
by
Keyhole
or
Rtde^ Square^
should
sides
the
per
up-
and
be
glued
(see Groovi7igTuvidiGluing), although,

in
as
the
other
nails
will
result
and
set).
Nail-
The
plainness
of the
ends
relieved
be
can
303.
do
mill
Little
in
shown
be
fitted
had
best
the
under
shelf
See
screwed
brackets,
can
end
Fig. 306,
into
not
to
rabbets
of
simply
as
the
be
the
latter
made
introduction
the
as
top
well
this
of
the
above,
shelf, a
as
and
narrower
to
can
you
moulded
shelf
lower
stiffness
described
the
little
the
at
(see Beadifig).
under
above
come
edge
of
add
by
which
have
yourself or
upright edges
of the
beading (Fig. 305),

Fig.
(see Naili?ig
inferior
be
the
but
used,
be
can
scribed,
de-
already
cases
in the
in
but
rabbet
sides.
for
each
A
case.
without
chapter
at
end,
back
this
being
The
as
can
it
case
cut
on
bottom
rabbet.
directions
about
Furniture
bookcase
The
and
size
Finishing^ in
and
Sandpaper^
shown
upright
ends
well
can
be
thin
Fig.
beginning
Before
Plane, in
Saw,
This
the
the
top and
The
second
and
the
shelf
in
base-board
fine
glued
around
A
can
as
can
can
as
as
workmanlike
the
mitred
shown,
way
the
at
and
the
at
sides,
also
can
laying
out
be
and
The
top edge (or moulded

It
Nail-set).
A
the
removable.
corners.
all such
into
careful
the
on
mitred
(see Grooving).
cupboard
be
and
sides
the
groove
sides
can
joints.
work
to
grooved
involves
being
is to
is
the
be
shelves
mitred
be
Rule, Square^
together (see Availing
into
curved
or
(see Nailing
well
top
other
bevelled
be
and
nails
the
more
top
process
The
the
references.
other
any
way
shelf
the
This
place.
by machine)
'
from
cutting.
accurate
be
up
upright partition forming
grooved
with
bottom
desired
any
-|"stock, although
carefullyMarking,
workmanlike
more
the
of
of
be
can
plank.
nailed
be
Scraper^
304.
look
V,, and
simply
can
case
Nail-set), but
into
Part
read
work
304
be
can
of
also
See
V.
Fig.
It
proportions.
finishing.
and
Part
in
197
The
front
moulding
the
be fastened
can
can
piece
be
can
nailed
corners.'
mouldings
on
the
etlge of
the
Wood-Working
igS
other
The
the
the
details
for
construction
of
cases
just given, except
door,
for which
do
in the
common
such
cases
board
of
way
is
2"
i^" to
in
case,
make
to
side
and
the
of
fitting
shelves
to
front
Fig.
wider
from
(see
305
edge
fit behind
can
edge
the size of the
in
a
of
itself of
glued on)
be
can
gives
the
face
to
sides
side
the
shown
way
This
Gluing).
and
the
making
wide, according
the
those
V.
strip (which
from
making
of
thickness,and
with
differ
not
matter
in Part
Doors
see
Beginners
the
to
the
ing
fac-
strip.
Beading can be worked

shown
(see Beadifig).
See
Fig.
introduction
of
directions
for
305.
end
about
Fhiishing, in
and
Desk
Bookcase.
with
small
the
The
dropped.
same
Before
it
the
a
moulding
scientific
form
edge
top
of
moulding
of
way
can
the
be
wood-working
be
grain
of
to
work
made
piece
worked
mill.
all
of
two
before
on
may
the
be
of
to
the
of
the
desk-lid
on
two
course
when
are
thus
it is
solid
avoiding putting
fastened,
it is
which
on
is not
thoroughly
more
wood.
moulding
moulding
Rule, Square,
references.
being
glued together.
are
edge by
the
for
construction
other
matter
the
is of
shelves
book-
shown.
which
that
thicknesses,
the
height
required,
for
mouldings
the
Scraper,
form
any
up
piece
and
also
useful
carefully Marking,
look
as
construction
under
can
thicker
the
across
workmanlike
The
much
as
V., and
See
putting
already
read
chapter
of
position
cases
work
beginning
top, making
the
this
combinations
The
general principles
of
strip,as
smoothing,
arranged.
Fig. 306.
in
Plane, in Part
Saw,
be
necessary
those
as
Various
can
is shown
one
regulated by
the
desk
this
Part
"
to
finishing.
together, and
Sandpaper, and
on
machine
worked
\'arious
at
on
forms
almost
the
of
any
Furniture
The
side
wing,
of the
or
attachment
main
the
at
will
back
chains
reach
the
fastened
other
proper
be
grooved into
the
case,
arrangements
place.
from
across
should
be
can
inside
306.
part
one
to
the
other, which
whole.
the
to
desk-lid, which
of
edge
the
should
give stiffness
The
side, can
part.
Fig.
The
199
to
the
can
be
in
set
prevented
lid and
be
perhaps f
bought
sides
for
of
the
from
dropping
from
the
"
the
holding
too
case.
a
front
far
by
ous
Vari-
desk-lid
in
Furniture
the
Nail-set)^but
into
shelf
already
made
Fig.
top
bookcase
various
shelves,
The
and
into
sides
the
to
the
the
groove
top,
bottom
in the
as
cases
be
can
in
shown
304.
For
the
the
at
in the
as
and
is
way
(see Grooving).
shown
moulding
workmanlike
more
sides
the
20I
should
around,
fitted in
be
already
(J")
thinner
be
can
as
in
Shelves^ in Part V.
see
back
putting
of
ways
rabbet
cut
in
shown
the
illustrations.
See
end
of
introduction
directions
for
chapter
this
to
about

finishing.
See
also
and
Sandpaper^
P^^'^
Scraper^
Finishings in
Fig.
'
Plant-Stands.
simple
"
construction
The
form
and
shown
is useful
to
It should
top
can
be
be
Fig. 308
hold
made
of
Markings
and
look
a
Simply make
219), without
page
the
curves
up
and
at
down,
the
these
(see Gluing).
the
grain
and
down.
bottom.
Screw
As
sides
four
can
the
be
cleats
12"
work
of
up
read
box
four
Before
Plane, in
other
ences.
refer-
bottom,
sides
with
running
up
putting together saw
the
four
glued together
around
carefully
(see Box-makings
top and
the
grain of
any
The
square.
Rule^ Square^ Saw,
v.,
quite
stock.
8'' to
from
is of
large flower-pot.
beginning
Before
Part
in
307.
the
pieces all
without
runs
nailing
inside of the
top
for
Wood-Working-
202
(Fig.309)
with
holes
for
the
sMve
and
edge
top
and
with
screws
(see Boring
underneath
the top from
on
in them
bored
Beginners
File)^ and
of the
it in
fasten
ready
end
putting
FlG.
309.
010
bee
ing.
and
Finishings
The
Much
and
out
of
slanting edges
that
has
top
little
the
been
piece
be
can
the
this
ing,
smoothfinish-
and
07
also
Cicraper^ Sandpaper^
than
similar
upon
would
be
ciple,
prin-
satisfactory
edge
of
provided
the skill
to
corners
must
do
moulding
with
fine
come
After
fastened
of
ing
mould-
the
smqothing,
Sandpaper^
neath
be-
top
as
have
you
mitred,
fastened
brads, which
end
sides
it neatly. The
be
the
the
around
put
shown,
See
is
stand
to
about
together,
is made
310
larger size
cut
will
pieces
the
on,
the
taken
together accurately.
the
Fig.
be
must
care
lay
so
Fig. 308,
first pattern.
for the
to
in
of
be
can
the
V.
Part
shown
form
and
in
in
introduction
of
for directions
chapter
faces.
sur-
shaped
and
place
the
finish.
to
See
Round
smooth
shown
as
ten
fas-
(see Spoke-
having
top
to
Screws).
shown
as
Then,
edge
which
of
and
^^"*
on
must
introduction
be
to
putting together,
and
Finishing,
'
See
(see Nailing
set
this
for
finishing.
and
in Part
footnote
chapter
V.
on
page
198.
and
JVail-set).^
directions
See
also
about
Scraper,
Furniture
Tables.
is serviceable
ornamental
Fig.
the
It
311.
details
especially
not
is shown
purposes,
many
of
read
work
in Part
although
size and
any
in
proportions
and
varied.
easily be
can
Saiv, Plane,
for
made
be
can
beginning
Before
which
plain table,
"
203
look
V., and
Rule, Square,
carefullyMarking^
references.
other
any
up
'
"^î^m^^^^^^'
I
Fig.
The
legs
the
and
the
J"
of
rest
(seeHalving),
The
the
to
cleats
additional
upper
halved
where
they
rough job
can
be
simply
nailed
ing).
(see Nail-
cleats
as
be nailed
top, which
the
to
the
top
can
rough job;
but
where
be
to
laid with
and
the
is
surface
good
glued (see Jointing
screwed
or
is fastened
simply
be
cross
Gluing)
quired
re-
and
afterwards.
be
put
lengthways
should
whole
shellaced
See
plank thickness,
under
the
stretchers
can
top if needed
be
for
added
to
stiffness,
the
connect
part of the legs.
The
those
can
of
be
forming
smoothed
be
can
act
top should
legs
joints should
surface
and
for
the
at
require special description.
to
top of the legs should
at the
will
edges touching,
Extra
boards
The
simple
The
for
or
cleats
the
cleats
stock.
legs, and
them.
the
is too
construction
The
311.
or
of the
end
smoothmg,
painted.
be
The
planed
and
remaining
sandpapered
details
do
not
and
can
differ
be
from
subjects already shown.

of
introduction
this
to
putting together,
Sa7idpaper, and
Finishing, in
and
Part
chapter
for
finishing.
V.
directions
See
also
about
Scraper,
Wood-Working
204
table
312)
of
be
can
simple
of any
for
construction
desired
Beginners
and
size
and
neat
(Fig.
appearance
proportions.
beginning
Before
read
work
carefully Marki^jg^
Rule^ Square^ Scuu^ Plane^

in
Part
V., and
other
any
The
to
2|-
tops of
the
tapering, however,
legs, but
to
cross-bars, which
sides
the
must
cut
receive
tenons
of
legs,as
in
Fig.
?'
should
not
little below
the
connect
sides
and
then
legs.
extend
the
bottom
On
the
to
the
of
the
inner
two
be
(see
rails
of
I"
curves
chisel
or
not
can
Fig.
Slock,
on
and
compass
Do
two
shown
313
t i
These
the
down
connect
the
be
tom
bot-
rails
the
which
the
the
on
ends
be
legs
mortises
to
point
rails,or
of
312.
The
two.
to
should
toward
opposite
other
cut
by planing
Fig.
of
being
After
they
tapered
cording
ac-
size
the
and
length
from
square,
table.
squared
the
be
can
to
the
up
references.
legs
1-^-
look
file.
try
the
keyhole
The
to
edge being
lower
curves
put
and
saw,
this
can
be
table
cut
313.
with
finished
omitted,
all
turning-saw
the
with
spokeshave
of course,
if
or
and
preferred.
together permanently
at
one
Furniture
First
operation.
the
then
join
other
these
sides
two
(see Ghting)
Clamps)
and
until
the
be
should
parts
Corner-blocks
dry.
finally
joints
securely clamped (see
rails.
remaining
the
by
connecting piece, and
the
and
legs
two
connecting piece,
the
legs and
togethertwo
put
205
be
can
the
Glue
in
put
angles
the
at
(see Coj'nei' -blocks).

Holes
If
rails
the
countersinking
Deep
first
boring
head
of the
the
If
hole
the
depth
of
the
hole
so
hole
made
into
the
from
with
top
top, if
and
the
top
face
position
mark
continue
the
for
and
frame
the
securely to
carefully
through
bit
horses
the
around
to
the
see
that
top of
top
on.
you
use
the
table.
Do
not
the
Depend
a
Gluing),
the
bench,
place
the
in
When
the screws,
of
the
the
into
and
exact
frame,
the
then
top,
screw
Screws)^ measuring
which
screws
and
glued
laying
little way
and
be
Then,
inside
the
than
fasten
or
top.
(see Boring
top
should
(see pointing
the
trifle smaller
the
the
on
which
through
board,
in the frame
holes
cleats
screw
smoothed.
upon
line
to
slipped
be
to
screw
hole
one
off
on
the
is
315.
using a
hold
downward
314.
be
can
(Fig. 315).
dressed
down
this
vertical
wide
edge shaped
upside
frame
or
way
on
too
inch
allow
to
Another
being
before
up
cut
gouge
screwed
be
can
in
Fig.
rail with
of the
The
the
the
hole
into
down
slanting
(Fig. 314).
hole
inside
Fig.
inside),an
the
species of
larger
boring
top,
below
from
the
top, and
the
from
(on
rail
the
of
by
first
bit.
great for this
made
be
can
the
smaller
rail is too
the
counterboring, making
side
with
continued
be
by
depth required, when
the
to
screw
top.
sary.
neces-
admit
to
the
fasten
to
holes
done
be
can
large enough
hole
can
process,
the
vertical
deep,
too
which
by
bored, countersinking deeply if
be
can
not
are
rails
in the
bored
be
must
will
entirelyon
table-top
on
not
the
with
piotrude
screws
to
glue (see
for
Wood-Working
2o6
Laying
stand
out
the
even,
see
together, when
The
the
the
well
left until
be
fine
details
do
differ
not
the
those
from
does
final
be
is put
carefully
articles
the
of
not
scraping
table
being scraped, can

end
introduction
of
this
to

in Part
316)
Tlie
Winding-sticks.
can
table
shown.
already
An
the
If
whole, after
with
remaining
See
top
IV.).
Chapter
Scribing and
(see Scraper)of
sandpapered
in
work^
Beginners
directions
for
chapter
finishing.
See
also
about
Finishing.,
V.
excellent
is useful
centre-table
for
many
for the
amateur
About
purposes.
make
to
three
is
top
on
(Fig.
feet square
a
convenient
size.
read
work
beginning
Before
carefully Marking.,
Rule.,Square.,Satu, Plane,
in
V.
Part
other
any
Get
I
J"
the
2"
in
diameter,
They
table.
316.
of
the
Groove
case.
be
-I" to
(diagonally)from
post
reaching
meeting
can
to
in
the
the
be
be
screwed
thick.
to
post.
or
made
the
top
to
The
leg
of them
other
framework
at
in
of
the
the
the
the
be
can
top
of
by
cleats
table.
extend
can
be
legs
cleats
by
The
end
These
across
in two
parts,
in four
parts,
and
titions
cross-par-
screwed
which
be
in the
(see Grooving).
cut
of
can
receive
to
partitionscan
the
together
being
each
One
This
centre.
bound
(Fig. 317), holes
|"
centre;
of
in the
cross-partitionshown
partitionscan
turn
side
one
cording
ac-
size
the
tapered slightly,as
preceding
up
legs,from
four
to
Fig.
look
references.
out
to
and
on
they
lower
can
top
in
shelf, or
Furniture
be
rest
is put
together
and
Fig.
shelves
after
underneath,
cleats
upon
fitted
from
up
The
be
can
to
the
which
shape
Fig. 517a.
Fig,
317.
details do
remaining
The
The
in
top is shown
of the
rest
fastened
be
if necessary.
shelves
upper
can
fastened.
be
can
The
stock.
i"
of
can
parts),can
four
cleats, also, being used
underneath,
they
in
(being made
shelves
207
not
differ from
those
317a.
in the
preceding
cases.
end
See
introduction
of
to

and
Sandpaper^
Fimsking,
Stand.
Small
"
shown
involves
of
many
but
shown,
skill
A
of
good
across
high.
to
hold
Before
the
other
Such
a
finishing. See
V.
amateur.
ly"
stand
14"
18''
or
is useful
flower-pot.
Saw, Pla?ie, in
Part
Scraper^
the
13''or
and
beginning
also
about
than
beyond
careful
top
directions
articles
size is about
the
for
rangement
simple arin Fig. 318
is not
the
chapter
and
in Part
difficulties
more
this
work
V.
Fig.
read
and
carefullyMarkings
look
up
any
other
318.
Rule, Square,
references.
Furniture
Get
the
out
can
top
legs should
The
stand
small
last
to J" according
-J-"
from
vary
in the
as
209
fastened
be
not
to
shown.
the
size
the
top, but
directlyto
Fig.
framework
the
should
the
top
The
the
at
end
upper
The
stock
I"
into
grooved
the
of
Fig.
fine
All
the
the cleats
case
screws
required
to
323.
with
leg.
where
of each
This
to
shelf
the
being
at
the
should
be
or
the
shelf
into
the
in
hole
is fastened
together, little
angle
fastened
alone
should
make
all these
to
be
notched
joint, and
between
angles
(Fig. 323).
end
of
through
after
the
brackets
the lower
will
whole
can
shelf
be
and
glued except
Much
care
is
jointsaccurately,and
together properly.
do
not
differ from
those
Fig.
preceding
or
the top, in which
be used.
details
can
leg (Fig. 324)
the
in the
bottom
underneath
strengthen
The
14
dowel
or
extreme
off
cut
from
table
See
vent
pre-
six-sided
fit into
legs,the
toed
joints should
remaining
and
screw
screws
are
shelf
fine
put the whole
in the
cleat
helps
tenon
leg to
hexagonal
of
be
the
legs can
to
table.
322.
round
be
the
of
framework.
cleat
screwed
(Fig.322).
top
tapered (see Rounding -sticks).A
be
made
be
the
to
warping.
from
should
and
screwed
be
to
ness
thick-
The
324.
cases.
introduction
to
this
chapter
for
directions
about
2IO
smoothing,
Wood-Working
for
i)uttingtogether,
finishing. See
and
Sandpaper,
Footstool
Finishing, in
Cricket.
or
(Fig. 325) can
be
made
and
Part
of
also
Scraper,
V.
"
Beginners
low
common
or
-|''
^"
stock
seat
cricket
or
of any
and
desired
size.
Before
beginning
work
read
carefullyMarking,
Plane, in Part
Saw,
other
any
up
The
the
meet
the
Fig.
it easier
find
they
325.
the
After
of the
of
smoothing,
is too
chair
obvious
to
The
the
Rule,
v., and
seat
most
this
to
in
Fifiis/iing,
The
"
and
cases.
the
at
ends
of
the
sides
ends
the
will
You
top
sides
of
sides
ably
probbefore
be
can
do
differ
not
from
those
in
read
work
be
can
difficult
any
remaining
For
details
the
also
Scraper,
Fig. 326
carefully
in
references.
thin
of
is the
scription.
de-
Plane,
other
made
part
See
about
V.
require special
up
directions
for
construction
Square, Saw,
look
chapter
plank.
bevelling of
'^'
joints (see Bevelling).
The
the
between
finishing.
Part
shown
beginning
This
and
top
the
cut
details
remaining
Seat.
Marking,
Part
The
plain
Before
where
is
job
slightlyrounded.
together (see Nailing) set the nails
nailed
are
introduction
and
Out-Door
the
bevels
stretcher
of the
edges
putting together,
Sandpaper,
of
and
out
look
already described.
cases
end
See
The
parts
(see Nail-set).
lay
to
this
part of
(see Bevelling^.
tapered.
are
the
V., and
references.
hardest
cut
to
Rule, Square^
do
painting
not
see
differ from
those
Painting,
in Part
^^
in the
V.
'
ing
preced-
Furniture
and
Bookcase
furniture
of taste, and
made
often
join
to
particular spot
the
in
given
not
are
But
separately.
desirable
two
the
or
for
or
convenient
as
for
given
suggestive
as
undertaken
suitably
beginning
Before
Saw, Plane,
in Part
if
lounge
two.
screws.
work
simply
The
back
The
similar
are
shelf
of
the
appearance
or
fit
it
some
and
look
up
in
the
those
to
lounge
the
this
other
design
article
rangements
ar-
Rule^ Square^
are
merely
(which
already shown,
be
references.
cupboard
merely
can
desired.
arrangement
is
are
simple
many
when
any
These
that
carefullyMarkings
box-like
of
find
to
327.
of combinations
and
bookcase
pieces
Fig.
contrived
read
V., and
The
desired)
is
be
in
amateur,
principles involved
new
combination.
open
kind
the
by
readily
can
The
of the
parts
327.
(Fig. 328), and
corner
ground
the
have
of
are
Examples
special reason.
desk
(Fig. 306), in the combina-
some
and
bookcase
the
sometimes
may
different
more
articles
on
to
as
amateur
FiG.
tion
"
Combination
"
rule, frequently undesirable
as
are,
"
Lounge.
21
board
depends
in the
can
be
and
the
connecting
fastened
much
upon
the
by
the
Woocl-\W)rking'
I 2
This
upholstering.
of the
should
be
not
for
Beginners
until
done
after
the
finishing
woodwork.
The
details
remaining
articles
end
of
smoothing,
introduction
to
putting together,
Sandpaper^
different
this
chapter
and
in Part
Finishings
The
Fig. 328.
of
the
already
directions
See
also
about
Scraper^
32S.
for
involved
principles
articles
other
those
V.
suitable
combination,
for
finishing.
and
Fig.
Another
from
shown.
already
See
not
are
corner,
the
are
described
the
and
is shown
same
for
as
construction
in
the
is
obvious.
Table
and
of
form
many
ends
and
made
on
heavy
back
of
thin
usage,
the
Another
arms
amateur
to
and
330).
but
if
plank
will
good
attaching
of
the
seat.
This
"
make
and
If of
large, and
be
form
of
circular
is
lent
excel-
an
is useful
moderate
to
be
subjected
for
chair-table
a
narrower
for
size, it
suitable
more
principle by making
same
chair, and
the
329
J" stock,
of
top.
Chair-Table.
or
for the
(Figs.
made
rough
to
table
purposes
be
can
Settle,
can
seat,
top by hinges
to
the
be
or
the
Furniture
beginning
Before
Plane, in
Saw,
framing
The
upright
the
out
fit them
or
of the
ends
being
groove
and
cut
the
to
front
in
shown
as
up
receive
Fig.
the
seat,
like
any
by pins
the
f"
be
arranged
table- top
and
as
when
the top is
other
two
in diameter.
making
these
seat
lowered, it can
holes
also.
Care
holes
must
by
be
the
part and
(see Rabbet)
lid,which
The
Get
box.
box
rabbet
held
used
(see Boring).
to
screws
either
to
pins
The
331,
When
be
of
of
(seeHinges).
fastened
is desired.
back
that
forms
329.
shown
is pivoted
(see Scj'e7vs),
shown
and
can
to
bottom.
Fig.
the
and
references.
other
any
part is similar
lower
Rule, Square,
carefullyMarkings
look
V., and
Part
together
read
work
213
side
you
in
wish
the
the
to
top, made
deep
cleats
upright
use
the
ends
table
place by insertingpins
should
in
of
The
not
laying
be
off
less than
the
V'
points
in
or
for
Wood-Working
14
Fig.
remaining
The
not
are
from
those
articles
for
Beginners
330.
tails
de-
different
of
the
already
shown.
See
end
to
for
about
of
duction
intro-
this
ter
chap-
directions
smoothing,

finishing.
Scrape}\
and
Part
See
also
Sa?idpape?\
Fi7iishing^
V.
Fig.
331.
Furniture
Cabinet
form
is shown
that
of
stock
the
in
Fishing-Rods,
Fig.
and
itself
case
for the
|", and
The
332.
bookcases
for the
divisions
Guns,
for
beginning
Plane, in
Saw,
If you
Part
the
make
in rabbets
work
be
set
in
place by strips of
can
be
sides, as
too
fitted between
you
difficult
various
cut
sizes
"
inside
sides
make
stored
well
upon
other
any
glass panels,
or
prefer (seeDoors).
to
up
the
of
larger
Rule, Square,
can
lap
can
shown,
these
frames
and
The
the
edges
can
be
over
draweVs
The
shelves
as
moulding.
(see Draivers),
the
for the
references.
door
"
quarter-round
the
The
shown.
already
to
332.
look
the
on
is similar
construction
carefully Marking,
with
doors
convenient
partitions ^'\
small
read
"
in thickness,
|^''
be
can
V., and
Etc.
cabinets
Fig.
Before
21
be
and
used
small
as
can
held
doors
of
omitted
boxes
the
if
of
substitute.
Furniture
For
and
plain
(Fig. 334),
tenon
through
cut
tenons),
the
to
is
nothing
frame
the
ends
being
fore
be-
ends
of
the
longer pieces (those having
the
mortises),
ter
lat-
the
reaching
should
be
the
take
to
you
readily
more
with
has
frame
and
surface
done
be
glued
of
the
beads,
rabbet,
See
end
smoothing,
in
frame
of
row
Part
V.
the
front
should
paid
^^'
di-
(see Plane,
this
of
tention
at-
the
to
grain
or
is
frame
careful
together,
After
a
the
after
rection
planing
edges
the
being
and
the
of
to
together
final
smoothing
and
the
the
Gluing^
The
pieces (those having
shorter
ends
after
glued
(see Mortising^
Clamps).
being
apart
injury
of
off
been
back
enables
projecting
sawed
be
the
fitting,and
when
The
work.
at
mortise
the
at
frame
danger
less
can
This
joint with
long,
too
little
(Fig. 334).
ends
the
out
got
overlap
to
as
so
The
shown.
as
than
(see Rabbet)
the
stopped
but
better
rabbet
of
217
some
kind
is all
other
Scraper^
done,
simple
Sandpaper).
and
inner
an
form,
^^'^^
moulding
easily
can
be
with
fitted
to
if desired.
of
introduction
putting
together,
to
this
and
chapter
finishing.
for
See
directions
also
about
Finishing,
CHAPTER
A
FEW
Wooden
XI
MISCELLANEOUS
Chain.
OrERATIONS
White
"
pine
straight-grainedwood
Fig.
any
length
whittling
Before
Fig.
is
and
from
more
beginning
i"
2"
work
read
Part
the
337,
small
If very
the
at
of
they
notching
cutting
separated.
The
in
away
the
the
allowing space
play
some
from
the
remove
four
bets,
rab-
piece
the
(Fig. 336).
cross
whittlingmust
2l5
of
links, alternating as
have
can
section
and
Fig. 337,
forming
corners,
Greek
the
lay out
(Fig. 335), and
shown
as
wood
shape
be
of
V.
giving
tlieycan
Fig.
square.
stick
carefully Markifig^ Ride, Knife,
Mark
338.
Take
used.
336.
to
tled,
easily whit-
difficult.
in
Fig.
other
any
be
can
335.
or
outside
the
wood
be
shown
enough
when
within
done
Next
so
cut.
and
the
in
that
By
finally
links,
of
carefully,
it by
do
with
wholly by aittijig
and
course,
prying
much
fine
twistingwith
or
this
of
as
wood
oil and
or
Ball
will
wood
straight-grained
in
chain
Use
natural
the
this
for
do
easilywhittled,
other
Whitepineorany
"
likelyto split
separated.
are
the
Leave
to
(see Finishing).
shellac
Block.
and
links
the
try
(Fig.338), doing
the links
smooth
219
If you
will be
blade, you
before
can
you
knife.
sharp
the
and
Finally,round
the wood.
as
Operations
Miscellaneous
Few
whittling
exercise
(Fig- 339)beginning
Before
in Part
out
get
parallel to
the
straightin
on
to
the
those
the
and
or
handle
must
be
allowed
shown
in
with
oil
or
Box-making.
ends,
over
to
with
the
that
the
"
the
avoid
"
In
and
spherical
the
by
removed
to
be
to
the
nearly
as
the
make
339.
length
whole
The
originalblock
fine
sandpaper (see Sa?idpaper)and
(see Finishing).
the
out
the
ends
joints showing
wood
Fig.
laying
over
into
additional
out
sides, top, and
sides
sides
shellac
the
be
wish
top,
on
Cut
slanting
posts between
ball
you
getting
sandpapered
finished
mind
If
side
cutting a notch,
must
the
may
each
(see Gauge).
parallelwith
four
Trim
around
it
from
make
part
wood
can.
you
ring
be
The
in
line
which
of
edge
Remove
are
form
by prying.
not
then
middle
which
cuts
bottom.
spherical as
can
and
first made.
finallymeet
cuts,
lines
J"
general principle as
while
and
top
Gauge
long.
about
the
each
block,
and
edge
gradually shaping
sides
2"
or
these
meet
same
form;
cubical
be, perhaps, i\"
on
Rule, Knife,
carefully Markings
V.
First
cuts
read
work
bottom
ends,
and
(Fig. 340).
on
the
boxes,
common
usually lap
the
top
and
Sometimes,
front, the front
and
in
bear
over
the
bottom
however,
back
are
for
Wood-Wôrking
220
made
lap
lap
to
the
over
Fig.
sometimes
back
(Fig. 342),
other
and
Fig.
Do
made.
in
rely
not
but
box-work,
place
nails
or
lid
sometimes
is
often
more
in
cut
The
the
lid
of the
box,
fastened
sort,
for
at
in
sides
lower
or
the
In
so
nice
not
as
and
be
can
lid
narrower
back
everything
of
the
but
show,
into
or
can
box
rough
to
be
both
can
the
used
343.
the
rabbet
bottom
simply fitting
either
box
(see Rabbet)
bottom
up).
top edge of the back

and
(Fig. 345).
or
or
however,
showing
344,
hinged
on
project slightlyto good
work,
to
ends
edge (Fig.
cover
or
bottom
or
Fig.
set
the
in between
dependence
your
342.
(Fig. 343).
advantage
common
screws.
Either
Fig.
are
341.
these
for
glue
on
ends
arrangements
340.
joints
square
top (Fig. 341), occasionally the
the
over
Beginners
temporary
hinged
Plain
to
strip
lids of this
work,
should
cleated, either
be
cleats
the
on
Fig.
is
Mitring
however,
unless
and
of
much
skill,
the
be
can
least
at
or
used
and
is
strengthened by splines or
(see Mitring).
mitred
it is to
when
of
to
all four
you
get through
and
the
box
There
be
will
with
are
be
box
various
(see Joints).
The
The
with
spoiled.
mitred
other
rabbeted
ways
be
joint
put
If
exactly
get
you
of
out
and
a
however,
the
skilful
shown
one
before
hearsed
re-
you
out
corner
become
amateur
can
cold
make
permanently.
joints by
in
be
position before
glue
will hold
making
saw-kerfs
should
process
fit
joints that
of
joints can,
larly
together, particu-
thrown
Only
first shown.
to
must
them,
look
and
let into
whole
together.
to
pieces
amateur
probably
nicely fitted
or
Everything
puttering
operation
an
glued.
the
finallyput
place,
for
gluing.
before
begin
is hard
box
keys
age
aver-
liable
very
joint
Mitred
the
weaker
be
fitted
help.
are
is,
strength,
of
point
skill than
and
squarely
common,
in
joints
open,
gape
be
the
It
box-joints.
more
"
345.
tightly(fora
(see Nailing).
making
"
than
Glue
of
simply by
or
more
nails
of all ways
poorest
with
held
be
the
toe
usually acquires,
apart,
worse
"
**
way
the
done
amateur
come
joints will
common
one
the
if you
box)
permanent
Fig.
344.
that
221
Doors).
and
Cleats
(see
side
framing,
cleats, by
end
by
under
Remember
Operations
Miscellaneous
Few
machine
Fig. 346
can
be
made
hand
by
that
saw
mill.
at
for
Wood-Working
222
the
will
you
It is
the
so
much
save
good, strong,
than
end
well, but
very
what
345)
quicker
time
by having
joint
little end
it makes
the
Glue
with
this
at
there
wood
less wood
it is allowable
is
to
(Fig.
joint quite inconspicuous.
also
be
joint
on
can
lar
circu-
it done
shows
and
When
way.
round
with
much
neat
common
Beginners
used
age
advant-
to
of
account
the
shoulder.
the
Dowelling
sometimes
used.
but
unless
by
as
rule, there
Certainly
first to
Learn
and
of
good
There
boxes
is
together
this
considerable
required
Where
as
in
the
Fig.
347,
separately, but
saw
it
by
box
in the
it
But,
joints.
conceal
to
best
of
with
ones
style.
some
reinforced
be
sometimes
triangular corner-pieces
workmanlike
more
is
be
of
form
some
process
dovetails
in the
nails show.
difficult
more
hardly
posts,
or
is easy
to
the
of
way
putting
tailing),
dovetailing (see Dovefor
one
until
postponed
skill, for, though
cutting
where
cases
plain joints accurately,
joints can
or
should
and
undertake,
is
than
joint,
place.
better
no
the
by
in
screwed
work
the
do
ring,
mit-
vantage
principal ad-
is in
trying
common,
attempt
advantage
but
and
the
The
in
gain
can
you
success.
and
glued
much
make
then
can
you
chance
to
unless
not
The
have
to
than
strong
dowelling
method
is easier
means
no
objectionable
is not
It
skilfullymade.
of
is
is
corners
the
he
beginner
has
acquired
principle of laying
understand,
much
to
out
exactness
execution.
does
the
best
simply
apart wherever
not
way
to
you
at
the
is not
to
open
put together
wish
to
have
lowêr
top but
make
a
the
tight
box
it open.
two
and
down,
parts
then
careful
Be
Miscellaneous
Few
to
(see Gaiige)^ and

which
not
omit
you
saw,
but
very
little carelessness
very
pains not
take
of the
fitted
be
be
be
can
be
but
with
the
as
which
nailed
around.
for
is
or
the
to
Saw
the
after
the
a
general
be
is shown
desired
durable
shown
bottom,
in
of
and
for
or
than
Fig.
and
can
rougher
for
It is
the
Stock
is
cost
Hard
one.
soft.
This
349.
wood.
any
chest,
small
considerable
in
the
wood
from
experience
cut.
because
around
directly to
rest
inside
^'
to
^'
suitable.
had
nailed
bottom
place.
make
to
The
the
on
The
Fig. 348.
cases.
good-sized
348.
together,
put
simpler joints rather
screwed
The
size
make
will be
have
is
in
other
around
tool-chest
than
you
box
any
more
corners,
rabbet
Any
hastily,for
too
in
is shown
in the
cut
nailed
to
chest
as
groove
of
more
in thickness
content
edges
necessitate
spoilthe jointand
plain
the
of
much
Unless
form
well
as
little
will be
the
to
made
usually
a
same
simply
simple
can
for
when
inserted
job
the
wood
the
line.
sawing.
Smooth
away
it open
saw
this
the
Fig.
is the
construction
can
will
plane
to
near
347.
form
good
to
too
after
line.
which
by
223
edges.
Fig.
added
the
carefullyon
open
nails
any
easily be
can
box
truing
drive
to
line
the
accurately
gauge
Operations
of
the
the
than
to
It is
not
the
of the construction
had
necessary
and
or
the
before
the
of the
chest
best
be
dovetailing
attempt
base-board
bottom,
edge,
you
to
cut
moulding
latter
moulding
is obvious
can
be
is put
and
chest
do
Miscellaneous
Few
differ from
not
preceding chapter
In
the
to
that
know
of the
few
box,
be
the
grain
and
the
majority
of
boxes
ends
should
run
in
This
the
meet,
and
(/.f.
in
as
small
contraction
When
of
avoid
can,
for
as
the
lay
little
wish
swellingand
the boards
strength, lay
Care
must
and
square,
'5
be
to
thus
of
In
and
sides
around
not
in
goes
be
should
required
have
as
few
shrinking across
of the
the
the
to
to
and
sides
and
to
should
sides
Out
the
in the
cracks
as
top
and
or
pendix)
Ap-
bottom
possibleand
grain as
but
that
so
and
Work,
if you
much
of
case
expansion
the
cover
the
the
be
ends
lengthways,
to
expand
not
and
glued, except
box,
box
opposite directions
short,
run
Laying
on
top of the
naturally tend
possible due
as
lengthways
them
of the
joints)where
is fastened
IV.
are
the
at
grain
grain
change
boards
if you
will
it should
the
grade
contraction.
grain
joints, unless
top board
and
to
direction
horizontally or
"
some
the
When
347,
the
to
way
need
better
and
the
all around
glued
(see Chapter
several
box,
Fig.
box,
will be
there
the
paid
illustrations.
edge
parts
be
tion
direc-
tion
Examina-
all you
make
you
way
glue (with
alike.
Where
box,
of
the
as
the
to
together in
you
expansion
same
rightangles),such
at
,
glued.
the
the
show
chests
and
in the
of
use
contract
will
must
of
matter
gives a strong
permits
ends
the
reference
thought
will be strong.
when
glued, regard
shown
as
with
porary
tem-
some
or
much
devote
put them
you
But
work.
packing
to
tells you
to
box,
as
packing-cases
such
for
need
pieces
grain, so long
for
the
boxes
not
common-sense
your
of
of
do
you
arrangement
of the
in the
Furniture,
on
nailingtogether rough
purpose,
225
just described
articles
of the
those
Operations
as
to
you
merely
wish
with
the
crossways.
taken
about
testing
the
angles
in
guarding against winding (see Winding-sticks),
nice
making
and
top
the
matter
boxes,
got
are
of
will
the
"
the
close
final
The
after
done
of
dressing
smoothed
The
all
for
is
the
should
sides)
the
prevent
nice
be
the
the
of
used
and
the
joints, for
The
inside
in which
forms
the
boxes
it to
of
"
The
the
all
nearly
or
the
best
form
which
of
when
done
circular
making
so
not
too
hard
for
the
sides
in
posts
at
the
out
stock
quickly
saw
nice
or
and
other
boxes,
and
each
the
case
large boxes,
often
them
see
and
sides
ends
this
but
is
form
elaborate
beginner
the
350,
cut
getting
be
a
is
Fig.
rabbets
joints can
is saved,
in
the
by
avoided
be
an
of
forms
In
will
for
'
had
work
cheaply) by
^^
great
general principlesapply
same
rather
or
be
course,
is too
panelled,
grooves
be
before
dry
made
are
wîth
to
ensure
should
box
must,
you
however,
by
together, allowing plenty
of chests
shown,
the
marred
box-work.
the
over
applying
being
of
to
worker.
place
where
placed
pressure
outside
put
in
specified,but
and
in
work
before
work
distribute
to
top)
putting together.
variety of
be
the
surfaces.
before
to
to
In
in
work
common
and
bottom
required.
permanently
glue
off
"
of
smoothing
it is
if
time,
(or
assist
course,
for
and
bottom
possible (see Clamps).
joint as
If the
work.
square,
pieces
grain
also
but
clamps,
box
waste
merely
not
the
squaring
joints (across the

clamps,
all framed
bottom
glued,
joints are
Beginners
accurately they will, of
out
getting
all the
be
with
as
carefully fitting the
as
for
Wood-Working"
226
to
tempt
at-
inexperienced
the
ends
is
amateur
being
fitted
corner.
for boxes
and
making
accurately (and usually

machine
by having
that
the
much
time
parts sawed
at
mill.
The
to
Chapter
X.
remarks
equally
the
details
the articles shown
Boats.
hulls
details
types
and
scope
of this
these
points.
few
and
and
of
later, and
will
in
copies
"
be
as
spent
wish
often
quite
of
the
little
simpler
lives
better
essential
Very
near
wood
of
pieces
of
Rule,
the
upon
The
various
within
come
the
information
as
upon
fun, of
course,
valuable
which
yachts,
of
duction
intromay
you
boat-building
sailing
and
real
vessels, with
minor
handiwork,
of
them
is
"
in
all the
complexity
the
in
found
exact
as
larger
of
the
but
time
other
some
out
usually
can
way.
If you
everything
which
sailing.
instruction, is required
toy boats
Almost
fitted up
interesting specimens
boats, leave
no
details
often
are
skill,and
which
of the
general subject
successful
water.
merits
the
little boats
sail your
forms
of
beginner.
not
types
woodwork
the
well
model
advantage
to
do
see
and
models
actually to
is not
those
instructive.
miniature
to
of
as
different
Making
These
skill,
and
chests,
from
the
is half
tools
the
to
fittings,rigging,
boats.
your
V.
easily find
yourself
building
interesting and
You
of the
can
you
with
to
which
matters
are
Part
about
useful
be
discussion
boats
the
sailing.
both
and
differ
not
out
finishing, apply
boxes
Finishing, in
may
book, and
your
undertake
do
suggestions
boats
designs
to
work
getting
to
and
of
introduction
chapter. See, also. Marking,
and
capital practice
and
of
"
rigging
Making
the
in that
of toy
of
class
better
of
Scraper, Sandpaper,
Toy
of the
end
227
Plane, Nailing, Nail-set, Screws, Hinges, Locks,
Square, Saw,
"
the
at
(on Furniture), in regard
making
to
general
the
made
Operations
putting together, smoothing,
work,
the
Miscellaneous
Few
familiar
any
little mast
scrap
can
to
the
small
of
shingle
be
raised
to
boy
or
will
make
who
piece
sail,
\Vood-\Vorkin"i: for Beginners
228
the
as
small
something
well
boy
like
more
all difficulties
greatest
of
discover
later if you
But
advanced
than
be
can
make
model
is that
of
scientific
successful
any
model
At
of
_t^-fUHai
first and
as
will
you
yacht-building.
much
skill
more
"
first,in beginning
boat
boats
making
the
design,
requires
beginner.
get beyond
the
of
when
begin
and
attempted,
yacht-work
expected
you
is
attempt
toy boats, copy
After
boat
difficulties
The
knows.
nearly as
as
of
shingles
board,
you
likely make
to
can.
you
and
scraps
may
very
like
something
Fig. 351 which is too simple

to
require special description
,
begin
you
boats
you
enough to tax
\vood-working skill to
your
build
to
"
when
but
regular
will find
^^^-
with
351-
forms
simple
and
make
not
One
of
way
it from
cut
the
making
solid
block
of
wood
is
size.
Another
way
it up
layers
of
laid
of
board
(as of
hull
required
'
Still another
much
in
in
the
course
covering
and
other
an-
If your
is
cut
the
and
boat
is
hull
from
usually better
Either
little
of
these
accomplished
quite
to
small
solid
build
methods
it will
block
it in
can
model
yachts
is built
but
planks,
skill
more
Fig.
than
should
can
not
making
"
this
be
be
framework
(though
method
of
expected
attempted
probably
be
if much
easier
more
and
than
the
better
or
good
average
become
until you
yachts.
in
feet
two
hull
the
build
is to
in the building of regular model
but
352.
for
is to
build
to
one
vessel
of construction
this mode
skilful workman
real
it with
respects)requires
some
amateur,
that
way
know)
you
the
of
on
used
sometimes
way
same
and
skeleton
to
gin
be-
first attempts
your
horizontally (Fig. 352).'
best
large.
too
one
had
You
utmost.
t h
most
in
cases
length
it
layers.
be
used
in
any
case,
but
for
small
boat
the
The
greatest
all
above
and
be
be
free
from
things
the
is
costly
more
bad
and
clear
of
quality
of
the
grain,
thing
No-
seasoned.
thoroughly
best
229
selection
knots, checks,
excellent, but
is
in the
taken
be
must
than
is better
Mahogany
must
care
It should
wood.
Operations
Miscellaneous
Few
white
pine.
harder
and
to
work.
Take
simple model
of the fin-keel
Fig.
have
must
different
smaller
the
plans
than
building
block
that
In
the
drawings,
which
layers
will
and
the
size you
wish
be
course,
the
or
is
make
to
enlarged
plans
the
for
and
full-sized
ing
work-
the
elevation,"
"end
is
needed,
as
and
the
top
sides
large
it is hard
one
to
find
defects.
three
and
give side, end,
is all that
from
boat,
body plan,
side
for
difficult,while
more
free
sufficiently
be
plan,
"front
If
giving the
drawing is
made.*
making
sheer
the
in
drawing
views.
of
you
353.
or
actual
the
drawing
to
or
boat, it must,
the
'
design
First
(Fig.353).
type
views
half-breadth
are
of
of
and
the boat,
course
Tliese
plan.
elevation,"
views
known
usually drawn,
are
in
"plan"
"
alike.
or
of
ordinary
one-half
Several
as
correspond
of
it,
equidistant
Before
Saw,
beginning
work
read
Beginners
carefullyMarking;, Rule, Square,
Plane, Chisel, Gouge, Spokeshavc, Paring, etc.,

other
any
hull
from
the
right dimensions,
are
true
now
be
and
wood
and
the
first prepare
block,
plane it,making
another.
one
sides
the
to
by
solid
with
square
transferred
the
on
and
look
the
block
up
references.
cut' the
To
it
for
Wood-Working
230
of
use
of
The
the
transfer
that
sure
plan
block, either
must
by copying
the
between
placed
paper
sides
the
sheer
of
"^
Fig.
drawing
the
the
breadth
If the
with
2, 3
the
line.
The
equal
boat
and
other
works
and
same
block,
reversed
cate
dupli-
transfer
the
each
side
on
for
pattern
line
centre
by fastening
or
way
reversing the
are
other
drawn
the
lines
apart
deeper
outlines
halfof
side,
one
each
down
or
"
has
boat
floated
the
model
higher.
Other
but
down
the
sheer
of
One
end
would
lines
are
cross-sections,
these
details
yacht- ) building.
but
on
the
and
these
you
at
slight and
lines
in
represents
the
load
Fig.
the
line
water-
by
added
the
to
if the
water
show
vertical
regular intervals, and

will
i,
"
imaginary levels, at
made
also
marked
line shown
other
be
lines
be
It is called
load.
it represent
which
longitudinal sections,
yacht- (and
proper
lines
and
Saw
plans.
being parallel to
like
to
the
to
will
expense
saved.
its
sawed
be
can
the
across
horizontal, longitudinal
on
wood
the
(Fig. 354),nearly
when
distances
sunk
of
the
will be
labour
lines
water
top
jig-saw,the
or
3, etc.
horizontal
of
side
top and
"
the
pattern,
bottom.
considerable
"
out
of the
In
centre,
continue
band-saw
the
to
the
Also
the
along
twice
along
course.
side
one
side.
other
plan
line drawn
on
354.
by cutting
wood,
itself
drawing
on
of
the
and
find
fully described
also
in
omit
to
first attempts
In your
355.
Miscellaneous
Few
in the
simplifiesmatters
wood
shown
by
have
shaded
the
Paring)
operation
requires much
the
As
have
for
or
stiff paper,
of
apply
The
the
the eye
mark
forming
the
hull
at
each
fit the
wood
of the
hull
will, of
spokeshave,
advantage
and
in the final
true
out
desired
to
curve
sides
wide
or
you
and
(see
chisel
may
of the boat
Cut
series
section
at
to
their
course,
sometimes
work
of hours.
shape
cutting,
spoilyour
boat.
On
board
card-
alike.
shape
your
tions
sec-
patterns
you
can
cutting, until
respective sections,when
agree
the
with
the
plane, can
so
section
of the
templates, which
test
must
you
your
of these
of the
of
and
work
of the different
each
out
reverse
is slow
gauge
series of patterns
is the
thus
to
case
properly held,
spoil the
which
by
the
body plan.
boat,
templates just
shape
approach
from
the part which
save
the
the
on
may
get both
to
with
hollowing
little haste
than
more
important
shown
to
to
little deviation
very
It is very
as
begins
bottom
something
a
care.
can
in
bench,
be
clamp
355.
and
shaping
of
it
shape
to
Fig.
The
the
superfluous
Now
355.
this
as
(seeDraw-knife).
draw-knife
the
or
by
approximately
it out
rough
which
off the
saw
Fig.
firmly on
up,
vise arrangement
no
of
parts
be well
(Fig. 354),
flat
Also,
231
it may
boats
small
top
beginning.
block, bottom
the
wedge
making
at
sheer, leaving the
deck
the
Operations
the
the
plan.
be
used
to
shaping (see Spokeshave), Especial
good
care
is
(seeBoring).
hole
inside
deck,
the
Now
side
upper
of
is
stiffen the
to
the
the
inside
with
holes
bored
out
the line marked
sides
as
is
the keel
for
the
duced
re-
ter
bet-
deck.
low
Be357.
uniform
as
narrow
the
at
space
it is often
fastened, where
be
to
is
the
at
give a
and
thickness
the
except
can,
you
make
point
on
hull
of the
Fig.
this
will
(Fig. 357)-
thickness
sides
around
gouge
The
the
of
inch
nailingdown
for
bearing
hollow
straightfrom
down
an
the
middle.
thickness
the
with
and
the
increased
of the
object
gunwale
until
Operations
groove
marked,
Cut
perhaps \
to
The
cutting towards
in this process.
help
run
line
the
of
gouge,
the
Miscellaneous
Few
well
where
bottom
very
leave
to
thicker
ridge (Fig. 357).

Extreme
not
to
is
care
inch, unless
it is hard
patience, for
Templates
whether
be
can
are
you
Do
away
try
to
cut
thickness
thickness
much
too
the
Smooth
the
than
that
deck
inside
with
Next, with
the
boat, but
by
which
a
thin
the
leave
neatly with
you
saw-kerfs
the
bow
by
thumb
and
of
degree
deeply.
too
tell
can
an
quite
the
well
of
sense
and
stern,
finger.
as
it will
358.
sufficient
flatter
removed
stripor
cut
uniform
the
at
fair
if you
You
between
Fig.
weaken
inside.
the
the
making
the
not
for
of
fourth
one
with
repair the damage
to
made
feeling, gauging
than
pretty good workman
are
you
thinner
It is best
inside.
the
hollowing
sides
the
make
to
attempt
in
required
the
batten, mark
already
made
of
body
(if you
gouge
bulk
and
line
wood.
have
it)
sheer
of
wood.
of the
the
solid
for
remove
the
the
wood
carefully
this sheer
to
sandpapered,
the
(let
surface
Now
will
you
make
to
inside
It is
this
to
the
lines
359,
as
the
shown
distance
centres
of
and
then
360,
the
Fig.
360.
Fig.
361.
take
between
it
half-breadth
two
fasten
upper
these
apply
finallywith
No.
lead
of hot
coat
by the method
model
359.
from
cut
thoroughly-
of white
coats
to
Fig.
if you
be
now
and
i^,
two
simple
that
in the
with
good plan
same
])lan(Fig. 353), and
No.
can
possible (see Sandpaper).
as
and
Beginners
outside
The
smooth
as
readily see
equal
line.
with, perhaps,
first
paint the outside

(see Painting).
out
for
Wood-Working
234
piece
the
of
water
pieces of
the
pieces one
as
ness
thicksheer
the
shape
of
the
another
layers
in
in
oil
oil first.
lines
shown
upon
and
of
plan (Fig. 353), and

pieces
Next
of
board
oo.
water
also
cut
Figs. 358,
as
shown
A
in
Fig. 361
of
the
Miscellaneous
Few
will
you
"
saved
and
boat,
that
see
have
you
much
Operations
of
235
built up
the
general
labour
of
shaping
the
form
and
hollowing.
cutting out
Before
marked
be put
layers can
same
edges,
be
to
sides
and
shown.
as
the
sides
to
allow
for the final
had
best
be
done
at
but
done
be
can
The
boards
by hand,
planks
or
of
as
perfectjointsas possible when
to
make
the
plan,
Glue
must
two
and
of
in
not
form
is
under
glued together, as
if you
pressure,
cut
to
-J"apart.
or
to
out
of
make
be sprung
not
delay
the
pieces
up
in the
clamped
until
bent
to
Do
leave
can,
glue
become
pressure
not
all
and
out
sides
pieces spring
such
with
agree
pieces firmly
(bottom side upwards)
Clamps).
building-up operation needlessly. Do

for a fortnight. Keep
them
lying around
position,or
fiat
flexible
and
lines of
the
applying the
shape (see Gluing
f"
say,
make
convenient
to
time, lest they
this
proper
layers
to
as
water
lines
"
laid
or
It is best
used
the
joints,and
the
to
so
If not
with
have
may
the somewhat
cause
at
jig-or scroll-saw,
and
water
new
layers at
be
must
not
out
three
of the
sawing
The
on
thickness
sufficient
agree
boards,
between
or
Care
sprung.
twisted
in
you
applied
be
than
more
board
(for the part
put together.
boards
weights applied.
it uniform
or
the
together
and
up
of
now
clamped
of the
lines
accurately dressed
easilydraw
can
you
thickness
the
or
thickness
the
inside
leave
and
course.
be
must
for the
side
band-saw
the
that
so
each
shaping.
mill with
ends,
accurately
across
the
to
be
positions. Also,
lines
taken
be
must
rounded
in the correct
drawing
In
line must
centre
the
at
midship
the
out),care
cut
layers,a
together
mark
reason,
the
both
along
these
the
whole
shape
very
easily.
the
After
outside
and
taken
to
pare
as
not
to
so
The
made
fin
of
glue
is
inside
thoroughly dry, complete

as
off the
within
in the
curve
(when flaringat
the
wood,
glued
and
marked
top
screwed
solid
the
projecting angles
the
cut
of
case
the
the
on
on
block,
outside
the
and
not
too
on,
the
lead
shaping
care
of
the
being
gradually,
plan.
thin) can
being
also
screwed
be
to
the
bottom
the
centre
with
deck
the
beams
These
gains
be
be
sides
thin
and
sides,and
the
(perhaps ^\"
stuff
nailed
the
with
fit in
to
support
slightlyarched,
very
in the
cut
the fin is in line with
that
sure
it is best
small
the
of
and
edge
quite
connect
to
Be
Beginners
boat.
is
boat
should
on
screws.'
brass
line of the
Unless
set
for
Wood-Working
236
two
(Fig.357).
i" wide),
deck
thick
and
fitted into
being
ends
fine brads.
three
or
They
also
can
glued.
deck
The
should
the
carefully on
but
shape,
to
wood
of
piece
the
side
under
be
rigging are
to
dry
bore
of holes
with
hull
deck
in
Care
must
The
not
splitthe
Fine
of the hull.
overhanging edge
of the deck
chisel,plane,
knife.
with
or
deck
brass
of
edge
top
nail
and
putty,
all
the
brads, perhaps |-" in length.
wire
fine
when
(see Aid)
the
Smear
lead
of
for
side, and
brad-awl
white
or
blocks
attachments
lower
line.
Mark
approximately
small
any
the
small
the
of
lead,
to
wherever
very
it
cut
Fasten
Paint
with
very
used
be
deck
of the
and
line.
the
of
white
with
place
sides
the
thick
outline
deck
inside
edge, \"
the
around
the
row
(perhaps J" planed).
stuff
fastened.
the
thin
outside
well
the
to
be
or
screws
the
be
used
can
trimmed
be
can
outside
The
nails
drive
of
if necessary.
down
the
through
carefully
deck
can
now
painted.
be
rudder
The
be
in lead.
set
simply
in
The
mast
also
can
the
brass
deck
of which
tube, the ends
be
in
stepped
the
to
hole, which
smaller
in
fixed
through
pass
stepped
be
can
bored
brass
with
tube,
it
where
bottom,
be
must
can
or
be
can
lest it go
care
through.
'
fin
The
thin
saw-kerf
lead,
lips
it
or
cut
be
can
lie bent
can
screwed
The
he
can
to
the
exactly in
the
thin
to
metal
sheet
riveted
plates
lead
by loading
for
required
the
hull
with
weights will, of
course,
represent
cast
in
riveted
to
mould
being
l)ottom,
side
the
to
of
the
inserted
in
set
of
bottom
thick
the
in
white
boat,
or
of
the
fin and
fin
can
upper
edge
bottom
of
the
to
the
bottom.
The
the
screwed
either
on
sheet-iron)and
(brass or
of
centre
alternately
over
of
amount
determined
from
cut
and
the
the
bulb
weights
the
bottom
at
weight
of
the
until
the
of
it is sunk
lead
fin.
required.
water
This
be
line.
can
be
When
form,
is
Cup,
much
of
principle
Suppose,
and
for
models
boats
increased
forms
and
for
instance,
which
FiG.
of
cess
(Fig.
building
362)
(or
edge
can,
the
but
gluing
(or
in
two
turn,
for
in
screwing)
pieces,
be
toy
miniature
layers
lower
and
if
of
boats,
to
such
famous
shaping
but
required,
take
under-
to
for
the
to
carry
the
below
part
piece
to
lower
yachts
however
these
necessary)
fastened
of
America
the
pro-
362.
horizontal
keel
and
Models
screws.
forms
by
outside
enough
difficult
it
"
same.
compete
find
will
you
is
care
the
form
their
difficulty
more
'^ll
simple
in
ambitious
are
you
those
as
the
do
remains
example,
less
curves
"
construction
such
of
reversed
of
majority
the
as
accurately
the
hollows
having
Operations
making
to
come
you
those
Miscellaneous
Few
are
desirous
boats.
can
of
be
added
board
the
not
you
keel
the
always
be
the
to
ing
gluon
lead
The
of
may
by
plank
or
bottom.
edge
point
certain
by
best
duce
repro-
PART
III
HOUSE-BUILDING
FOR
BEGINNERS
CHAPTER
XII
in its
forms,
simple
HOUSE-BUILDING
scale,
suitable
is very
One
be
to
the
of
with
the
All
perhaps,
unless,
houses
by
for
carrying
know
or
man,
as
best
will
much
more
be
the
of
fitted to
thereby
be
saved,
easily and
case
all
by
self
your-
sufft-
shown
and
lumber
than
two
is to
building
have
means
join
to
for the
quickly by
"
simplest
persons
if the
can,
but
be
system
some
work.
usually
men
more
way
Content
alone;
smallest
or
best
is not
attained
person
for two
the
in woodworking.
in mind
here
are
one
the
of
small
buildings.
as
by
case
time
foreman,
matter
the
in which
on
done
better
will
by boys,
You
the
much
This
one.
done
as
handled
be
in
it is much
"
forces,
can
necessity,
have
you
structures
be
bear
to
difficult
more
such
of
until
on
beginner
early attempts.
forms
undertake
work
of
case
in your
simplest
skill to
cient
in
the
for the
important things
most
ambitious
too
work
and
work
and, when
to
course
take
there
the
charge
master-builder, foreman,
or
under
of
direction
the
is
one
the
no
head
of
their
work.
boss, lettinghim
238
man,
of
they
who
number
Choose
head
one
assign
to
fer
deis
boy
each
for
House-Building
his
work
that
questions
is
the
of
part
of
clearly more
foreman
filled
each
by
of
all the
drives
This
the
which
even
you
office
the
Let
That
"
work
the
another
short
at
the
stead
is, in-
while
vals,
inter-
perhaps
confusion
which
result
of
one
have
to
boards
cause
of
him
shifts
much
prevent
might
unfortunate
an
"
will
If
possible.
"
regular
decision
day apiece.
off all the
saw
239
others, choose
good plan
change places and
two
plan
disagreement,
up
boy
one
the
perhaps one
as
fairlyas
work
the
details.
than
nails, arrange
letting
hour.
for
him
to
the
to
it will be
the
having
regard
mechanic
in turn
divide
foreman
in
otherwise
leaving
and
arise
Beginners
and
work
perhaps
be
to
sometimes
every
given
happens
to
boys' undertakings.
It
is not
what
take
to
are
you
simply starting
he
harmony
and
The
situation
there
the
of in
is
which
to
be
avoided,
it
can
determine
or
and
drawings,
to
and
the
where
harder
shed
to
kind
according
of
the
it may
to
of
to
your
house
the
it to
have
lot, and
town
even
will
water
flat roof
than
requirements
of
to
attractive
therefore,
If these
will
one
freely.
and
be
lect
col-
should
build
in view
house
for
be
but
on,
mind
keep tight
water
be; and
proportions.
eye,
to
ensure
will
farther
the
wish
course,
small
which
in
yard
will
work.
matter
uninhabitable.
the
that
of the
borne
back
hollow
it is essential
general shape
agreeable
in the
or
will, of
intervals
be
of
is tired
regular rotation
larger structures
should
pitch
dimensions
you
the
it is much
as
sufficient
however
the
damp
has
but
it in
it is the
important
very
he
think
may
completion
which
build
make
general
treating of
to
You
case,
is
play-house
is not
also
successful
thing
one
smallest
that
one
that
understanding
an
happens to be doing, but

and
responsibilityat fixed
of work
spoken
when
turns
with
in
the
are
be
in
its
the
in appearance
making
block-form,
not
pleasing
unattractive,
House-Building
have
doors
generous
colours
The
and
and
keep
the
of
small
variety
ideas
for
and
endless.
the
and
here, involving merely such
as
can
wish
to
and
suggestions
the
prospective
later
the
that
of the
lean-to"
This
way.
to
rather
is that
ease
and
upon
together
as
buildings,
it
all the
repeat
with
here,
the
of
any
from
work.
small
structures
that
the
shown
you
four
be
by boys
or
You
sides
built
if
timbers,
very
making
well
and
a
many
then
box.
kind
"
This
for
in
ordinary
an
small
very
suitable
separately
do
that
is nailed.
but
to
will
begin.
know
of
Fig. 363,
be
would
to
means
built
to
You
"
boarding
in
girls,can
no
advantages.
framework
by
be
can
which
with
Play-store.
has
is
building capitally suited
following chapters,
the
by making
be
may
you
treated
actual
its marked
of
which
the
and
which
of
or
skeleton
boys
with
good type
building
for
of
form
wooden
like
class
one
Play-house
cabin,
the
starting on
as
chapters through
simple
in
these
with
being
shown
read
make
amateurs
begin
easily built
humble
purposes,
should
most
the
this
best
structure
simplest and
despised,
find
who
will
single-pitched or shed or
the
roof
roof; that is, with
slanting only one
style of construction, though commonly
applied
can
you
builder
each
town
construction
designs
to
for
many
in every
impracticable
under
before
beginning
it is
details
had
examples
One
As
out.
carry
find
simple types
other
the
select
can
principlesof
such
to
to
You
Only
publications.
readily apply
which
gaudy
over
run
tidy.
construction
treated
you
to
and
neat
from
structures
designing
your
various
in
surroundings
ground
flashy and
vines
and
plants
241
the
to
near
avoid
windows,
is almost
early attempts
your
hospitably
painting, cultivate
in
outside,
but
it were,
stilts,as
on
up
Beginners
for
of
will be
house
or
play-house
simpler
way
nailing them
There
is
no
(except
floor
the
top of the
on
for
Wood-Working"
242
sides
four
the
and
ground),
as
Bcu'inners
nail
would
you
is to
roof
be
the
nailed
cover
down
the
on
box.
Fig.
litile house,
like
And,
beginning
Before
Nailing.,in
Saw,
Fig. 365
another
Fig. 366
the
for
shows
forming
is put
the
cleat
the
of
are
not
large open
the
rabbet
The
nailed
window.
a-row,
low
very
Pope.
"
carefullyMarking., Rule., Square.,

look
up
other
any
(inside view).
sides
upright
an
(insideview), made
each
is
cleat
in which
to
set
back
fit either
third, fourth, fifth,and

to
references.
cleat
It is made
each
at
of
edge,
top.
back
that
together.
top
a
at
the
sides, except
thus
read
V., and
one
trees
running horizontally,with
boards
and
shows
with
its master,
work
Part
363.
the
cleats,but
are
in the
from
side
same
the
as
edge if",
the
house
boards
from
when
sixth
way
omitted, to
leave
space
House-Building
FRONT
for
Beginners
SIDE
ELEVATION.
REAR
Plan.
Fig.
ELEVATION.
ELEVATION.
364.
Fig.
365.
Fig.
366.
243
for
Wood-Workini^^
244
^"^g-367
used
and
First
and
shows
estimate
You
the
along
gel
can
left for the
stock
for
work
the
even
of
large knots.
many
such
or
boxes
and
ground,
for
Make
are
sides
make
in
the
ience.
conven-
off
10'"^ from
the
by
across
sides.
two
by
one,
not
by
be
the
the
saw
them
mark
off
as
will
that
this
Use
of
enough
measure
you
the
lengths by
they
or
one
square,
off.
lengths
all the
sawed,
last
one
mark
If you
to
sure
saw
to
measure
piece
the
already square.
5'
measure
Take
first
probabty.vary
length.
When
that
put the boards
you
the
ends
'
To
find
the
feet, that
"running"
out
in
are
3"
wide
long
foot.
square
quotient
^
will
Boards
get
however,
because
safest
(or
be
the
twelve
two
of
the
to
Therefore
make
getting
are
the
of
long
from
two
rails of
the
them
each
lengths
frequently
be
the
board
of
will
the
take
nail
of
track.
find
the
they
were
Then,
feet
side
straight-edged
running
running
for
of
number
stretched
as
the
cleats
feet to make
by
four
one
and
the
feet.
best
buy
to
without
exactly six
checked
if
cleats
four
sure
against the
cleats, first
railroad
number
square
will
the
sides,be
straightboard
drive
of
length
foot),it
divide
number
feet
lengths
ends
of
in
feet
total
of the
one
fourth
one
of
edge
line, or
square
is, the
line, like
in
the
form
to
straight,or temporarily
of
number
the
Use
them
if that is
of the room,
together
in line.
are
straight-edge to get
can
bench
367.
piece (5' 10" long) as
piece, and
couple
square
it,if it is not
of
and
one
floor,
first,disregard-
and
end, mark
them,
with
slant for the roof.
Then
pieces to
the
great
matched-board
FiG.
on
horses, but
the
ing the
this
as
horses
end
being
require (see Chapter IV.),'
too
well
very
cleats
doorway.
will
you
without
get dry wood
to
try
(insideview), four upright
the front
huge opening
Beginners
or
length 5' 10", as given
for this
house,
Vou
could
each
twelve-foot
waste.
feet from
damaged
above.
in
some
way
l)ecause
not
so
be
you
sure,
board,
it will
be
board
the
to
and
floor
driven
them
keep
Beginners
for
House-Building
245
squarely against
up
it.
Make
that
also, by testingwith
sure,
side
each
rhomboid,
When
the
or
you
will
the
there
as
directly on
the
hammer.
is
need
of
sawing
in
put
joints as
of
piece
and
out
waste
wish
you
pieces
short
not
Jongued
wherever
groove
with
no
the
the
short
and
put together.
make
to
sure
Take
or
when
piece
can
you
askew
be
hammer.
tongue
rectangle
hole
square
side
each
at
to
of
window-space.
Nail
the
into
each
that
the
have
upright
cleats
the
and
the
of
Mark
the
the
slant
then
first and
Next
roof.
the
make
the
the
each
side
edges.
4' d"
between
as
in
by
them.
in
the
same
Leave
and
cleats
the
out
shed
the
trough
the
bottom
edge.
Draw
it will
and
by
give
this line and
nail the top cleats
or
settingthe
way,
vent
pre-
upward
little
points
Fig. 365,
off
be
to
is put
to
tongues
the back
on
also
way
5' d" from
these
the boards
top cleats
back
would
Measure
and
some
the
mind
house
joints will
the
groove
soak.
the
in
putting
for
and
house,
when
side
of each
is because
Saw
boards
of the
in
bearing
cut,
uppermost
reason
the outside
on
the
inside
edge
could
of each
nail the
saw
from
away
rain
for the
fit and
front
otherwise
edge
straightline
boards
downward
the
the front
on
the
in
the
on
ij" nails,driving two
with
edges
shown
way
The
grooves
into which
the
at
all be
tongues
better, as
water
the
must
mistake.
any
cleats
in
board
together.
the
that
see
window,
for the
pound
not
hit this waste
strike,and
You
do
the
fit it to
boarding,
will be
house
edges
with
grooved edges
is
by measuring,
or
square
made
matched
but
can,
when
house
whole
fit the
you
tightas
of the
the
boards
cleats
the
at
if"
window-
space.
the
Make
shutter, and
(seeParings etc.)before
as
you
Also
the
thus
can
trim
off the
shutter.
determine
trim
off its
nailing the
the open
back
of
space
the
a
and
of the
easilythe
more
tongued edge
Leave
tongued
board
space
grooved edges
house
to
be
coming
little wider
than
together,
left open.
next
the
below
shutter
Wood-Working
246
(say y
wider)
When
nail
you
nails
allow
to
the
long enough
Screws)
The
is
made
be
to
door-space being 27!", and

the
of
the
inner
two
few
the
drop-shutter, be
sure
(see Naili?ig)^ or
toe
the
same
of
the
boarding
door
use
boards.
to
use
(see
screws
the
that
hit
against
nails
the
slamming
for
of
inside
the
when
these
of
the
edge
(Fig.
shut
cleats,
will
door
the
side, 21^".
each
at
inch
an
width
the
way,
about
to
clinch
or
so
screws,
in
project
the
"
"
and
cleats
for
doorway
367),
of
front
Have
the
on
clinch
to
Beginners
possible swelling
for
cleats
for
or
use
loosen
not
them.
the
four
level
as
Now
nearly
in
it rains.
press
Hold
them
of nails
Then
the
four
large
be
all the
the
Now
side.
to
the
side
to
layers
nails
roof
the
as
and
paper
underneath
6'
long
them
Of
to
Drive
down
and
have
on
the
nail
the
course
pay
them
edges
over
at
the
neat
are
can
you
for.
close
of the
edge
Fasten
it
to
of
and
strips of
wood
it in
outside
second
as
with
paper
to
strips
strips will
it with
can
roof
Lay
Three
cover
to
i" all around.
lettingthe
laid.
the
side
from
project
You
the
the
Toe
neatly, it will
run
together, but
roof.
no
work.
roof,
back
them
have
equal.
do
them
shingles
first,as
once.
at
the
for
Try
have
If you
are
the
place.
stick, altering the
can
couple
way.
you
nails.
with
throughout
same
roofing-or sheathing-paper.
wish
you
stripslap
of the
with
tacks.
or
nails
nail
the
2V
in
parts in
when
diagonals
the
side, beginning
strip overlap
cover
until
boards
roof
square,
diagonals
the
the
you
and
when
right position,
other
in the
back
as
put it
water
drive
and
the
get
the
with
in the
corner,
can
and
side
one
spot
however,
not,
flooded
and, in fact, if you
toe
out
be
the
at
Do
strongly with
corners
When
Cover
and
steel
corners
corners,
get
the
measure
the
stronger
from
with
house.
you
side
other
corners
at
at
front
until
them
the
square,
angles
nails
hold
on
right nail
the
Find
together.
put
will
floor
closely together
to
fit
the
up
to
for your
can
you
ready
are
where
hollow
sides
only
bend
cover
to
many
roofing
where
the
the
cover
the
edges
joint
the
for
House-Building
of the
edges
In
the
the
of
edge
cleats, or
Now
each.
door
use
screws,
drop-shutter.
hang
the
door
(shut),and
the
door
tack
them
nails,or
wedge
hinge
that
Put
door,
pin
the
the
and
of the shutter
it
where
and
and
middle
by
few
The
or
experience)
squarely
wood.
of each
apart
and
inside
case,
would
and
roof
with
store
like
it
short
to
one
together
stout
to
be
with
able
the
the
side
out-
house,
shutter
by
up
sides
the
to
the
at
back
of
the
sides,supporting the
board
edge.
on
in
lights of window-glass
of
"
the
lose
boards
where
list of
some
off
sawed
buy
you
the
number
the
of
mill.
move
winter, you
or
(and
labour
often
make
to
and
the
of the
window
open
mill,
the
screws,
screw-eyes
hold
both
deal
to
to
from
up
inside
by having
take
pass
occupy.
good
remember
368.
shutter
nailed
the
inside
of nails.
or
to
the
on
the
piece of
ready
a
to
to
the
hold
expense
during
line
screws
the
rope
cleats
on
save
to
each
Fig.
hold
under
at
now
length
few
the
on
couple
given lengths at
this
for the
used
seat
or
slight
at
of the
In
If you
can
you
serve
is
grooved
strap-hinges
two
just in
pulley to
be
inside
post
house
course
boards
short
and
position
padlock
to
and
cleat
in
put
strips will
place.
Of
also
fasten
door-frame,
hook
around
(Fig. 364, Plan), resting

house,
the
and
arrange
shelf
is
holes
brace
down
a
and
hasp
fix
and
round
fix
can
or
can
hang
can
fasteningit
You
the
place (see Screws).
screw-eye
you
with
place with
it turns
Bore
in
Also
lifted,or
in
which
tongued
in
exactly
door
screws.
or
for the shutter.

when
the
the
off
carefully placing
which
on
hinges
hasp
shutter
Then
latch, a catch,
around
paper
nails
the
drop-shutter
temporarily
between
pointsfor
fasten
and
them.
the
the crack
mark
and
so
and
clinch
trim
and
the
Place
with
(Fig. 368)
the
with
as
nail the
simply
can
you
247
roof.
making
edges,
or
paper,
Beginners
hook
hooks.
house
your
can
fasten
them
You
the
take
to
or
four
together
will find
on
it
sides
the
this way
House-Building
shelf
display of
This
a
general shape
when
often
can
the
building
to
kind
larger
whether
nestle,
such
it is to
from
for
be
in
put
ledge
behind
be
may
wall
which
under
it
In
it.
If,
appearance.
place where
prominent
positions,it
or
around
or
in
attractive
a
fence,
this
just shown,
stores
or
of
better
to
it
select
can
some
type.
Frame
the
all
and
it is
anything
building,
bluff
object
Therefore
build
to
shrubbery
often
be
steep
or
it will
viewed
other
or
have
ment
attach-
attractive
an
forms.
play-houses
will
trees
or
cases
however,
be
house
your
(Fig. 391).
an
as
it is
alone, regardlessof the
other
deciding
the
background;
will
than
be
not
stand
some
as
consider, before
to
will
suitable
"
renders
shape
of ell
form
style, however
well
as
for its
other
any
instance
is desired,
structure
purpose,
It will not
situations.
for
for
used
advantageously
larger
than
this
of
surroundings,
well
for the
drop-window
little cottage,
for the
form
best
be
"
larger structure,
some
for
to
easily attached
in
addition
an
more
249
wares.
your
sometimes
of
be fitted inside the
can
quite good-sized building
and
it
counter
or
Beginners
for
for Larger
box-like
simple
a
small
very
sort
some
Building
you
be
it must
undertake
Roof.
Lean-to
described
arrangement
structure,
when
with
above
is suitable
for
discarded
larger and
While
"
more
frame
ent
perman-
building.
Before
Saw,
beginning
Plane,
other
any
This
top.
carefullyMa7^king, Rule, Square^
Nailing, Screws, Painting,
in
Part
V., and
look
up
references.
frame
structures
read
work
can
be
described
simple method
put
farther
of
together
on,
the
framing
shown
as
only
for
difference
is shown
in
the
being
Fig. 371.
framed
at
the
Wood-Working
2 so
Fig. 382
of
the
shows
where
roof
detail
be
can
it
found
have
to
simple
roofs
for
overhangs,
in the
and
various
overhang,
the
water
For
from
away
put
Saw^
beginning
The
must
of
the
slant
for both
A
of
The
"
and
appearance
work
house
already
way
read
dimensions
made
slant
lines.
sary
neces-
it is
for
shedding
see
259-264.
pages
shown
in
Fig.
372
can
shown.
carefullyMarkings
Paintings
in
Rule^ Square^
V., and
Part
look
up
references.
ground
be
not
large building,but
foundation,
the
Plane^ Nailing^ Screws^

other
any
in the
this
for
arrangements
It is
edge
walls.
Cabin.
or
together
Before
the
for
the
371.
ground
relating to
matters
Play-house
be
the
on
other
around
illustrations.
even
Fig.
usually desirable
fittingboards
of
way
Beginners
jMark
roof.
sides
short
stiffen these
than
higher
of
cleat
the
can
top boards.
be
can
the
sides, as
lines, using
roof, and
be
6'
5' or
added
saw
at
8'.
7' or
shown,
to
The
allow
ends
for
straight-edge,to give
the
the
boards
top
off
in the
the
the
by these
middle
to
House-Building
of the
ends
in
Fig. 373,
sides
angle
same
as
the
pieces firmly in place

Now
4" longer
about
top,
and
each
at
for
than
the
the
roof
have
boards,
two
These
edges
notches
pieces
be
to
are
are
at
cut
372.
of the
Nail
house.
these
(Fig. 374).
end
the
out
251
rectangular
house.
their upper
top of either end
boards
out
get
the
of
Fig.
the
in four
rest
to
roof-boards, and
the
Beginners
put together, get
are
back
and
front
support
to
and
shown
shape
in the
cut
sides
the
After
for
roof,
to
Begin
house.
overhang
from
run
the
to
nail
sides
end
them
and
and
end
to
on
the
at
2"
ends
all
around.
You
as
to
to
the
above
can
swing
easilyput
open,
right
and
or
below
or
left
in
the
window-sash, either by hinging
by having
it,as
shown
nailed
in
Fig.
Fig.
369The
roof-boards
ridge-piecein
the
can
form
laid
also
be
of
piece
so
it slide
strips
on
it
the
of
other
way
studding
or
373.
by putting
joistof
any
in
size
for
Wood-Working
25^
less
not
which
2"
than
2"
ends
tlie upper
(Fig. 377),
the
of
in
Fig.
form
require a
sawed
them
line with
by
in the
arranged
the
band-saw,
hatchet
nailed.
same
have
sheathing
the
makes
to
for the curves,
put
or
such
any
run
up
and
structure
neater
the
wood
draw-knife
and
way
This
to
374.
compass-saw
Another
to
but
roof,
be
can
edge,
on
is shown
way,
375.
will
You
of
board
even
roof-boards
Fig.
Another
or
Heginncrs
or
little
can
chisel
structure
or
be
have
can
you
trimmed
the
to
(seeParing).
this
as
down
and
the cleats
than
the
way
together is
horizontally.
just given.
general
The
principle
of the construction
is
the
sides
four
Fio.
and
then
fastened
Play-house,
376
can
Before
be
same,
made
375-
the
being
separately
together.
Store,
carried
beginning
out
work
or
Cabin.
in the
read
"
manner
The
design
already
carefullyMarking^
shown
in
Fig.
described.
Ride, Square,
for
House-Building
Plane, Nailing, Screws, Painting, in
Saw^
ground
The
the
ends
for
the
dimensions
can
they
cut
where
roof, inside
are
off
the
saw
boards
will look
the top
in
After
in
for
one
of the
roof
as
well
off
to
out
saw
Fig.
V., and
Part
by
these
the
look
up
lines.
It
the
notch
in which
give
to
top
making
In
the
slant
lines,using
Mark
376.
both
make
9'.
or
used.
be
for
slant
the
8'
7' x
or
at
should
cleats
for
straight-edge,
6'
be
Fig.
253
references.
other
any
Beginners
angle
at
the
rest
to
sides
will
be
top
the
of
the
roof, and
convenient
and
right angle.
ridge-pole, as
At
shown
377.
sides
the
place
side
end
much
of
and
and
ends
get
so
house,
longer
as
as
and
the
fastened
boards
short
out
of the roof
the
are
to
be
make
about
those
thickness
of
together, nail
for
the
roof.
7." longer than

for the
the
pole
ridge-
Cut
these
the
side
other
boards,
the
so
slant
of
that
the
they
will
lap
sides
the
at
over
beginning
at
top,
end,
one
the
that
so
houses, and
finished
more
already
This
house
studding
forming
the
will
as
corners,
is shown
in the
Nail
377.
overlap
the
them
on,
ends
and
have
whole
floor with
raised
Fig. 378.
picture,will give the
details
other
the
floor,which
nailed
of
sort
when
done
commonly
on
house
similar
are
to
shown.
simply
a
is
as
377.
The
appearance.
can
together
platform
house
cleats
horizontally.
this last method

from
This
the
bottom
makes
in
the
floored
and
construction,
so
as
to
rest
on
best
2"
of
4"
(Fig. 378),
ends
be
can
to
way
make
the boards
running
of
using
platform
the
lower
case
of
and
the
Fig. 377,
In
made
over
sides
the
together;
shown
be
can
and
which
to
is put
is that
structure
verticallyand
be
roof
the
Fig.
nailed
Fig.
2" all around.
wooden
those
Beginners
in
shown
as
at
Nailing upright strii)s
for
Wood-W'orking
254
the
putting together
of
cleats
floor, as
the
can
shown
house
in
quite
House-Building for Beginners

simple, as
proper
the
places obviates
ing diagonals.
really
fittingof
necessary,
The
the
lower
sides
the
need
and
testingwith
of
FiG.
378.
Fig.
379.
cleats
however, except
ends
on
the
for
sides
and
floor
square
and
convenience
255
or
ends
in
in
their
measur-
are
not
putting
for
House-Building
The
design
frame
should
Another
is also suitable
made
be
as
similar
very
for
put together according
be
to
Fig.
The
boarding
shown
in
Figs. 380
which
with
cases,
stove
through
pass
of
the
through
metal,
17
as
case
Fig. 379, and can

principlesalready shown.
the
382.
cleats
the
other
which
of
horizontally, as
without
the
simple arrangements,
be, perhaps, 8^ x 12', and
can
put together in the
or
verticallyor
If
381 show
and
be
can
in which
377.
dimensions
ground
257
in
is shown
verticallyand
runs
Fig.
largerstructure,
in Fig. 389.
shown
design
Beginners
floor,and
same
as
way
with
the
the
preceding
boarding running
horizontally.
is
to
side
the
be
of
used, the smoke-pipe

the
house,
roof, it should
galvanized iron, the
in
as
be
can
arranged
Figs. 382, 383,
soldered
upper
be
edge
to
If
etc.
riveted
to
the
latter
or
of
pass
to
sheet
being
25^
for
Wood-Working
slipped under
(Fig.384), on
the
roof
while
covering
just the
being, of
without
that
course,
simple principle must
used
to
it is
prevent
usually
the
through
the
side
and
it
always
of
safer
the
will
water
about
If
the
roof
under
air space
one
boards),
must
to
pass
through
it is
small
to
houses
have
is
metal
as
the
these
pipe
run
ticularly
(paris
the
roof
ridge,
the
upper
edges
can
saddle-boards
allowed
between
good
pipe
the
sheet
the
near
metal
be
shingles.
go
there
have
plan
of the
to
the
metal
special roof covering
but
384.
such
the
whenever
leakage
when
Fig.
it
over
laid, the
over
over
observed
be
house.
through
no
edge laps
down
run
down
runs
With
jointsleaking.
easier
lower
383.
leaking through, just as
This
the
principlethat shinglesare
same
Fig.
idea
Beginners
that
so
of
be
the
(Fig. 385).
the
Fig.
ped
slip-
In
smoke-pipe
385.
any
and
case,
the
an
wood,
for
House-Building
it is
and
the
always
drain-pipe
Round
chimney,
and
case
shows
wish
you
in
set
the
Workshop.
for
8^ to
from
386,
workshop
"
small
12' wide
various
for
or
i?/ to
other
Fig.
While
those
it will
described
better
not
and
like
middle
structure
It
this
to
can
of
very
the
by
that
long,
to
shown
will
in
also
cord
cleat.
Fig.
suitable
be
purposes.
386.
a floor, like
play-house without
the ground, a
rest
directly upon
should
lay a
as
well
sides
It
fastened
be
can
roofing-paper
little
first,to
customary
for such
it.
for
at
structure
It is
worth
do
cheap pipe
raised
be
to
i8'
details.
structure.
temporary
building, like
by
for
of
well.
very
gives a suggestion for a window-shutter

passing through to the inside,where it
outside
these
arrange
used
259
two
or
lay sheathing-or
to
it for
use
can
purpose
way
inch
an
is often
cement
the
to
collar
metal-worker
or
answers
Fig. ^St, also

in
have
to
tinsmith
pipe. Any
or
well
Beginners
or
have
stone
brick
or
this,because
be
rested
upon
some
the
upon
posts
set
and
sort
in the
at
pinning.
under-
tion
founda-
cement
building
stones
of
is not
the
ground.
usually
corners
If the
soil is
and
sandy
piers of
is
and
stones
require
hole
can
dug
to
of the
soil is of clear,
time
feet
if laid
much
in
to
then
small
better
it up
block
brick
and
cement
doubtless
regular
in
can
and
it upon
some
This
frost.
and
so
way
such
flat
stones
be
to
which
necessary,
laid
not
of
liable
able
consider-
building
small
clear
is
clayey,
depth
involves
for
as
soil is
to
though,
al-
cement
it will be
then
even
frost,
in
laid
carried
be
If the
will last for

the
If the
below
be
up.
sort
if bricks
permanent.
rest
piers built
to
best
it
the
on
of the
face,
sur-
ground,
difficult with
If you
have
put
upon
only
the
upon
small
stones
together directlyupon
any
material
of
at
hand,
the
position
blocks
or
the
and
and
the
of
upon
the
or
so
to
to
sort
before
to
sills
supports
rest
being
incur
is
to
placing
be
it. the
rested
adjusted
and
common
must
in
is
more
mined.
deter-
building, proceed
which
the
laid
(next
this
of
building
ground,
then
feet
But
ground.
position
exact
fixed
the
stone
advisable
always
building
of
have
can
labour,
for
in
three
ou
is not
and
set
posts
the
posts
of
depth
wall), it
expense
upon
foundation
upon
underpinning
foundation
necessary
be
built
up.
to
as
this
the
move
blocked
stones
the
place, which
shape by
(or
of
top
will
feet, so
of
season
one
on
of
and
pier of
cement
expense,
to
carried
the
Having
'
out
flat
of the
usually satisfactory way

the
less
kind, should
level it whenever
While
rest
frost
upon
structure.'
the
of
cemented,
perhaps
usually be
or
and
and
the
three
out
more
action
the
by
labour
it will
and
more
heaved
be
to
or
pier
foundation, of whatever
three
or
about
thrown
being
will be
of
more
well-packed sand,
course,
used), it
action
of
depth
frost, and
before
of
the
for
laid
stones
rested
be
can
building
occasionally levelled
be
to
it
the
it upon
building
the
it
be
action
the
supporting
as
simi)ly resting
heave
will
are
far
So
Beu'inncrs
abundant,
stones
is sufficient, but
ground
some
large
stones.
concerned,
the
for
Wood-Working'
26o
to
building
arily
tempor-
underneath.
for
House-Building
First
it out.
stake
of
string,the length
stake
and
each
at
off the
measure
stake,
You
nearly
as
square,"
strips
nailed
wood
4', and
5' long.^
figure is rectangular, and

until
the
If
You
mark
the
by
marked
that
the
is based
cess
mathematics
sides
of
in
units
the
if you
way,
stake
and
or
when
point
decrease
angle
from
g
,/i
,-^
j
j
/'
'\
^/
\x'
"
,/'
X^
"".^
^-^^
1^-'^
^,
the
on
the
'\^
fond
are
sary,
neces-
horizontal
,^
5 units.
the
that
sure
stakes, if
tape
one
of
length
will be
hypothenuse
Another
3',
be
can
"\
units
length,
be
of the
thin
right-angled
sides
the
increase
then
and
yourself of
use,
the
two
the
make
mason's
^x
right-angled triangle
respectively3
are
the
of
_^ "s^
pro-
principle of
if
first line.
"
string exactly 5' long will just reach
This
the
that
string
one
on
other.
on
and
stake,
same
each
equal length.
string 3' from
one
on
from
the
of
stakes
help
or
two
keep
strings until another
two
point
on
the
of
uneven,
point
string 4' from
made
to
is
you
or
with
form
method
one
are
the
long,
move
diagonals
ground
can
other
the
the
in
lo'
and
Whatever
can
you
together
6', 8',
sides
trianglewith
the
drive
these
building
the
of
with
approximately
large triangle,which
or
of
end
even
or
and
line between
261
rod,
or
building,
possible at right angles
as
this
do
can
tape,
of the
Stretch
of the
length
the
sides
of the
one
of the line.
end
with
off
measure
Beginners
'^. In
'
of
is to
mathematics,
find
the
of
the
,--
Fig.
length
plan
the
of
the
of the
diagonals
house
by extracting the
sides.
two
(The
triangle is equal
You
well
drawing
a
the
A
length
at
the
of
point
positions of
A
the
held
the
should
to
the
make
the
the
on
two
stake
with
the
tapes
e([ualC
I).
plan
(Fig. 387),
end
held
when
meet
tapes will give in the
if you
on
same
on
and
the
other
width
the
another
stake
I).
brought together.
way
the
fourth
right-angled
of
corner
of
squares
sides.)
two
understand
scale
the
of
the
on
string,measuring
or
of
sum
hypothenuse
plan
accurate
an
the
described
squares
tape,
one
diagonal,
where
the
on
diagonal directly from

take
end
one
of
sum
enough
Then
foot.
with
the
the
measure
can
i" to
to
described
square
of
root
square
367.
ical
mechan-
perhaps ^"
of
tape
Drive
the
measuring
the
stake
Reversing
B.
or
ing,
build-
The
the
tance
dis-
262
Wood-Wôrkinor
measuring,
and
line from
the
sides
determine
to
end
of
the
in this way
Having
of the
the
the
points required drop

fixed
accurately
these
the
to
corners
is raised
which
tape
house, continue
feet)beyond
for Becrinners
few
the
the lines
upon
lines
from
ground.
for the
drive
E
t
stake
each
of
You
D.,-t
the
until
drive
the
these
outside
first.
This
line stretched
taut
of the
Drive
a
nail
notch
for the
between
driven
now
the
position of
each
determined
bv
stakes.
Next
2V
or
sawed
of
when
dig
dig
you
where
E'
is the
each
tops
one
stake
if
its
holes
height
intersection
the
the
at
squarely
be
one
In
at
one
ground
in
highest
of
corner,
this hole
the
upper
to
to
hold
about
set
the
stakes
four
posts, and
the
stakes
you
end, and
the
can
exact
will
the
be
outside
digging and
are
position.
18" in diameter
post
cut
first
you
surface
strins^s from
in
tightlystretched
for the
the
to
string,or
the
four
above
the top
level
the
These
off while
taken
inches, and
few
the top of another.
post
over
surface
the
level with
are
stringsare
getting the posts
are
you
hole
house.
the
by applying
Now
and
post
3' in depth.
off
top of
the
stringscan
The
replaced
the
purpose.
when
remove
their
determine
top of
corners
(the
ground
stakes, they will intersect
these
at
the
same
until
can
from
the
of
out
seven
you
into
of
one
388.
it sticks
other
Next
in
case
uneven)
four
drive
stakes
\r"f~T"~'E-
Fig.
sighting
by
first driven.
in
stakes
from
these
easilyget
D^4
Â
line
then
can
"E
eight
is
at
these
points.
"XT
four
(perhaps 4 or 5
(Fig. 388), and
feet
points marked
plumb-
about
of such
and
in
6"
a
about
diameter,
length
that
for
House-Building
when
will
reach
When
you
"
each
stick
or
stretched
adding
might naturally think, the

with
bar
in
accurately
this post to
position by
means
seeing
outside
tamped
iron
an
what
to
one
compactly
more
heavy joist.
the
the
way
at
of
the
next
first
in the
case
of
outside
of
required by
the
from
the
is that
one
fixing it
corner,
strings,as
distance
the
that
of
Contrary
time,
post with
the
be
can
same
the
around
at
of it
stakes.
levelling
little earth
earth.
earth
with
than
post, and
first
only
more
post in the
another
Set
the
stick
or
in
layer compactly
before
the
between
put
263
upright bearing the top
and
firm
hole
the
fill up
"
to
string
the
tamping
bar
down
pounded
Beginners
plan.
other
the
Set
each
of
making
post
deep
too
"
work
will
on
be
The
be
is considered
in
cost,
as
very
cheap.
cedar
is advisable
to
preserve
only
with
avoid
which
it from
they
seeing that
strike
when
seen
Sawing
before
but
durable,
very
will be
and
well
for
If you
do
is better.
If you
is embedded
decay.
thoroughly
not
will
This
seasoned
horizontal
off
the
are
set
is the
the
posts squarely
in the
ground.
chestnut.
or
most
ive.
expens-
perfectly satisfactory.
house
the
watching
locust, cedar, cypress,
possible, chestnut
part of the post
painted
of
excellent,
comparatively
thus
posts off by this line
all the
saw
wharf.
may
will do
try the
rightpositionsat
then
can
likely have
very
posts
Chestnut
or
you
easier,however,
is
tances
dis-
the
can
and
dig,
you
tops, merely
You
and
much
Cedar
The
cord,
pile-bridgeor
Locust
which
process
the
level
the line.
above
with
line all around
as
You
all the posts in the
set
can
tryingto
tops all stick up
before.
as
then
testingall
way,
hole.
without
first,but
and
now
prefer,you
If you
same
diagonals)
(including the
height
in the
corner-posts
of
this
mind
the
wish
to
and
sort,
slight
be
as
is
crease
in-
nomical
eco-
answer.^
in
the
can
be
wood.
ground
is sometimes
easily done,
It is
but
charred
the
process
highly injuriousto
for
House-Building
the
Having
which
for
almost
provided,
by large
Before
small
of
of course,
knots
wood
that
other
or
beginning
which
it is
kind
work
read
The
the
each
"
the
foundation,
these
of
RtUe^ Sqiuire^
389.
in
Part
and
V.,
look
up
references.
or
sills,
stock,
made
weakened
not
carefullyMarking^
Saw^ Plane, Availing,Screws, Painting,

any
be
frame,
readily obtain,
and
dry enough
is the
can
can
you
265
defects.
Fig.
other
thing
next
this
of
building
kind
any
set, the
foundation
Beginners
and
lower
should
halved
sills is
to
be
at
set
timbers
be
the
up
got
4"
out
the
frame
first,and
which
can
rest
be
upon
4''x 4"
of
(seeHalving) (Fig. 389).
ends
a
of
4" post
of
the
desired
Upon
length
at
corner.'
These
two
jxjsts, and
even
the
pieces being placed
sills,can
side
by
be
side
l)uilt
u|) if necessary
and
nailed
of
2"
together, hut
4"
this
ding,
studis not
On
laid
the
posts
the
posts,
and
the
above
boarding.
window-
the
and
above
in
also
side
be
sills and
great
as
edge
the
in
with
which
shorter
than
out
Toe-nail
top of
on
as
running
where
flush
in
place
working
of
it
will do;
Place
be
can
will
"
be
nail
of
the
the
joints can
other,
be
made
at
each
45",
the
frame.
For
width
off each
end
Distribute
sill.
and
hold
each
end
apart,
of
on
against
end
them
is
placed
be
at
consisting in
one
of
meet
if the
to
18"
by simply cutting
visable.
ad-
building is
the
are
through
fitted
floor next.
the
about
regards strength, its only advantage
be
can
angle
nailed),sawing
outside
the
one
of
of the
stiffen the
but
These
length
many
corner-posts
lay the
joist
of
wherever
an
floor-joists.If
better.
they
toeing
to
how
and
at
help
to
nailing
for
entire
the
studding
the
in any
and
arrangement
sawed
where
shown.
with
that
"
ends
the
plates (except
and
the
In
in above
pieces
sills and
of vertical
their
will be
little more
frames.
fitted
first fit in
the
4" studding
(to which
be
be
window-spaces
number
sills,as
position by
desirable
6"
so
floor-joists
them
so
it will
should
is to
and
in
window-
and
Just
nailed
be
wide, 2"
top of the
in
the corners,
at
convenience
corner-posts
these
get
togetlier.
window-spaces,
the frame
or
stiffening
pieces
braces, with
12',2"
door
between
door-
require
10'
as
on
that
so
will
or
4"
position by temporarily
put in depends upon
of the
fitted
It will be
only 8'
to
sure
the
windows.
and
plates,and
this you
vertical
Be
plates directlydown
door-spaces),or
be
to
Short
can
them
way
midway
windows,
each
at
put
below
help
the
below
and
doors
to
studding
and
and
pieces are
these
ends.
of the
Another
horizontally,either
at
the
window-spaces, allowing a
widths
it will be
where
the
of the
horizontal
and
door-space
on
at
of 2"
be
can
board
exact
way
places
plates,which
the
latter in
the
sides
at the
than
same
nail
Beginners
diagonally,adjustingthese until the posts

and at rightangles to the sills (see Plumb
and Square).
in vertical studding (2" x 4") at each
side of the door-
put
space
sills and
stripsof
vertical
space,
halved
beginning
keeping
nailingon
Next
flat and
the
to
the
placed
are
before
pieces
these
the
these
top of
studding
are
for
Wood-Working
266
the
the
readiness
two
pieces
for
House-Building
into
sill
the
beneath,
practicable.
the
on
under
ensure
surface
on
base
than
of the
the
of
are
lay
the
in
width.
vary
the
floor-boards,lengthways
firmly to
ends
pains, of
reach
to
to
course,
will
boards
the
meet
arranging the joints so

joists,
different
points of the floor.
of the
will
to
the
can
the
you
easily apply
with
hammer.
You
can
easily apply
all
the
required
be
to
diagonal
one
the
measure
each
that
sure
is
other
longer
until the
entire
of
over
the
middle
that
they
off
Saw
of the
such
them
floor-boards
If your
length
saw
nailing
piece, and
waste
nails.
two
building, driving
the
of
of
length
one
will alternate
that
of the
or
you
the
floorat
come
projectingends
all
neatly
house,
to
use
more
in
force
driving the
boards
floor-
^^==^\p^^^f''^^ty"i^^^^^^î\^^l^^\\^
by
boards
short
two
the
on
neglect this,
not
tightjoint
edges
pressure
wish
frequently
than
using
Do
to
floor-boards.
You
at
on
with
floor-joist
each
long enough
of the
off
equal length.
them
will take
them
necessary
Now
towards
corners
together tightlyby pounding

not
If
when
if
sills,
floor-boards,
rectangular.
them
are
the
upon
floor.
those
other, push
diagonals
Next
is
house
trim
floor-joists
top for the
laying
diagonals again, before

the
rest
267
studding
the
to
of these
will
joists frequently
such
as
which
edge,
level
nailing them
or
laying any
Before
Beginners
principle of
the
toggle-joint. Arrange
these
390,
as
against a temporary
the
at
edge
way
at
the
the
is to
edge.
^^'
cleat
or
floor-board.
of the
its apex,
Fig.
resting
end
one
in
shown
floor-board
pry
the
board
any
firm
^^^'
object and
By stepping
will
be
into
place with
forced
this
upon
into
a
against
the other
toggle-joint
place.
chisel
driven
mon
com-
down
\Vood-\Vorkin"^ for Beginners
268
building
If the
less
room
will have
you
is
frame
floor
the
weather, by
be
can
of
all
much
stock
and
roofing-
or
towards
lay
means
cheaper
lay sheathing-
two
accomplished
keeping
the
the
are
floor
by simply laying
height
angle
to
be
represent
of the
be
rafter
of
similar
This
The
sawed
by
two
If
together
purlins,
the
to
or
ridge-board
shingled,
they
way,
angle
at
and
the
for
laid
such
up
and
(or
a
roof
and
end
two
or
crossing
sides
the
in
found
allow
to
off
which
by
of
be
saw
the
floor in the
end
and
the
on
required
on
can
the
upper
the
upper
either
for
mark
should
nailed
in
rafter
one
to
lengthways,
rafters
well
the
first
position
will last
be
laid
be
If
not
some
near
latter,
the
is
roof
lengthways
time, but
to
be
otherwise
"
covered
joints) should
for
quite
between
If the
be
and
up
If the
added
to
or
put
boards.
shown.
down.
battened
be
must
the
to
side-plates,as
as
the
at
points
easilybe
can
which
the
ridge-board (which
support
can
matched-boards
better.
mon
com-
(Fig. 389).
the
way,
the
pattern
nailed
be
sufficient
boards
much
of
end, being tem])orarily stayed in
outside
can
the
and
painted,
any
pattern
marked
end
lengthways stringers,should
well
be
rafters
on
their
bevel
at
the
each
at
former
be
can
ridge-board;
laid
lower
house)
of the
the
be
the
the
piece
ridge-board,
and
rafters
little
of
the
of
length
a
enough
serve
nailed
give
the
should
the
roof, when
at
of
will
roof-boards
down.
the
off
one
board
the
simply
can
bevel
length
persons,
place by
The
end
the
be
full-sized
thickness
edge
thickness
marked.
be
give
the
Take
the
others.
will
each
The
manner.
half
one
can
right-angledtriangle of
stock
on
pieces.
the
off
positions for
marked
which
and
easilymake
can
half
one
right relative
can
rafters
end, after cutting off
each
at
pieces
cut, you
base, which
and
ridge-board,
the
of
length
ends
to
the
These
6" wide.
about
obtain
To
roof-timbers.
the
for
ready
now
4" studding, except
board
as
cold
warm.
The
2"
under
Iêtween
carefully.
^japer, and
in
used
be
to
The
flooring.
double
laid
is
be
in any
used.
If
shinglingis
House-Building
should
Saddle-boards
the
to
tightness and
The
require
open
spaces
can
be
be
put
used
for
above
and
"
strips of
in
windows.
(narrow
much
the
case
roof,
be
can
or
3" wide,
or
the
cracks,
as
clapboarded
or
over
can
pieces
boarding
2"
boards
sides
the
Shorter
The
nailed
the
which
add
they
covering
spaces.
moulding)
preferred, in
if
shingled
before
and
or, of course,
391,
269
roof.
these
battens
half-round
Fig
door
below
"
the
sheathed
the
verticallyand
on
shown
be
to
Beginners
put along the ridge, as
durabilityof
sides
leaving
be
for
boarding
be
can
put
on
horizontally.
The
door
one
or
be
can
the
around
threshold
which
at
boards, cleated,
the
in almost
and
should
the
The
differ
not
from
bottom
This
fit.
can
arrangement
of
arrangement
of
of almost
any
the
already
buy ready-made
does
nailed
be
the
at
casing
of the
by examining
can
you
size)
ends
dwelling-house.
any
(which
shape
lower
already shown,
as
casing
ready-made.
understand
once
windows
the
of
door-space, previously putting
details
these
made
bought
upon
will
you
be
can
cases
sired
de-
shown.
smoke-pipe
The
few
floor-beams
partly floored
or
building
The
be
can
is for
roof
shown, but
put
across
will
provide
over
shop,
be
can
arranged
according
shingling at all,it is usually best

The
cheapest
ones
building, but,
is not
at
the
on
to
thin
where
is
It
the
necessary
do
may
are
no
a
ends
harm
good
row
the
the
edge,
other
an
plan
the
length
to
for such
will be
on
[l^^rectly
at
the
of
this
already
building
is worth
eaves
row
permanent
knots
by
two
or
than
it
as
these
or
defects
three
layers
spruce.
the
over
and
roof, lettingthe butts

top
lumber.
methods
some
better
lay roofing-paper
the
keep
to
structures
covered
shingles are
If the
good quality of shingles.
quality,for
extra
wholly
storage.
unsatisfactory for
be
shingling
of
use
hand,
they
Cedar
shingling. Begin
Lay
get
to
apt
If
better.
to
for
the
to
258.
page
plates and
the
good place
be much
on
loft useful
this will be
shingling will
of
top
on
covered
shown
as
roof
work
before
upward.
hang
slightlyover-
lay another, breaking
jointswith
layer
slight
This
gives room
If the
freely.
is to
tendency
which
is
far
enough
shingles.
Common
is,with
that
weather,
butt.
If
varied
accordingly.
shingles
against
or
the
temporarily
and
to
the
shingles
the
The
dip
in
some
in
had
while
as
these.
to
shingling, on
lines
of the
For
the
If this
interior
use
rows
the
of
building
arrangement
see
is for
much
better
desired
colour
the
at
will
Take
in
V.
found
various
in Part
be
at
the
be
can
adjusted
board
the
to
the
top
be
of
row
put
they
at
on
laid.
are
It is better
is
way
can
excellent,
though,
al-
buildings
wire
pains
to
nails
for
keep
the
apart.
suggestionsabout
I,
dip
to
which
of such
than
distances
Part
the
effect, it is hardly
equal
workshop,
be
are
roofs
better
durability.
to
chalk-line
stains,"
creosote
on
next
other.
These
Painting,
a
the
them.
considered
straight and
painting,
"
preparation
ground
can
colours.
some
are
of
between
A
haps
per-
the
4V"
can
paint shingles after
prepared
of
which
saddle-boards
spaces
by
by
row
ends
upper
laying.
before
any
the
the
each
overlap
one
to
obtain
to
nails
Cut
of
variety
great
The
within
about
strips nailed
two
each
Fasten
this distance
used
of
make
to
length exposed
board,
narrow
off and
clog
of
butts
roof.
the
ure,
moist-
simply laying
but
edge,
laid
run
end, the
the
covered
be
can
are
place by
edge
paint
except
worth
in
the
to
one
a
economy
tends
them
in
them
be
is doubtful
paint
of
trimmed
be
the
Lay
top, letting the

It
to
of
length
be
to
of
portion
extra
held
ridge
can
of
butt
the
each
laying
to
edges
purpose.
near
shingles
that
edge
and
from
up
the
in
water
retain
this;
lower
Leave
lower
off the
pare
answers
(one
the
the
at
obviate
to
nails
shingle
two
allows
and
people
in order
narrower,
with
i"),
of
Some
the
of
shingles
the
together
double,
row
layer.
upper
water-courses
shingles slightlyapart
shingle
row
close
these
up
the
swelling, and
are
injurious.
butt-ends
the
dam
of
first
shingles
-J")between
to
for
edges
the
the
shingles
the
by
Beginners
is,lay
between
spaces
(perhaps l"
space
them.
the
tliat the
covered
are
that
underneath;
those
taking pains
off
for
Wood-Working
2/0
the
"
The
is
cottage
with
of
its
aged
trees
sending
and
grouped
or
the
among
beloved
peaceful
as
deserves
looking
fruitful
attentive
the silver trunks
plain
forming
; or
always gives the idea of

itself."
silence
as
grey
thing
The
Ruskin,
"
sideration.
con-
dingle
woody
of the
out
between
smoke
azure
of the
side, the cottage
voice, that is
quiet life-giving
of
bright cornfields
along the slope of the mountain
clusters
motion
the
up
which
scenery
; whether
everywhere
always, and
eye-likewindow,
of natural
embellishments
of the
one
It is beautiful
be
to
Poetry
of A rch itecture.
XIII
CHAPTER
"
Row."
Cottage
form, with
'
'
as
the
boarded,
of
have
excellent
These
' '
Row.
fitted up
are
They
The
and
doors
figured cretonne
These
attempts
and
The
to
Houses
of
number
(and much
in which
Such
of
to
this
the
where
boys
by
admirable
this little
tractivel
at-
articles
of
prettily
models
they
boys' first
for
simple, modest,
are
air which
and
does
pretentious
not
houses.
neat, trim, inviting appearance,
enter.
very
made
easily be
can
and
attractive
these
as
Farm
many
very
with
covered
homelike
their
character
through
are
other
by
the
little
the
courtesy
School
villagewas
be
can
on
of
Mr.
framed
Charles
H.
and
271
two
forces
villagecan
same
put
be
or
of
built
time),
together
Bradley, Superintendent
Thomi)son's Island,
built,
by
united
at the
simple carpentry be learned
pleasant hours can be spent.
many
houses
Obtained
that
elaborate
is attracted
of
have
boys working together;
more
'
and
more
wishes
and
and
and
or
good
are
house-building,in
many
visitor
street,
calico.
or
unpretentious,
pertain
and
shingled and clap-
windows,
hung
are
little structures
at
by boys,
curtains, cupboards, shelves,
in.side with
walls
can
small, but have

are
tables, chairs, lounges, bookcases,

furniture.
built
panying
accom-
of what
examples
were
They
larger houses.
regular
in the
shown
interestinglittle villageor
most
Cottage
details
afford
beginner.
others,
*
known
of
the
by
done
little houses
The
"
illustrations
be
COTTAGES
SUMMER
SIMPLE
in
Boston
Harbour,
Summer
Simple
slipped
are
the
covering
shown
crack
and
building
in
under
up
and
such
through
they
seem
very
used
be
lead
is
leak.
can
but
are
and
the
the
Zinc,
inferior
the
of
these
All
pieces having
sides
be
done.
cost
but
can
It will
paper,
and
should
be
the
put
avoid
as
to
or
shineles
in
place by
house
will
The
until
first
where
the
third
used,
board
at
also
have
be
the
water.
of the
shingling
or
the
much
be
with
outside
tighter and
sheathing-
dryer.
This
casings, corner-boards, etc.,

boards
these
by
the
and
the
row
can
nails.
row
shingling,is begun
in
line, as
nails
few
unlike
in
next
then
This
be
is i)Ut in
up
amount
upper
from
of
part
so
clapboards
hold
the
pla(:e, and
only.
next
row
on.
clapboards
slipthe
under
the
near
lower
in
The
Lay
top.
Then
clapboards
the
so
the
the
underneath
firmly nailed
will
at
shingling,keeping
the
row
only the desired
clapboard
water
carefullynailed
the
under
on
for
clapboards
row
as
way
meet.
row
upper
the
shed
to
sheath
little to
Laying clapboards,
the
rain
390a.
crack
or
should
been
place, the clapboarding
in
roofs
be
can
latter should
top edge slightlybevelled,
the
as
corner-boards
house)
The
place.
in
important,
the
horizontal
(the
principle as
same
tion
precau-
such
in
The
lead.
water-table
bottom
nailed
to
same
tin,
even
or
the
of
grooving
which
through
side
though
even
where
building
crack
taken
the
thus
flashingwith
The
be
is
and
but
process.
join
expose
cracks,
the
on
"
This
385.
cases,
always
attachments
to
such
in
should
water
^n
(Fig. 390a),
casing joins
tight.Tonguing
simpler
the
the
Figs. 384
drive
clapboarding
where
shedding
will
can
the
Cottages
the
is
first
exposed.
edge
with
position while
thin
edge
of
the
upper
row
moulding.
bottom
house.
lower
equal
they
are
IS, do
not
those
of
eye.
Mark
them
saw
the
the
rows
them
as
the
to
and
accurately
carefullywith
in
is used
joints at
the
Do
not
trying to
or
make
which
ends, that
and
as
near,
very
ends
the
saw
try-square
quite
are
on
the
edge
in line and
alignment
house
the
should
slanting upper
any
or
very
at
clapboards
directlyunder,
below.
fine saw,
the
the
to
clapboards
of
break
row
with
the
the
clapboards
one
of
^n
variations
joints of
above
continued
row
lay
arranging them
In
have
careful
apart,
Examine
used.
bottom
board
stripof
water-table
fit closelydown
Be
distances
noticeable.
of the
edge
water-table.
with
be
can
If, however,
to
Beginners
finallycovered
clapboarding
slightlybevelled
of the
at
the
the
be
can
The
of
bottom,
be
for
Wood-Working
knife
close
by
and
joints
possible.
as
A
near
harm
fair
the
quality of clapboards
thin
for such
edges
structures
which
are
as
should
to
these.
be
be
used, but
covered
may
do
few
defects
no
serious
When
such
for
you
as
the
with
the
comfortable,
easily add
can
principle to
'
If
that
probably
is too
answer
on,
go
and
to
tempt
whenever
it and
morally
purpose.
to
you
You
of
well
those
as
given
it.
things
work.
If you
exceed
will
That
with
of
debt,
afford
can
improve
as
in
run
simplest plan.'
expensive, some
your
will
such
"
men
or
for.
pay
you
use,
actual
any
plans suggested
vacations,
number
do
in
boys
are
cannot
you
let them
not
yourself
you
house
to
structures,
family
older
there
"
beginning
elaborate
more
means,
before
for
by
carpentry,
begin
do
undertaken
275
ambitious
more
cottages for camping
often
are
not
to
Cottages
fishing-lodges, or
or
considered
Do
that
attempt
for amateur
taste
be
begin
summer
hunting-
to
Summer
modest
as
houses
a
Simple
find
your
but
find
the
tent
con-
it perfectly
expense
is the
best
financially.
in
the
preceding
pages
will
In
addition
pages,
bear
simple
forms
and
in
roofs
make
can
and
tight, and
can
then
of
success,
advantage,
It is well
is to
If there
lay
such
do
and
plain
preceding
to
be
too
piazza
dormer
for the
that
of form
ambitious
windows
producing
Such
When
beginner.
everything
will
not
with
in
be
often
can
only
use
like, at first.
the
roof
variations
not
simple
snug
leak,
you
fair chance
first
your
added
tempts.
at-
good
to
if desired.
ascertain
to
which
windows
house
Avoid
difficulties
many
can
attempt
plans,
your
plain,simple building, with
but
in the
of
(especially combinations
bay-windows,
add
you
making
first efforts.
your
and
arrangements
in
mind,
for
valleys")
Beginners
points already spoken
to
complicated
and
for
Wood-Working
2;6
be
is
the
can
you
built, before
a
choice
of
sizes
of
buy
drawing
situations
in
the
the
your
in
ready-made
doors
where
your
place
i:)]ans.
which
to
place
your
house,
be
If you
on
islands
there
are
is
think
hollow
points
but
in
in
"
in
in such
as
of
about
the
need
no
and
air
of
are
swamp,
is
cleared
places
where
there
"
simple precaution
of
settled
can
you
ing
build-
not
tary
sani-
all the
places.
region,
ordinary country or seashore
things of dryness^ sunlight^pure air, and
through
will
with
which
be
to
it may
soil oxidizes
the
the
are
soil remains
in
summer
or
fishing,
required by
in
the
securing dryness
is
the
for
the
the
be
from
sites of
settle.
or
At
at
certain
which
rain
houses.
In
the resulting product

imjnirities,
sweet
and
wholesome."
step upon,
which
source
may
be the
bottom
of
gases.
depression
ocean
to
retains
unsuspected
ground,
foul
likely to
also soil that
actually wet
may
and
naturally porous,
healthiest
be
not
in
fogs from
all organic
off the
cuts
for,shooting
Avoid
is air in the
house
your
be
sects,
in-
other
be
always
important
moisture
There
dampness
course,
Soils
and
though
place
and
sun
wherever
land.
naturallyreject wet
valley where
will, of
is very
spreading dampness
not
built
and
dense
air.
diseases.
of
means
should
course,
be
must
Sunshine
saturated
of serious
Of
the
out
there
in
occupancy
mosquitoes
the
shuts
house.
cabin
or
moisture,^ even
for land
thicket
regular
of
air which
of
camp,
for
account
on
purifying the
You
rain,
ocean,
circulation
the
cottage
the
because
circumstances.
known
the
purifying,
so
and
edge
all
merely
and
lodge,
"
air
consider
above
circulation
around
'
in
pine woods,
the
or
site in any
building
thicket,not
Do
and
the
on
need
you
sure
Avoid
and
may
water.
pure
sunlight
or
selectinga
first make
free
site
unsanitary conditions,
no
drinking water,
mountains,
precautions important
much
As
get, pure
In
of
selection
promontories
or
almost
many
country.
in the
invigourating,the
so
of
build
to
rocky
climate
in
going
are
where
to
277
value.
of
or
the
suggestions about
few
Cottages
Summer
Simple
"
in the
the
seashore
times
and
there
places,
rapidly disappears, are

this
the
is waslied
La'1'1i.\.m.
action
away
of
the
by
the
278
but
Wood-Working
they
more
to
try
mists
and
rivers
and
liable
to
brooks,
hang
not
shine
will
not
hill
usually affords
mound
or
cool
it.
upon
have
In
so
The
also
can
to
as
points
plenty
of it.
regard
to
in
in
little settlement
importance.
utmost
which
where
are
the
free
the
on
drainage
sun
slope
both
regards
as
site
but
scavenger,
do
of
coolness
of
top
of the
little
in
water
land, but
take
as
you
the
in
can
how
pollution
far
arrange
for
becomes
of
mountains,
certain
degree
of
purifying
particular spot,
of
other
circumstances.
feet
might
be
well
or
it
One
depends
some
hundred
the
your
will have
you
others
feet
or
be
without
the
the
cases
in
neighbouring
upon
of
through proximity
should
state
to
direction
In
of
spring
impossible
perfectly safe, while
highly dangerous.
of the air
drains
soil, the
and
neighbours
sink
for
yourself on
tamination
guard carefully againstcon-
and
water
it is
of
kind
work
of your
therefore
drinking
of
the
to
question
the
sea,
it the
upon
you
them;
sources
ground,
itself and
throw
cesspools, privies,or
the
the
to
situation.
find
Exactly
from
the
houses
and
planning
are
cottages
neighbouring
the arrangements
of your
also, if you
other
near
breeze
drainage
of
matter
air
it pure
have
to
are
pure
the
not
naturally unhealthful
This
water
or
is -pure
woods
pine
the
to
and
water,
pure
drainage (sewerage) from
be
site
the
regard
of
to
are
marshes
wet
south-eastern
or
find
secure
build
to
except
there
vapours
house
your
southern
desirable
to
own
where
not
boggy ponds, sluggish
malarious
by hiding
most
If you
knoll,
main
The
or
all,but
at
vicinityof
water,
of the
Do
direction, it will be advantageous.
every
the
of fresh
account
keep
sunlight.
the
particularly
ains
mount-
them.
over
to
try
dampness
no
at the
common.
reject situations
pools
on
and
is very
night
is
there
Beginners
navigation ;
to
at
mountains
or
stagnant
swamps,
and
where
night, avoiding
at
Do
dampness
place
seashore
the
at
less
or
find
harmful, except
not
are
for
knowledge
slope
distance
more
of
hundred
is
such
from
underlying
two
tages.
cot-
near
of
the
strata,
twenty
would
enough
Simple
ordinary conditions.
under
defective
from
that
understood
now
than
itself upon
their
are
regard
that
it.
to
even
well
as
is any
there
formerly,
This
trouble.
until
still,
but
subject
the
subject forces
medical
of
dwellers
in
summer
in
town
than
is
water
those
active
an
among
sickness
forms
worst
the
well
cottages
houses.
little
but
men
but
nothing
are
the
is better
established
fact
that
before
is
the
as
danger usually begins
pay
exposed
more
the
greater danger than
no
majority of people
which
diseases,to
is
279
attention,the
It
of
some
Cottages
There
and
sewerage,
aware
senses
air
Summer
filth
sometimes
are
Remember
that
agent for spreading the
germs
of
itself after
the
disease.
As
spot has
likelyto
is apt to
west
it the
use
considerations
The
as
ground,
of
course,
almost
the
the
work
;
of
but
depend
to
as
stake
The
whether
the
fixed
in
has
to
cases
You
have
are
you
other
or
of
permanence
position
of
piazza
ready,
probably
the
the
piers are
stone
the
of
the
of
cost
and
cult
diffi-
very
piers should,
in
(except,
way
is not
the
set
anywhere),
purpose
or
in
posts
afford
almost
simple
treated
find
or
can
chapter immediately
being
day
for such
will
brick
you
posts
(including the
the
but
such
and
to
piazza
wind
the
excellent
an
for
the
of
already
you
obtained
character
time
course,
be
use
in relation
unsheltered
An
the
been
desirable, if
can
views
the
sider
Con-
position desirable.
described,
upon
foundation
considered.
circumstances.
underpinning
most
laying piers
it out
shown
house
on
at
of
rocky ground),
(which
upon
Having
shown
In
alwa^/s more
materials
such
there
as
hot
very
necessary
here
are
upon
the
depend
though,
most,
preceding chapter.
the
be
make
may
subject of
structures
will
much
the
place
to
prevailing winds, and

windows, and the piazza.
the
the
which
the
sun,
rooms,
facing
chosen
been
the
the
position in
the
to
course,
building.
building, proceed
if there
is to
be
one),
preceding.
frame
noticed
is
in the
next
old
to
be
houses
282
Plane
S(77c",
look
up
other
main
(which contains
If both
371.
used
for
should
sides
vertical
"lean-to"
this
of
sheathing
quite inexpensive
with
As
stripsof
will
and
the
ell
help
shedding
for
overhang
roof
If the
pieces
and
space
of
the
in
"
an
while
is
easy
hardly
good
very
The
simple
the
in
house
this
in
whatever,
is
It is
only
shown.
as
The
in the
outside
the
same
angle
these.
upon
case,
see
house, and
arranged
nailed
not
ends, making all
ends,
be
can
is
is
lattice-work
good
to
sills.
have
been
shown
structure
can
their
to
stripsnailed
the
details
and
board
roof
walls.
their lower
the
sometimes
of the
the
both
of
This
will
of the
from
studding being
below
remaining
uses,
is
eaves.
you
appearance
project at
slopes, as
The
various
of
and
farther
to nail
ends, with
ground
the
house
This
rafters
the
at
overhang
any
water
ends
the
at
short
cover
overhang
without
rafters
project equally, and
of the
main
them
respects
some
structure,
any
the
let the
to
necessary
way,
upright
over
outside, and
the
illustration,
the
rule, it improves the
in
and
joints of
moulding.
shingling in
or
the
c,
strips nailed
"
finish the
to
project or
quite large buildings

as
with
half-round
way
from
see
reallya necessity
but,
be
of this kind.
structures
you
house
"
clapboarding
for
battened, /.
are
covered
are
and
way
the
next
Fig.
sills should
four
corner-posts
side
the
on
house
case
to
the
in
shown
as
time, only
and
addition
"lean-to"
framed
be
can
at one
structure,
this
equal
built
are
The
omitted.
be
The
and
V.,
general living-room)can
the
Fig. 389.
kitchen)
entire
the
of
contains
in
the
parts
the
studding
(which
shown
as
Part
references.
house
framed
Beginners
Nailing^ Screws^ Hifiges,Painti/igîn
any
The
be
for
Wood-Working
be
treated
in
constructed
in the
Fig.
preceding cases.
392
in
is suitable
the
way
for
already
described.
The
piazza is,however,
anew
problem, but
not
very
difificult
Summer
Simple
the
after
one
for rustic
structures
the
ground
the
height of
timbers
to
house
piazza
flooringit
and
of two
three
or
floor
these
to
for
however,
the
height, and
for the
middle
building.
raised
the
The
the
other
Before
be
roof
of the
is
the
not
up
details
other
is
way,
287), the
with
slant
top
boards
should
outer
same
the
be
these
in
the
given
of floor-
the
as
whole
this
of
the
and
platform
way
roof
of
rest
having
is nailed
same
house
corners
way
Upon
water.
of the
to
are
roof
as
the
enable
freely.
water
do
beginning
any
the
piazza
system
work
differ
not
read
from
those
already described.
carefullyMarkings
Saw, Plane, Nailing, Screws, Hinges, Painting,

look
of
good
side
the
crossways,
the
at
to
nailed
be
can
posts in the
shed
is covered
the
This
spiked
floored
and
side
and
the
of floor-
house.
or
is then
Enough
at
posts
(see page
floor
to
feet, sawing the tops off
the
set
392.
this
to
piazza posts,
floor beneath.
shed
This
in
posts.
can
stones
outwards
which
system,
to
piazza
restingupon
slightslant
it
carefully built
proper
timbers
the
tops of the
stripof joistor plank
A
at
the
on
piazza posts
boards, while
with
Fig.
supported
is to
suited
simple way,
simply nailing a system
piazza roof, and
the
the
for
rough cabins,
or
depth
described.
already
processes
28
Cottages
references.
in
Rule, Sqiia?'e,
Part
V., and
Wood-Working
284
An
excellent
^' i"- 393-
This
difference
between
Before
for
has
the
types
Fig.
393.
read
work
is that
structure
is the
hip-roof, which
it and
beginning
small
Beginners
only
up
This
any
other
simple kinds,
but
in
essential
carefully Markiii}:^^Ride, Square,

and
Part
.,
references.
is somewhat
roof
shown
shown.
already
Plane, Nailing, Screws, Hinges, Painting, in
Saw,
look
form
for
is
difificult
more
the
beyond
not
skill of the
plates
the
the
same
as
the
Up
amateur.
the
"
than
well
make
to
to
is
construction
Vr/Z'"S'i
ôAfin
shown.
fiate:
In
is short
the
end
(called hip-
in
laying
them
out,
rafters
rafters)incline
(Fig. 393a).
cutting
g.
the
of
out
these
careful
,
After
bevels
it
Laying
require
will
.
and
towards
bevels
upper
planum
succeeded
roof, however,
ridge-board
the
3Q3a.
this
the
rafters
I'k;.
already
that
you
at
the
have
ends,
Summer
in
the
fittingthem
and
be
Simple
put
in
place,
shorter
hip
shinglingis
shown,
with
can
readily
394.
Fig.
roofs
jack-rafters
place.
Fig.
The
28:;
Cottages
as
the
more
difficult
shinglesmust
line of shingles,laid
395.
at
be
the
corners
cut.
parallelto
the
in the
than
It is well
hip
to
and
other
cover
each
along
each
Wood-Working-
286
side
of
it.
of the
one
Another
"
used
small
embodying
cottage
the
for
cases
to
the
Beginners
cover
Cottage
the
hips, as
same
roof
construction,
shown
in
Fig.
(Fig. 395) is not

already shown, except in the
summer
in
shown
Row."
is
difficult,
correspondingly more
difficult than
of
be
can
illustrations of
form,
larger and
A
Boards
for
use
but
394.
more
matter
size.
Fig.
Before
beginning
work
396.
read
END
ELEVATION.
carefullyMarking,
Saiv, Plane, Availing,Screivs, Hi?iges,Fainting, in

look
up
any
other
references.
Rule, Square,
Part
V., and
Summer
Simple
The
described
already
The
frame
shown
in
4"
d"
"
2'' X
collar
that
the
that
the
is not
in
the
beams,
depending
stock
in these
given
rafters, which
horizontal
lathed
be
to
should
be
difference
chapters
6,"
is
the
quite
by
nailed
board
of
be
braced
be
can
pieces
and
any
in
the
plastered, it
distance
exact
the
the
frame
is not
ends
essential
apart.
of
this
house
the
projection of
the
piazza,
windows.
and
doors
resting
piazza posts (Fig.396).
The
and
secondupon
an
ment
arrange-
floorthe
in
shown
to
between
the
over
attic
at
consists
rafters,and
is
side-plates
the
upon
sills should
The
structures.
simply
top of the
the
of
directions
the
small
Fig. 389
plate on
outer
the
general principleas
part of the roof.
floor-timbers
story
of
studding according
studding
shown
dimensions
for
or
upper
essential
The
same
for
do
beams,"
this house
As
the
; but
house
4''will
Arrange
upon
been
259-264.
pages
6", the corner-posts can be 4" x 4''or 4"

and
rafters 2" x 6", although, if the house
in the
across
Workshops
has
floor-timbers
small,
the
only
6"
or
foundation
settingthe
and
built
be
Fig. 389,
intended
are
under
can
size of the
the
staking out
of
process
287
Cottages
Fig.
397.
The
floor
frame
2"
On
of
such
as
398, the
and
Til
the
is
side,
into
through
this
as
strip of
4" joistalong
it
piazza
arranged
Fasten
spiking
sill.
be
can
follows:
for the
fasten
the
an
rangement
ar-
floor-timbers,
shown
inner
in
Fig.
cross-beam
i^'lG. 397.
"
lengthways
strmgers
resting in gains,as
can
piazza
floor
to
be
be
shown
varied
in
Fig.
399.
according
relativelyto
the
to
details
The
the
height
floor inside.
you
of
the
wish
rangement
ar-
the
Summer
Simple
should
sills,and
stairs,which
pieces
of
determined
laying
off
the
on
the
After
and
mark
to
on
of
top
parts
many
a
as
9" wide,
than
risers.
"
the
make
opening
studding
The
which
to
and
interior
the
instructions.
if you
feature
By
'To
shown,
height
of
102
find
from
for
steps.
by
the
14
floor
each
To
to
to
step,
make
get
the
steps
floor, 102"
as
the
exact
7".
of
for
for
Divide
number
height
stick
the
treads
the
less
not
do
securely
they
can
those
for
the
fastened
off
cut
are
to
made
preceding
of the
without
arrange
having
the
given situation,
example.
102
even,
of
be
as
sawing
for
8" will
7-^"or
the
course,
be
further
able
desir-
it.
afford
of
number
floor to
use
the
chimney will,of
slight modification
the
have
differ from
fittingsyou
can
points
can
is nailed.
not
regular brick
show
directions,being simply
no
sheathing
do
risers"
stairs.
of the
require
details
remaining
cases,
head
the
at
can
where
floor-beams
second-story
"
stick, into
the
you
cross-piece,must
or
partitions inside
The
better, while
is
and
cut
the
lower
on
steps, and
to
been
on
the
of
(by
ends.
difficulty. You
distance,
is best
It
the
stairs will
without
the
Having
rafters, page
have
common
top
two
stairs
for
nail
take
positionand
bevels
and
determine
10"
header,"
the
between
steps.
and
this
to
the
for
the
the
have
wish,
you
as
any
details
from
posts.
more
of the
out
of
to
which
the
for
wish
you
by
gauge
notches
of
as
or
string pieces
or
Divide
upper.
one
the bottom
and
"
height
end-
floor in the proper
steps
these
in the
cut
length.
way
easily get
can
the
and
and
sufficient
of
the
on
the
arrange
the
same
Examination
stick
the
notch-boards
treads."
how
you
top
planks
for
put in place, you

"
in
floor
notches
these
the
of the house
gains
wherever
put
9" or 10", and
of the
"
be
can
points for
the
268), lay one

mark
2"
plank,
in
rest
can
body
supported by
be
can
of the
juncture
of this sill
middle
the
the
For
the
ends
The
piazza.
the
under
added
be
289
Cottages
each
by
call
Assume,
7, which
it 14,
step.
and
roof
find
for
overhang
the
as
just
trial,a satisfactory
gives 14!
you
height,
on
have
for the
only
number
to
di\ide
each
side,
larger
The
in
for
Wood-Working
290
the
will
piazzas
two
be
and
construction
differs
arrangement
of
be
floor-beams
the
rafters
omitted
where
the
as
others,
you
may
and
of
be
the
from
that
framing
given
space
for
the
be
prefer.
the
second
end-studding
by
the
clapboarded,
of
for
the
design just
the
second
shown
only
story.
400.
correspondingly
interrupted
can
and
provided
(Fig. 400).
chambers
Fig.
The
Beginners
story
will
longer,
and
continued
up
window-spaces.
shingled,
overlap
the
at
each
end-plates
the
to
rafters,
This
battened,
house,
or
end
can
cept
ex-
like
sheathed,
CHAPTER
Summer-houses.
and
which
in front
SIMPLE
FEW
"
STRUCTURES
which
form
when
is attractive
elevation
XIV
is
with
overrun
(Fig.401)
quite
in side
and
build,
to
easy
vines, is shown
(Fig.402).
elevation
beginning work read carefullyMarkings Rule, Square,

look
Saw, Plane, Nailing, Paintiiig,in Part V., and
up
any
Before
other
references.
construction
The
is
The
simple.
frame
had
(planed), except the sills,which
2" X 4" (on edge). Cross
floor-beams
floors of the
The
little houses
upright
ground
and
with.
Where
frame
the
they
cross
nailed
be
can
roof
The
J"
stripsfor
be
to
out
inserted,as
in the
rest
set
in the
upon
about
joints
The
of
made
or
resting
apart,
i\" wide.
at
lattice-work
These
mill
any
the
f" thick, and
strips,which
in
you
be
can
long
got
short
or
off
cut
can
from
as
Fui.
you
them
Then
posts
rafters.
upon
can
than
halved
be
together.
inches
slats several
smaller
the
of
square
solid
be
can
be
3" stock
dispensed
parts
The
(seeIfalvitig).
however,
can,
can
can
be
not
first shown.
members
the floor be
best
of 2"
be
can
put
too
cut
them
Do
on.
not
closelytogether.
off
one
or
more
401.
lay
Put
one
short
291
stripon
pieces by
at
the
which
desired
to
angle.
gauge
the
distance
for
boarding
hold
laying the
width
of the
it beside
This
each
strip,or
next
of the
stripas
great stiffness and
The
jointsof
before
being
thorough
put
and
kind
to
way
and
paint
only require touching

The
their
form,
natural
so
Before
Saw,
look
to
IG.
up
can
any
make
rest
other
a
with
up
is
it also
one.
the
more
stripson
supports
They
will then
in
after
Fig.
the
on.
house
the
403,
is in
preceding,
to
be
cut
at
is done.
of
made
arbour,
or
than
work
putting
paint
shown
in
respects
some
the
because
an
sticks
ends
oblique angle.
carefullyMarkifig, Rule, Square,
read
in
Part
V., and
references.
platform,
upon
next
402.
before
pieces have
beginning
the
properly be painted
lattice- work
lay the
them
build
the
stripsand
slight,will give
so
Plane, Availing,Scre7C'S,Hinges, Fainting,
First
posts
of
many
lay
to
this should
as
summer-house,
difficult
more
of
rustic
which
together (see Pahiting), and
neater
lattice
the
lightthin
of
piece
strength.
some
out
stripis
each
framework
such
get
guide by
Beginners
between
space
lattice-work,
although
frame
of
for
Wood-Working
292
posts
as
set
for
the
in the
other
ground
floors,or
and
the
the
upright
floor be
dis-
Few
with.
pensed
Plates
rafters extend
from
of
These
the
roof.
which
details
to
this
put
angles
in
the
the
plates at
which
top of each
form
the
post
will make
the
Much
293
of
top
on
rafters
apparent.
are
Structures
placed
plates and
house
the
at
be
can
sticks
nail the
to
Simple
roof
together properly,
apex
framework
on
The
maining
re-
required, however,
in
merely
not
the
to
covering.
is
care
posts, and
cutting the
joints,but
sighting, measuring,
and
testing to
its
ensure
coming together without

twisting or winding.
Instead
of
this house
made
the
six-sided, it
if
can,
making
preceding
the
same
This
and
easier
pieces
to
around
is much
other
An-
tree
before
the
should
arrange
with
403.
circular
or
of the
latter
of
house
is
the
this part to
lean-to
principles
plain
allow
its
past
already
and
for the
growth
so
roof
that
on
apart
so
of the
can
the
to
usefulness,
together
;
this sort
snugly
(Fig. 404)
put
shown
too
of
split the
may
bath-house
roof
house
is fitted
roof
growth
"
If the
trunk.
rest
Bath-house.
simple
Fig.
is to
hexagonal, octagonal,
trunk, the
made
ing
join-
make.
to
design,
pretty plan
build
tails.
de-
makes
in respect
the
rangement
ar-
the
pretty
very
but
one,
of
tree
like
rectangular
keeping
be
desired,
you
tree.
well
the
be
same
additional
instructions
for such
any
for
Wood-Working
294
of the
for
this
building
other
desi"rn
is to
methods
are
Beginners
A
unnecessary.
sheath
it
can,
of
Fig.
404.
verticallyas
course,
be
good
way
but
shown,
adopted.
'^B.aM'
Fig.
Boat-houses.
"
using
By
Fig. 389
framework
shown
boat-house
(Fig. 405).
Before
beginning
in
work
read
405.
the
you
"".
same
can
simple
make
an
system
of
inexpensivê
carefully Markiih^^ Ru/e, Square^
look
slipor platform
inclined
water
requires simply
down
towards
the
running
the
shown.
to
nail
the
saw
The
two
them
ends
house
in
all off
or
water,
simplest way
which
upon
Fig.
is
295
V.,
Part
and
references.
other
any
up
The
as
Structures
Simple
Plane, Nailing, Screws, Hinges, Painting, in
Saw,
from
Few
to
of this kind
once
can
by
the boats
up
for
stringers,
planks
nailed
across,
ends
of these
three
timbers
2"
with
406.
square
place, allowing a
at
haul
you
the
little extra
planks
length, and
then
line.
be built to extend
over
the
water
(for
two
of
the
floor
this
Unless
4"
4"
stock.
4"
or
lower
the
rafters
if
should
people
much
better
to
than
too
rather
err
The
into
be
of
2"
however,
be
be
can
planed
The
already
by
of
the
for
into
in
prefer
2"
be
of
and
of
2"
2"
is
as
the
large,
house
be
6"
4"
visable
ad-
is
plates,
these
timbers
and
used
and
by
it is
out,
heavy
too
intended
only
are
be
to
in
the
posts,
the
hauled
designs
laid
to
4"
great
buy
The
for
rail
variety
of
the
with
these
braces
outside
balcony
the
be
can
and
forms
The
All
around
and
mortised
be
best
balusters
The
them.
stock.
rail
top
flatways,
place.
a
had
balcony
The
Bevelli?tg).
obtained
of
should
structure
middle,
the
having
these
But
nailed
if you
mill,
small
be
only
structures.
(see
pieces
square
sills
the
corner-posts,
a
the
at
can
floor-beams
your
to
are
side
4'' studding,
bevelled
angles
in
(see Mortising).
posts
it
case
anything
If
boats
floor-timbers
outer
the
can
small
the
frame
attempt.
build
the
on
which
the
such
heavier.
light.
comparatively
for
unsupported
heavy
the
side
each
at
407.
etc.),
and
for
to
be
and
many
do
rafters
however,
floor-beams,
(in
stock,
will
beginner
should,
you
6"
and
the
for
If
4"
Fig.
rigging,
6"
in
small
very
studs
arranging
of
shown
297
upright
to
way
oars,
6"
or
studding
the
for
edge)
X
is
of
storage
(on
6"
is
story
building
the
for
simple
second
the
sides
the
from
doorway.
of
used
extend
to
parts
Structures
Simple
Few
upper
simply
balusters
at
can,
ing
wood-work-
under
the
cony
bal-
parts
should
be
machine.
remaining
described.
details
do
not
differ
from
those
of
the
houses
PART
IV
BOAT-BUILDING
FOR
BEGINNERS
CHAPTER
XV
like
other
BOAT-BUILDING,
(even
simplest
be
done
in
more
easily,and,
of
than
by
it will
labour
one,
to
however,
for
so
find
someone
give
up
is
nothing
holding
or
If
these
which
you
boats
beginner
to
building
such
is
be
used
but
to
by
finish
boats
time,
and
Do
not,
workman,
done
in
once
by
while
one
about
building
a
it is to
means
too
prove
successfully.
these
as
will
them
best
of
difficulties,not
execution.
298
that
difficult
form
some
that
the
for
tractive
at-
an
many
average
The
experience gained
help
you
there
in every
here
many
remembered
be
models
simple
the
find
and
easy,
case
in
such
but
merely
nor
offered
the
are
as
would
as
ways
always
boat-building
in the
in
difficult
more
not
are
are,
regular boat-builder;
variety
also in the
build,
no
with
simple compared
fail to
These
themselves
by
a
persons
you.
be
cannot
help
two
fellow-
can
quickly,
more
money,
with
of
you
would
boat-building.
for
lack
which
little
and
seen,
design
shown
for
rather
seem
mind
in
in
of
forces
join
here
a
stages)
economy
plans
your
of work,
liftingsomething.
boat-building
being
be
kinds
cheaply, by
more
to
given
have
have
you
its
course,
perhaps,
with,
person
many
volves
in-
designing,
Boat-Buildingfor Beginners
It takes
boat
round-bottomed
few
to
the
attempt
number
the
show
wood-working
these
simple craft,
needed
of
books
rigging, subjects
satisfactorilytreated,
become
skilful
the
into
go
far
are
for the
which
from
can
you
enough
easily find
can
you
here
use
in
to
is to
making
of
ing
design-
complex
beginner,
in
details
too
that
all
are
intention
which
which
even
boats
The
to
not
fore
canvas), there-
of
boat-building
on
processes
but
regallysuccessful
use
forms,
information.
gain
or
the
have
you
advanced
more
excellent
of
out
flat-bottomed
of
When
here.
turn
to
(except by
simple types
treated
are
workman
good
^gg
be
to
hand-book
wood-working.
on
While
it
bottomed
and
is
practicable
"
as
you
the
in
along,
go
yourself,
even
on
paper
correctly first,as
to
work
advanced
and
and
Punts.
be
may
of
when
accustom
work
out
really essential, in
order
lay
to
the
the
to
come
you
more
this class
the
for
superior
easily and
They
light, strong,
some
to
purposes
bottom
use
on
cheaply
built
and
by
safe, capacious, and
are
permits
them
making
ponds
and
much
fortable,
com-
freedom
rivers, as
of
boats
good
well
no
for
as
for
loads.
beginning
work
read
carefully Marking,
Saw, Plane, Nailing, Painting, in

references.
but
with
if made
boat,
good-looking,
occupants,
general
transporting
Before
flat
the
by
fishing and
are
despised.
and
movement
flat-bottomed
boat.
be
to
sometimes
round-bottomed
Boats
"
merely
not
useful, and
means
is
cutting
or
should
flat-
or
**
thumb,
still you
this
punt,
forms.
Scows
care,
of
simplest forms,
advantage
good
to
good
rule
entirely by
rowboat,
trying
make
to
Part
V., and
look
Rule, Square^
up
any
other
for
Wood-Working
300
The
sides
the
fasten
nail
is
process
the
on
first get
to
and
ends
fittings. Ahiiost
kind
any
of
sides, take
jointed
and
saw,
"
be
as
for
well
bottom
to
select
to
other
projecting edges
of
next
be
Nail
together
got
nails
bore
holes
for
boxes
or
the
end
or
pieces
this
In
be
Mark,
in
shown
they
case
ends
can
just
(3" or ^V long) at each

the nails
(see Boring).
galvanized iron
Next
agree
answers
place
flat floor and

to
as
and
sides
the
kind.
this
boards
out.
three
of
should
edges
accurately.
of these
end
Use
boats
horses
Both
sawed
and
for boats, but
best
are
on
must
flat box.
common
up,
boat
408.
each
at
wide.
is safest
nails
Copper
4I"
and
It
corner.
for
taken
be
to
other
any
knots, checks, and
from
squared
slant
ends
The
making
in
the
plane
4' long
ends
the
and
Fig. 408.
and
used
be
to
box, then
seats
should
sides.
both
on
Fig.
"
the
next
boards, for example, 14' long, 14" wide,
two
"3" thick, planed
and
making
ends,
thoroughly dry.
defects, and
the
tlie
can
Care
free
stock,
clear, straight-grained
For
in
as
wood
soft
is excellent.
Pine
of this kind.
together
finallyto i)iit in
and
bottom,
sides, then
the
out
Beginners
this
plane
with
the
very
frame,
down
the
of the
slant
sides.
Pieces
6"
by
to
to
the
8" wide.
which
take
for
the
spare,
to
bottom
Mark
mark
the
and
lengths
planing
the
of
and
it for
use
end, allowing
after
they
are
about
boards
from
sawed
remaining pieces.
the
either
ends
be
piece
one
saw
length directly from

for
to
now
are
pattern
You
trifle
nailed.
can
(sayV)
Having
Boat-Building for Beginners

sawed
the
width
of
thick
the
with
nails.
2Y
Do
splitting.
cause
the
of
angles
the
the
in
keeping
it would
but
be
measuring
good
and
is
to
bottom
will
this.
bend
This
as
will
right angles,
by
or
boards.
two
all off, by
them
line.
plain sheathing
bead
would
down
to
apt
cause
sides
both
on
or
moulding
or
be
to
this is rather
but
moulding,
large
as
boards
They
at
first
ends
the
which
The
at
plane
(not sawing
bottom,
the
remove
d" wide
stiffen
boards
the
through
that
to
the
saw
the
large square,
the
on
planed
be
boat
to
as
together
nailed.
the
without
it,as
and
and
over
cleat
with
flush
4''to
from
cleat
the
the
edge
come
boards
the
for
irregularityin
any
will be
they
all
to
boat
the
nail
is all nailed
bottom
off
thoroughly
the
to
board
this,though
excellent
an
boat.
narrower
plane
of
of
you
can
will
|'',which
nail
are
angles with
surface,
sheathing
The
they
as
then
use,
on
and
which
each
carefully with
fitted
ends
on
the
the
that
so
nail
length)and
thin for the bottom
When
the
worked
of
for
test
if obtainable
leakage.
way
and
boards,
commonly
thickness
sides
to
of
tight joints as possible.
as
to
is
way
way
matched
the
edges
close
so
pieces
be
diagonals, when
accurately to
A
make
nails
of the
must
the
nailed
be
to
are
the
on
nailing,
Before
they
lay them,
you
the
edges
well
the
quicker
as
put
bottom
that
pressed closely together
be
assist
not
The
to
(see Bevellijig)^
should
edges
which
to
See
depend
carefully.
on
edge
paint.
white-lead
straight,paint
are
them
bottom
will
pieces, which
of
nail
boards,
the
thoroughly paint
with
number
required
301
the
the
shown.
of the
laid
side
each
on
bottom
along
nails
boards,
on
must
the
of
middle
the
should
nails, or
Wrought
break,
nailed
be
The
clinched.
is often
ends
boat
sides.
should
not
the
turn
on,
outside
be
driven
some
kind
be
course
of
used
for
of
the
instead
inside.
Nail
as
shown.
From
(about
Next
at
seat
screw
8"
or
a
each
12"
end
to
9" wide)
directlyon
18"
can
cleat,about
in width
rest
2"
on
top of
the
sides
will do.
The
cleats, as
shown.
deep, |" thick, and
and
seat
10"
for
ends
ing
row-
long,to
the
for
Wood-Working
;o2
insides
the
of
gunwales
iron
Sfrf7C's).Common
and
the
substitute
way
them
for
holes, 2i\"apart,
put
can
be
be
can
them
the
for
places
rowlocks
to
bought
almost
insertion
of
thole
round
pins
Another
simple
way
is
mortises
(Fig.
long
(Fig. 410).
Insert
If
ring-bolt at
the
driven
or
has
care
in
boat
taken
the
is worth
that
three
and
making
will
in
at
work
to
the
boards
bottom
material
the
it into
case-knife,
wood
with
lead
is
at
will do.
the
of the
by
the
paint
boat
seat.
should
be
however,
It should
and
be
two
out,
into
well
or
will swell
wood
inside
the
tightlytogether,as
slightlyapart,
wide.
These
-J-"
about
force
not
boat,
purpose,
both
twist
is
the
paint,
Roll
iron
cleats
painting.
laid
be
can
be
and
pins
the
all is worth
cotton-batting,or wicking, or
form,
time
temporary
some
end
joints,the
short
the
at
close
oakum,
or
in
fasten
to
bored
make
lead
laying the
of
above, they
them
thole
to
or
wood
(see Painting).
cracks
Instead
hole
careful
being
coats,
the
I" wide,
hold
wholly
which
by
and
for
painted carefully with
end
to
water
made
Unless
tight.
in,
been
being put
on
done
be
can
410.
i^"
and
paring.
be
staple can
cutting
The
and
sawing
Fig.
two
slots,
or
3^' apart
409.
two
make
to
hard
of
wood.
409)
Vw,.
where,
any-
(see Boring).
is obvious
on
(see
rowlocks
arranged easilyby simply boring
the
for
the
at
Beginners
all
Be
oakum
plentifullyto
or
into
the
cracks
anything
or
for
necessary
sure
fill the
to
other
usually satisfactoryif
you
your
cracks
be
boat.
material.
work
nature.
in that
already
regular caulkingA
piece
thoroughly
But
that
with
driver,
putty-knife, screw-
sort.
between
caulked
of
unless
a
seams
seams.
do
with
small
caulking
the caulked
then
can
cord,
the
the
something
loose
of
that
so
directed
Then
the method
with
care.
and
of
hard
tightly
apply
first
white
given
Pitch
kind
tar
or
the
making
bottom
of
of this
boat
tight.
which
form
is shown
in
first
be
in
used
be
can
303
and
to
the
together,
the
41
1.
out
the
sides
and
get
next
other
Fig.
is
decided
improvement
Tlie
cross-board
is nailed
here
described
The
good-sized boys.
illustrate
desired
the
(; Before
is
middle,
been
finallythe
put
and
seats
small, but
As
be
course,
beginning
411.
dimensions
process.
of
can,
will
added.
Fig.
one
in the
goes
pieces having
and
on,
preceding
this punt
making
which
These
ends.
bottom
fittingsare
The
of
process
the
on
work
made
read
given merely
are
much
larger
the
upon
boat
Saw, Plane, Nailing, Painting,
V., and
as
help
to
be
may
principles.
same
carefullyMarking,
in Part
for two
large enough
Ride, Square,
look
up
other
any
references.
should
Care
always
stock, free from
for
boat
First
of
the
is
Pine
dry.
taken
to
other
knots, checks, and

excellent, but
select
almost
any
clear,straight-grained
defects, and
good
wood
thoroughly
used
be
can
of this sort.
get
out
carefully a board, perhaps 3' long,
(at the middle), and
boat
removing
be
small
piece
at
each
of
the
lower
shape
corner,
shown
to
the
or
in
allow
width
Fig.
for
412,
the

horses
or
raised
by
as
it
the
and
that
so
in
see
left
loose)to
and
and
the
be
must
owing
required
can
Now
should
be
boards
2Y
the
edges
of
with
on.
have
should
to
the
keep
and
fit
the
sightacross
lest
be
flat
frame
the
the
the
other
sides
in
415.
and
edges,
entire
the
on
together
the
edges
tightly as
as
the sides
to
to
As
the
driving
the
frame
by measuring
of
to
see
the
that
they
first bottom
the
nals.
diago-
easily make
bottom
the
only
or
them
stripsdiagonallyacross
position until
gunwales
the
boat
near
are
nails
the
can
too
sides
nailing
you
of which
possible.
nail
not
ing
plan-
of the
you
If not,
the
edge.
finish
couple
in
screws
of the
edges
boards,
careful
equal.
the
with
same
lower
they split.
of
tack
plane, replace
Fig.
bottom
to
screw
Un-
bottom.
angles of
the
Before
be
joint.
j|
it bears
to
symmetry
hands,
your
Also
boards,
the
require
ends
close
the
be
sides.
the
test
gunwales
the
will
split the
These
so
I" stock
screwed, you
that the
At
outer
until
now
can
joints (purposely
with
thoroughly nailed
2\" nails, care
being taken
you
boards,
of
sliould
or
thick
will
the
carefully jointed
with
f"
(Fig. 415).
touch
piece
wards.
out-
by laying
out
get
plane,
be determined
be continued
must
on,
bevelling
only
Do
for the
of
across
first it will
nails.
the
on
with
position again, driving
flaring
degree
place, getting
just even
are
the
make
to
trimming
ready
the
sides
inside,and
is nailed
with
sides
the
board
These
will be
This
caused
trimmed
much
as
end.
the
has
the
two
or
the bottom
The
one
bevelled
to
sides
it into
screw
boat
where
ends
or
sides.
other
marked
is
board
each
at
the necessary
adding
before
But
do
and
nails
the
the
the
of
slightlyat
open
end,
piece,
end
the
at
slightlybevelled
home
the
into
up
previously
of
edge
three
spreading
that
one
floor and
board
lines
bottom
place by
will
the
the
looking
on
be
the
on
middle
centre
bottom
the
of
edge
Now,
end
one
the
push
exactly opposite
nailed
to
with
even
necessary,
inner
be
or
box, and, spreading the sides in the middle
be
may
sides
boxes,
305
frame
the
is nailed
is true.
Wood-Working
3o6
If it
winds,
Sheatliing
the
well
can
be
bottom
used
for the
if you
it up
the
wliere
bottom
(see page
boat,
the
302), but
first described
way
needed.
this
of
it without
get
can
caulked
be
sheathing
the
get
also
can
Beginners
by blocking
error
just described,
one
'rhe
the
correct
for
for
as
moulding,
if you
will
not
can-
answer
every
pur})ose.
the
After
off
plane
that
nail
Next
with
board
Next
will
of
over
thick, next
to
each
end
middle
the
to
the
sides
under
this
to
the
cross
brace
and
in
stiffeningthe
top of
or
nail
can
of
edge
really
the
409).
If
workmanlike
they
job
will be
planed
the
Put
bottom
by
416.
desired, put
and
in
the
At
in
wide
the
on
nailed
thwart, g"
Cleats
of
boat, which
the
I"
and
be
nailed
seat,
nailed
can
fixed
directly
wide
be
is
assist
will
be
the
across
receive
to
rowlocks
the
of
cleat
distance
6" thwart
of
of
this
of
edges
boat, in the
the
inch
or
between
thwart
that
so
you
the
centre
the
of
gunwale
shown.
from
the
gunwales
a
more
that
way
above
28"
bore
gunwale
aft of
so
as
boards.
12"
(Fig. 416),
about
(Fig.
rowlocks
same
bottom
about
an
the
not
boat,
top, it will make
stripon
outer
It is
small
so
for the
on
the
way.
strip on
screwed
the
other,
the
to
around
good
as
J" thick, on
or
seat
strip
gunwale
plane
edges
end
one
quite
gunwale
first
to
by Y
wide
smaller
any
middle
12"
or
from
boat, raisingthem
means
so
each
to
clinched
and
should
strip,2"
must
the
of
centre
the
Fig.
put
horizontal
the
sides
this
Fasten
shown.
This
seat.
which
cleat
put
you
boards,
bottom.
seat
as
somewhat
to
if omitted
but
bottom
and
edge
-J"thick, lengthways
and
through
seat,
reaching
gunwale,
necessary
with
the
the
inside.
driven
gunwale
and
put
can
you
wide
the
on
brace,
to
each
on
sides.
a
sides
the
4"
or
in
lût
of
stiffen the
serve
to
You
3"
ends
boat
sides.
the
nails
of
sides,
the
the
bottom,
couple
deck
top
on
of the
This
outside.
with
flush
strip,about
middle
the
on
will be
the
turn
on,
at
irregularities
any
they
is nailed
bottom
the
hole
bow, you
or
for
little
small
can,
if
lower,
mast,

putting below
smaller
hole.
wind
the
This
If
wish
after
in the
be
need
For
upward
sides
the
For
3' 4"
made
the
the
The
useful
w^hen
boat
going
fore
be-
boat
for
couple
of
boys
one
above.
given
process
will have
you
The
difficulty
no
difference
only
dimensions.
long
could
you
the
at
the
make
2' 10"
bottom
beam
the
the
at
beam
gunwale
the
at
bottom
10''
(same
angle
same
14' long,
you
bottom,
the
of
at
as
amidships)
as
the
"
the
the
centre,
ends
boards
to
for
for
seats
the
Stock
4' at
beam
ends, and
the
at
same
larger boat
make
"
thick
is
the
the
gunwale,
sides
could
sufficiently
heavy
be
for
14' long.
boat
could
15" wide.
of boards
sides
much
being 14" wide.
one
at
safe
and
larger
(outside)3' 6" and at the

of the ends
(outside) 2'
flare
very
in
very
to
with
block
fun.
useful
make
the
12'
one
amount
floor
work.
to
studying
the
to
very
pond
or
you
adds
not
the
upon
sail is often
small
and
makes
for river
does
Sailing
this sort, but
of
slightlyforward
and
307
than
to
/^////^//^/îMlK'^^^^M
that described
rest
as
in
shown
extra
mould
from
each
be
can
arranged
Fig. 417,
cross-board
or
end
be
can
and
an
not
far
used,
as
shown.
Fig.
piece
as
Fit
keel
of
in
shown
piece of Y
line with
the
can
ij"
be
This
Fig. 418.
board
to
or
hung
be
can
the
stern, nail the
stern-post, \"
rudder
skag
or
parallel with
straight edge
Fig.
417.
curve
the
added
will
of
top.
the
the
assist in
the
the
the
stern
end,
if desired,
rowing straight.
bottom, keeping the
Square
skag firmly to
i|", securely to
to
at
418.
off
end
the
bottom, and
stern
and
stern-post if desired,
the
in
nail
skag.
centre-
l)oard
for
Wood-Working
3o^
is sometimes
shown
on
page
It is
scows.
to
merely
punt, being arranged in the way
lee-board
330.
of in the
instead
added
centre-board
Rowboat.
is similar
"
the
to
the
on
full width
ends
at
the
at
drawn
bow,
which
the
not
gives
beginning
form
boards
bow,
work
as
to
of
of
skifT, or
called
and
by
various
the
mode
the
and
boat
of
sides
in
the
punt,
but
sharp
bow.
form
off with
rake
the
stem
read
names,
the
cut
to
common
for
always,
Fig.
Before
outside
stern,
together
usually, but
are
the
The
bottom
and
lowered
punts
on
419.
simple
at
punt
is similar.
away
used
(Fig. 419),
rowboat
flat-bottomed
is often
centre.
Fig,
Small
Beginners
not
are
are
struction
con-
cut
left
The
slight slant
(Fig. 420^.
420.
carefullyMa7'king^ Rule, Square,
Sail',Plane, Nailing, Paititing,in
Part
V., and
look
up
any
other
references.
Care
should
be
taken
to
select
clear, straight-grainedstock,
knots, checks, and
free
from
Pine
is excellent.
Make
middle
mould
and
just described,
in
the
to
in the
with
struction
con-
the
until
manner,
thoroughly dry.
used.
be
however,
can,
(Fig. 421), as
proceed
similar
wood
good
Any
defects, and
other
309
of
the
Fig.
421,
case
punt
come
you
bow.
422)
sides
the
Screw
without
Next
the
driving
in, but leaving
middle
put the
squared
joint (see Screws).
the
to
in
mould
lines
place by
Nail
side.
each
across
completely
screws
little play
stern-piece (Fig.
the
to
viously
pre^'^'
middle
the
^^^'
draw
the bow
ends
position. Then, letting someone
of the sides together (or if you
are
alone, binding them
together
temporarily),release the stern-piece and plane its ends to make
in
mould
jointswith
close
described.
lead
the
and
angle
the
at
fore-ends
the
bow
approximately
down
until
paint
it and
you
screw
with
shape
to
in
shown
as
get
also
or
together
nail
with
them
sides
the
where
sides
white
to
the
of
farther
it should
Another
should
should
If
made
it
against
it.
if for
and
of hard
salt
Do
add
edge
little.
used.
be
piece
ward
After-
stem-piece, letting
line,but
the
fit,
not
second
alternately
is
wood
not
423.
available,
used, but
from
arranged.
Fig.
have
project
can
in
all
them
surface
(brass screws
nails
piece
the
stem
best
are
this
to
this
plane
you
bear
they
water), but
row
When
in the
wood
cut
can
then
and
firmly
end
drive
You
423.
fit.
hard
piece of
fit a
hatchet
accurate
an
the
and
Fig.
Screws
side
already
securely (and permanently)
sides
each
pains
the punt
fitted,paint
joints are
the
of
case
board.
stern
Draw
nail
or
in the
pieces, as
these
When
screw
side
the
pattern
somewhat
be
of
be
taken
be
cut
with
making
care,
block
soft
of
wood
be
can
larger.
stem-piece
in
can
be
used
this post.
trying to get
(Fig. 424).
The
the
rabbets
sides
alike
Much
on
each
and
to
for
Wood-Working
lo
lines
accuratelyto the
done, put the piece
cut
which
place
required
be
may
in
marked.
When
and
then
note
tightjoints.
When
have
described
as
Still another
in
shown
boat
other
the
Fig.
424.
be
must
if necessary,
When
the
be
found
that
according
bend
up
at
the
sides
in
the
it
the
the
to
the
alike.
be
to
appears
with
wood
has
first
removing
first
the
be
sides
wood
direction
the
from
It is sometimes
the
desired
the
do
sides
attack
splitsin
in which
the
remove
tance
dis-
some
processes
for
grain
the
to
plane
off
line.
two
not
often
best
such
ways,
length-
flare outward
the
superfluous wood
for
it will frequently
by trimming
that
sure
then
and
curvature
remedy
splitting-saw,but stop all

of the line,and
rely upon
outside
at
over
fits accurately.
this extent,
the
can
you
side
shorter
carefully marking
(see Paring).
the
the
being
stem-post
mucli
too
drawknife,
or
to
which
to
This
middle,
hatchet
run
of the
than
lapping
laps over
together
degree
surprisingly different
way
side which
bottom
ends.
In
hastilywith
side
longer
for the
the
to
accurately, in doing this,to
Measure
will
until the
is fastened
boat
and
stem-piece is
One
out
got
the
bow,
in
fasten
425.
fastened
trimmed
and
ot
425.
allow
to
finally
you
above.
form
Fig.
changes
any
good fit,paint
place
Fig.
cutting is nearly
the
can
you
make
to
Beginners
final
the
shaping.
The
lower
bottom
in the
as
stripof
If the
the
way
the
on
board
mould
in
if left
a
the
seats
and
using
any
of
case
middle
of the
in such
of
draw
other
nails
at
them
out
braces
the
for the
(Fig. 415).
punt
boarding
common
place permanently,
to
accurately, ready
just described, and
comes
couple
protruding enough
in
the
off
in the
as
bottom,
along
middle
position with
same
of the punt
case
bevelled
be
must
boards, the
nail
Next
edges
sheathing
or
put in the
stiffening
floor.
a
you
each
it will be
position that
can
simply
tack
end, leaving the
easily.
necessary
When
to
you
ensure
it into
heads
have
the
in
put
sides

their
keeping
Fit
seats
below
screw
"
already
skag
page
307.
Such
and
take
the
out
sailboat
be
boat
put
decking
The
a
sailed
well-hole
board.
The
keel
which
will make
added
for
sides
names,
gunwale,
saw
or
plane
and
smoothly
hard
extend
can
which
can
it
be
of
strips,"
r" wale
"
with
and
wood
plank
quite deep
at
in
all
be
fitted
the
narrower,
the
bow
coaming
carefully to
towards
stern.
small
and
cept
top, if desired, ex-
the
fitted
horizontal
stern
over
on
(see page
depth.
the
decking
over
described
centre-board
inches
and
can
edge being
by making
higher,
the
the
wash
or
after
rudder
of
shape
part,
should
be
sailing.
Fig.
batteau,
bow
some
the
several
in this way
around
bottom, its lower
Skiff
of
Fig. 423,
the
at
by adding
keel
made
proportionately, the
stern.
in
stern, if desired, as
the
at
on
be
can
be
can
made
inches
three
or
shown.
by bolting on
or
sides
the
two
cleats.
on
stripsalong
Fasten
can
them
stem-piece shown
projecting ends of
(or nail)on a cutwater
as
330)
resting them
the
use
you
sharp edge.
the
nails
the
putting
stern,
and
gunwale
case
the
and
bow
at
the
In
draw
can
mould.
centre
oif
position,you
1 1
or
or
can
Flat-bottomed
Canoe.
fât-bottomed
be
easily
426.
canoe
made
"
double-ended
(Fig.426), known
by simply carrying
by
the
skifT,
various
process

sides
the
separated
yet fastened
alike
being
To
it does
bend
sides.
the
easily put
If
midship
the
have
you
it until the unfastened
around
against
the
firmly.
If
stem-piece,
to
get
no
by using
bottom
can
you
a
which
by
end
the
and
and
twisted
stern.
spring
sides
the
position
and
screwed
sides
sticks
at
in
tion
posi-
top
and
(see
shortened
and
or
can
you
correct
the
not
ends
or
bend
held
inserting
be
can
rope
you,
hold
can
bow
help
be
can
you
The
to
into the
comes
help,
the
to
it
side
one
necessary
position
which
doubled
rope
is called
will be
into
of
stern-post.
someone
frame
end
one
or
which
matter
not
bow-
remaining joint,it
this
fasten
angle, with
acute
an
corresponding
its
to
at
0^0
Cla7?ips).
Another
long,
the
between
frames
then
can
position
edges
it
the
of
the
The
blacksmith
very
made
of
only
or
as
do
from
be
placed
if the
boat
be
will
to
on
the
of
the
if"
2"
or
previously
desired
wherever
fastened
in
for stiffness.
those
should
be
corners
it with
needed
not
and
apart,
latter
to
on
end, the
farther
inner
the
differ
not
canoe
difference
paddles
successful
quite
being
if
removed
but
can
unfastened
sides
the
strain
previously drawn
with
feet
be
too
in
scribed.
dethe
for
narrow
outriggers,which
the
easilycontrive.
flat-bottomed
paddle
craft
they
can
the
Nail
can
already described,
lines
of
couple
much
The
position.
the
too
the
secured
is flush
sides.
rowlocks
this arrangement,
into
bottom
details
making
prevent
with
finallybe
can
remaining
The
joist,perhaps
or
flat,the sides drawn
forced
it agrees
when
nails,or
way
box
laid
be
frame
when
and
lower
put
sides,to
the
midship
sides
to
fastenings,and, having
end
the
is
way
thin
covered
canoe,
with
of
on
have
this
less beam
ciple,
prin-
same
and
to
use
oars.
suitable
"
In
canvas.
it is best
made
to
(perhaps f
wood
this,however,
being
instead
small
be
can
to
for
to
case
insert
quiet waters,
in
of
can
thickness),the
be
side
out-
building so light a
regular
ribs
at
distances
of
for
Wood-Working
314
about
foot
bottom
boards
town
bends
water,
or
which, though
Care
the
main
reliance
the
sides
over
the
Stiffen
A
in
in
keeping
sides.
the
down
the
to
sides
two
bottom
the
gunwale by a strip.
light,removable
board, or grating
along
well
from
bottom,
and
the
at
wear
of the
the
made
last many
and
water
kept
be
under
the
well
exposed
and
years
on
the
the
not
canvas
the
split
to
can
be
the
be
put
bottom.
bottom
edges
purpose.
Cover
piece lap
be turned
up
under.
painted
simple
428), but
process
not
and
cheap
useful
when
so
as
boat.
not
in
described.
be
laid
to
protect the
It
of
must
this
be
canvas
sort
will
kept
out
use.
427.
flat-bottomed
canvas-covered,
already
slats,should
points, a light canoe
very
cover
of
cross-frames.
Fig.
and
(on
will
canvas
then
let the
and
inches
three
or
sides,
serve
The
tight.
and
Natural
knees
bottom
the
But
boat
pieces, first the
will
the
on
large
straight-grained stock,
of
strong,
so
fastening
the
or
not
in any
yourself.
make
can
you
the
Iny
to
the
inside
If
and
taken
bottom
in three
on
clumsier
be
must
either
but
bought
them
Fig. 433)
in
general principleshown
be
can
fashion
can
always preferable,
are
ribs
The
you
stiffness,and
necessary
lengthways.
the
on
the
give
to
Beginners
is not
First
canoe
difficult
make
the
(Figs. 427
make
to
by
frames
and
and
the
the
hole
fitted, the
coaming
the
boat
the
out
get
then
and
together
put
are
stern-posts, then
and
stem-
is
put
parts
the
on,
well-
finallythe
and
decked,
These
sides.
bottom
oô
minor
added.
fittings
Fig.
First make
the centre
taken
this
make
to
You
piece
measuring
both
top,
frame
outline
the
the
screw
the
near
Next
get
from
your
of
2"
a
make
X
4"
out
Fig.
The
mark
Hold
them
sides
and
are
frame
like
Fig.
like
side
these
got
position
for
Fig.
of
each
rabbets
out
the
in
Tack
in
shape
taking
431,
and
piece, on
a
the
centre
good
way
coat
the
for
the
with
position
.piece
in
and
across
position.
dimensions
the
like
two
Fig. 432.
Fig.
431.
432.
the
chisel
the
principle shown
of
already
mould.
on
about
piecesof joist,
two
with
in
and
coincide
until
430,
take
pieces
waste
Fig.
length, and
the
firmly
430.
stern-posts,
sufficient
each
Give
the
more
pattern
edges just
Fig.
stem-
of
on
the
two
429.
and
424.
frames
two
plan,
the
rabbet
help keep
to
top
this
the
drawing.
sided.
one-
line
centre
place
outer
be
must
carefully on
vertical
the
will be
boat
frame
Lay
angles securely together.
"w,.
To
the
the
Screw
Care
floor, and
that
so
|''board.
angle.
the
accuracy.
smooth
of
or
of
stripbeing
the bottom
each
at
drawing
for
drawing
the
on
pieces
outline
paper,
on
side
symmetrical
the
ways
or
Fig. 429,
screws
frame
draw
can
the
two
stiff brown
of
bench
and
with
pieces together
like
frame
"J'''
stock, i^''
deep,
of
42S.
and
Avhite-lead
shown.
Insert
and
cut
saw
in
paint.
On
nail
them
into
Wood-Wôrking
3i6
the
place
until
all
You
of
this best
fasten
this you
in
whole
into
stopped.
After
another
coat,
neglect
this
the
the
coaming
wish
with
One
pieces
block
of
Additional
few
sides
A
can
be
be
about
fitted
fastened
water
without
along
deck
it will
after
you
the
it up
and
is put
deck
well
the
stem-
the
ends
to
which
they
can
get
not
at
the
on.
wood
and
4"
about
stern-posts,
and
resting them
be
firmly nailed.
be
put
should
thwart
or
Do
to
be
inside
entire
easy
stripsof V
in for
the
nailed
the
to
from
put
under
frames.
gunwale
convexity,
or
placed longitudinally
be
now
running
the
can
be
gunwale,
to
and
in if needed.
put
deck, reaching from
entire
make
the
boat
your
keel
ends,
at
the
of
length
If
the
deeper
or
square,
screws.
towards
centre-board.
be
to
the
if needed.
the
can
pressed
ex-
dry,
to
before.
as
not
days
the
stretch
the
to
also be
with
is
of
step.
inch
one
on
only,
rockering
frames,
coaming,
the
keel
can
idea
defects
or
be, give
all crevices
as
few
holes
any
they approach
requisite arch
brackets
to
the
details
The
general
giving it
may
into
deck
deck-beams,
the
there
of
as
for
well-
lead, working it well
white
for
strips,i"x^-",can
side
having
with
sail,a stiff brace
to
more
or
each
the
The
the
deck, thoroughly paint the
After
work,
the
the
boat
middle)
from
If you
on
the
of
of
the
it well
middle
tops
with
fillingany
(except in
position.
around
frames.
edges
434.
carefully
over
of
the
middle
sides.
the
in
on
require
fit the
them
coaming
the
yourself.
cracks.
working
the
for
further
of
part
tapering
mast,
and
the
On
form
so
will
Paint
place.
nailing
before
the three
to
joints and
the
on
them
inside
the
inside
wide
to
Figs. 427
all the
inside
board
proceeding
of
look
lead
easily arrange
can
Before
places, nnd
proper
in
them
put
you
white
fit pieces of
hole, and
as
with
frames
Next
the
at
position. All, except the centre

one,
with
bevelled
the
edges slightly
plane to
do
the
Beginners
in
are
can
l:irgestframes,
next
their
have
to
two
for
3"
or
and
the centre,
bottom.
is
to
4" deep
the
boat
if desired,
It had
best
in
deep
used
be
in
can
the
middle,
be
sailed
the
deck
and
to
Cover
coaming
down
finally covered
by
piece
post.
of
be
can
the
wood
requires
the
of
help
of
and
canvas
make
expense,
handled
paddle,
ashore.
If
seldom
is
around,
abuse
"
of
variety
been
evolved
almost
choose
be
at
both
ends,
be
to
easily
will be
though repairs
If
of
canvas
of
amount
dragging
the
serve
easily punctured
an
with
slight
at
canoe
torn
or
banging
obstacles,
over
the
but
badly injure any
the
from
is
used
will
for
use,
help
primitive
the
and
rough
must
be
considered
midship
whether
for
of
water
in
number
of
purpose
for
somewhat
you
paddling only,
and
which
canoes
more
The
confusing.
deep
the
for
designs
endless, and
whether
general
of
sharp
is taken.
stand
snags,
would
will
the
and
best
of
canoes.
The
is to
will
but
be
canoe
by
and
which
mend,
to
care
not
tools
canvas
preferred.
however,
light enough
difficult
it will
into
generally, that
wooden
to
used,
running
is
if proper
think,
might
one
is
canoe
and
not
necessary
good quality
days
varieties
any
least
at
is attained
few
very
it
greater than
can,
carefully made,
strong, durable, and
or
simple
some
requires only
as
with
than
or
stern-
reallygood
amateur
or
satisfactorily. The
purpose
are
boy
if
on
of skill much
degree
put
make
beginner,
Any
amateur.
To
"
to
give
then
be
can
stem-
good, although
and
canvas
deck
Canoes.
expected
average
wooden
Canvas-covered
wholly
the
is
drawn
edge being
the
from
the
to
be
can
inch,
an
-|"moulding
Dampen
paint.
of
coats
two
half
317
tacks
small
canvas
strip screwed
half-round
of
of the
edges
about
for
gunwale
stripwill do.
small
The
gunwale
with
fastened
canvas,
the sides.
the
over
with
Beginners
for
Boat-Building
or
or
determining
section, the
or
the
is in
from
the
which
these
which
canoe
selecting the type
small
bay.
developed
forms
types
sailing,or
river
lake
in
has
for
cruising and
pond,
All
beam,
or
these
for
the
matters
depth, shape
draught, degree
of
sheer,
whether
to
points.
This
hand-book
on
complex
is too
drawing
the
frequently
sees
stiffness
and
covered
that
they
with
flexibilityis
their
general shape
which
which
will
It is
well
hold
quite
it
middle,
Be
it is not
putting
Unless
without
"
which
is
canvas-
of
degree
these
all
to
make
boats,
maintain
to
in
to
waters
frame
relying
before
after
putting
in
add
to
which
that
"
the
upon
your
or
the
is, in
little
the
on
become
use
This
tudinal
longi-
is
entirely
that
canvas,
its
shape
planning
you
find
to
will
boat
your
manently.
per-
that
inside
stiffening braces
extra
canvas,
(otherwise
keep
lengthways
fault
any
the
boats
boats
hog-backed."
or
enough
sure
on
these
see
Such
small
heavily loaded,
too
capsize, but
form
some
boat.
It
compartments
recommended
not
itself
sure
prised
sur-
probably
be
failure.'
'
any
by
be
so,
and
be
lengthways
sure,
is stiff
If
stiffness
in the
frame
before
to
section.
unnecessary.
of
is
one
of
of
flimsy
together.
vertical
up
your
shape
common
built) lack
bent
its
keep
such
stiffness
weathers
One
place.
certain
features
and
light
that
made.
therefore
subject.
of
boys,
sufficient
all
in
is suited
canoe
to
canvas
have
of
strength
desirable
always
the
quietest mill-pond,
tenacious
the
of
for
too
cloth
instructions
out
young
in
the
on
be
weak
properly
one
should
they
such
the
to
when
boat
by
treated
framework
not
may
live in the
can
really testimony
covered
the
made
canoes,
book
other
easily obtain
detailed
good
some
be
to
can
you
as
against making
sufficient
pieces
from
plans,
caution
without
and
well
as
neither, and
or
subject
wood-working,
information,
Beginners
keel, centre-board,
have
desired
but
for
Wood-Working
3iS
easy
"
for
an
that
amateur
is
in
is,
of
air-chambers
safe
hardly
the
as
to
canvas-covered
ends
a
part
do
of
of
this.
is desirable
to
rely upon
canvas
the
will
canoe
and
your
It is better
boats,
construction
to
have
safe
of
the
case
of
precaution
ability to
(or wooden)
regular
in
float
as
the
build
in
tight
water-
is sometimes
boat.
It is
air-tightcompart-
and
water
under
An
easily
with
and
constructed
here
It
the
time
same
should
out
turn
can
the
that
the
attempt
difficult, details
15^ long,
this first form

the
adopted by
as
a'
which
will be
used
of
struction
con-
and
at
if he
use
also
more
boat-
regular
by
by
of
canoe,
scientific, but
more
sional
profes-
process
methods
serviceable
and
construction
of
that
regular
acquire experience
later
the
described.
novice
more
cheap
14.'or
canoe,
given simply
is
of
out
long-continued
as
use,
first be
is not
the
in
untrained
kept
injurious.
by
given
boat-builder.
one
in
paddling
understood
be
of construction
which
be
30", will
about
be
always
not
will
water
beam
It should
when
cover
the
to
exposure
should
boats
Canvas-covered
319
builders.
beginning
Before
Saw,
work
read
Rule^ Square^
carefully Marking^
Plane^ Nailing^ Painting,
in
V., and
Part
look
up
other
any
references.
Care
should
free from
and
you
made
other
defects,
size and
think
may
433)
work
best
exactly
of the
case
described,except
this
outline, as
made
merits
air-tanks
expedient,
to
but
the
they
cans
sealed
always
as
and
liable
it is
same
space
can
of
independent
the
ends
expensive.
are
be
painted.
to
be of curved
Fig.
round-bottomed
at
just
canoe
they will
be
to
thoroughly painted
is
the
separately and
fitted
(Fig.
principleas
moulds
out
flat-bottomed
is
the
adopt, begin
to
that
for
which
proportions
by getting
iîpon
in the
working drawings
your
of the
actual
but
clear, straight-grainedstock,
select
to
thoroughly dry.
canoe
and
taken
knots, checks, and
Having
a
be
become
usually concealed
used,
Any
are
Light
as
such
the
the
best
wooden
well
as
from
and
the
only
galvanised
the
examination.
can
use
boxes
be made
of
boxes
Copper
covered
boxes
contrivance
leaky (except by
itself.
boat
433.
copper
or
reallyreliable
with
or
even
canvas
nish
var-
tight at first,
tanks), particularly
Great
with
taken
be
must
care
all this
think
of,
to
also
and
irregular turns,
alike.
This
correct
lengths, but
or
have
Fig.
such
pieces
sharp
the
of
boat
or
are
all of
be
may
can
you
way
one-sided,
be
may
will
(as
show
the
twisted,
or
right dimensions
the
the
boat
be
may
is sometimes
in
exaggerated example)
an
Fig.
that
way
care
The
boat
sides
both
435a.
which
of
still the
Fig. 436
at
pieces of
that
that
see
work,
frame-
list.
glance
to
every
fair," without
are
curves
important.
is very
in
*'
all the
that
see
of the
adjusting
testing
measuring, sighting,and
321
testing the
easily be put together in

sult
reill-shaped, an unfortunate
can
"
in
seen
home-made
and
angles
436.
boats, due
putting
when
curves
lack
to
the
work
together.
The
ends
and
stem"
of
these
in the
cut
(Fig. 437), but

if the
this
ends
additional
6" apart,
be
can
approached,
fore
nailed
the
screwed
these
ribs will
in
size
the
to
and
and
from
stiffness,
if sound
form.
place.
require
keel
'^"^^*
As
be
(Fig. 435), from
of ribs
J",can
place (see Bending

to
and
and
around
into
sary
neces-
series
the
them
^^"
used
elm, about
bent
once
being put
or
bend
to
at
or
be
can
to
stern-posts.
their
to
fastened
or
bevelled
and
stem-
according
stripsof ash, oak,

necessary
absolutely
not
insert
stiffness,
Barrel-hooping
stern.
be
the
to
securely
more
receive
to
posts
properly
are
carefullyscrewed
3" to
is
be
depressions
if
stern-posts
gains "are
For
stripswill
the
be
is
ends
rendered
more
Wood).
The
finallybe
fastened
or
It will not
the
near
of
to
excellent,
used.
Those
bow
the
boat
dle
midare
pliable be.
ribs
to
can
the
be
rib-
for
Wood-Working
bands,
their
at
intersection,with
Cheaper fastenings can

To
hold
such
which
made
be
will
nails clinched
copper
but
used, however,
in
pieces
Beginners
sufficiently
strong
be
is the
copper
place temporarily,clamps
for
the
riveted.
or
be
can
best.
easily
(see
purpose
Fig. 548).
When
all
these
parts
fastened
are
together, the
frame
will be
complete.
To
make
first-class
painted,
be
given
least
at
or
entire
the
job,
frame
soaking
should
of
coat
be
oughly
thorit
oil, or
can
varnished.
For
the
quality
good
and
It is
gunwale.
weight grade,
not
but
beware
be
durable
sufficiently
middle
the
line
middle,
at
strain
time
inside
of
top
with
the
large
the
the
the
awl
an
the
canvas
to
fit the
above
which
some
no
make
you
or
with
frame
the
line
deck
the
edges
middle
the
so
towards
you
dispose
may
the
ends.
It is
this way
if you
smooth
be
to
part,
upper
may
unable
also be
difficultyin adjusting
tight joints.
top
by pleating if
of
Do
good
the
to
deck
or
to
of
cover
get
into
the
boat,
needle
careful, stretch
it
point considerably
as
prevent
the
approach
you
some
At
you
neatly
cut
top
by manipulating
and
are
to
canvas
lieu of
In
required, but
plan
the
pull
little
can
you
necessary.
canvas
the
the
to
try
on
being
along
not
If
can
the
it
boat
tacking
bottom.
you
can,
the
At
little folding under
great
you
it will be
that
gunwale,
can
cord,
across
hands
water-line.
or
the
By lacing in
nail.
boat, working
proceed.
as
use.
stretch
the
not
then, starting at
alternatelyand
you
stout
some
the
as
and
of
end, and
the
end
piece
same
and
from
each
gunwale
place by lacing
use
around
for temporary
frame
to
light drilling
water-tight,will
lengthways,
each
gunwale
with
boat
of
get the heaviest-
to
it
keel, the
at
canvas
towards
needle
working
Tack
up.
but
canvas,
the
directly along
bottom
placed
anything
from
boat
your
make
can
you
the
of
advantageous
sail-cloth
or
reach
to
covering
like,which, although
Find
or
of
for
width
or
necessary
the
way
sufficient
of
or
this
firm, closely-woven duck
get
canvas,
and
shallow
fulness,
the
need
so
rabbet
ends
have
as
to
on
each
side of
when
the
of
Copper
where
is laid
has
the
on
been
the
with
be
used
underneath.
wood
be
can
is all on,
canvas
dampen
of
is
dampening
the
the
supposed
canvas
the
before
another
coat.
the
of
a
boat
the
To
make
or
as
make
the
the
canvas
if the
Do
not
cost, it is
it be
that
same
paint
of
is
canvas
the
spare
adds
The
trate
pene-
quite dry.
dried
the
to
in
for
weight
making
painted.
be
placed
frames.
the
have
keel, you
the
paint,
gratingof slats,should
with
to
it has
After
oughly,
thor-
and
paint
really essential
well
canoe
way.
well-hole
coat
painting.
well, resting on
canoe
first
than
of the
(see Painting).
great deal, which
flooring,or
of the
bottom
to
boat
light removable
of
well
as
canvas-covered
good
on
absorbs
canvas
the
cause
applied
thoroughly, apply
though
to
the
of lead
coat
slightlyand
stern-posts
thoroughly
more
is sometimes
Oil
and
stem-
gether,
closely to-
bottom
in the
all parts
In
good
the
around
(Fig.
post
driven
be
that
it
the
used.
should
treated
painting, also, the coaming

exposed parts
be
After
of
face
sur-
large carpet-tacks.
not
"
that
so
tacked, the
side
can
tacks
and
the
touch, seeing
heads
covered, the deck
When
flush
the
occur,
their
that
so
be
under
galvanized ones
could
leakage
is folded
should
tacks
best, but
are
stern-posts, just deep enough
canvas
will
canvas
Small
and
stem-
of the
edge
the
437).
the
323
only
to
keel
apiece
of
i^
stock
i\"
(with a depth
of, perhaps, i^
or
i^'),
it
ning
thin-
what
some-
Fig.
towards
the
ends
so
stern-posts.
Fig. 438,
and
that
It
it will
can
screwed
be
438.
join smoothly
fitted
to
directlyto
these
the
with
the
posts
keelson.
as
stem-
shown
and
in
Wood-Working
3^4
Particular
it be
that
and
canvas
put
side
each
on
fitted
be
may
of
described
the
canvas,
for
Pine
do.
that
or
to
the
in
on
the
being
be
used.
line with
with
which
advanced
the
the
form
previously
substituted
after
for
serving
as
described
the
frames
moulds
the
the
and
the
is excellent
will
will be
at
so
zontal
hori-
right angles
If these
on.
will
of
if got out
wood
boat
viously
pre-
Ash
layers
better.
wear
and
more
one
recûlarboat-builder,
is shown
in
in
439.
this
between
being
that
made
of
around
as
Oak
better
wear
keel
difference
essential
made
light canoe.
construction,
Fig.
439,
the
keelson
outside
on
the
case
the
to
be
can
is fastened
bow
of
of
of
keel
form
methods
Fig.
will
keel
bottom
at
nailed
straight
out
this
In
screwed
for
heavy
the
got
thoroughly painted.
The
the
be
line.
rings (annual rings)of
parallelwith
the
keel
canoe
simply
keel
first
the
being
the
or
Beginners
centre
parts,
is rather
slightlyupward
more
that
the
on
two
and
keel, but
screws
incline
exactly
keel;
concentric
the
taken
the
latter
can
be
must
care
for
which
regular
board,
to
bent
and
build
and
the
ribs
the
the
are
latter,
boat,
are
for
Boat-Building
taken
the
out,
If
you
attempt
Bending
Wood\
of
of
be
any
strong
in
coaming
latter
wood)
and
curved
wash
in
440.
Fig.
in
a
excellent
Fig.
stiff
and
way
The
441.
stiff framework
there.
It
flaws.
that
already
FiG.
440.
shown.
or
the
straightash
can
to
make
pine,
canvas-covered
is shown
canoe
this consists
principle of
in
(insidethe ribs),and
to
outside
used.
be
essential
stripsof basswood,
in
For
without
The
to
If
for putting
enough
numerous
material
from
is similar
stiff keelson
gunwale,
ribbands.
or
free
ribs.
for
or
board
of
piece
and
(see
(which
is shown
440,
grained oak, elm,

An
ensure
ment
arrange-
oak, ash, spruce,
thin
construction
timbers
and
Figs. 439
good grain
the
for
deck
can
to
carefullybent
suitable
get the
can
you
be
must
is
elm
or
reach
of
of
ribs
the
ash,
Oak,
be
process
suggestion
this method
of course,
The
stout
being sufficiently
ribs
is within
cooper's shop
must,
3^5
stiffness.
and
strength
bent
Beginners
ensure
the
is then
or
any
ribs stout
permanently
assistance
the
of
sheathed
having
and
strong
lengthways
with
very
thin
and
light
reasonably strong
wood
or
2"
(perhaps -^' thick and
3^'wide), fittingthem
carefully
to
the
shape,
to
If this
Fig.
except
water-tight,
is then
surface
which
strong, smooth
are
necessary
as
is
complete
that
of
covered
already described,
boat, without
feature
tempt
at-
any
water-tight joints.
boat, which
441.
make
without
all respects
canvas
will be
but
of the
the
in
being
with
the
sult
re-
of
irregularities
unsheathed
form.
This
method
the
after
next
thing
you
can
"
will
you
in this
the
line
birch
of
in
Another
the
fasten
the
top;
parts,
It
but
and
stem-
each
to
be
of
light
while.
certain
in
quality
that
enough
stiffness
and
it
much
owes
hold
side
be
to
painted
the
of
keel,
of
case
keel
the
of
and
keelson
being put
the
at
in
on
with
canoe
stern-posts,
two
and
after
boat, and,
its
merit;
but
fact, it
but
they
are
cient
suffi-
used
of
such
lack
to
lack
in
strip for
being
and
flexibility
nothing
ribs; and
for
construction
shape
of
This
(as in
together by boys,
canvas-covered
able
consider-
forms.
top
canvas
barrel-hoops
of
degree
canoe
beginner
after
the
the
the
and
their
good
keel.
flimsy
keep
to
desirable
and
can
omit
is to
construct
put
you
paint.
each
stem-
of
often
quite
are
stiffness
An
possible to
number
sheathing
for
of the
real
could
as
graceful
the
if
applied, however,
arrangement
side
course,
keelson, and
apt
this
until
directly to
rabbet
gunwale-strips,
two
affairs
ribs
cut
by
on
is,of
fresh
stern-posts) on
canvas
one
the
and
having previously
the
The
be
construction
of
frames
type.
on
less
well
can
laid
form
and
of
for the
thing
easy
course,
model
construct
an
to
certainly
Of
much
attempted
simpler
any
canvas
an
be
not
is
the
as
and
is
result
hardly equal
canoe.
after
design
to
is not
best
almost
paddling
canoes
the
and
manufacture,
design
construction
of
the
and
perhaps
accomplished
but
"
experience
canoe
while
your
model
had
do, and
mode
canoe,
open
have
canvas-covered
birch-bark
an
up
Beginners
making
Indian
of
it for
to
work
birch,
upon
of the
birch
in
adopted
boat, which,
"
genuine
wish
is
model
admirable
to
for
Wood-Working
326
for
rigidityis
is to
it should
this
have
general shape permanently.

is to omit
the stem-pieces
extremely simple method
simply
gunwales
at
bend
bow
to
the
and
its
keelson
stern,
up
where
at
each
all the
end
to
meet
lengthways
the
pieces
for
Boat-Building
fastened
be
can
whole
to
excessively
the
on
still
but
in the
canoes
increased
in
in
holes
The
the
of
case
steeringcan
case
(in which
the
is
knee
from
been
devised
yoke
those
advantage
dis-
some
be
flat cross-section
middle
is
quite
with
the
the
good)
lines
and
top of
the
be
rudder.
Many
be
rigging,can
the
are
you
novice, begin
in
found
or
try
to
fore
be-
needed,
of
case
ing,
sail-
rudder
can
be
in, for
put
the
have
details,as
book
good
be
well-hole
arrangements
any
a
if
to
these
with
arranged
In
forward
led
adding
across
should
straight stern-post
be
masts.
paddle,
or
operation, particularly
(see page 330).
thwarts
extra
fitting
done
nice
should
masts
for
by
or
"
cessfully,
suc-
very
bcrockered
first boat
your
fit tubes
to
often
can
steeringsailing-canoes,but
for
If
making
be
the
at
for
subject.
on
well
the
(Fig. 448).
sail
It is better
to
make
but
variety
The
suits
inches
matters
to
them.
make
You
occasion
A
good
Fig.
442,
choose
can
you
in
than
oars
paddle.
is shown
shape
buy
have
however,
may,
to
so
up
readily
can
wind,
which
"
the
latter
is put on,
good plan
keel
steps for the
the
and
canvas
it is
the
the
on
towards
But
so
as
has
boat
quite
turns
stern
cheap
have
deep
depth
centre-board.
which
and
sailed
be
can
by having
used
and
the
over
middle.
Most
and
useful
which
canoe
bow
at
It should
in this way.
made
bottom
327
being stretched
canvas
described.
already
as
block,
Beginners
from
Fig.
442.
of forms.
length
or
you
is
of
can
you
readily be determined
can
good width,
individual
experiment
and
with
from
a
paddle
some
strip of
Spruce
is
Five
wood.
5' to 5|-'a good length, but
preference.
which
good
these
wood
are
for
Boat-Building
knots, checks, and
free
from
Pine
is excellent.
of the flat-bottomed
other
defects, and
construction
general principleof
The
Beginners
for
does
J-^--""
Fig.
lions
f'
therefore
are
-J" board.
or
Knees
be
can
the
wood,
from
gunwale
Around
deck
to
the
This
boat,
as
of
with
can
S3SSCSSS33
In
the
bottom
must
be
details
the
deck
of
one
is obvious.
should
be
of
carlins,reaching
or
slightlyarched.
(Fig. 445). The
and
used
like
the
other
run
this
flat-bottomed
but
the
knees
boats
bottom
lengthways instead,
case
the
across
should
if
boards
preferred.
inserted,
be
or
445.
and
boards
be
each
is planked
illustration,
cross-frames
bottom
direc-
canvas.
in
shown
be
can
already described,
the
should
The
good advantage.
bottom
Fig.
and
(Y) restingon cross-beams

gunwale (as already shown)
covered
detailed
that
"^
sides
The
arrangement
to
differ from
444.
well-hole, brackets
be
can
The
used
boards
omitted.
thoroughly dry.
not
already described,
boats
29
to
which
should
the
be
not
bottom
less
of
kind,
some
boards
than
J"
carefully jointed (see Jointing).
to
be
can
thick
They
reach
across
nailed.
and
can
the
be
The
edges
laid
Wood-Working
330
slightlyapart
laid
flannel
and
in
the
for
(see
caulked
seams
white-lead
thick
Beginners
paint
be
can
302). Strips of
page
between
placed
the
of the sides and
edges
and
the
the
edges
bottom
can
stern
boards,
or
simply
be
painted.
construction
The
case
trunk
or
for
construction
of
sides
the
through
give
the
of
or
446.
board
bottom
holes
sufficiently
large to
the
is
slot
than
the
in
cut
in
that
boat
plank
to
headledges,
snugly.
to
and
underneath,
turn
boat.
screwed
to
The
is
of the
of
which
should
of
this
the
the
fastened
To
and
length
of
this slot several
opening
an
to
is
made
of
fit
from
is in
plank
of the
can
be
from
the
Fig.
must
is sawed
dimensions
the
cut
slot
plank, horizontally.
the plank
straight,
width
end,
trunk
plank
the bottom
is,of
until
the lower
the
ends
headledges
additionally
edge
bottom
sides
The
screwed
are
longer
lower
sists
con-
in
enough
the
trunk.
of
saw.
and
the
include
the
is taken
it
that
together
shown
arrangement
Fig. 446,
the
of
"
method
the trunk
at
posts.
of sufficient
passage
close
start
these
to
boat
bottom
bored
be
can
free
the
at
the
of
the centre-board
opening
By
screwed
and
two
shoulders
and
stood
under-
upright posts,
headledges," cut with
"
Fig.
the
tre-board
cen-
Figs. 446
either
By
447.
the
be
can
from
of
be
Unless
the
447.
bottom
accurately fitted
to
the
of
curve
the
on
boat
the

side,
under
not
"
jointsshould
flannel
an
laid in thick
be
laid in the
be
can
(see Scribing and Pari?tg).
All the
white-lead
bottom
task
easy
331
with
seam,
paint,and
lead,
the
at
caulking
or
be
can
sorted
re-
to.
the
By
fitted
are
to
side
the
at
sides
the
fitted
or
place, stripsof plank
are
and
the
of
must
The
inside
of
holes

The
and
and
lowered
is
itself
pivoted
by
Remember
least
two
nails
and
deck,
when
The
wash
the
inside
of
board
projecting
coaming
be
can
mast
it,can
and
place
you
before
all the
screws
and
and
those
coaming
wood
sawed
into
of hard
place
the
be
and
wood,
oak.
as
elm.
or
to
space
marked
the
on
the
to
be
line,
fastened.
stern-post, the
the
iron
galvanized
trimmed
or
copper
o^^, ash,
then
can
that
at
them.
of
also
of
afford
be
raised
be
can
carefully with
boat
deck,
can
galvanized plate
rudder,
is
Hackmatack
and
the
good
for
stem.
The
in
make
to
corner.
the
can
bent
like
gunwale-strip,
be
of
corner,
than
you
the
be
tight,as
painted
be
or
after
the
better
line for the
the
should
tiller,
made
laid, lapping slightlyover
first be
The
the
to
stripsmust
carefully for
to
water) if
salt
or
can
and
the
fittingsare
brass
left open.
and
this work
should
lower
putting on
before
coats
deck
with
each
on
bottom
whole
of wood
be
can
attached
paint
to
coaming
The
bored
the forward
at
rod
for
(particularly
The
trunk
the
of these
the
taken
the
lengthways
to
edges
after
keelson, and,
fitted
and
be
be
the
to
sides
and
headledges
Screws).
and
centre-board
iron
lower
bottom
care
the
screwed
or
The
Much
tight joints.
(see Boring
bolted
trunk.
curve
just shown.
Fig. 447,
bottom,
the
the
the
on
bottom
of
to
board
in
being put
in
shown
method
be
be
fitted
across
with
block
at
should
which
to
of
spruce.
between
another
step the
hole
mast
the
strong
thwart,
sides,just under
fastened
to
the
must
depend
upon
boat
will not
seek
with
the
bottom.
the
hole
deck,
The
style of rig
adopt.
One
who
is used
to
sailinga
for information
-"
this
on
it may
in
subject
be
well
it will
be
FiG.
sail
when
For
learn
to
in
used
timber
which
as
book
Paintings
The
main
and
the
sail and
whole
rudder.
on
in Part
the
of
beginner,
sprit-
The
easilymanaged
an
of
all
rigs can
these
lifted
being
should
out
consult
subject.
of
on
the
even
lengthways
cross-piece
resting
doubtedly
un-
V.
framework
merely
consists
(Fig. 450),
is
is
449.
Either
boat.
mast,
some
"backbone"
acts
this
for the
rig first.
boom,
novice
for the
(Fig. 448)
styles of rigging you
sailingor
"
the
the
other
For
to
with
moment,
ice-boat
or
"
well
Ice-Boat.
elaborate
this
manage
without
or
painting,see
the
to
rig
safest
Fig.
desired.
Small
of
wise
but
sail
leg-of-mutton
simplest, easiest, and
works
someone
wood-working,
on
that
state
Beginners
448.
unshipped
board
manual
(Fig 449), with
sail,which
be
to
the
and
for
Wood-Working
three
most
centre
"
or
runner-
runners,
one

beginning
Before
Saw,
A
small
sions
for
Plane, in
boat
be
can
for
illustration,
look
made
shown
FlG.
450.
The
not
Fig.
all the
facts
subject.
you
If you
need
are
about
a
up
as
altered.
this is
novice
Rule, Square,
carefullyMarkings
read
V., and
Part
easilybe
can
work
book
other
any
in
333
references.
The
Fig. 451.
dimen-
particularrig given is merely

on
and
sailing,
you
can
find
451.
rigging in
you
had
any
best
good
be
book
content
on
the
with
for
Wood-Working
334
(P'ig.448), which
sail
the
easilymanaged.
safest
and
other
some
simple
to
sail
First
get
how
most
boat,
to
piece
which
with
the
the
naturally
6^' x 2"
in
g",
will do.
pieces sufficientlyto
the
runner-plank
inch
an
mill.
in thickness
It
is
hardly
runner-board,
at
If
at
put the
avoid
each
worth
screwed
you
with
up
end, if you
the
If
to
it sawed
the
at
Fasten
the
the
bone,
back-
strap-hanger
washers
bolt
Smooth
about
end, with
naturally
down
stern
this,put
any
Thin
length, across
broad
or
roughness.
hand.
by
placed
upwards.
of its
and
nuts
be
good,
have
can
it.
runner-board,
centre
this
do
middle
afford
cannot
should
side
Be
put upon
the
or
used.
plank.
the
best.
spruce,
be
is also
convex
to
clear
is
out
get
from
way
while
exactly the
strain
know
you
think
may
splinters and
point perhaps 6|-'from
(Fig. 452)
side.
at
of
clear, sound
top each
on
piece
Pine
spruce.
curve,
you
spar
Next
If
rig as
lengthways
sprung
Choose
bow-like
of
great
as
edge upwards.
convex
such
round
beginner,
(Fig. 449) or
sprit-sail
the
if desired.
Get
good lumber,
has
strong wood
sprung
backbone.
is,for
used
adopt
can
I2'x3"x4".
select
perhaps
be
can
you
the
out
pine, perhaps
careful
form
Beginners
the
on
under
both
through
pieces
(see Bormg), tightening

with
underneath
cleats
the
on
that
sure
is
and
of
board, 18" long
timber.
spruce
of
^'''- -^53-
the
3" wide,
two
side
joist,nailing them
to
bottom
the
on
backbone
this
the
across
pieces
and
Turn
box, laying the
boards
well
firmly in place, thus
(see Nailing).
as
as
Nail
end
stern
to
the
sides
the
of the
the
piece
centre
(Fig.450), of
forming
frame
crosswise
and
straight
rightangles to
backbone.
and
irregular box
an
nail
Add
at
Be
of the
edge
one
runner-board
-^5^-
runner-
(Fig. 453).
board
^"'^-
putting
and
washer,
and
nut
end.
the
2"
sides
over
and
and
ing
nail-
Next,
the
make
to
9" x 3" x 4''.
hard, strong wood,
straightened edge
of
the
stick from
the
to
end
that
they
their
in
each.
Measure
inner
the
in
them
screwing
backbone,
the
screw
positionsfor
the
the
from
square
with
across
at
to
see
just
are
parallel,and
test
one
the
other
or
one
other
each
from
pieces of oak,
with
Mark
runner-board
blocks, equally distant
place (Fig. 454), with
six
out
get
runners,
335
also
being
at
Fig.
454.
rightangles
to the
which
runner-plank,
in order
in turn
that the
runners
shown.
justspace
the
between
be
using
these
and
boats
iron
of work
out
the
usually
the bottom
attached
for
small
and
whole
with
runner,
pattern about
and
18"
20''
or
should
be
back
will be
in front
shock
of
get the
can
bored
hole
runners
can
Then,
on.
blocks
On
boat.
oak,
with
the
shoe
quite
blacksmith
to
pin-bolt.
for the
be
can
carefully made
be
this is
by bolts,but
you
of
piece
work
Make
long, rocking very slightlyin the middle
quickly
more
the
Fig.
boat
made
been
inner
loosely,
not
screwed
part of the
vital
very
have
they
at
are
ing
fitted,leav-
for the
should
themselves
runners
fitted,for they
large
cast
as
The
pins
for the
holes
with
them
be
play freely,but
to
runners
ways.
side-
slewed
not
next
can
bone,
back-
the
to
blocks, brace
pieces before they are

a
guide, those in the
outer
holes
in line.
bored
in the
bored
The
blocks.
blocks
outer
for the
enough
paralleland
inner
these
The
rightangles
at
be
may
Having tightlyscrewed
angle blocks, as
be
must
of the
middle,
of than
behind
when
the
so
that
the
more
for the
an
pin
of the shoe
This
pin.
strikes
runner
hole
The
the ends.
near
is
to
sen
les-
obstruction.
455.
The
trial
(Fig. 455).
It will take
uniform
cutting edge
If
considerable
(see Filing).
too
have
may
blunt
with
an
angle
sharp
too
or
filingto get
Finish
an
the
of
you
about
can
45"
alter
for
it.
edge true, straight,and
oil-stone.
wish,
if you
of the
to
boat.
the
rudder-post
jar
when
on
the
will
act
fastened
rudder
side
under
for
where
piece
in
the
lessen
to
just in
rudder,
ments
move-
backbone
curved
the
sudden
used
the backbone
of
fender
as
the
under
obstructions.
over
the
by
is sometimes
through
passes
off
washer
rubber
passing
thrown
being
prevent
337
wood
of
front
of
slight
of
case
the
obstructions.
whole
The
boat
(see Finishing
If you
use
Painting).
and
or
cat-rig,sprit-sail,
it would
the mast,
before
if desired
varnished
oiled, painted, or
be
can
be
well
to
other
rig without
place
the
any
head-sail
runner-plank
further
forward.
yn
y)"}
Fig.
The
latest and
strain
omitting
the
but
wire
side
this
to
way
not
the
frame
fasteninga
pieces, and
and
brace
of
(Fig. 458), tightened
rope
so
easy
to
car
with
make
for
turnbuckles,
box
or
the
to
bone,
back-
elastic,is
more
small
is to
ice-boat
an
lighter and
though
arrangement,
expensive
more
boat
as
the
just described.
one
somewhat
Figs.
459,
a
of
of
guys
best
458.
simpler
460, and
way
461.
the
arrange
In
cheaper arrangement
-|"bar iron, steeled,and
461.
to
bent
place
of
the
can
be
made
up
at
the
is shown
framework
already
runners
by
ends,
as
the
in
scribed
de-
blacksmith
shown
in
Fig.
Wood-
much
pieces
far
as
affair
smaller
of
for
Working
in
joistor plank
be
can
the
Beginners
by simply arranging
made
form
of
(bracing them
cross
each
necessary),putting cleats under
and
fastening common
cross-pieceor runner-board
be
may
shorter
pivoted skate
ice-boat
above.
modifying
yourself by
and
simplifyingaccording
the
ingenuity
for
fix
The
is
the
tiller.
hardest
ment
arrange-
in
satisfactory. Fasten
piece
upon
which
Into
this mortise
like
is fitted for
squared just
in the tiller
piece.
block
the
and
hole
around.
cutting
An
rudder
off
and
block
to
the
is not,
is
short
as
skate
rudder
in which
level
the
broomstick
cut
piece
like
end, is fitted into
the
lower
should
washer
and
but
backbone,
mortise
may
in
boat
placed
rudder-post
not
of
tise.
mor-
of hard
tiller and
should
avoid
put
under
that
the
skates
the
danger
the
cut
the skateturn
to
freely
wobble
post before
of
backbone
will bear
rudder-
mortise
between
fit to
squared
the
loosely enough
be
to
so
the
be
to
tiller,
the
have
the
upper
end
with
The
shaping
the
large
rudder-post.
backbone,
in the
Cut
extra
lowing
fol-
461.
wood,
the
of board
the
recommended
however,
very
and
something
contrived
manner,
to
part
iron
Some
be
can
in
given
rudder-post
is best, but
post,
tions
sugges-
larger boat
to
459.
above.
end,
out
for
your
Fig.
small
work
can
you
of
ground,
details of such
The
Fig.
be
shown
filed,as
for
stern
runners
should
the skates
or
the
of
skates
the
at
The
rudder.
end
so
cleats, using another
the
to
two
splitting.
at
properly
the
on

the
if the
ice, for
heels, the boat

this sort
will
to
and
as
of
other
the
kinds
some
build
together.
that, in the
desire
convenient,
you
will
(on paper)
of
the
large boat,
even
arranged
for
be
have
the
house
building
things
of
be
not
such
however
in
Part
expensively
fitted
of
out
The
up.
known
for
to
two
place
more
or
to
quire
re-
suggest
sufficientlylarge and
misled
a
well
large
into
boat.
quite deceptive,
are
usually much
described
and
of
one
flat boat
or
is
thing
not
should
require
and
parts,
scow
too
are
excellent
an
of
camping, shooting, fishing,
It may
to
of two
(the house)
excursions
It is
necessitate
for such
be
the
arrangements
little structures
house-boat
explanation.
which
the
it may
of the
advantages
to
consists
{House -building for Beginners),
for
they drag by
effective.
essentially like
and
some
elaborately
and
house-boat
is
already described,
III.
that
so
Wooden
properly.
strong and
be
"
(the boat)
same
lower,
as
makeshifts,
however, only justifiable
are,
House-Boat.
the
sail
not
good workmanship
which
is much
stern
339
simple type
as
plans
making
Dimensions
and
the
to
build
scow
a
or
Wood-Working
340
flatboat, is quite
both
regards
If
labour
find
can
you
dimensions
have
you
If, however,
the
flatboat
or
is
boat
to
proceed
as
Fig.
proceed
to
Additional
build
suggestions may
beginning
Before
read
Plane, Nailing, in Part

Two-inch
to
plank
be
laid
underpinning
for
the
house
the
beginner
"
as
20'
as
be
can
the
is
already
in
look
used
be
suitable
to
made
house
so
upon
built,you
be
by
it.
can
462.
found
V., and
14' to
on
build
up
described
Figs. 462
carefullyMarking,
bottom,
lengthways
to
the
way
be
should
from
sides, ends, and

be
in the
the boat
the
already built, of
sufficientlytight,or
well
as
for
expense.
scow
only
Beginners
undertaking
and
which
and
caulking,
serious
for
any
for these
(page 299).
and
463.
Rule, Square, Saw,

other
references.
boats, which
are
tended
in-
putting together the

already described, 2" x 4" joistscan
long.
bottom,
house, will
as
After
shown, which
distribute
the
will afford
weight
over
an
the
collect
or
Before
under
edges
the
the
rain,
laying
these
from
boat.
water
to
floor raised
the
bottom, keep
above
and
stiffen
also
the
pass
through,
wliich
water
joists,notches
with
the
in
as
the
should
of
case
leak
may
of
structure
be
hatchet, in several
or
saw
the
341
cut
boats
the
the
on
allow
places, to
the
in
already
described.
illustrations
The
show
Fig.
house,
as
which
can
think
you
the
in
found
details
arranged
be
three
canoes
coats
of
more
with
to
the
details
alterations
such
in
the
suggestions
will
suggestions
and
personal preference, and
detailed
put
canvas,
necessary).
of
make
can
you
^Hoicse-biiildi7ig
for Beginners).
III.
matters
without
if
or
addition
In
for the
463.
further
illustrations,
Part
are
covered
followed,
desirable.
accompanying
be
be
of construction
general system
If
paint, much
description.
on
laid
as
as
in
paint
in the
already described, a tight
and
case
roof
had
piece (being sewed
one
and
then
of the
durable
of
readily be
can
The
Most
given
best
viously
pre-
two
or
canvas-sheathed
roof
will
be
the
for
Wood-Working
342
result.
of
After
the
the
of the
edges
Beginners
roof, strips of moulding
tacked
are
canvas
nailed
be
can
under
the
around
edge
under
the
edge.
An
simpler
even
either
slantingslightlytowards
is
with
enough,
The
been
already
treated.
Either, or
this case,
decked
the
decked,
of
is
the
on
If
one
(a part
to
see
open,
for
have
convenient
the
this
solid
the
3"
of
house
have
can
trive
con-
you
roof
Sweeps
as
after
roof
strength,
one
of the
juncture
undecked,
are
Fig. 462)
in
least
one
course
when
you
cannot
door
will
is best,
must,
lie with
bow
in
keep
to
can
wood,
however,
of course,
of
deck,
grating of
bow
end
towards
slats
the
door
of the
wind
the
to
storm
be
at
able
that
even
simple plans
end, which
either
This
construction.
of
be
except
and
so
painted.
the
these
over
in any
be
the
to
end
sheltered
usually be sufficiently
circumstances,
frame
omitted.
useful.
at
housed
be extended
some
inferior
will be
window
well
and
removable
sides,in
stripof moulding
well
be
sions
divi-
between
the
of
be
to
are
of will be
house
the
should
altering the system

The
of
by hatches,
is,insert
shape
nail
In
lengthways
that
size and
whole
deck.
ends
two
or
decking,
of
case
had
the
"
modifications
can
under
be
and
at
Many
expense.
will
both
If
the
on
be
can
the
or
over,
built
have
good thing
the
without
house
well
will of
boat
windward,
The
the
very
is shown
to
the
while
be
house.
the
ends
of which
made.
done
of
decked
can
the
In
way.
left open.
be
inclination
arrangements
hull, for stowage,
tightjoint,which
it will be
and
flat,but
water.
lengthways joistalready spoken
both
or
and
pieces
two
along
It is well
house,
interior
for stiffness
outside
make
to
as
the
good
can
or
case
This
hull
one
the
inside
plank,
ends
which
the
construction
the
The
over
to
access
trap-doors
the
of
shed
to
it
have
to
An
stern.
or
roof,
both, of the ends
first be
or
details
bow
is
roof
desired.
as
can
tight canvas
remaining
the
make
to
way
will add
covered
with
in
of
point
but
to
be
can
is
easily
is very
little
canvas,
to
but
lightness.
case.
provided
for
rowing, sculling,or
Boat-Building
steering,
is
mast
side
it
mast
hoisted
be
can
and
of
the
door
be
the
in
bow
mast
going
the
be
close
be
the
If
be
can
house,
if
added,
wind.
the
house
to
sail
sufficient
before
of
can
343
which
on
end
can
rudder
added,
help
the
at
that
so
fastened.
be
can
the
end
quite
be
to
used,
easily
can
Beginners
for
at
one
which
to
with
desired,
skag.
whole
The
craft
Houses
if
if
is
raft
as
many
as
may
has
by
empty
and
sealed
be
circumstances,
in
cannot
roll
but
needed.
This
and
it
has
some
is
but
as
scow
or
fasten
them
flatboat.
by
chains
over
not
as
well
boat
that
they
their
otherwise
which
for
suited
fasten
prevent
or
on
under
to
so
will
form
plat-
good)
are
and
around
or
timbers,
need
no
foundation
advantages
obviously
them
the
stationary
course,
logs
such
between
buoyancy
excellent
an
of
fence
their
as
to
easy
makes
arrangement,
around
out,
is
is,
to
is
float
made,
on
(oil-barrels
casks
or
the
except
way
slide
or
escaping,
house,
any
barrels
there
it,
easily
than
well
very
flooring
buoyancy
under
Painting).
do
be
can
thick
greater
When
float
laying
by
fastening
necessary.
casks
float.
providing
and
naturally
ordinary
like
one,
will
This
rafts.
on
(see
painted
thoroughly
built
materials,
the
timbers
heavy
the
good
have
you
be
sometimes
are
the
should
to
for
if
build
stationary
moving
and
Tools
unless
edge,
easily.
Do
saws,
etc.
Such
to
become
apt
is well
have
to
handles.
if you
have
it is
work
The
to
Marking-
Axe.
or
This
Back-Saw.
can
be
made
Fig.
edge
of
"
is better.
and
piece of
wood
seldom
See
the
be
can
tools
used
to
awls
each
to
well,
for
shop-
but
with
awl
for
but
sizes
very
handle.
separate
an
carpentry,
See
place,
in
awl
\?,simply
in
various
of
bits,answers
place
wood
hard-
round,
close
very
Marking.
tool
that
required for
it needs
tion,
descrip-
no
work.
amateur
Saw.
tool
for
scraping beading, reeds,

of
reverse
the
Fig.
saw-blade
insertingthis
(Fig.465).
steel, taken
blade
To
in
kerf
change
the
and
the
shape required
465.
of
loose
awls, fitted into
of
holds
common
by filingthe
piece
scraper,
have
chisel
"
Beading.
to
marking
is,moreover,
and
filled
screw-diivers,
money
which
from
for
is such
the
sizes
brace
Scratch-awl
ox
handles,"
useful, but
into
tools
your
awl
used
knife
"
as
convenient
more
sharp point
work
carry
sharpened
ways.
handle
fitted, somewhat
be
can
tool-chest
and
broken,
awl
An
"
with
varietyof
be
can
BoiHng.
sometimes
are
or
bradawl
345
little chisels,gouges,
and
in other
advantage
better
It
affairs
lost
also
awls
of awls
assortment
an
and
Sharpening
The
care.
buy combination
not
with
are
See
great
use
you
Operations
from
sawed
on
like,
the
466.
broken
in the
positionof
saw
end
the
or
of
blade,
one
both
or
after
the
with
both
of
the
screws
has
blade
been
Tools
466).
like
extreme
the
ends
ends
of
with
and
(Fig. 305).
end
is
which
See
To
"
be
to
not
to
the
cut
shoulder
in
bend
fastened
of the
the
using
to
stop
beads
this
carry
short
to
distance
that
so
but
side
one
series of
will
which
is
of
be
may
of
make
the
deeper
the
to
Such
with
curve
To
any
cuts
in
position.
breaking-point.
curves
glue, into
the
the
more
Hot
sometimes
can
will
will
water
be
saw-kerfs
The
it
and
piece
be
can
be
can
used
first
46S.
far
can
as
bent
"
the
on
the
cuts
bending
readily
be
and
the
together
nearer
side
show),
not
practically,so
piece thinner,
the
are
that
is, up
face
side.
strengthened by driving wedges,
after
the
piece is
bent
to
the desired
(Fig. 468).
make
small
reasonable
kind
of
it
usually be
can
the
fastened
and
bent
This
the
(the
edge (see Gaiige)^ that
the
along
equal
across
side
Fig.
line
ing)
boil-
or
partlythrough it,
467.
equal depth.
concerned,
abrupt
show, make
saw-cuts
back
the
on
gauge
to
from
and
square
piece, and
(Fig.
beading
depth (Fig. 467)
running
block
gauge
piece (without steaming
Fig.
forward
pushed
bought.
effect
but
is
tightened
Plane.
Wood.
Bending
best
chisel
the
as
be
can
edge,
an
board
then
and
tool
scraper,
of the
the
usually produces
the
this purpose
for
This
adjusted.
hands, much
Beginners
loosened
be
can
bearing against the edge

It
for
Wood-Working
14^
wood),
piece
extent
soak
bent
of wood
pliable,so
(which, however,
it for
some
time
into the desired
that
depends
in
shape.
it will bend
much
boiling
It must
upon
water,
be
to
the
when
securely
and
Tools
Operations
347
has
entirelyleft it,or it will
position until the moisture
spring back to (or towards)its original shape. This drying will
hours
take from
several
to several
days, according to the size of
in
held
the
piece
always
shape,
condition
the
and
tendency
which
often
can
but
water,
piece
naturally
be
to
more
fastened
wish
you
thin
easily (particularly
bends
pieces)
by simply soaking
hot
water
is
effective.
with
the
hot
in
steamed
have
and
usually more
reallynothing, in principle,but
steam-pipe running
into
the
them
has
made
"
by
it,in
big
to
iron
wooden
or
the
pieces
are
is
bent
which
but
take
cold
which
Anything
can
you
in
mill
or
regular steam-chest, which
pliable.
pressure,"
end
water
it
it cannot
that
so
original
pliable enough
ship-yard
purposes
than
made
manage
steam
little
the
be
cannot
you
it is
where
remain, except
spring back.
to
Wood
bend
to
little towards
is almost
There
atmosphere.
back
spring
to
it is well
so
the
of
Wood
this
is
now
box,
is
with
until
kept
for many
impracticable for
the
amateur.
bend
To
or
the
used.
ribs for
be
size.
tightly
so
that
in
of suitable
end
one
stick
the
the
piece
and
in
can
it
ground,
pipe is fixed
slantingdirection.
Put
the
kettle
paratus
ap-
canoe,
pipe
Plug
firmly
An
with
made
of iron
big
long sticks,
for
as
boiling water
be
can
pieces like skis, hockies, etc.,
wash-boiler
common
full of
of
ends
in
water
the
pipe, stuff
will be
You
in
pipe, build
rag
loosely in
working
order
often
have
must
fire
underneath, put
the
upper
end
and
the sticks
the
in
apparatus
(Fig.469).
some
sort
of form
or
mould
for
bending
the
piece
bending,
bend
liulding it
for
and
is
there
where
i)iecearound
log, etc.,
nice
for
for
Wood-Working
34^
work
make
ribs, for instance, which
bend
cut
can
piece
desired
of
board
this
Fasten
curve.
piece
upon
any
FiG.
from
tance
be
can
the
bore
around
the
metal
of
the
on
or
stick
even
in many
bent,
to
pins
side
holes
in
piece
wood
the
prevent
to
straightgrain, but
piece
in
be
can
if bent
do
is
there
no
an
old
dis-
be
to
Fig.
470
or
iron
hoop
placed
much,
need
bent
by which
splittingor
wood
the
471.
strap of
of
wooden
such
at
arrangement
place.
of
the
as
for
curve
to
shai)e,you
surface,
shown
any
"
it is liable
is to have
way
parts of
sawed
that
wish
of
or
outside
ing
splinterunless
of
doing
this
cases.
Another
two
thin
outside, as
good quality and
of
wedged
be
to
the
be
mould
or
against it, as
instead
blocks
piece can
bent
other
pattern piece
attach
in
Fig.
firmly wedged
can
you
flat
470.
the
cleats, but
concave
and
barrel,
If you
accurate
fit the
plank,
pins
be
to
plank
or
mould.
or
should
it with
of
often
can
you
object, as
fasten
form
kinds
some
accurate,
dry, or
For
common
or
until
place
be
to
corner
should
you
drying.
occasion
no
some
tie it in
and
while
Beginners
board
(Fig. 471).
forms, which
lever.
easilybe
bent,
is
or
piece
to
be
in two
form
or
w-hich
bent
the
is put
parts,
curve
between
as
has
the
pressed together by clamps, wedges,
good
which
mould
plank through
The
then
are
This
or
the
way
do
for
not
short
pieces
readily cling
which
the
been
twô
or
cannot
the
required
inverted
view) in
to
curve.
Another
form
of
bending-mould
is shown
(an
and
Tools
easilymade
pieces
the
case
make
to
way
form
bending stripsis to cut the curve

of a piece of plank, or boards
together (Fig.473). The end
stripis
and
caught against
then
the
piece bent
Fig.
If it tends
the
on
of
the
on
be
^"^'',^
"
of the
cleat
curve.
curve,
place.
wide
form
wider
enough
build
or
As
have
curved
direclion
the
out
be
at
of
pieces
so
like, the
that
the
piece
number
to
with
nails
the
be
to
the
This
"
blade
which
at
angle
not
bend,
them
addition
on
all
the
it
at
end
form
stock
to
the
which
fastened,
sides
curved
or
of the
Fig.
useful,
way
be left
must
to
bend
pieces.
an
some
annual
right angles
are
parallel with
Bevel.
473.
contrive
must
you
set, if you
and
contrive
got
layers will
the
.-:^^
nailed
tie it in
even
boards,
ribs, and
should
place by
principle(Fig. 474.)
same
For
off the
dry
any
box, and
for
Fig.
make
to
Take
a
or
until
better
once.
in
held
are
472.
spring
to
form
be
may
bent
out
the
the
around
clamp, wedge,
to
be
to
349
clamps.
simple
this
In
Fig. 472.
Operations
is similar
be
can
of
45",
merely
to
set
it
at
to
the
angle.
any
is called
mark
any
square,
When
474.
with
but
movable
permanently
The
mitre-square.
desired
angle,but
to
fixed
bevel
repeat
some
is
Wood-Working
350
which
angle already formed,
to
until
when
it fits the
angle,
for
apply it,moving
you
the
Beginners
tool
be
can
the
applied
piece
and
another
to
the
blade
angle
The
also
edge apply
the
to
obtain
45"
place
it
the
against
of
475.
distances
at
the
angle
time
any
the
the
set
with
blade,
figures are
as
the
side
in-
large
intercept equal
square.
other
in
shown
and
4, and
the
angles, observe
Fig. 476.
can
you
Note
figures
that
get the angle
for
again
those
at
You
also
can
by laying
bevel
off the
the
the
by setting
bevel
figures.
of the
arms
it will
that
angle
an
principle, for
same
intercepted by
this
such
at
both
on
this
On
blade
bevel,
(Fig.475),
steel square
the
the
angle
an
with
edge
setting
of
use
(see Square).
To
Fig.
square
the
to
bevel
of
the
of
close
tions
direc-
holding the
about
head
peated.
re-
required angle
a
on
compasses
straight-edged board,
to
which
be
the
angle
should
out
on
the
it
will
not
which
to
try
is of
be
so
board
be
to
^^^-
4"6-
neces-
the
set
"
laid
that
point of
impossible.
course
Bevelling.
can
The
]D plied.
sary
bevel
To
bevel
the
the
compasses
See
edge
exactly
at
the
edge,
Bevelling.
of
piece with
the
chisel,
and
Tools
Operations
draw-knife, spoke-shave, plane,

lines
to
work
the
bevel
gradually
down
edge
scoring
direction
the
Fig.
in
as
towards
chisel
as
to
the
in
Fig. 479,
advantage
like the
Bit-Brace
The
ratchet
is difficult
for
be
chisel
is useful
brace
use
by
from
side,
and
easiest
each
and
at
corner
grain,push
the
across
"
for
the
the
is
usually
it.
use
often
can
Fig.
the
cleanest
way
made
with
See
479.
This
tool
boring
bit-brace
common
to
brace
best
Plane
slant
the
also
plane
alone,
good
description.
is also
places
but
which
this
it
where
places
There
in
to
Chamfei'ing.
in awkward
bore
in end
bevels
requires no
bit-stock.
common
extending
reached
in
to
room
you
Bit-Stock.
or
to
and
edges
478)
and
is
there
both
bevel
in
off
479.
work
can
you
first
possible chipping
of
it is the
as
(Figs.477
bevel
end
the
by
trim
end
both
after
splintering.
prevents
from
bevelling
end, because
paring
In
plane, whenever
wood
the
cutting the
in
shown
simple
in
; but
pare
way
to
sure
than
work
Then
the
prepare
(Fig. 615),being
cuts
cut
centre.
cut, and
lines,or
Fig.
first
and
the
485).
and
parallel
rather
disfigurethe
to
477.
Fig. 478,
the corner,
scratch
these
grain
the
of
(Figs.477
cut
to
with
wood
the
leave
is
chamfer
or
mark
knife, first
even
pencil-gauge (see Gauge)
to
not
as
so
spur-gauge,
with
to
or
351
you
trivance
con-
not
can-
will
and
Tools
is a
gi/nlet-bif
The
is
and
grain.
end
for
dicck' s-bill-bit^
etc.,
small
boring
work
end
grain. They
drill
taking
their
conical.
For
forms
See
drill.
also
planks
be
middle
of
side
outer
farthest
outside
exposed
other
the
heart
not
loosen
the
cut
so
formerly, the
as
stone,
well
in
twist-
cal),
octagonal, coni-
occasionally to
make
them
useful.
and
Awls
see
Twist-
from
the
have
the
is,the
side
If
of
Exposed.
In
"
layingboards
or
weather,
should
etc., will
water,
and
that
action
the
way
use
do
for
good
Coiuitersijik.
the
to
"
bent
Plane.
uppermost.
or
in
also
Planks, Laying
exposed
from
with
and
are
and
See
""
purposes.
holes
(unlessthey are
the tree) so as to
place them
easily sharpened
boring implements,
of
"
or
to
tools
to
hole, but
for many
Boring
Block-Plane.
Boards
simple
much
for metal
Reamers
other
are
as
enlarge
to
and
r-
is excellent,
quill-bit
taperingbits (half-round,square,
or
useful
are
not
place
easilydulled
The
applied
smooth
are
Shell-bit^gouge-bit^pod-bit^ spoon-bit\
They
leave
and
work.
names
holes.
quickly
Reame7-s^
are
is
form, but
common
split delicate
likelyto
except
Operations
be
put
put
the
the
phere,
atmos-
tend
to
layersand
arate
sepfibres
(Fig. 482).
Boring.
In
"
into
keeping
the
carefullyfrom
side
to
see
this
as
be
may
23
bit has
the
after
distance
boring
the
brace
test
in
and
necessary
the
the
a
gone
wood,
in front
whether
with
stop
brace,
bit-
short
and,
position, test
and
from
bit is
alter the
at
Fig.
right angles
position of
until you
are
4S2.
one
sure
the
to
the
brace
that the bit is
surface.
as
many
peat
Retimes
going through
Wood-Working
354
at
the
right angle.
in front
of the
with
angles
angles
work
the
the
to
A
and
work,
first
direction
of the
square.
Few
common
judge by
and
then
be
can
people
more
to
whether
stand
judge
bore
can
this is
do
the eye
to
tested
Beginners
to
way
position and
bit
for
at
of
stand
S(iuarely
bit is
the
either
side
at
right
right
at
angle again.
the
The
the
accurately by applying
accurately
without
such
some
test.
workmen
Some
handle
of
and
pressure,
To
the
which
straight out,
or,
as
you
steady
to
sometimes
a
remove
backward,
brace,
bit
the
from
can
it out,
be
on
it
wood,
the
done
the
left hand
(Fig. 483), and
shoulder
the
will loosen
if it
pull
chin
the
rest
spur,
is
the
then
easily without
keep turning the
the
increase
to
the
applied.
give
and
top of
on
brace
brace
either
turn
pull the
turning
as
if
two
or
the
bit
brace,
boring,
thus
and
Tools
bringing
the
boring through
In
of the bit
spur
does,
a
piece
into
"
of
burred
of
boring
piece
wood
of
withdraw
distance, to
withdraw
reach
required depth.
will make
the
in
When
the
right through
ragged
grain,/.
the
will
clamp
or
wood.
"?., in the
it has
from
the
in
this
end
entered
the
hole, reinsert,
until
way
you
injuringthe bit, and
save
when
bits,particularly
small
the
gimlet-bit,draw
position of
it is well
wood
bore
at
stop
out
there
is
bit and
the
danger
chips
of
once
block
of
when
brace
wood
such
of
the
end
of
the
tube
or
(Fig. 484).
of
end
the
of the
of course,
can
cut
tube
wood,
2"
be
bought
hole
holes
Then
deep.
the
the hole
Metal
just within
than
the
through
have
to
piece,but
make
dozen
must
holes
face
sur-
will,
Fig.
4S4.
ments
attach-
for this purpose.
larger
and
until
bore
touches
when
be
the
side
the
that
length
inches
project beyond
each
of
of the
block
smaller
through
jaws
of
sides
both
on
if you
the
bit will
To
you
pressed against
two
exact
meet.
bored
be
tube
hole
holes
Suppose
wooden
bore
or
one,
not
depth.
Take
the
must
be
must
position accurately on
the
until
holes
certain
deep.
have
side
hole
mark
to
each
from
Frequently
the
the
chips
This
bore
and
it
when
while.
2"
side,or
the
easier.
boring
with
splitting,as
that
continue
and
again,
with
boring
In
the
clear
in from
bit, after
the
when
see
side;
with
depth
bore, and
the
bit leaves
any
wood,
short
of
to
splinteringor
prevent
the
watch
other
side
other
by turning
the
on
bore
the
will
where
hole
and
on
way
edge,
through
over
bit
hole.
timber,
or
come
wood
Either
"
to
piece
waste
it.
In
begins
the
turn
board
o5
the
remove
left in the
will be
backward,
brace
if you
chips, which,
the
out
Operations
any
bit
See
you
circumference
Awl^ Bits, Twist-drill.

have, bore
of the
series
desired
of
circle,
Wood-
35^
trim
and
line with
the
to
for
Working"
the
I^cginncrs
finish
or
gouge
with
keyhole
or
compass-saw.
Bow-Saw.
Brad-awl.
To
Take
is
If that
bruise, the
dent.
The
of
most
usually
be
outside
of
"
one
the
required.
end
of
such
piece
of
rattan
the
near
or
effect.
cleaning
round
dles
han-
flattened
in
diameter
will
painting the
as
time.
save
"
usually
large
used
"
for
pencil
be
made
and
then
can
water
will
fibres
will
will
lines
glue
in hot
you
work
larger
for
for
inches
drawing
brush
good
part, when
softened
for
and
sort
with
surfaces, the brushes
good,
are
something
narrow
or
for
sary.
neces-
quite large
further
no
with
than
two
if
good.
Those
to
one
unless
when
house,
sashes
wnll be
From
large enough,
small
painting
work.
coarse
very
with
even
some
is
brush
fiat brushes
small
convenient.
are
remove
painting, shellacing, etc.,
with
for
except
ones,
sash
or
blotting paper
wet
of
be
can
flat-iron,held
until it has
brush
wood
sandpaper
will often
repeated
have
to
etc.
your
get along better
with
with
covered
in
water,
warm
grain
the
paper,
be
can
It is well
work, the bench,

For
down
of brown
operation
"
|)lace with
being
latter
thicknesses
Brushes.
the
bruises
Small
"
suiihcient,a hot iron, as
not
several
off
Out.
rubbing
and
water,
the
Aiu/.
by wetting
out
cold
Sa7c".
See
"
Bruises,
taken
See
"
"
For
ing
draw-
brushes
ing
soak-
by
pounding
separate, making
stiff
brush.
Bull-Nosed
Plane.
Calipers.
to
outside
as
Calipers, w^hich
"
whether
diameter
they
of
for
the
work
Carving-Chisel.
"
to
are
P/a?ie.
"
are
find
object, are
an
turning, but, though
important
See
"
very
of the
See
useful
inside
the
very
at
beginner
Carving
"
"
diameter
of
important
times,
as
Tools.
outside,"
or
are
compasses.
in
not
hole
some
or
cording
ac-
the
work,
nearly
as
Tools
Tools.
Carving
for
tools fitted in handles

An
octagonal
in
working
bevelled
sides.
both
convenient, though
(likea
veining-tool
small
Bit.
Centre-
See
"
Line.
Chalk-
Chamfering.
the
away
cuttingthe
In
quite
cut
to
cut
little
too
removed.
far
you
it
as
without
wood
be
used
wood,
case
can,
so
plane
or
faces
of
paring
as
to
of wood.
piece
stop-chamfer (Fig. 485), take

line
first,as
at
leave
of
tool
will be
you
which
mark
long stop-chamfers,
not
care
very
to
apt
be
cannot
use
the
plane
^h^
off wood
bull-nosed
will have
ends
See
also
to
be
and
trimming
the
plane
trimmed
will
to
cut
nearer
shape
with
but
still,
the chisel
Bevellins; 2cvi^Parin^.
firmer-chiselis
mortising, though
485.
cut
ends, and
"
by cutting
formed
the
used
tool.
Chisel.
useful.
often
be
can
other
work.
The
The
extreme
plain
most
is often
surface
Fig.
the
ground squarely
the
plane.
the
be, perhaps,
followed
slantingly,so
nearer
is
cutting edge
used
remove
being
the
by
and
can
to
deep
the ends.
draw-knife
of
the
hitting
at
two
to
be
can
by
the
In
whenever
ends
down
is the
chamfer
made
angle
gouge)
small
very
useful
very
Marki?ig.
"
necessity for
is
tools.
ally
tool," is occasion-
other
will
one
"
carving
these
Bits.
See
"
than
called
hardly
the
useful
very
your
chisel
skew
work
your
from
because
carver's
for
have
to
carving-chisel
pieces,
357
often
are
pattern
sometimes
parting-iool^
across.
good.
odd-shaped
generally useful
more
different
is
shape
on
on
of
tools
is convenient
It
woodwork.
general
Operations
carving
few
"
and
to
meant
for
shape,
and
mortise-chisel
light hand-work,
can
is intended
be
used
for that
for
for
light
purpose.
for
Wood-Working
358
It is often
bevelled
an
advantage
the
on
side
same
conveniently in
more
long edges
often
the
than
it
be
can
the
heavy
stand
to
blows
is meant,
mallet, and
the
stronger
indicates,
name
framing, mortising,and
heavy
out
chisel
A
be
cannot
is very
is
in
useful
for
places
where
the
is
Fig. 487,
cleaning
4S7.
firmer-
common
advantage.
to
slanting, instead
simply ground
is useful
and
across,
other
and
other
Mortising.
shown
Fig.
used
skew-chisel
as
480.
grooves,
corners,
for
straight-bentchisel
shaped
and
See
work.'
The
Fig.
used
of the
corner
firmer, has
handle
as
chisel
purpose.
the
of
such
off the
Taking
answers
stouter
of
cutting basil, as
places.
framitig-chiselis
The
the
the
as
some
grinding,
basil when
have
to
Beginners
for
and
corners
odd
work.
of
squarely
See
Carving
Tools.
There
needed
forms, seldom
other
are
corner-chisel.,which
cutting
for
is used
by
the
or
paring angles
amateur,
as
the
and
corners.
they
upper
into
the
handle,
by
struck
are
heavy work,
of
end
the
and
with
mallet
the
although
the
the
the
have
which
gouges
at
sockets
stuck
and
chisels
Those
iron, instead
ferrules
are,
of
at
of
the
the
upper
the
course,
lighter handles
fitted into
handles
being
end
where
strongest
just
are
iron
as
good
for
for
light work.
Do
'
make
and
the
the
left hand
with
Mortise-chisels
break,
to
let your
not
width
cuttint:
great
of the
more
get in front
thickness
sides
accurate.
of
blade
of the
edge
(Fig. 486)
bearing against the
sides
chisel
of the
are
of the
not
likely to
mortise
tends
and
Tools
while
in
working,
most
hand.
some
downward
the
be
and
it may
then
and
held
or
the
guide
left hand
and
Parijig
Circular-plane.
Clamps.
See
"
in
and
lengths, are
work
or
length,
answer
every
steel
ones
clamp
as
"
chisel,which
extremely
useful
operations.
door
work
is
other
expedient,
will
hand
securely
steady and
from
being
in
in
the
making
Many,
of
companying
ac-
glued
different
much
without
them,
if you
afford
can
pair
pieces
in
are
gether,
to-
making
or
in
framework,
or
picture-
frame, lay the work
across
that
be
their
wood-working shops. Although
Fig.
as
or
as
pensive.
ex-
two
glue-joint,"
clamping
in
found
more
flat
more
but
purpose,
better, but
To
right;
work
will
clamps
although
the
the
the
useful.
very
Wooden
the
that
hold
longer, they
or
be
with
piece directly
to
proper
one
medium
of
more
will
be
of
part of
with
(cabinet-clamps),shown
clamping
accomplished
be
can
various
to
lower
and
Plane.
clamps
Long
"
cut,
Sha?'pening.
are
illustrations,
joints
the
on
the
on
edge
see
bad
easily done
tool, and, incidentally,prevent
See
cut.
the
359
you
slippingby vise,clamp,
from
the
keep
kept
be
rule, particularlyfor beginners, first

fastened
give
not
chisel
the
use
is
paring
bench,
the
left hand
in
as
cases,
should
it,which
control
towards
slipand
tool may
left hand
help
to
In
with
the
cases
chisel
the
for the
Operations
tops
possible,and
will
apply
the
the
as
horses, which
nearly level, or
clamps
as
shown
488.
should
in the
in
be
same
so
placed
plane,
as
Fig. 488, always
the
square
angles
either
as
one
both
or
be, and
may
it
shows
to
"
"
of
and
correct
such
In
close
free
that
as
slightalteration
best
removed
such
cleats
the
over
the
Fig.
the
change
of
wood
waste
of wood
end
either
glue
piece
the
under
can
the
gluing
as
joints before
the
the
and
of
like,
the
angles
time
no
are
in
become
needs
The
clamps
Any
set.
to
if the
trying
joint before
the
at
hammer
jointsof
box, put
tightening
This
pressure.
the
mer
ham-
be
raised
dent
will
or
not
then
be
blocks
or
can
applies to
stout
clamps (Fig. 489), to
the
all
Fig.
be
to
shape
from
are
almost
glued
the
pressure
490.
heavy enough
not
are
of
the
always required
in
clamps,
any
clamping
of
cases
489.
pieces
bruisingof the
You
block
and
by tapping with
made
be
waste
other
the
lest
by planing (see Gluing).
cases
distribute
where
then
each
square
applicable.
are
Fig. 488,
case
all kinds
nearly
until
clamps
the
of
tighter.
screwed
In
clamps,
the
tightened
be
clamping
with
joint, whenever
lowered, putting
until
angle
can
the
in
exactlyflush
can
the
screws
In
end
one
move
case,
If the
bearing.
right or left,as
the
to
winding
from
shown
the
be
the
moving
partiallytightening
the
clamps
the
to
361
bookcases, cabinets, boxes,
as
work
get the surfaces
near
often
accurately.
about
the
cases
be
right,when
be
directions
these
will
easily change
work, such
case
brought
the
can
you
jointsshould
to
right,as
not
are
joints are
the
as
soon
Operations
and
Tools
resist the
to
and
pieces of
to
case
prevent
work.
contrive
of suitable
(Fig. 490), when
home-made
clamps
length,by nailingor
the
work
can
be
out
of
strong pieces
any
screwing
block
tightlywedged
lo
at
a
each
close
bearing by
or
one
smaller
work
clamps
for future
until
well
On
the
be
the
as
by boring
holes
are
shown
as
outside
of
be
in
Fig.
answer
from
very
the
"
but
ladder,
strip is
other
gether.
to-
nearer
stripsin
of these
one
Orient,
strips just
stout
two
on
The
490.
in
of
is laid
glued
such
then
the
placed
pins put through corresponding holes

then be wedged
can
against the pins
work, which
stout
just shown.
way
Another
which
way,
cord, doubled,
stout
derived
holes
sides
the
to
and
the
in
of
to
for
clamp
By keeping
enough
if
regular cabinet-clamps.
the
series
the
use
made.
have
using,
shown,
you
was
soon
buy
to
bored
work
directly above
in the
afford
it
will
you
use,
made
way
wedge
principle,a simple clamp,
same
The
same
double
for which
that
can
you
Beginners
blocks, B, when
more
than
the
home
driving
necessary,
can
for
Wood-Working
,62
applied
be
can
around
the
coming
the
of
around,
tighten the
chair
it
thus
be-
can
there
stick
the
for
as,
tween
be-
are
This
swing
to
room
cord
the
work
where
done
be
put
string,turn
doubled
together.
drawn
to
the
to
stick
insertinga
shortened,
parts
is
cases,
parts of
two
until,the
around
is
many
and
work,
the
only
to
example,
rounds
by drawing
of
the
legs
together (Fig. 491).

You
often
can
when
of
them
the
on
top
shown.
by making
board
Of
the
course
at
are
use
Suppose,
tightlytogether, as
the bench
of
pole.
or
blocks
two
press
venient
con-
hand,
Fig.
491.
sure,
pres-
more
no
means
Fig.
apply
or
upper
floor and
block
this board
must
the
for
in
beam
be
492.
ticity
elas-
example,
in
shown
spring
and
of
Fig.
board
of
little
the
or
need
you
492.
pole
floor
to
Place
between
above,
as
longer than merely
and
Tools
reach
lo
in the
bent, when
be
can
Pressure
any
firm
press
if you
to
often
can
the
of
the
applied in
something
have
Pieces
have
be
by
themselves
and
clamps
hand-screws
as
necessary,
are
screws
iron
suggestionsabout
Cleating.
or
plank
to
cleat
be
Such
the
unless
width
of
greater
the
dowels
give
some
groove
end
than
can
of the
you
be
tions
applica-
many
work.
vises,these
and
often
in
holding
for
by
no
devices, can
used
into
come
bought
useful, but
Even
place
be
of
means
used.
hand-
that
pieces
more
of board
is
can
glued
slight,on
and
traction
con-
being
so
Fig.
493.
Fig.
494.
lengthways
pages
used,
play
to
the
also
be
made
board
or
Hand-screws.
50-53).
best),nails,or
are
be
two
see
single
board
(see
(which
should
that
This
be
expansion
cleat
Screws
sure
pres-
(Fig. 493).
not
the
join
to
they
keep
is very
across
much
to
should
of the
account
can
piece
ends.
warping
cleat
the
done
from
board
wider
If short,
across
also be
can
them.
cleated
are
clamping,
simple way
"
make
to
can
various
or
which
clamps
the
useful.
very
other
For
bench, and
clamps,
common
small
The
clamps
the
cause
The
in your
be
position on
outside
lever, and
wood-carver's
in
placed
place
against.
powers
pieces
it will
avoided.
applicationsof the simple mechanical

play (see Fig. 390). See also page 71.
Adjustable
again
direction, always supposing
suggest
of
shopful
into
out
is to be
surface
obtained
be
will
wedge
should
2"^?"
sprung
be
must
straighten itself
effort to
scarring of
when
it
points, as
two
blocks.
the
on
pressure
blocks
the
between
Operations
as
they
will
pieces.
is fitted.
in the
cleat, into which
Grooves
can
be
cut
tongue
in both
on
the
cleat and
board
and
tongue
oi)erations best
well
very
too
the
on
should
be
fastened
end
cleats.
and
screws
kind
them
and
and
to
lay
those
get,
be
by
be
Circles
or
Side
way.
take
off
not
the
around.
strike
to
pointing
the
by
rule
a
"
scribe
to
in
In
using
screw,
hold
them
cause
be
can
arcs
to
struck
where
jK^
"
way
is
to
drive
apart just equal
to
two
nails
the
radius
off
them
and
than
move
roughly,
them
grasp
them
as
nail
less
doubt-
you
with
the
the
string being
around
the
method
is
at
string
of the
gauge
swing
and
angles
slip.
or
for
put
particularly
compasses,
through
ever
what-
object,
places where
able
set-
you
some
or
hinged joint, rather
may
and
arc
circles,to lay
from
"
distance
in
slip,but,
not
wobble
are
and
set
circular
will
or
measurements
at
top
and
points stay
'^
accurate
of
case
screws
See
with
the
(see Scribing^.
are
those
that
away
this tool
of
uses
or
reasons,
more
(see
nails
the
put
know,
(^'
cleats
in the
as
not
are
Nailing.
sure
points, which
the
do
side
not
able
always desir-
(Fig.368).
them
does
is
warp
the
not
reason
enough,
compasses,
spring
not
used
which
around
near
See
"
off measurements,
not
can
to
on
and
strong
same
adjust accurately
you
to
arcs,
is
the
is wide
Wing
"
to
chief
The
tendency
way,
are
end-cleating
clinched
or
(see Sc?'e7i's)
"alternate"
easy
do
the
These
Fa?iels.
Compasses.
are
the
This
glue, for
cleat
Clinching-Nails.
screw,
This
doors, cleats
in
with
If the
Doors
as
looks.
straight line,but
and
work,
of
with
not
where
sometimes
are
ground
Aâiling)^but
and
work
heavier
they
(Fig. 494).
by machinery.
done
For
great.
Beginners
inserted
spline
or
small
on
better, but
for
Wood-Working
364
centre,
nail.
not
very
loose
This
curate,
ac-
for
obvious
and
is only suit-
rough
stripof
work.
wood
A
at
required circle,one
Tools
nail
doing
hole
be
bored
the
for
repeatedly by changing
marking
and
point.
The
stick.
buying
right angles.
of
are
this purpose.
brad
sort
of the
pin
stout
or
zinc
or
this
of
nail, or
centre
with
stick
instead
great
deal
small
pieces
of work
of
out
with-
They
places
where
inside
of
be
they
place
in
the
block
it
"
can
See
"
Countersink.
This
cavity
or
be
496.
as
the
The
shape
go,
and
glue
used
with
varied
fully,
glue plenti-
it back
rub
the
be
can
hot
joint. Apply
left for
and
forth
dry.
to
Chisel.
the
be
to
outer
of
part
depression
(Fig. 497),
screw
Fig.
it is to
tool,
enlarging
a
in
of
where
times, when
Corner-Chisel.
the
Fig. 304.
conditions
the
to
in
out
show,
base-board
the
for
of
not
at
to
freely used
will
surfaces
adjacent
two
or
work
got
are
and
can
with
pine,
of
into
useful
very
grain,
for
is
bit-brace, for
the
receiving
forming
thus
hole,
the
head
quite important,
as
of
being
497.
much
knife
double
nail
marking
applied
the
pieces, lengthways
The
use
the
merely
are
is
short
or
the
other
Saw.
rubbed
are
stiffen
(Fig.496), and
Fig.
do
can
cabinet-work,
and
strengthen
several
of
the
centre,
of
card-board,
glue well,
glue
they
angles
according
can
done
be
you
These
holds
Hot
and
interior
You
can
See
"
which
wood
them
the
as
Instead
position
the
same
"
Corner-Blocks.
to
act
365
compasses.
Compass-Saw.
other
to
pencil.
expedients
such
By
wood
stiff paper,
pencil, using
Operations
(Fig. 495).
marking
the
can
into
driven
being
and
for the
rose
cut
more
purpose.
form
of
See
countersink
countersink
easilysharpened.
convenient
(for
countersink
page
is
wood
than
to
use
gouge,
chisel,
205.
common
only)
for metal
and
cuts
good.
The
smoothly
is useful.
Clark
and
is
To
Cracks,
Stop.
Saw.
Cross-Cut
with
Dividers.
of
simplest form
will
do
for
of
some
cleated
the
of
be
joined, edge
door
swelling and
and
down
be
it of
the
other
such
of
the boards
will
or
curl
swell
that
case,
because
and
of board
shrink
to
be
trouble
a
you
of
to
nicer
one
the
make
affected
however,
not
are
caused
two
way
the
by
strong door
running
up
and
thicknesses
using
try
to
little
as
a
door
at
because
the
like
the
the
broad
there
Suppose,
for
It will not
bottom,
is such
atmosphere,
possible
as
the faults
overcome
and
thing
some-
flat surface
Fig. 498.
top
rougher
have
must
pieces together.
cleats
by
we
for
we
shrink
of
way,
in width
work
and
So, instead
the
limits
which
very
suited
however,
will swell
running
is
together.
come
by framing
flat door
theoretical
warp
we
(see
are
boards
diagonally,the
or
loose
to
can,
side, in
make
to
It is
too
there
if the
no
shrinking, nor
boards
one
be
way
are,
better.
all
on
may
Another
screwed
or
When
will look
that
the
cleated
crossways,
that
scientific,
more
with
Several
if
"
useless.
resorted
Besides,
(Fig.405), and,
arrangements
class of work.
and
and
be
can
wind,
either
be
to
thicknesses, or layers,one
two
being firmly nailed

All
as
so
This
of board.
be
to
like.
the
and
or
swelling and
the
boards.
made
shrinking.
make
to
edge,
to
can
nection
con-
standing
under-
some
warp
as
Cleating
closelytogether, there
fitted too
is
shrink
or
piece
to
degree
prevent
ordinary
to
large
not
have
to
course,
especially ornamental.
door
width
such
break.
to
will
is, of
swell
to
important
l)ut it is liable
to
tight, and
but
Cleati7ig).,
in
useful
framing panels, doors,
of
cases,
also, if large, liable

too
be
Bruises.
is
It
door
sometimes
large door,
See
"
"
theory
The
will often
of these
Compasses.
Panels.
the
Stop.
To
operations.
Out.
See
"
Beginners
Saw.
pair
"
Take
and
Doors
See
Holes,
wood-working
To
Dents,
See
"
"
Cutting-Pliers.
or
for
Wood-Working
366
wide
etc., and
but
face
sur-
it may
it
and
Tools
the
board
499).
It will not
board
shape quite well,
Fig.
shown
according
you
fill up
but
open
shrink
Fig.
499.
it is
only
frame
to
is
Fig.
Fig,
that
500,
it will be
This
with
the usual
the
open
(Fig. 501), instead
custom
space
of
the
the
width
not
door,
so
as
witli
thick
thin
wood
than
its
can
avoid
to
wide,
Fig.
503.
make
to
the
Suppose,
on
occupied
the
First,
it is
board, fastened
which
How
shrinking
arrangement
cases.
500.
door.
cross-pieces between
in such
because
will hold
frame
502.
better
edge (Fig.
Fig.
frame,
make
in
much
considerably taller
501.
to
and
part of
middle
each
strip at
removed.
been
this frame
as
readilysee
in
has
but
warping, winding, swelling,and
about
however,
will
this
fill up
trouble
swell
now
objectionsthe
these
all
"
498.
the
of
most
lessen
removed
be
can
Fig.
you
To
winding.
become
367
Operations
you
it
as
uprights,
now,
that
one
side
the
s])ace
Tools
ruin
the
it is
play, that
the
around
jointsof
glued
the
There
are
here,
understand
you
is put
door
which
the
will
together, you
is
theory,
of
the
and,
which
is
save
may
much
you
details
described
this
if
simple
do
never
understanding
it has
for
"
the
may
clear
really quite simple
buckle
principles upon
you
is
frame
be
which
the
have
to
the
beginner); but
the
though
from
joints.
to
numerous
tallow
may
arranging
understand
quite important
applicationswhich
when
the
have
or
glue
at
apart
required by
be
wax
the
general principles upon
the
it,it
of
often
panelling is based;
all
much
of
will not
should
stuck, it
or
ways
panelling (too
and
stick
forced
rub
of
to
369
panel
to
some
fitted
badly
elaborate
more
many
they
as
is
the
work
it
cause
splitor
be
nice
lest
panel,
pane]
frame
door-framing
of
the
should
the
the
is it that
in
common
of
frame
If
up.
split,or
or
quite
edge
Operations
important
So
work.
and
many
and
trouble, labour,
expense.
best
The
and
for
house
not
common
subjected
stiles
through
ends
of
and
the
a
made
for
Such
strain.
house
be
slammed,
can
have
and
do
24
door
door
should
is
thus
all,can
at
saw
any
or
In
one
framed
to
way
have
with
door-frame
mortising yourself,or
the
you
can
and
to
it
and
tenon.
the mill very

the
together
stand
last but
of
have
can
you
strain,or
have
the
smoothing
putting
at
on
quickly got out

wood-working mill,
and
mortise
the
be
way
would
are
in
Figs. 508
this
much
done
tenons
in
fitted, however,
in that
as
grooves
short
or
shown
sm.oothing
not
smaller
such
and
the
run
as
grooves,
sum,
made
be
for
to
being required, except
small
for
tenon.
tongues
circular
tise
mor-
invariably
used
lightdoors,
putting together.
grooving
the
cut
is almost
is often
and
strain,is
and
together is by
door
method
make
to
fit these
heavy door,
Any
This
door, panel and
the
yourself.
time.
ends
hand-work
any
of
mortise
the
much
accurately with
pieces and
door
the
whole
fitted
without
to
rails to
the
The
509.
to
to
nowadays
way
be
to
frame
Dowelling
doors.
doors, but is inferior

A
the
(seeMortising).
tenon
adopted
fasten
to
way
great
a
short
liable
to
You
cheaply
mortising done
0/
for
Wood-Working
by machine
combined,
are
In
using
for
the
only.
If
the
from
gauged
"
is
the
and
face
the
Leave
the
it
together
In
are
with
inside
the
edges
mark
to
^j^^
usually wider
door
when
to
Fig.
mor-
rails in
The
than
the
The
jecting
proknock
you
lines
stiles
rails
rails and
the
(Fig.506).
of the
stiles with
they
way
lines
square
the faces
across
506.
stiles.
and
edges uppermost,
the i)ositions
for the
the
first.
at
door-framing and
panelled frame, place the
or
off
cut
the
likelyto splitout.
is all
work
stronger
for
laying out
the
length
ends
panelling
side
the
makes
less
of each
gluing,after first putting

if
see
everything fits.
for
apart
extra
tisingand
that
tising
mor-
that
from
will be useful
frame
Besides,
505.
mill, see
ends
Fig.
work
never
laying out such work
stiles (Fig. 505) to
length
them
too
long (Fig. 507).
In
!,
to
side
distinctlyone
the
and
side.
.-.
f^^
^^^^pt^^
grooving
(Fig. 592).
all
out
taken
be
to
lay
the
way
mark
methods
face"
job
excellent
an
"
of these
any
piece
Sometimes
slightexpense.
at
Beginners
Carry
symbols
be
to
the
across
stiles,and
some
are
together,
fitted
these
mark
to
dicate
in-
together
(Fig. 507)The
to
whole
be
everything
that
see
glue.
to
put
is
and
the
of the
(the edges
frame
panel)
smoothed,
as
must
this
panel
first
cannot
together
right
before
once
ginning
be-
putting together
Before
permanently,
the
iMG.
should
the inside
which
be
come
planed
well be done
edges
next
and
after-
507.
wards.
Then
fit the
})anelin
the
grooves
of
the
rails
(Fig. 508), glue
Tools
the
tenons
the
corresponding
glue
of
end
one
Operations
rails and
the
of
stile
it may
where
and
the
panel
place (Fig. 509).
Then
glue
in the
same
quickly
fit the
and
to
side
all
"
parts
rails home.
the
other
of
put any
fit these
Drive
(Fig,510)
way
as
not
care
stick,and
to
mortises
or
grooves
(see Gluing)^ taking
cause
into
the
371
of the
being
frame
done
as
sible.
pos-
Finally
the
clamp
frame
(see
securely
The
Clamps).
t o
gu
grooved
Fig.
the
clamps.
the
Saw
with
the
off the
ends
the
door
end
of
t
Fig.
in
is
not
is shown
work
of the
as
when
and
stiles,and
(see Scraper)
or
a
and
will be
panel
for
way
which
blind
be
can
mortise-hole
the
of
running
that
Fig.
bevel
on
smooth
It
and
the
off
is
510.
the
of the
with
piece
edges, glue, drive
with
wood,
the
same
edge
the
is not
end
sired
de-
of the
and
piece
grain
as
stile.
Fit the
trifling
tightly into
of
the
way
very
is objection
little short
a
on
with
edge plugged
can
paper),
Sand-
there
mortise
cut
surface
you
(seeMortising),the
tenon
the
(see
outside
making
off the
When
the
and
remove
sandpaper
on
and
stile,
mortise
dry
dress
done.
showing
tenon
509.
a
simple
as
dry,
to
good
as
plane (see Plane)., after
the
scraper
the
and
to
Leave
with
frame
smooth
illustrations
already stated, but
as
light door.
of
joi n
represented
accompanying
tenon,
a
508.
and
Fig.
511.
when
place, and
dry
(Fig.511)-
hardly
tongued
worth
while
joints by
to
hand
work
in
out
these
the
grooving
days
when
or
it
can
grooved
be
so
for
Wood-Working
o7^
should
by machinery.
done
cheaply
the
proper
plane
difficult and
slow
work
otherwise.
is sometimes
panel
by having
for the
that
side, as
in the
side
of
case
of
well
can
by hand,
you
it will be
as
purpose,
either
which
form
it
do
to
with
flush
on
this is
instance, but
for
made
rabbet
deep
obliged
If
have
Beginners
the
frame,
lid,
desk
avoided
be
very
the
by
beginner.
Dovetailing.
skill
dovetail, is
scientific
thoroughly
The
form,
common
(Fig. 512), can

the
be
thickness
Fig.
piece
A.
With
the
in the
as
as
piece, at
stock.
Lay
the
should
the
Mark
off the
out
by
cut
in the
the
lines
these
vise, end
parts
to
be
ec
oblique
lines
upward,
removed
for
mortise
of
have
the
on
box
(Fig. 513)
the end
from
both
sides
lines ab
lines cd
on
should
the
Fig.
oblique
and
it.
use
joining
distance
beginner.
the
of
amateur
never
in
follows:
work
single
accomplishment
which
is used
occasional
an
equal
end
to
of the
513.
sides
of the
to
(";y)
the
(marked
(see Mortising^ undercutting

tiiis cutting has
been
(Fig. 302). When
a
end
such
off the
piece
chisel, cut
of
S12.
back-saw
the
Fasten
the
Lay
if he
each
of the
of
even
done
around
completely
exception
method,
understanding,
some
the
valuable, workmanlike
considerable
operation requiring
an
frequently required
not
is, however,
It
is
and, with
well
do
to
This
"
very
piece.
lines ab.
the
With
sawing.
w),
as
in
slightlyat
ting
cut-
the
cleanly done, lay
Tools
the
piece
so
go,
the
the
pins just
of
the
piece
lines
oblique
which
square
sides
of
cut
mark
When
the
to
lines
ing
the dovetail-
together too
loosely.
exactly fitted,apply glue, fit
together, and
with
as
plane,
or
when
dry smooth
and
scraper,
front
side
of the
piece which
side
the
sandpaper,
Fig.
dovetailing (Fig. 514)
drawer
form, but the ends

the
off
514.
required.
be
may
Lap
of the
drawer
are
to
pins
dovetails
shortened,
are
receive
piece A (Fig. 515)
or
them
is marked
is similar
are
the
not
and
in the
recesses
principle
the
on
being
the
shorter
and
cut
to
fit.
dovetailing usually
determine
for the
'^
Fig.
not
Mitre
where
to
lay
piece by
beginner
515.
it is desired
ordinary
mitred
the
pins
bevels
of the first
the
but
eye,
would
best
off
by eye.
angles or saw
is
dovetailing {blind or secret dovetailing)
attempt
workmen
of
(unless symmetry
the pins is required)
Jl
then
is marked
Practised
in
pins
piece B
the
First
through.
cut
cut
ing
preced-
ing
piece form-
the
on
and
the
to
just shown,
an
the
pins, forming
the
the
not
of
pins,or
the
come
may
sides
wrong
finallyto
both
on
care
it is
way
of
Remove
before, taking
the
which
gh
piece.
the
as
on
lines
the
around
ends
the
Z1
exactly in position across
rest
Mark
B.
from
fg,
will
cut
in the
piece B
the
of
that
end
wood
end
the
on
Operations
and
to
conceal
joint,but
the
dovetails,the
this is difficult work
result
used
in
cases
looking
for the
like
beginner.
Wood-Working
374
Dovetail
Saw."
Dowelling".
diameters
made
and
be
used
round
hard
wood,
They
instead
of
mortising,dovetailing,etc.
in many
cases
be
can
thickness
are
to
common
of dowels
is
in
usually much
work
A
together
which
you
article
of
which
so
modern
are
some
dowelled
what
work
is
fashion
like
the
be
where
seen
the
the
outside.
form
of
statement
struction
con-
some
chair, which
woodpile
the
on
on
use
is
after
dropping apart
hand.
every
dowels
of
and
There
is scientific
example, splitdowels, wedged
For
wedged
to
"
gaping joints and
can
required.
stick
tenon,
thrown
and
The
is
has
right on
dowelled
modern
pieces
however,
cases,
just
dovetail
to
work
great-grandmother's time,
or
some
service.
of
term
of
all
cases
many
with
very
tenon
way
and
not
reallygood,
scientific
as
is
yourself by comparing
for
prove
be
to
will look
mortise
grandmother's
your
is still strong,
short
and
easily
can
ous
vari-
much
and
common
very
rule,
well-planned
as
that
as
the
although
and
Dowelling,
it is
manner
is not,
fasten
to
in
mortise
The
price.
while
much
purposes
however,
work
cheap
preferred.
in any
joint
dowelled
in
be
to
skilfullydone,
be
to
in
cheap
not
is
dowels
for such
recommended,
common
which
of
wedges
be
must
articles.
use
be
to
holes
or
(Fig. 516).
used
of
the
of
pins
as
tables, chairs, bedsteads, and
domestic
The
be
use
of
if
gouge
instead
or
simply
used
wedged, though
with
bought ready
screws,
be
different
of
be
can
or
can
tapered
frames
516,
nails
They
splitand
Fig.
sticks
merely
are
usually of
can
Beginners
[Back-Saic).
Sa7c"
Dowels
"
and
Sec
for
tenons,
are
often
useful
very
(see
Morttstng).
To
two
small
the
the
find
pieces
wire
brads
shall
brads
into
for
centres
be
so
one
in
that
boring,
line,you
they
piece
can
will be
where
so
the
that
cut
the
off
pointed
centres
holes
the
at
of
in the
bored
heads
both
ends.
the
holes
of
some
Stick
should
and
Tools
Then
be.
to
take
when
in
holes
the
the
small
shot
awl,
or
prick
be
can
small
the
spur
it
at
is
to
exactly
at
the
has
ing
work-
of
way
hole
in
exactly the rightplace.

is
however,
holes
bad
pieces flat
in
the
face,
sur-
either
or
the
where
sometimes
can
the
on
The
the
to
angle
You
meet.
may
bore
to
right angles
make
may
the
the
slight deviation
as
that
the
point, as
be
at
bench
and
range
ar-
Fig.
boards
bit
to
straight.
have
them
easilytrim
with
the
blocks
or
The
a
them
dowels
down
be
must
the
or
snug
with
than
fit.
the
517.
thoroughly dry.
large, rather
to
toothed-plane,
guide
to
as
so
trifle too
Scratch
edge
of
It is better
small, for
too
them
file.
lengthways
Countersink
around
opening
hole
Coimier-
catch
the
glue which
otherwise
around
form
the
to
make
you
should
changes
take
the
plus
sur-
would
a
rim
dowel
518.
(Fig.517).
gluing
each
of
(see
smk), to
can
you
little hollow
the
Fig.
in the
those
to
ner.
man-
start
one
exactly
prick
course
of the
to
holes
will of
brads
is
carefully
each
This
side, so
position it
brads,
off
part,
in the
round-pointed
tool, and
sometimes
hardest
lay
of
similar
with
hole
bit
the
of
in
take
marked.
spur
Instead
used
to
the
and
other
375
piece exactly corresponding
such
some
points
two
is done
work
second
It is well
both
piece againstthe
piece (Fig.517).
first
not
this
press
Operations
fitthe work
after the
together once,
gluing is begun.
jointapart
for
it is very
as
When
gluing. Brush
Before
awkward
the parts fit accurately,

little glue around
Tools
for
the
(Fig. 521), and
bottom
front, sides, and
The
form
joints shown
well
very
ordinary
be
can
Fig.
be
used
quickly
the
must
of
520).
the
best
it is diffi-
but
way,
519
for
made
by
also Gluing
The
pieces
be
cut
the
sides
on
front
(Fig.
insides
of
be
must
before
drawer
the
for
of
the
smoothed
the
far the
suitable
any
Clamps.
inside
and
put together with
also.
top
(see
groove
bottom
the
at
These
work.
Joints). See
A
be
off
cut
The
in
machinery
and
can
is often
377
beginner
the
for
(see Dovetailing).
can
back
Operations
joint. Dovetailing is by
of
cult
and
i'lc.
putting
together.
When
these
parts
519.
fitted,slip the
are
tom
bot-
(previously fitted)
into
place.
out
with
with
the
drawer,
front
which
be
to
at
the
rest
ing
be-
glued
edge only, the
free
parallel
or
(Fig. 521),
front
should
and
swell
shrink,
and
the drawer
saves
got
grain running
the
the
across
It should.be
from
injury.
Be
sure
that
the
drawer
rectangular (putting
521.
free
smooth
from
the
winding.
front
and
bottom
When
the
put
sides.
will assist in
together
A
little
and
in
is
the
this)and
dry, carefully
trimming
with
the
37^
plane
be
may
should
be
required
taken
trifle
not
if
larger in front, as
the
Thin
the
drawer
drawer
is shown
can
into
is
bind
be
must
as
enough
better
run
the
side
cross-frame
against them
it should
so
when
the
or
go,
drawer
under
to
shown
of small
place
rub
on
"
shelf,bench,
the
The
in
can
be
angles, for
the
obtained
use
in
old-fashioned
all
table
or
Figs.
and
141
drawers.
sides
of drawers.
draw-knife
with
places
or
for
Fig.
for
Small
each
at
slicingoff large pieces and
of
than
c^b.
or
522.
blade
which
back.
in
It
care
adjusted carefully.
on
far
as
drawer
fastened
are
will strike
Draw-Shave.
different
good
in
is excellent
for
will
contrivance
used
shapes.
by the
reached
latter
at
The
be
useful
odd
adjustable
attach
or
Fig.
the
at
front
fastened
front
pushed
143.
tallow
Draw-Knife
wood
to
sometimes
is very
drawer
stopped
Fig.
Bayberry
shave
the
be
can
runs,
bottom, and
freely,but
run
much.
likelyto
less
"
been
way
in
the
drawer
the
at
drawer
stops
of
be
simple
at
or
has
can
than
the
Beginners
too
away
it will be
"
inside
the
142
drawer,
blocks
that
back
which
slides,between
outside
the
larger at
the
make
to
plane
to
is
for
Wood-Working
draw-
trimming
523.
folding handles,
which
draw-knife:
ordinary purposes.
not
be
but
the
Choose
can
Tools
medium-sized
with
be
used
the
character
surface
grain
and
pains
to
whenever
either
the
chamfering
often
can
and
such
other
way,
guiding
cases.
with
used
best
be
the
special
for
bought
short
take
cutting the
be
as
follow
to
must
and
wood
but
prone
you
can
end,
or
stroke
oblique
an
"
it
time that
the work
at the same
sideways across
pull it towards
you (Fig. 522), or holding it obliquely across
work
and
(Fig. 523).
pulling it straighttowards
you
drawing
It is
of
one
and
around,
children.
the
most
should
be
Drill.
but
drill.
the
Drill-Stock.
them
Hand
be
can
used
teeth
only
cut
of teeth
incline
the
saw,
for
wood
"
Bits.
See
Bits.
piece
have
useful
for the
amateur
all small
the
worker,
wood-
is the
twist-
to
the
the
and
wider
other
end
some
patterns of drill-stocks,
drills of
different
or
like
scraper,
teeth
steel with
surface.
When
when
there
it is called
point
cuts
than
sizes
for small
egg-beater,
an
Bit-brace.
hard
of
single-cut,but
crossingeach
plane,
See
See
obliquely on
towards
often
revolving handle,
drills.
file is
it is called
holding
with
for small
'The
various
are
for
drills
Expansion-Bit.
"
of
Chamfering.
are
important
There
"
Duck's-bill-Bit."
File.
reach
drill.
automatic,
holes.
only
most
one
of
out
up
carelesslyleft lying
Draw-knife.
metal
for
Twist-
See
See
"
Drills
"
kept hung
if
tools
dangerous
Paring^ Bevelling^ and
See
Draw-Shave.
of
Attachments
necessary.
in
so
each
at
Having
it is very
wish,
you
knife
against the
bevel
grain, stopping and
the
draw-knife
The
you
with
draw-knife
the
than
handle
require.
may
its course,
guide
deeper
the
or
379
principlesimply
with
chisel
work
the
to
cut
cut
It is in
flat side
the
of
Operations
one.
short-bladed
and
can
bearing
large
or
wide
very
and
of
the
when
those
in
cut
are
of
rows
that
metal,
rows
ridges
These
pushed
for
direction
oblique
two
double-cut.
tool, so
one
ridges or
the
file,like
forward.
Files
so
do
not
use
wood
file
metal
on
shape (Fig. 524)

file.
one
other
Files
so
metal, the triangu-
For
525.
the
and
smoothing
for
but
various
useful, and
Fig. 525,
in
shown
important
very
beginning
the
the
to
file,be
slip and
not
Hold
steady
Fig.
have
can
you
rat-tail
are
rounding edges
or
surfaces.
it will
that
hands.
and
are
curving
variety.
slab-sided
The
file is also
524.
half-round,
lar, flat,the
Before
have
can
wood.
useful, if
most
"
rat-tailed
"
Beginners
file for
the
perhaps
if you
shapes
best.
is
metal
or
round
Fig.
and
for
Wood-Working
380
tool
end
so
with
with
the
sure
that
the
you
can
that
the
526), or
with
file
To
the
the
on
down,
the
forward
filing
the
and
which
and
the
wnll
rounded
grain
surfaces,
is often
of
shape
of
the
learn.
must
cases
the
wood,
See
helpful
direction
and
the
quickly
rocking
pressing only
file in such
upon
evenly
stroke.
way
to
palm.
push
without
and
motion
rocking
(Fig.
across,
steadily and
and
In
uppermost,
fingers or
straight forward,
up
both
uppermost
squarely
tool
file with
thumb
thumb
hand,
firmly secured
the
use
right hand,
left
is
wood
in
pend
dework
as
you
Rou7iding-
sticks.
Press
Fig.
use
S26.
of
as
little,
edges
violent
of the
teeth.
filingon
the
the
lightlythe
first time
you
file,until the fine edges
new
teeth
first strokes
may
have
been
damage
the
worn
cutting
Tools
When
file becomes
stiff brush.
obtain
you
can
and
is useful
water
it,cuts
useful.
file
where
then
stances,
subwith
brush
dog-fish skin, if
of
sandpaper,
coarse
or
wish
you
other
or
and
piece
like
surfaces
381
wood-dust
somewhat
for curved
to
the
use
tools
smoothing.
Filing.
See
"
File.
Filing (of Saws).

Finishing.
indoor
ing
with
little while
file-cardis
Operations
clogged
it in hot
soak
after
and
simpler
acquire
To
"
See
"
Sharpening.
high degree
proficiencyin
of
practice,but
requires long training and
woodwork
undertaken
be
can
processes
finisn-
good advantage
to
the
the
by
beginner.
There
are
that
all
oiled
prefer
some
book-shelf
it.
defacing
fear
of
the
disadvantage
but
it is
getting
will allow.
Melt
melted
taken
and
make
it the
cloth
and
from
the
in
rub
and
finish,soft
it is
rubbing
To
wood
to
make
some
as
clean
as
kept
a
kind
hard
in
you
good
and
of varnish
it
for
has
dirt,
and
certainly in
can
the
or
ter
bet-
in
with
with
a
patience
turpentine
enough
apply
tine
turpen-
and, when
saucepan
excess
would
of
strength and
Then
lustrous.
easilyapplied,
so
be
and
off
recently
the room,
mixture
your
stove, pour
consistency of paste.
cloth, scrubbing the work

beautiful
apply
to
in
sure
good deal,
is
and
be
varnish.
long
beeswax
some
hang
not
rubbed
renewed
simply
beeswax, rubbing it as
and
though
and
is
way
should
you
collecting dust
and
shiny, cheap
coarse,
old-fashioned
An
soiled
Simply
good, soft,permanent
Do
finish,unless
easily sandpapered
than
taste
of
off.
choose.
againstthe wall-paper of
oil
An
gives
to
anything else, but
to
cabinet
or
oil
oil is rubbed
superfluous
which
from
ways
linseed
with
rubbing thoroughly
finish,which
of
number
requires continual
or
makes
spots, however,
It shows
or
stiff brush
This
stove.
brush
to
and,
renewing
and
condition.
durable
is
coating
required.
on
There
the
is
the
surface
of
nothing
better
shellac
than
to
for the
and
use,
it is well
kinds
most
shellac
to
dries
first and
(dissolved)in alcohol,
cut
is better
with
Into
which
it
over
than
more
until
place
warm
it is
with
and
time
long
than
use
Use
for the
thin
'
many
close
shellac
than
rather
Shellac
kinds
is
in
so
to
and
used
hot
shellac
the
inch
to
used,
little harder
brush,
inches
two
work.
your
For
unless
will be
wide
large surfaces,
using, always
After
two
common
from
the
on
it may
or
quite
thick.
in
orange
be
can
soft camel's-hair
; but
stove
Of
here.
(bleached)
dry place,
warm,
be
varnish
ternally
in-
it for
the
one
is, strictlyspeaking, a
of
work
taken
of
is
the
but
tawny
not
of
damp
contradistinction
hasten
tint
is better.
should
too
will
the
clean
alcohol.
a
and
brush.
the
shellac,
term
in
leave
use
It
in
and
to
the
pour
somewhat
to
cheaper,
it is best
shellac
kind.
most
with
of your
the
deadly poison
it
not
If
from
for
shellac
work
from
One
it is cold
The
fumes
coloured
thoroughly
where
of the
is
and
is
It
bottle
Shaking
used
good.
room.
larger brush
Always
the
the
suitable
however,
brush
is cut.
be
the
but
glue) and
grade)
cent,
per
is
most
of
like
buy already prepared.
to
last coat.
probably
(95
for
some
somewhat
shellac
flat bristle-brush
looks
Shellac
of adulteration
will do
put
boat,
prepared,
chance
shellac
more
as
cases,
bought
bottle
can
some
the
Cork
so
close
this it is well
but
diminish
shellac.
account
a
be
can
objectionable, white
is
shellac
the
not
on
in
and
and
alcohol
Wood
process.
done
the
cover
hardens
coat
good varnish.'
alcohol
grain
enough
the
finish with
Orange
in ^flakes
comes
"^
and
hard
very
finish of nicer
For
open-mouthed
an
givesa
varnish.
yourself,to
substances.
cheaper
work.
it
cut
to
It is not
which
quickly
of
Beginners
amateur.
certainlynothing
surface
rapidly than
the
of
purpose
is
there
The
quality.
to
for
Wood-Working
382
other
kind
use
what
of
that
is
should
It
extremes,
or
from
dust
hand
do
never
"
leave
not
blister.
thin.
Three
free
it is better
four
thin
coats
but
it is
varnish,
it is
flow
to
popularly
as
freely
have
it
give
so
quite commonly
known
very
much
different
spoken
varnish,
too
and
from
of
as
the
Tools
better
thin
to
it with
anything
beginning
Before
dust.
Pour
glass
it will
as
side, and
with
first
at
collect
grain,so
the
thickly at
too
the
surface
on
and
lightly. Begin
lighten
set
to
you
can
how
to
hinders
the
it, just
"
not
to
and
dry
does
'
In
finallythe
and
covered
As
lacquer
given,
extreme
an
work
as
twenty-one
sure
that
all dust
is
it
little
gradually
"
when
the
it has
gun
be-
well
as
on
right you
not
as
will know
you
thus
the
tells
artist
is avoided.
first shellac
because
us,
the
be
one
put
The
do
coat
outer
that
you
work
thoroughly
touch
can
time,
some
air
the
durable
is
one
five
on
by keeping
for
the
daubs
or
interestingto
the
by
coat
out
panels,
runs
construction
is made
rowing
not
applying
do
so
coat.^
follow
durable)
so
I)o
previous
throughout
may
before
to
way
quickly so
very
panel work,
Morse
and
the
quickly
after
coat
long.
the
the
second
on
illustration,it
(which
coats
dries
or
when
Professor
apply
first
lap
underneath,
until
coat
styles (see Fig. 505),
better
"
done.
and
"
put
shellacingdoors
and
to
not
brush
harden
too
shellac
get reallyhard
not
it is
to
none
paints,
Shellac
in haste
be
of the
fresh
on
hard.
it,but
not
put
and
or
Work
Simply lay
If
dish,
end
one
brush
the
the
is sometimes
as
with
as
is
hours
day
drying
from
edge.
of
over
time
of
plenty
the
avoid
to
the
evenly
as
Do
wood,
surface, lest the shellac
the
spots.
that.
at
or
strokes
work
up
top
apply
as
not
the
from
so
"
coat
of
time.
next
in
the
patch
coat
coats
end
Do
twenty-four
"
six
is
better
each
another
to
but
work
the
the
of
edge
on
the
of
edge
the
on
from
dish
small
to
dust.
is free
into
possible.^
as
edge,
end
let it go
and
Give
from
the
at
try
or
do
from
the
out
try-
corked
applying to
Before
lay
Never
bottle
work
shellac
then
then
and
begin again.
strokes
or
them
the
and
way
"
the
exactly at
the
far
the
that
see
brush
possible,working
smoothly
keep
to
the
from
drip, and
not
and
of
the
Keep
tin.
of
not
surplus shellac
that
brush
quantity
small
alcohol
shellac,
to
earthenware,
or
the
wipe
of the
shellac.
thick, gummy
alcohol.
but
383
Operations
of
coats
two
evaporation
prevent
so
than
result
and
to
a
sea
can
of the
the
note
Japanese,
year,
the
for miles
an
finest
each
then
be
the
rails,
wiped
off
work.
way
the
article
work
time
best
being
having
to
make
Tools
above
is all that
wood,
like
and
fillthe
to
in the
will be
oak,
good
smooth
give a
of
according
directions
bit of
burlap
it out
of the
wipe
you
and
sandpaper,
shellac
Then
wood,
the
of
tool
clean
to
will have
The
to
do
hand.
good)
French
be
follows:
from
A
is then
put
on
pad
is then
the
with
short
covered
outside
for
longer
strokes
will have
time, Avhen
25
been
the
from
general
idea
is made
alcohol
with
prevent
be
can
than
the
hue
a
surface
piece
the
the
After
deposited.
is
for the
of
of
down
with
oil
leum
(petro-
with
it
but
amateur,
the
is
process
this
on
be
is
This
of oil
linen, a drop
with
sticking,and
a
circular
figure 8,
this for
is allowed
repeated, again
and
as
poured
necessary.
from
the
This
have
you
practical polisher,
clean
doing
of varnish
of work
the
may
of
the
to
polish.
shellac
form
also
rubbed
and
the surface
over
jirocess
soft
lesson
forth.
and
grain
kind
used
attempted by
wool
of
in
of the
finished
the
be
can
giving a
The
quickly passed
simply back
coat
to
about
Rotten-stone
is often
pad
or
shade
respects harder
some
varnish
of
shellac, adding whatever
pad
thin
wad
surface.
thoroughly, using
particularpiece
water.
book.
enough,
the
shellacing apply
the dealer
by taking
for
is in
the
coat
is excellent
learned
wet
cases
final
polishing
not
thin
given
to
it
rub
appearance.
Consult
tripoliand
or
is
should
well.
wood
grain (lest
the
the
the
or
corners,
apply
the
on
darker
filler
bought
can
hard
have
figure of
off the
and
muddy
or
directions
The
pumice
and
clean
be
the
become
can
used
stiffen,then
or
filler somewhat
angles
best suited
the brush
and
or
cloudy
filler
is often
it into
remain
may
oak, the
varnish, but varnishing
amateur
in
in
to
sure
that
pores
you
Rub
it has
After
fill the
can
material, ao'oss
The
as
the
out
general
of
use
Be
"
and
cheap
begins to set,
off any
described.
wood.
filler
can.
coarse
any
finelyby using
out
it
pores).
sometimes,
or
brought
or
the
on
until
clean
as
to
(eitherlightor dark), which
paste
it stand
is
open-grained
needed
a
This
385
coarse,
"
Therefore
grain.
thoroughly, let
off with
with
will be
coats
many
the
the
to
Operations
required, but
surface.
of
pores
form
and
the
motion,
in
or
while
some
a
very
dry for
again, until
to
Wood-Working
386
sufficient
ihe
of
small
first
coating
with
over
sometimes
surface
does
that
the
brush,
like
is
work
cleaned
off.
This
and
will
only
Firmer-
and
not
See
"
See
"
they
all
stock,
a
to
There
"
depend
fence,
or
bar, beam,
or
project from
its end
divisions
spur
of
case
the
be, but
may
applying
and
stiff
cleaning
for
out
with
well
be
scratches
substitute
rubbed
quantity
and
carefully
bruises
and
look
minute
fresher
less
for
of
spicuous,
con-
time, but
refinishing.
for
Chisel.
Chisel.
kinds
many
the
slide
along against
which
it
any
marking
marked
of
in the
gauges
principle, having
same
stem,
at
mixture
Plane.
are
to
rule
the
If
with
clean
already described,
article
See
on
or
as
should
the
Framing-Chisel.
Gauge.
varnish.
is
cleaned, either
scrubbed
turpentine
make
make
Chisel.
Fore-Plane.
scraper)
the
be
as
and
scraper
cleaning furniture,a
and
It
will
cleaner
the
of old
should
is in bad
perfectlydr)'before
off
oil and
is excellent.
japan
skimmed
and
like
body
water
or
practice.
surface
using
be
can
work.
linseed
of
equal parts
if the
tooth-brush, is excellent
simply brightening
For
oil
used,
be
or
carved
it
or
wiped
can
nail-
and
corners
it is
soapsuds
Pumice
coat.
new
scraping, it
of
arm
much
brush
(used
thick
easy
polishing process.
wood,
chisel
remove
sandpaper, split,using
seeing
the
to
need
not
with
by washing
to
the
it should,
work
sandpaper.
convenient
after
in the
labour
save
down
scraped
finishingwith
finest
applied
quite
the
as
tails
de-
successfullypolish
to
with
The
It is
object
an
amateur
an
formed.
finishers.
table-top,except
shellac
will
been
has
such
for
refinishingold
condition, be
the
of
sandpaper
Before
of
like
Beginners
different
or
harder
large flat surface,
with
flat surface
it is much
chair, but
a
polished finish
varv
process
polish a
to
of the
body
for
slides
the
edge
through
the
required distance,
point (Fig.533).
upon
it,so
that
of
The
the spur
head,
block,
the
which
be
can
has
has
stem
can
and
wood,
block,
and
but
market,
be
set
near
the
readily
Tools
set
is
point
than
to
sharpened
and
is,thus
close
up
the
helping
the
to
certain
more
where
edge
Sometimes
edge.
toward
to
gauging
from
the
trust
not
for if the
head
be
lines
at
very
the
sort
pencil, awl,
or
wish
If you
example,
distance
and
points.
If
is what
the
the
line
rule
have
gauge
does.
mark,
gauge
you
of
case,
the
from
it and
more
pencil
draw
line without
the
It makes
is of
need
To
board,
for
draw
take
the
line
the
the
and
with
long
you
need
thing
any-
with
edge
so
line
work
at
in
one
of
the
board,
required
these
together
the
ruler.
as
to
This
and
measurement
required.
is a rule (or even
line, for example,

rule
it either
through
near
needing
rough
a
the
continuous
course
work.
in hand.
points
points
two
ing
time-sav-
amateur
use
case
from
or
the
when
but
suit the
two
stems
or
and
that
so
is
This
necessity for
inches
make
which
pencil.
edge
and
to
were
spaces,
off
other,
mortise.
beams
two
the
from
not
best
mark
would
only
stick)and
can
the
is movable
of which
easily make
can
draw
with
continuous
for
wide
across
may
you
Do
gauge,
by measuring
one
distance
long
as
to
common
is sometimes
Test
spurs,
as
knife,
you
you
two
once,
you
made.
rule.
with
gauges
is also
on
place, as
convenient, but
gauging
for
touch,
at
527.
for
marked
scale.
required
any
are
of
from
the
scale
of
out
the
upon
be marked
can
heads
The
all
at
with
spur
set
There
is
the
Fig.
straightedges
as
line away
round
adapted
well
of
accuracy
tool,and
for
as
head
head
gauge
mortise-gauge has
The
can
curved
rely
the
to
of
spur
cannot
you
form
the
the
run
occasionally a knife
point is used, and
point or blade for cutting thin stock into
with sharpwheel
a
strips; and sometimes
ened
edge.
rather
head,
the
the
keep
to
marking
or
clear, sharp line,
tendency
the
side
the
on
spur
make
to
387
the spur
gauges
edge parallel with
gives the
toward
head
some
slightly convex
This
not
In
an
it is
when
(Fig. 527).
from
to
point,as
is best
and
Operations
required distance.
the
at
and
two
hand, and
inches
lay
the
end
for
Wood-Working
,88
flat
from
of the
board
edge (Fig. 52"S).
the
against the
inches
surface
the
on
edge,
from
the
edge, holding
that
so
and
edge,
the
end
end
of
lai)sover
the
rule
of the
will
rule
and
remain
the
the
make
other
be
for
or
and
shape,
cannot
for
edge,
an
stick and
cut
of the
and
the
the
against the
piece
the
as
(F'ig.
530).
work
pencil
or
one
pressed
knife
of
the
head
distance
ful
care-
the
PîG. 529.
firmly
a
for
straight
is
longer
Fig.
and
so
the
edge.
new
one
be
can
for
An
530.
securely pressed against
more
objection
every
to
measurement,
this
from
another
on
fence
or
short
same
cutting out
piece
from
edge
to
up
held
latter is better
The
the
finger,being
Instead
nail
because
and
the
to
on
any
be
inches,
just two
this
inches
two
that the
so
your
easily
it,simply take
end
one
along
shoulder
can
you
it
rule
end.
at
Apply
slide
and
keep
to
edge
Fig. 529.
piece
principle
of it
not
can-
you
can
line
run
parallel to
will be
the end
to
in
shown
piece out
the shoulder
as
and
example,
To
ate,
accur-
more
splintersin
finger,
way.
upon
ment.
measure-
which
get
needed, in this
course
depended
with
when
for
getting
of
Something
made,
for
accurate
528.
edge.
approximately
stock
to
the
suited
only
rough work,
out
The
kept evenly
pressed against
is
the
hand
mark.
be
fingermust
This
two
fingeralong
with
rule
to
Fig.
inches
two
forefinger underneath,
slide
simply
the
pencil at
the
tliat it
so
Phu:e
Beginners
gauge
but
is the
where
need
there
of
making
is occasion
to
and
Tools
keep repeating
quickly
side
of
it is
measurement
389
convenient
i)articiilar]y
home-made
just wide
block
(Fig. 531)
gauge
enough
hold
to
cut
the
so
of
rule
the
the
Fig.
the
screw,
will
rule
is
This
held
be
such
good
gauge
The
He
gauge
finds
it is
but
be
can
is
bought
keep
to
to
for
in
a
the
hand
which
small
sum.
stock
tool
for
the
tends
the
to
wood
these
should
back
errors,
the
be
tipped
and
gauge,
or
the
wobbly
held
inclined
well
from
quite
can
accurate
time
much
fairly
plough
or
wood
and
the
the
as
the
stock
from
the
edo;e.
in front
so
of
you
that
the
spur
grain
the
edge
of
grain
the
in
shown
sult
re-
Fig.
being pushed
The
continued.
process
deeply
he
when
532,
you
"
follow
is often
pushed
You
spend
toward
runs
then
adjusted.
the
dig
into
^"^^'
hand
beginner to use.
firmly against the edge while
slidingit along, and lets the
spur
^"
strip,
in the
necessity),for
of
of
532.
alone.
to
of
side
small
it is
will be
while
case
awkward
which
to
the
use
worth
not
(except
usually an
it hard
point
arrangements,
makeshifts
over
this
On
seized
pieces are
two
the
at
than
such
carefullyused,
the
fast
accurate
more
readilycontrive
if
when
surface
Fig.
that
flat side
project
the
531.
so
the
fasten
one
just deep
will
block.
the block
and
that
enough
in
recess
rule
trifle above
with
and
made.
another
For
Operations
stock
To
in
one
S])ur
is
avoid
hand,
will be
drawn
the
(ist) that
slip away
from
jumping
gauge
than
power
of the
fence, unless
it will
Where
(as when
the
not
scratches
is
to
do
to
or
any
fixed
lines
farther
show
not
the
the
with
intended
parallel(as is
from
often
in
as
which
long
of
the
as
is
in
wood
middle
of
show
slight
very
in
where
cases
it
rough framing,
cross
distinct.
laying
piece
will
quicker
it is
more
edges
case) the markings
the
mon
com-
varnish),be
or
necessary,
edge, else if the
one
most
marks
required points, as
in the
be
to
gauging
edge,
gauge
shellac
harm,
of lines
side
same
that,
see
the
curved
the
than
no
the
past
juncture
the
distance
do
or
them
run
from
Gauge
have
to
finished
them
easier
it than
impracticable.
work
be
to
readily
is much
from
guiding
to
near
the
of
The
plainlyafter finishing. Otherwise,
and
so
is
carry
will
well
as
to
be
injure the
work
show
marks
would
curved,
the head
can
fence, the
or
gauging
In
gauge.
if necessary.
point
you
not
easily be
can
near
is,for straightlines,which
the
of
over
does
point catching
distance.
which
head
the
longer
is
stead
in-
wood
head
the
time
some
slight
the
which
spur
is greater
head
or
to
the
prevent
the
out
run
that
second
distance, from
the
line
into
dig
to
mark,
good
but
watchrng carefully
you,
(2d)
will
make
Jirni/y
pressed 3igdi[r\si
head
begin
not
line when
will
and
or
This
the
over
it is
fence
that
"
use
the
does
insure
mark
to
Beginners
steadily from
edge.
will
when
conversely,
careful
spur
the
point at
becomes
the
and
It is easier
gauge
by going
deepened
over
the
stock
lightly scratching it,and
of
or
the
Then, keeping
edge, push
see
(Fig. 533)
surface
the
along
scratch.
to
for
Wood-Working
390
mortises
out
of
wood,
exactly
not
are
differ.
at
or
See
also
Scribing.
Gimlet.
where
or
the
in thin
necessary
every
It is
turn
"
The
hole
does
wood
to
use
ahead
is
gimlet
not
great
come
it in such
better, however,
do
to
use
the
near
be
must
care
and
useful, cheap, and
case,
not
try
some
edge,
taken
keep
to
to
but
prevent
turning
force
other
good
it
tool
near
for
the
edge
splitting. If
it backwards
through
if you
boring
can
the
for
wood.
(see Bits
and
Tools
for
Twist-drill)^
and
Glazing.
putting
To
better
to
fasten
it in
furniture,the
in
pine, one
soft
of
side
other
frame
into
the
place,
wood,
Glue.
glass.
and
with
hot
if all
of
fishes,the
cakes
or
liquid or
Buy
will not
of
in
use
To
good.
are
be
used
be
held
for
in
These
short
plate glass
pieces, but
place by
little
strips
side.
one
The
into
lightlypressed
pieces, glued
side
bevelled
tightly
too
set
small
on
be
of
cold
best
"
refuse
wedging
to
latter
being
animal
the
the
to
the
glass
of
softness
as
flakes, to be dissolved
prefer
glue
Hot
years.
just
are
to
and
matter,
known
work, although the
late
grade.
enough
or
from
practical mechanics
conditions
the
pressed
also
fish
glue.
and
used
It
hot,
liquid form.
nice
much
"
are
doors, it is
in bookcase
strips can
the
is made
Glue
glue) for
the
trifle,
Gluing.
majority
increased
fore
be-
buy glazier's
putty, for
securely, but, owing
latter
already prepared
"
paint
rigidly.
too
in sheets
The
"
"
or
special directions
long, bevelled
these
the
the
See
"
parts
comes
or
hold
not
Gluing.
from
side
one
can
inches
two
or
the
rabbet
lead
can
not
strips,
small
mirror, should
around
on
means
being glued,
crack
the
You
furniture,as
place with
same
for
large plates,as
with
primed
No
against it. Stripsof plain moulding

in
the
putty
putty.
glass
common
is
go
used.
be
can
the
using
set
to
that
see
(seePainting).
glass in position under
brads
for
necessary
is
off old
clean
to
putty
the
small
very
work,
new
putty
the
on
hold
points, to
or
the
where
shoulder
fibres.
used
be
can
On
setting glass.
before
gimlet gives it
the
of
woody
the
upon
chisel
old
An
form
391
Bits.
See
"
tapering
action
wedge-like,prying
Gimlet-Bit"
the
Operations
may
as
be
It is the
make
the
they
of
use
glue
is
the
(/."?.,
former
liquid glue
has
probably preferable
should
be, but
if
not
so,
better.
cheapest
price
much
for
good work,
of
an
and
obstacle.
you
The
Tools
You
the
make
can
in
end
fibres
sticks,which
For
and
could
of
than
a
thick
beginners
together
as
fashion.
Done
but
is
there
in
commonly
are
The
becomes
glue
it such
gives
So
cavities
becomes
get
the
interstices
the
penetrate
pieces together so
hard
go
in, to
is
want
glue
be
not
to
between
best
it is
or
work
you
usually safest
more
the
the
to
take
concerned,
when
it
selected
the
purpose.
ma\
in
wish
whole
cases,
be
not
it to
to
the
press
from
between
will
afterward.
For
what
you
held
together by
surface
and
protected by paint
last.
build
chance
must
glue
glue
what
Nevertlieless,
you
where
jic-rhaps,
to
the
outside
piece when
better
it
squeezing
off
been
of
body
pieces
two
joint has
if you
can
pieces, except
for
and
scraped
or
the
that
it has
hot,
before
spaces
you
it
have
warm,
and
little
fill these
open
before
set
plastering is
must
you
wood
is what
that
laths.
it may
these
wood;
pores
while,
(pores,as they
fibres (see Fig. 6).
the
that
the
expel
to
for
as
wood;
to
the
domestic
somewhat
them, lightlysticking to each
force, particularlyif
the
the
wiped
have
have
of
as
them, forcing it into

not
the
begin
and
usual
and
between
glue thin,
on
slap them
little pores
wood,
"
must
you
chilled
be
these
cracks
the
daub
not
then
stick
the
between
the
on
Do
little holes
easily penetrate
more
chilled;
not
into
be
it.
spaces
grip
if anyone
as
volved
principlesin-
the
after the
often
pieces
is full of
the
"
and
it may
may
have
must
you
that
about
wood
of
pieces, and
sandwich,
certain
hold
firm
the
on
the
(purposely) into
forced
worked
use
much
need
to
usually possess.
glue
called),or
the
like
the
woodwork,
on
knowledge
this way
that
seen
until
hammer
operation
an
books
more
make
nothing
have
We
would
you
in
amateurs
or
the
Soften
rattan.
pieces together, the operation, to
two
lukewarm
layer of
simple
for
calls
really successful,
of
required shape.
any
ignored
glue
course
to
too
often
stick
393
cracks, holes, and
whittle
apparently
explanation,
of
it with
pound
corners,
can
you
Although
and
water
separate.
Operations
good glue-brush
hot
and
can,
tlic
up
the
in
rather
matter
or
of
desiretl
layer of
separating
varnish,
work
important
than
glue
warping,
shape
of
do
so
up
two
etc.,
is
pieces
the
in
two
have
the
those
the
of
surfaces
the
the
better,
warm
the
of
While
of
Where
used.
with
around
get
set, unless
glue hot,
longer
to
not
what
the
hot
is
you
had
better
use
the
It
will
You
also
is
quite
before
essential
the
can
the
to
them
will
for
you
to
the
glue.
use
Do
not
spread
pieces, then,
at
slightly
while
to
together
in
done
in
than
the
Clamps).
have
everything
if you
had
glue
The
on
the
too
to
on
have
much
be
acid,
Do
well.
make
good
is
more
latter it
the
accuracy
pieces
fit the
glue, and
the
i.e., rehearse
This
several
you
is
the
very
pieces
have
to
portant
imbe
begun
the
dirt off both
have
the
other
ing
warm-
glue on
the
brush
leaves
Take
one,
the
on
after
waste
thick.
glue
moment
are
great
so
extreme
"
itself.
there
time
no
glue
is
former
with
put
begun
water.
to
laid out,
together right
the
the
while
has
keep
not
fit with
should
as
with
for
to
acetic
or
easier
under
just
putting
the fire.
vinegar
clamping,
pieces
using
have
with
hard,
hard
it should
weather
it will
to
It takes
cold
is
have
cannot
liquid glue.
thinned
glue
very
glue
if you
or
be
cold
applied
tions
posi-
erable
consid-
have
of work
cold
it is much
point, particularly when

glued,
surface
relative
the
first
cases,
glue, as
that
comes
before
process
the
may
of
glue
up
everything
that
be
frequently
warm
In
fit by the
beginning
should
that
not
once
wood
that
together, clamp
gluing
at
clamping (see note
Before
see
to
the
atmosphere.
piece
it is
thinned
be
can
use
soft
readily squeezed
by
forced
the
to
same
such
In
other.
readily see
glued joints in
the
before
glue
shop
into
to
so
one
are
change
to
time,
same
your
water
pour
in
If
to
of
putting together, you can

in positionif the liquid or
places
the
do
not
help.
wish
you
it will
after
than
set
but
layer;
temperature.
at
slightlywarmed.
or
gluing
have
you
convenience.
your
that
several
glued together
surfaces
all this
get them
to
the
closer
cavities
exposed
glue
pieces
the
the
possible,held
as
less
even
hot
the
time
be
from
from
of
will be
glue
an
with
The
Beginners
thickness
together
glue reaching
see
room
the
to
close
as
other.
as
will
You
proportion
two
tenacity of
to
for
Wood-Working
394
Tools
the
glue-pot
it
you
get the
two
You
will have
you
in the
work
together and
(unlessfor
and
in haste
be
not
depends
If
set.
pine,
less, but
twelve
of
which
for
important
is
quickly to
thickness
and
blocks
the
It
and
boards
the
work
rub
Rub
one
air make
wax,
panel
the
Let
helps
tect
pro-
frame
which
than
which
may
(see Doors
time
difference
squeezed
from
twenty-four
and
tallow
may
become
a7id
forth
on
any
exude
stuck
Panels).
upon
by
and
hot
the
glue
oughly
get thor-
for
hard
wood.
Large junks
time
tell
the
hours
that
something
is
warmth
and
ourable
unfav-
Under
be
may
other
the
must
joint,as
glue
by
enough
soon
required.
joint,after applying
the
I"
joint. Liquid
The
part which
from
even
to
of difference.
clamp
or
time
more
conditions.
in
permanently,
also.
can
deal
hours
long, for though
more
can
and
for soft wood
forty-eighthours
cannot
back
or
good
time
purpose
hold
to
stances
circum-
the
exact
few
it
release
to
no
You
average
a
you
soap,
by surplus glue
that is
more
piece
in
is
splinters.
under
reason
and
considerable
slowly, and
conditions
for any
makes
When
glued flatways require
glue
more
of the
dryness
It
work, and
even
allow
to
little
of the
much
release
glue
the
water.
set.
unimportant
too
none
it takes
is safer
done,
enough
is
of the stock
condition
glue sets
hours
of
which
work,
touch,
stock, thin strips,or
If
mistakes
glued joint
it off with
unclamp
can
scarcely time
twenty-four
is
and
temporary
some
for
The
to
lost when
any
from
work.
kind
ghiing
the
instance, you
hard.
the
be
to
gluing.
joint has
your
the
wood,
for
hours
glue, and
dries
gin
be-
always put
out
wash
nor
good.
glue, and
correct
before
squeezes
unclamp
to
kind
the
on
under
soft
to
be
joint.
the
be
which
glue
time
no
before
set
not
old
workmen
again
it off after the
clean
is
Good
special reason)
some
harden,
Do
off the
wipe
not
will
off all the
late then
it apart
take
joint
there
woodwork.
the
395
fairlybegins to
your
it apart, scrape
take
fittingof
Do
it
pieces together,
to
it
If
cool.
to
again. So you will see

begin and it will be too
over
once
begins
Operations
and
used
few
not
times.
be
in the
in
the
stuck
case
of
fastening
Wood-Working
39^
To
glue
the
at
joint,do
trimmed,
taking
but
direction
wood,"
will
the
end
first size with
thin
soaked
quickly
end,
to
seldom
A
glue
to
deal
is
think
that
then
that
pieces
keep
If
obliged
is
dishes
the
principle of
like
coat
end
to
wood
have
moisture.
wood
your
the
with
with
the
seats,
the
in
Work^
and
positions.
in chair
seen
Do
dry
relative
any
pieces together
out
and
contracts
successfullyglued
Laying
takes
mis-
good gluing.
do
to
to
the
or
to
keep
This
and
than
loose
shift without
grain
Chapter
boiler
and
spoiled.
other
be
other
the
smaller
tool
and
is much
used
from
better.
is similar
or
tin.
Have
one.
to
glue-pot, always
in the
water
Two
be
used
in
on
place
moving
the
such
cans,
See
outer
with
around
use
on
one,
cooking, else
for
fastened
can
small
very
proper
vegetables, can
the
iron,
copper,
particles.
double
regular glue-pot
"
of
regular glue-pot,with
being larger than
Gouge.
wish
is
useful
more
make
l)urn
to
sure
tomatoes
and
expands
bought
be
dust
out
to
two
but
this
glue
understanding,
not
right angles, as
See
can
one
to
way
the
cold, dryness and
wide
gluing
This
"
cover
some
wood
sometimes
at
end
great many
by
pieces together in
are
"
pointing.
medium-sized
for
same
is,
else
allowing
caused
are
if you
the
that
"
pores,
apart, and
is necessary
glue
avoid
Glue-Pot.
will be
the
glued joints in
But
and
matter
right angles.
at
; also
heat
the
after
comes
way
pieces running
rule
the
from
can
of the
running
mind,
all that
thin
or
as
IV.
in
work
together
important
you
Veneers
but
glued
winds
an
not
grain
in
avoided.
be
to
are
putting work
and
warps
This
of
bearing
not
or
afterwards,
run
mitre,
stop
Then,
up.
and
good
great
in
or
planed
are
them
pieces
in
as
or
stand, glue in the ordinary way.

are
they
trim
or
Irimnicd
jjlaned or
after
plane
of
grain
1)C
to
(see yointing).
"
be
is
together
first,and
the
have
to
glue pieces
To
them
glue
care
them
glue
not
Beginners
tlic surface
piccêswlicrc
two
for
as
the
glue
used
are
pinch,
wire
too
or
one
in
much
Gluing.
chisel, except
for
the
and
Tools
curvature
the
on
the
across
This
gouge.
is the
"
has
gouge
Although
work
general
Gouges
various
Fig. 534 showing

Those
curve.
will
flat
be
of moderate
for
important
for
\^ /
"
"quick"
and
-p^^
ture
curva-
than
work
your
using
"
the
common
or
outside
Fig.
should
usually be
wood,
You
in
cut
deep
very
which
can
made,
or
very
using
apply
the
gouge,
the
as
only
the
bevel
quite
with
so
is
better
result
than
to
cut
when
in
instance,
tool
at
it
an
out
you
angle
to
gouging
working
for
push
to
with
straight forward
side
slantingly.
cut
grain (Fig. 535).
cases,
side
from
it
around
gouge
particularlyuseful
clean
on
good advantage.
the
make
to
tool bears
sliding or sideways
hand
your
as
the
536.
the
roll
can
This
Fig.
strokes
control.
to
chisel, to
the
with
the
of
hard
principle of
light,short
gouge,
535.
this gouge
makes
often
for
"
You
get
side.
concave
it is less
side
in-
ones.
In
the
"
The
curvature,
depth
useful
more
or
bevel
"outside"
an
^^^^
of
and
the
sharpen.
to
degrees
as
inner
purposes,
harder
has
ordinary work.
the
on
many
"flat"
for
397
gouge
is known
and
bevel
for
is
common
useful
the
and
of
are
side
more
useful
very
The
blade.
outer
or
convex
Operations
give
across
In
some
moulding,
hold
can
the work
the
and
lengthways
(Fig. 536).
Be
careful
not
to
scoop
out
little hollows
below
the
required
of the
depth
same
cut, and
with
as
be
can
See
Gouge-Bit.
See
it will
which
produce
left
partiallyimmersed
away
irregularly. With
for
requires, until
for various
by
or
with
is
for the
In
the
guide
to
itself,or
be
scored
by
the
In
in
to
with
piece
the
which
is
devised
take
such
the
as
chisel
or
in
the
cutting
a
fitting
shelf
in
correct
piece
as
iron
as
of
casion
oc-
as
way,
the grooving
be
can
done
(as the plough),

well
to
buy
the
tools.
sawed
by
the
saws
hand-
this is
attached
wood
for
the
not
easy
beside
clamped
lines
the
required
best
It
chisel, but
The
the
have
as
be
can
even
and
made
now
usually fully as
sometimes
of saw-blade.
the knife
as
groove
are
must
largely superseded,
mill
the
sometimes
and
saw
piece
Pieces
and
are
it is
and
by
wear
It
often
far the
purpose
tools, they
of the
by
its circular
the
are
mill
for the
removed
long.
moving
expensive.
to
in
iron,
soft
By
to
work
it will
into
dimensions
not
tools.
triie.
becomes
valuable
material
of
coarse
uneven.
stone
water,
work
too
contrivances
the
stone,
grind-
will,however,
merely
and
wood-working.
the sides
work,
and
in spots
as
stone
the
of
by machine-work,
chisel, much
nice
not
one
stone
take
to
are
is
groove
use,
of different
planes
to
cases
and
line
so,
amateur
some
if the
the
these
becoming
gouge
for your
softened
hollowed
gf
the
purposes
though
but
end
by machine,
hand
some
Grooves
practicalmatter,
done
care
surface, without
pipe, against the
"
of
best
if
of water,
trough
by simply turning
the
shape by holding
Grooving.
the
by
or
purpose,
in
will become
face
trued, either
the
the
glass
or
fine, for
become
to
continued
after
untrue
be
the
having
of
is desirable
than
grindstone
your
the
soft and
rougher edge
being
outline, but
scraper,
point
the
to
is somewhat
allow
become
left by
ineciualities
file,curved
get
you
not
Do
the
mind
Bits.
When
"
one
little
grain in
of the
Sharpening.
"
Grindstone.
get
The
easily by
reduced
Beginners
direction
the
keep
chisel.
the
sandpaper.
then
for
Woocl-Wôrking
2,gS
to
the
groove
between
the
saw
can
removed
mortise.
a
bookcase, it makes
better
and
Tools
jointnot
a
tongue
each
as
to
fit the
or
wide
side
and
shown
in
Half-
Round
This
Fig.
to cut
shoulder
corresponding
See
"
at
groove,
File.
in
sticks
Fig. 537
when
is
they
the
surface
sticks
of
in
positionand
other, using
the
right angles
at
mark
knife
Fig.
small
a
sticks
notch
the
at
wood
each
be
can
side
and
(Fig. 538).
square,
the
With
then
large pieces the
depth (one-halfthe
538.
the
or
width
of
chisel
for
with
the
540.
removed
paring
Fig.
541.
the
simple,
common,
cross
539.
between
by
fit into
to
joint shown
Place
With
Fig.
marked
shelf,with
of the
but
groove,
Fig.
knife, first cutting
wood
end
537.
the
upon
scribing.
edge,
joiningtwo
of
obliquely.
each
front
File.
way
Fig.
or
the
on
into
of the shelf
end
399
Fig. 284.
"
good
tenon
the
Halving".
and
entire
Operations
off the
542.
lines
thickness
should
be
of either
and
Tools
hand-screws
with
of you
close
or
open
it toward
decrease
hold
To
opening
show
jaws
will bear
is
keep
to
by
the
open
is put upon
an
even
so,
the
tip as
outer
in
The
be
that
jaws
If the
outer
so
point
to
course
a
little
that
the
remember
tighteningis given entirely
Fig. 545,
the
as
final
tallow.
is of
pressure
main
The
the
(Fig. 546),
bayberry
operations,but
adjusting
screw
would
other
be
should
screws
or
or
547.
adjust the hand-screws
the
tightening
before
uniform
evenly.
in
The
jaws.
volve
re-
increase
Fig.
black-lead,soap,
to
the wood
the
at
final result
the
the
jaws parallel.
pressure
evenly
how
you
screw,
little
on
the
outer
with
over
twirlingmotion
546.
pieces together with

gluing and various
two
practice will
between
required,to
be
may
as
you,
Fig.
for
necessary
from
or
rubbed
or
be
in front
arm's-length
with
hand, and
in each
545.
the
greased
will
they
as
can,
it at
hold
hand-screw,
handle
Fig.
if you
ones
401
serviceable.
generally more
To
small
than
ralher
Operations
when
will bear
jaws
were
the
leave
screws,
the
final
the
on
jaws
pressure
with
wood
adjusted
to
bear
screw,
in
shown
Fig.
547.
In
clamping together
pieces which
could
finished
work
injured by the
wood
always put pieces of waste
the
case
of
26
work
delicate
and
be
the
hand-screws.
work, like carving
or
sure,
prestween
beFig.
In
or
mouldings,
548.
piece
of
soft
between
pine placed
will
hand-screws
the
and
clamps
or
without
applied
be
to
pressure
home-made
simple
in
holding
is shown
in
quite
is
there
main
The
of the
of
place,
for
injury to
the
thickness
The
hinge
parts
best
some
kinds
The
hinge
box)
with
the
of
should
with
that
so
back
wood
should
break
up
or
hinges
in the
on
top of
the
top in the
is
in
it is
be
to
same
in
and
way.
wood
usually
chisel
or
in
m.ark
Hold
poses.
pur-
135, had
best,
be
than
narrower
the
across
or
edge.
both
of
one
sunk
in
edge (in
which
it
the
case
the square
Marks
hinge, and
and
gauge.
chisel, first making

Fit
the
lid
and
hinges
the
cross
hinge
other
exactly in position
cut
in
of
is in line
turns
of the
in
part.
one
little outside.
the ends
them
the
be
lay
the
for various
may
on
the
by
Paring.
part, but
Fig. 614.
Next
hatchet.
each
with
with
other
in
the
at
fit marked
wrong
sunk
on
pin
the
see
Fig.
one
the
boxes, for instance,
sometimes
or
of
of many
the
removed
way.
the
position
grain, as
the
hinges
your
of
some
of
use
extend
to
thickness
of
knife
hinges
same
shut
box,
the
in which
recess
case
centre
of the
the
shown
in
as
hatchet,
of
not
as
in
in the
held
the
with
so
the whole
be
can
the
like that
sunk
when
of work
be made
to
be
"
in
varieties
stock,
keeping
blow
moderately heavy work,
on
the
hinge
of the
the
sake,
stop
teacher
many
kind,
hinged
be
to
are
to
puri)oses.
after the direction
easily controlled
so
with
swung
for various
hatchet, besides
easy
not
description.
easilybe
axes
sharply
not
is the
common
neatness'
This
is
hatchet
There
"
for
the
it is
as
removing superfluous wood
The
can
look
to
647.
ordinarilyrequire,although
and
of the
use
is
way,
wood,
the
Hinges.
half
in the
hatchets
and
need
to
can
rarily
tempo-
as
66
Figs.
familiar
will
work
boat, for instance,
also
and
too
beginner
the
Experience
tools.
For
the
of
hatchet, that
variety of
thing
fingersout
grain
is
such
for
frame
Clamps
hatchet
is all that
hand,
one
See
medium-sized
common,
of the
place parts
The
"
suitable
clamp,
Fig. 548.
Hatchet.
the
Beginners
work.
cuts
llie surface
considerable
enable
the
for
Wood-Working
402
the
place
recesses
with
two
in
or
and
Tools
three
each
screws
it should.
and
Make
Another
similar
laid
well
for all
down
look
to
Holes
and
of putty
holes
work,
cracks
or
the
on
of
the
Plaster
very
piece
the
surplus
Paris
thin
hot
holes
with
Fitting in
the
which
with
of
and
mixed
be
before
never
for other
making
has
been
not
the
glue, is
of
of
wood
the
of the
use
daub
of hot
same
kind
glue
the
as
right angles
with
-dust, which, mixing with
the
nearly
crack
be
can
can
at
be
than
more
filled.
and
pared
considerable
is
shape
that
of
the
for
plug
not
good
It
as
the
can
good.
when
way
do
can
you
run
stopping ^
size.
this is
of wood
such
grain
excellent
only, but
plug
of the
piece
plug slightly,so
flush
the
finished,small
same
so,
way
Fig.
as
than
(calcined plaster),mixed
water
is of
hole
that
stop
putty,
less desirable
the
work,
is with
and
be used
to
off.
scraped
cracks
paint
not
sharp chisel,held
paste
hard,
with
247.
page
stopped by putting
often
end
with
forms
When
of
should
surface, scraping off fine wood
glue,
for
rule cannot
one
painted work,
furniture,which
as
are
smooth
article,and
the
the
out
hinge
simplest way
The
"
first coat
nicer
the
like, see
like,in
this method
and
box
becomes.
nice
For
Fill.
the
always applying it after the
the
and
To
and
holes, cracks, checks,
painted work,
both
lay
fitted
work, since
the
screw
on
to
as
cases.
Cracks,
but
{sQQFai/itifig),
which
shuts
exactly in
lid
the
hinges,
the
properly
beginning your
strap-hinges,T-hinges,
For
at
and
finally
place
to
403
opens
time, the points from
same
before
purpose
is
way
directly from
mark
It will be
recesses.
be
the
at
cover
cover
alterations,and
needed
hinges firmly in place.

and
the
whether
see
any
position(shut) and
Operations
with
glue, and
the
that
to
be
when
plugged.
driven
in it will
surface, but project above
drive
well
in.
When
Taper
dry
it
the
fit
tightlyand
(Fig.549).
smooth
549.
off.
Dip
If the
not
be
in hot
hole
is
irregular,trim
nice
work
of the
the
to
some
pains
take
to
Beginners
shape
to
which
liave
the
plug
match
good
fit a
can
you
In
plug.
for the
rest
plugged
and
wood.
Slight
at
for
Wood-Working
404
cracks
the
at
time
same
of
crack,
straight saw-kerf.
piece
against
secured
the
directly down
end
this kerf
In
further
to
as
so
be
splittingby sawing
it and
remove
slipof
often
can
wood
substitute
be
can
fitted and
glued.
Wax,
cracks
and
also
in finished
Jack-Plane.
Jointer.
making
true
stop holes
to
under
this, see
For
used
and
Finishing.
Plane.
See
Plane.
This
"
be
shellac, can
work.
"
See
"
Jointing.
and
melted
is
term
the
edges
applied
of
to
the
boards
two
of
act
or
straightening
planks
which
joined
be
to
are
to
make
tightjoint,with
otherwise.
It
glue or
is,also,
popularly applied
t o
straightening the edge

of
"
to
of
piece only,
one
joint
"
the
will
often
and
for
have
particular
will be
required.
been
nearly
only plane
jointer, or
you
set
are
you
even
fortunate
will
the
is
require
"
enough
fine, although if the
long
to
"
fore-plane,
"
jointer if
have
edge
the
these
is very
the
or
"
care
suming
As-
edges
got
straight,
piece
tools,
crooked
the
be
to
glued
have
550.
do,
to
are
that
Fia.
you
jointing two
which
edges
edge
This
board.
as
ou
he
better, the
is
long
and
it should
and
you
have
and
be
to
Tools
shaving
coarse
the
under
regard
off
plane
to
trouble
the
the
to
of the
side than
one
the
on
tipping
of
the
the
on
board), and
part of the plane in
fore
slashing
in
by
three
to
get it
four
or
Also
edge.
for
If
be
in
helps
so
(Fig.551).
as
This
of
case
with
the
can
be
that
hit-or-miss
Fig.
will be
strokes
liberate,
de-
the
551.
result
to
sure
into
edge
it will take
such
while
good
you
shape
the
joining
up
two
will
wood,
as
edge
is
edges,
two
which
see
for
to
not
the
toward
If
light.
the
and
accurate
yet
of
have,
for
are
quartered
to
and
they
cess
pro-
it will be
cases,
or
are
the
mahogany,
if you
ways
one,
up
If
to
the
and
in
if the
to
make
handsomely
where
you
will
are
the
way
surface,
to
grain
the
at
merely
notice
roughest work,
harder
however,
Look
(Fig. 559).
wider
amine
ex-
cording
together, ac-
go
intended.
it crops
the way
but
glue-joint," first
different
parts
make
"
will best
jointis glued,
ways
oak
for
it in
everything
after the
different
which
selected
boards
as
edges
arrange
lengthways,
There
smooth.
as
more
over
three
to
piece
or
surface
or
so
grain runs
for you
the
purpose
grain
building
straight-edge,looking
jointing
pieces
to
end
with
resumed.
are
you
the
two
This
finger
correct
long,
hasty,
easilyget
can
the
obtained.
be
with
done
plane
you
through,
must
the
the
also
can
Any
careless
test
shines
the
straight. Try also to avoid planing the edge rounding,

end
end
to
(see Plane^ Figs. 635-637). Sight along the
from
the
be
strokes.
joint,and
bad
guides
with
away
hold
make
to
pieces (see Shooti7tg-
short
should
steady
any
for
attachable
jointing
The
to
position
wrong
plane (see Fig. 624
advantage
to
set
plane sideways
other
the edge
position). Keep testing across
shooting-board
(Fig. 640). The
square
used
be
guide (Fig. 550).
aggravated by
wooden
use
as
fault
on
be
left hand
you
plane
common
more
may
it is customary
jointing edges
or
sole
can
405
first.
at
shooting
In
iron
the
superfluous stock,
off much
work
Operations
and
plane
runs
in
surface
figured
arrange
grain in
the
through
to
go
article
as
handsome
white
pine
When
you
have
right
how
know
to
Joint
each
pieces
after
the
for
With
sake
of
are
together
in the
have
moved
For
edge separately.
cases
of
you
the
having
best
so
will
you
importance.
less
joints (Fig. 552)
pieces together, for

you
in such
soft, straight-grained
matters
laid
the
across
the
put
arranged
were
these
Beginners
best, but
possible.
as
the
the
labour
extra
whitewood,
or
surface
will look
that
the way
expect
the
for
Wood-Working
4o6
them
around
nice
work
way,
mark
that
you
on
will
forget how
few
they
times.
it is well
to
joint
wrong.
Fig.
the
is,if
that
"
face) side
piece
from
to
in
the
the
plane-iron.
See
the
lay
with
be
not
joint.
side
Of
square.
Test
board
or
piece
plane
the
the
marked
result
of
inaccuracy
any
(or
edge of the
against the bench,

the
edge
touch
upon
vice with
it in the
unless
strokes
the
of
this
the
until
edges
than
more
one
do
they
next
aicay
tendency
any
in
or
settingthe
must
be
jointed edge
wards,
up-
position and
see
or
both
fit,for the
to
in line
upon
the
straight-edge,
the
make
be
must
joint
ever,
how-
Remember,
merely touching
boards
proper
coincide.
really depends
by holding
the
If not,
throughout.
surfaces
coqrse
in the
piece
one
good
plane).
first
you,
counteract
thin, careful
The
the
the
opposite sides,
Shooti7ig-board.
it takes
that
to
one
other
edges
two
planed
will
to
putting
Then,
of
helps
plane
of
edge
is towards
side
face
553.
pieces alternatelyfrom
the
board
This
you.
if the
planing
of the
with
tip
successive
of the
edges
right.
Fig.
552.
(in the
good
same
edges being
square,
the
edge
and
Tools
of
plane,
boards
when
wish
you
and
sandpaper
which
is done."
job
joint,as
few
dozen
(which
afterwards.
The
boards
before
whole
planed
thickness.
special
have
down
Of
as
course
attention
planed
should
to
glued
have
planed
workman
seldom
you
where
case
making
the
man's
practical work-
glue
first and
plane
the
rough
to
glue
up
then
machine
to
surfaces
as
have
the
the
required
nearly
(see
hold
joint
the
The
all,and
get the
and
in line
planing afterwards, but give
needless
to
make
some
at
piece by
one
you
avoid
to
been
fit the
to
practically,is
way,
then
way
skilled
you), is
plane
to
"
edges
preserved.
for
way
"
the
after
The
and
this,
glue
repairing or
be
must
best
they
can,
you
in
is the
right
the
"
to
only
the
time.
second
pieces
the
of
way
as
the
the
yourself
for
out
this except
do
to
surface
find
boards
attempts
is not
That
will
you
have
you
like
cases
sides
of
amateur
desk, for instance,
carefullyon
"
for
"
in
see
may
you
tell you,
the lid of
up
boards
your
edges together, after

the
which
articles
glue
to
directions
the
by
magazine
and
surface
or
misled
be
not
books
407
anything straight,against the

(Fig. 553).'
the
Do
Operations
your
under
note
Clamps).
Sometimes
the
of
edges
boards
planed, hollowing lengthways,

ends, but
do
being
that
its whole
both
place
in
middle
'
with
minute
and
under
joint
than
useful
be
is
better
no
first-class
strong
to
saw,
left
the
by
possible
first-class saw,
can
conditions,
not
be
but
is
one
glue
joint together
is
how
hold,
do
not
expect
in
and
the
for
to
attempt
be
any
open
have
it at
of
opinion
for the
knows
quickly produced
to
to
to
work
to
idea
the
glued joints,as
\\\\o
the
at
middle,
difference
suitable
touch
the
there
If
(to ni-ake
assist the
saw
in
it is better
there
by
run
pieces
two
purposely
are
stronger result than
although
joint edges
circular
glued
will force
gluing,
ends, but
know,
to
way
joints as
with
these
give
before
the
at
roughnesses
workman
middle
will
and
the
together
come
the
at
that
edges exactly straight.

the
It may
there
clamp
length
make
quite
not
so
be
to
in
to
as
the
beginner,
Fig. 552)
use
it.
as
that
than
The
inconspicuous
this way
by
result
satisfactory
good
except
and
Tools
will often
have
join two
To
all
for
like, is often
the
cleats
work
Dowels
than
glue
the
can
be
used
rabbet
cut
also
can
usual
be
in
"
glue
to
and
cut
each
edge
matched
"
them.
(see
All
be
edges
cause
be-
simplest
The
559.
can
also
joints
be
halved,
sides.
46), in
page
these
of
and
done
opposite
from
the
serted
splineor tongue inat the mill quicker
strip or
can
The
and
jointed edges (see Jomiing

this joint (see Dowelwith
last way
able
suit-
and
looks
the
of
Fig.
hand.
by
surface,
strong
(see Cleating).
way
to
be
can
ling).,
or
grooves
(Fig. 558). This
better
wider
558.
FiG.
and
make
to
account
on
in the
be
planks
drawing-boards, rough doors,
as
cleats, is
Gluing').
framework
small
some
or
Cleating, though
used.
be
may
kite
or
undesirable, both
without
and
boards
can
such
for
409
building.
more
or
methods
several
way,
of
timbers
for the
or
do, whether
to
Operations
The
which
boards
it is not
case
best
can
or
be
made
by
machine.
avoid
To
III
Chapter
(Fig. 559).
the
blocks,
built
etc.
obtained
and
tops
of
they
built
for
shape
things,
many
pieces
boards
(see
middle
of selected
up
wide
the
"
pieces, the
apt
to
the
glued joints may
in
occur
being
frames
give
is
for
that
chines,
ma-
choppingsometimes
are
better
result
can
pieces,that flaws and

be avoided,
larger pieces)can
be
can
arranged
there
If you
way.
probably
it is
the like
of
smaller
true, but
practicallyperfect, it
glued-up combination,
selected
grain
is doubtless
idea
pieces
narrower
sewing-tables,drawing-boards,
by combining
are
which
to
not
are
and
Masts, bows, fishing-rods,
sometimes
This
that
is done
of
change
often
are
This
(which
that
and
),they
of selected
up
defects
is
warping
subject, particularly when
are
be
the
not
in
is
can
most
easy
always
get
cases
to
better
to
the
tage.
advan-
objection
piece
better
improve
on
which
than
Nature
Wood-Working
4IO
when
get her
can
you
stock
first-class
"
with
up
the
make
squarely
If you
and
their
tical
matter
may
be.
plane
or
this,put
ends
was
very
and
if necessary
as
and
which
In
much
in
any
tight and
the
neat
in
the
true, the ends
everything
as
until
need, but
of
joints,lest
of
This
work.
it
is
work
the
To
to.
do
(Fig. 560), keep

the
only
the
you
cases
rougher
joint.
This
also
is
relied
be
not
engender
applies
again,
saw
fit.
should
can
joint
the
to
ends
As
pieces
fit,unless
have
you
prac-
careful
in such
through
will
ends
case
case
go
561.
thickness, the
operation
make
careless
joints
to
angle.
where
cases,
make
and
resorted
to
are
uniform
which
method
be
can
straightdown
the
to
fit
they
as
and
laying floor-boards,it
is,to
to
as
if
way
for
off
and
however
workmanlike
to
mitre-box.
the
joint,but
happen,
not
ends
together
way
inaccurate
some
they fit,but
of
expedient
at
close
saw
repeat
regular
meet
and
kerf
open,
useful
very
on
pushed
the
and
leave
be
square
together
moving,
now
straightand
until
ends
sawing
will
exactness,
wish
you
pieces
perhaps
or
make
and
the
saw
course,
with
work, the
the
pare
the
from
saw
nice
of
together
come
square
will
build
"
to
Fig.
frequently
get
can
you
is better
560.
this
expedient
the
is
arrangement
For
the
them
saw
unless
stock.
will, of
together exactly
come
them
pieces
two
possible,using
as
FiG.
to
of
; but
required, it
of selected
joint, you
mark
about
will
ends
close
pieces
Beginners
specimens
dimensions
of the
smaller
Where
best
for
joint
joint on
only
is usual
one
side
to
undercut
little open
the
side
at
which
of each
piece shows,
slightly
the ends
the
bottom,
"
which
(Fig. 561,
shows
as
in
that
gives a
which
is
exaggerated).
Another
way
to
make
splaying(Fig. 562).
an
You
joint is by
end
will
see
the
ends
bevelled
of
the
scarfing
clapboards
or
on
and
Tools
old
joint in
it is
are
length,
do
often
are
more
such
as
are
them,
in this way.
cut
or
such
pieces
as
will do
you
so
in
used
the
to
as
bridgewill
You
have
first,
at
on
strips(fish-plates)
nail
than
more
work
better
butt-joint,but
or
square
splicingtwo
of
many
in
rarely,however,
to
common
makes
roof-framing,being quite complicated.
and
building
of
ways
many
greater
the
411
it doubtless
and
Strips of moulding
work.
more
There
get
than
cases
many
this way,
in
joined
houses
Operations
sion
occa-
sides
of
the
Fig.
pieces
or
latter
is often
various
Fig.
562.
make
made
C/eats,
longer
joint for
ways.
See
splice or
halved
Doors
Knife.
Saw.
An
"
than
For
general
as
and
carry
good plain
of the
best
trying to get
knife
your
very
It will
that
shown
is shown
brace
aind
in
The
fastened
in
Fig. 564.
etc.
not
for
knife
steel
whole
This
close
with
you
can
kit of
not
on
is
your
afford.
tools
into
than
Do
the
for
is the
not
or
work
thing.
best
thing,
In
three
waste
compass
one
you.
two
knife.
shop
fingers for
with
around
more
sloyd
is better
pocket-knife
sloyd knife
work
shop
well.
however,
purposes,
cannot
you
it get
will do
jack-knife.
joint (Fig. 563).
scarfed
than
564.
Saw.
excellent
shoe-knife
good
See
"
Fig.
Dovetailing^ Dowelling^ Gluijig^ Halvings
Mifri?ig,Mortising, Nailing,
Keyhole
563.
buying
blades
money
of
one
in
jack-
knife
handle.
along
the
the
back
handle,
weakens
An
immense
pocket-
get your
See
you
work
right,but
at
sight
and
in
accurately
fastened
work
best
line
with
slightangle,
faculties.
much
not
rules, or
independent,
own
your
think
using
for
about
compasses
quickly,
knife
excuse
for either
thing
great
squares,
common
tool
emergency
One
be
must
with
done
workman.
rely on
is
there
be
can
is the
cannot
rely on
that
blades
is
so
easy
dull
one.
Sharpening.
cutting, always keep
In
as
of
skilled
the
sharph'',and
the
knife.
variety
or
is
blade
sometimes
are
that
sharpen
to
they
each
jack-knife, which
or
whittling is
look
that
see
the
beginner
the
to
as
Beginners
selectinga knife, open
In
which
to
for
Wood-Working
412
general
instead
rule
of the
but
you,
in front
often
vertical
line,a
feet
Linseed
Locks.
cheap
very
locks,
be
sunk
be
let
in
into
To
you
cut
wards
to-
left hand
locks
page
be
Finishifigand
of
When
The
as
the
be
can
ciple
princd,
to
should
frame
it
plumb-
right angles
at
level.
with
the
by using
96.
is
be
adjusted
cut
recesses
"
Paiiiting.
quality or
good
screwed
mortises
on
not
easily be
can
right angles
at
made
be
course
good
on
be
being
but
if small.
See
"
locks
drawer-locks,
to
work,
some
levellinglarge work,
than
Use
to
some
have
substitute
ab^ which
line
of
for
can
shown
as
the
on
for
long
Oil.
"
level
(cd) must
accurately
more
you
cut
getting your
of
as
line
level
or
home-made
hangs freely
several
need
any
beginner,
plumb-line,
latter line
the
the
for
horizontal
of the
never
blade, and
slip and
may
where
cases
the
cutting-edge.
necessary
made.
line
is
are
behtîd
tool
spirit-levelis important
"
There
there
of the
Level.
for the
c\i\.fro?n
you,
wood.
hand
left
your
work.
There
the
on
in the
outside
side
of
at
none
the
are
all.
many
of the
wood,
Never
put
varieties
wood,
of
others
others
still
to
to
chest-locks, door-locks, cupboard-locks,
etc.
fit a chest-
or
box-lock
(not a mortise-lock),place
the
lock
Tools
and
in
the
right position,mark
in
the
wood,
which
keyhole having
to
When
is
it will
where
where
to
with
conform
The
mind
the
fit
which
and
the
against
the
of
the
the lock
to
they
into
Cut
with
lid
be
to
in
A
(see
mortise
are
to
or
will
grease,
using
the
slide.
Cut
these
drawer
with
the
of
for the
key,
outline
front
chisel
the
is
keyhole
the drawer
of which
have
such
transfer
mark
the
the
of the
but
also
let the
to
shaped, try
and
turn
the
previously
been
be
can
as
this
thickness
bored
mark
Close
(the tops
blackened
of
When
it on.
screw
be
lock,
within
the
the
before.
the
wood
than
and
wood
wood.
the
for
as
of
box-part
must
place
the
away
the
hole
place
inside
the
away
inside
the
on
raise the bolts
wood,
the
Cut
lock
merely
oilstone,
an
against the
which
the
of
wood.
The
the
positionon
outline
lock.
if it works,
with
rubbed
from
flush
and
hard
key
the
top edge.
plate sink
of the
screws.
and
bearing
the
let into
but
way,
place
hasp
the
on,
selecting
show
plate
in
screwed
slightlydeeper
recess
Put
plate,not
on
the
lid,
the
the
the
sunk
be
when
in
lock
mark
box-part
before.
the
place
bears
outer
mark
on
drawer-lock, determine
common
line, making
the
hasp,"
pencil
lid
similar
key.
it to
on
can
be
then
may
the
"
close
mark
grease
should
hasp
of
the
of
put the
Then
you
blackened
surface, and
is fitted in
Mortising)
With
the
thickness
mortise-lock
keyhole
of
plate
the
To
make
can
Sometimes
hasp.
trimmed
and
shape
is locked.
chest
the
the
to
sunk
lid, into its place in the lock, just
the
on
wood
in its recess,
screwed
by rubbing
or
with
flush
the
put
wood,
hasp.
scraped
paper), which, pressing
places
for
mortises
mortises
the
and
the
drawer
into
can
locked.
The
is
will
when
be
the
be
chisel,the
and
gouge
pencil, or by putting transfer-paper between
the
be
be
with
4^3
required to
part
quite through
been
to
the
away
by slightlypressing you
and
as
has
part which
or
which
lock
the
cut
bored
been
outline
neat
around
be
can
Operations
so
varietyof
great that
locks
and
it will be
their
best
arrangement
for
you
to
in
regard
examine
to
fitting
well-fitted
lock
for
for
Wood-Working
414
for the
same
rule
one
Mallet.
in various
wood-chopper
strike
the
For
the
head
the
end
hold
is
type
vitae
or
off.
come
it is
but
equally
be
turned
dense, hard
with
hammer
carving
the
wooden
big
the
mallet.
handle
handle
of
beetle
of
is used
It
to
effective
all in
gain
force
the
softer
and
in
by using
piece.
for
the
handle
on
how
you
mallet
Hickory
of
lignum-
or
mallet.
instead
mallet
yielding blovN^
more
the
notice
to
because
good
position.
any
good
is
with
head
having
one
is
put through the head
pickaxe,
rounded
wood
not
do
sizes,from
and
with
mallet
cannot
any
intended,
tool-handles.
work
can
fit is
to
cases.
(likea potato-masher) saves
this
have
you
merely
ladies'
the
the
it,as
You
for all
forms
outside, like
the
from
to
wooden
heavy
the lock
mallet, which
The
head, is made
the
given
be
cannot
"
that
purpose
Beginners
of
of
the
the
mer,
ham-
mallet
saves
tool-handle.
the
Marking.
sharpened
and
durable
accurate
"
For
all
rough
flatways, like
instrument.
lines,the
common
work
the
ordinary carpenter's pencil,
screw-driver, is
For
nicer
the
work, where
soft) is
(such
of
buy
scriber
of
is better
Fig.
rubbing
565.
fine
In
scribing with
your
the
chisel,the
them
sandpaper,
edge
is drawn
on
or
need
for
than
this,
had
or
pencils
sort
no
be
to
are
pocket-knife
Keep
is
tool
any
ing-awl,
mak-
some
There
although they
nothing
for
ing
mark-
as
chisel,a
is necessary.
to
rather
or
joints),a knife,
corner
or
more
need, but
work
accurate
the
hard
all you
nice, close
need
you
pencil (medium
round
convenient
most
mon
com-
chisel.
sharp
piece
an
old
along
"
by
of
file.
with
one
and
Tools
Operations
slightlyraised and the flat side

holding the tool either like a pencil or
straight-edge,
the
next
corner
415
deeper scoring
for
in
as
îg- 565In
all
chisel,or
the
to
up
follow
the
grain
not
held
Do
not
them
the
the
to
try
another
it is
point
after
equally
view
line
you
pencil
from
be
or
with
mark
crossing
the
than
the
surface
show,
it is
If
points,but
each
points
sure
so
that
of
of the
that
the
whatever
For
with
lines
will
will go
let
finished
lines
two
work
to
should
be
be
become
spicuous
con-
ruler
long
put weights
can
you
be
pushed
(Fig,566).
ahnost
This
be
must
you
ruler
to
up
will
ful
careon
should
them
give you
it.
and
clear
^"
you
thin
nearly
as
rule
fine
"
work,
566.
the
Bearing
each.
ruler, you
trifle till the
slant
can
given point
move
second
the
on
the
pencil along
given point.
thin
thick
pencil-
point will justcoincide

the
latter
pencil against the edge
the
it
of
dot.
they
as
gy"
possible through
centre
the
in the
show
not
Fig.
as
times
some-
given point, but
through given points, the

accui-ately
distant
of both
will
or
straight-edge
slip.
not
at
and
so
will
with
the
can
to
is finished.
work
touch
quite
not
scoring
lines
it does
meet
they
do
to
they
the
marking
mark
To
tend
will
position if
of
out
square
close
kept
often
line,and
off the
run
accurately
more
wherever
that
it will
as
square,
which
when
quicker
finished, however,
In
is
marking edge
the
and
lines
stop
one
avoided
wood
straight-edgeor
as
marks
of
pencil, awl, knife,
firmly.
cross
work,
that
sure
rule, straight-edge,or
force
is
tool, be
other
with
scribing,whether
and
marking
edge,
rule
Fig.
with
wood,
the
This
and
it should
applies to
to
567.
and,, keeping the
ruler, and
fine
work
work.
rough
"
inclination,
same
also
go
regular ruler
only.
In
through
with
the
paratively
com-
marking by
Tools
should
being fitted,they
the
Mitre.
See
"
an
the
corners
"
by
and
to
be
frame
and
opened,
in
work
good
mitre
is
some
the
pieces
quite dry,
the
pieces will
27
is very
so
the
that
inside
become
the
apt
it
to
narrower
and
the
joint at best,
whole
in
structure
the
have
to
of
out
jointsare
other
Fig.
of
one
finallygot together
enough
inevitable
for
only
in
570.
accomplished
way.
an
shrinks,the
corner,
Its
particularlyhard
569.
other
cause
is
error
is
whole
bother
angle
weak
and
the
particularlyunscientific
(Fig.569), as
the
at
slightestvariation
correct
if the
after
line
throws
Fig.
it is often
The
box
or
90.
(Fig.568).
It is
The
for
one
you
page
one
94.
mitre
but
which
make
can
make
to
See
workman,
well.
568.
Fig.
fashion
skilled
attempting to
in
is the
nothing
make
to
a
page
entirely concealed.
made
of
See
mitre-box
You
better.
are
"
useful.
carpenter
joint
it shows
is
amateur
shape
much
ones
common
is that
when
apt
get
can
iron
the
"
wood
for
ishing
fin-
of
process
92.
iron
it,an
be very
Shooting-Board.
advantage
even
the
also page
afford
can
you
You
but
Mitring.
end
during
off
Mit7-ing and
angles will
wood.
sum,
Mitre
"
If
various
at
small
See
"
"
yourself of
a
taken
Mitring.
Mitre-Box.
cut
be
417
work.
Mitre-Board.
will
Operations
and
wide
expansion
open
the
so
wood
separate
pieces
and
joint.
joint may
when
and
for
open
ways
flat-
contraction
If the
wood
the
of
is not
permanently
shrinks
at
used
in width
ward
to-
the
joint,leaving
Wood-
4iS
a
tapering from
crack,
is
wood
outer
Of
there
course
prepared
the
frame
which
be
put
like
The
mitre
work,
and
careful
where
where
The
be
you
a
wish
circular
to
make
it done
saw
such
you
Saw-kerfs
to
mitred
are
often
to
the
do
and
555,
556,
had
take
best
work
frame
in
573.
general
where
strength
forms
for
557.
the like
and
grain running
with
to
cases
as
better
for box
one
tend
in which
way
other
some
and
across
This, properly glued

much
superior to
it is
machinery,
jointby hand,
is all that
principle of halving
applied
only
joint,but
554,
good jointand
But, though easy
job
Figs.
the
picture
Fig.
joint (Fig. 572.)
the
makes
pressure,
plain mitre.
of
with
will
572.
strengthened
tongue
or
are
Other
at
corner.
is the
suitable
in
more
open
it
making
there
mitre.
the
shown
are
to
particularly in framing
is sometimes
lengthways
under
avoid
box
by fittinga spline
not
mitring
and
proper
in
contract
tend
inner
as
cases,
when
and
contracts
the
together, and
most
amateur
anything
some
Fig.
consideration,
it
When
57r.
it is the
rule, for
are
mouldings,"
can
Fig.
is
"
will
if the
Even
corner.
expand
joint
(Fig. 571), at
just shown
as
the
expands,
Beginners
the outer
to
it will
(Fig. 570).
corner
open,
of
it
When
inner
the
seasoned
thorouglily
less.
or
for
Working
if
and
case
a
the
work
to
539
and
543,
the
slow
arises
factory,
is needed.
shown
in
Figs.
can
also
joint.
made
(Figs.573
and
574)
into which
small
and
Tools
stripsare
done,
tightlyfitted
and
glued.
having got
the
mitre
once
Fig. 575.
To
See
lay off
of any
576.
The
at
the
is
joint
in
shown
which
angle, a simple
laid
are
by
above
one
intersection
way
is that
the
other
shown
marked
are
Lines
sawing.
The
points will give the
these
connecting
points accurately
and
used
be
can
square
project
to
to
help
them
the
to
edge.
575.
576.
desired
in
Fig.
desired
each
on
Fig.
574.
bination
com-
in
the
at
Fig.
Fig.
intersection
the
cut
easily
is shown
Fig. 555
to
any
and
way
properly put together.
lines
the
419
good
'jôi?tts.
points of
the
This
Dovetailing and
mitre, or
pieces
Then
angle.
also
pieces
two
with
mitre
the
of
in
Operations
for
angles
determining
upper
side
the
the
of
top piece.
Mortise
and
Tenon.
Mortise-Chisel.
Mortise-Gauge
Mortising
"
fit them
joint,and
do
the
of the
See
Mortising.
See
Chisel.
See
Gauge.
(Mortise
pieces and
great many
"
"
and
Tenon).
together accurately
work
well, you
difficulties
of
"
If you
with
will be
ordinary
can
get
out
two
mortise-and-tenon
competent
woodwork.
to
handle
Wood-Working
420
will often
You
the
hole
pin
or
in
of the
lay
out
mortise
working
faces
for
mortise
is
be
to
the
across
which
piece on
Fig.
side
the
end
the
is to
tenon
take
the
Square
be
Carry
cut.
and
side
take
where
and
the
also
will
tenon
the
across
come
tenon-piece (Fig. 579)
the
a
^/)
little greater
this
at
tenon-piece.
than
mark
the
piece in
which
the
lines,ab
point
Continue
square
this
and
width
the
as
cd^
of the
lines
these
across
579.
side
opposite to
through).
and
from
measure
width
the
mortise.
and
two
apart
is
is the
tenon
fit the
to
distance
same
The
Fig.
mortise-piece, and
of the
First
mortise
The
(Fig.577),select
tenon
piece.
the
joined.
be
to
joint.
577.
distance
the
{ae
(that is,the
Next
and
face
this
use
(Fig. 578).
cut
Beginners
piece, shaped
other
and
each
to
pieces
two
in the
projection
To
occasion
have
one
for
the
of
line,gh^
line,gi^ around
face
the
the
of
the
across
the
face
piece, with
square.
Now
face
side
take
the
settled
X
upon
also
and
gauge
on
for
the
the
side
the
tenon-piece, without
the
side
on
,
the
and, setting it
mortise,
opposite
changing
the
opposite side, and
at
scribe
X.
tlie line
Also
gauge,
on
distance
the
the
from
mark
end.
from
jk
the
on
face
the
line Im
Set
the
the
the
of
on
gauge
and
Tools
to
is,add
width
the
"
manner
face
mortise
another
the
to
set
before, remembering
as
side
other
the
to
the
of
scribe
and
set,
was
the
from
measure
Operations
421
the
of
of
lines,op
to
gauge
"
which
figure at
that
mortise,
and
the
in the
rs^
time
all the
gauge
same
the
from
face.
same
the
In
harm,
no
the
being
easier
which
is
at
that
once
To
when
indicated
are
away
the
cut, take
The
simplestway
series
removes
splitting. The
rest
chisel,taking
care
the
mortise
the
the
when
wood
To
cut
the
out
of the mortise
when
acts
chisel
were
would
tend
make
Being
the
one-sided
inclined
direction
in
the
a
in.
hold
If
you
this
side
which
the
across
tool
securely by
the
chips
in mind
the
side
the
off, so
of
wood,
to
grain
You
of
will
of
the
on
tool
more
other.
by
less, in the
this
prove
that
the
you
is forced
or
board
see
cally
verti-
chisels
the
can
a
the chisel
if held
and
the
speak,
is flat.
lightly,you
of
ends
carving chisels),it
bevelled
and
the
sides
both
wood,
edge
trim
to
(Fig. 581), but
one
firm
or
the way
If
with
case
cut
the
lengthways
only (or
wood.
into
lines with
the
to
of
of the mortise.
chisel
the
way,
slide
chisel
by holding
is
on
to
bevel
of
flat
it
down
with
bit),bear
the
vertical
seen
slightdanger
away
chisel
the
the
straightdown
go
mortising are
for
with
(as
cut
correctly.
but
trimmed
side
the
it into
bevelled
would
use
drive
you
it will be
fasten
with
is blocked
at
using
be
as
wood
jam
to
latter
wood
after
to
of the
splitoff
may
to
trifle smaller.
not
parts
eter
diam-
mortise
easily be
can
scratches
is to
wood
the
of
make
The
laid out
are
bit of
width
the
or
with
to
not
position.
the
remove
large part
work, especiallythat
fine
mortise-piece and
(Fig. 580), but
have
This
to
the
mortise
lines,as
other
(Fig. 580) and
convenient
of holes
nearly
as
you
in
clamp
in
marks
and
the
across
run
do
surface
the
on
is finished.
work
cross
first the
or
bore
by
marks
be taken
should
the
tenon
vise
be
can
distinct,but
more
seen
where
work,
finished,care
be
to
of
marks
gauge
and
will be
that
kinds
coarser
and
as
easily
driving
you
it
drive
it in
flat
it will
shows
sides
the
incline
side
how
the
outward,
it tends
will tend
cut
surface.
take
chisel
handle
work
safelytoward
with
the
middle
of
is
the
the
and
shown
to
in
of
centre
through
the
Fig. 585.
toward
either
the
line without
end
the
So,
piece
You
each
thus
can
in this way,
the
turn
hole, and
of
the
toward
mortise
the
side, the
danger
the
other, giving the
turn
result
Fig.
of the
cut
than
working
584.
Now
to
slanting (Fig.584).
left
other
way,
mortise, hold
the
in the
will be
other
width
chips (Fig.583).
from
process
in
cuts,
then
the
ends, which
half
of
successive
the
hole
5S2.
mortise.
the
end, flat
make
tool
trifle less
Fig.
ends
the
at
keep
to
as
so
and
the
middle
the
583.
flat side
the
down
the
repeat the
like that
hole
turn
make
loosen
cutting about
Fig.
If you
direction
it,to
you
and
under
run
just
near
and
one
time
After
mortise
put the chisel
to
slightpull toward
move
the
chisel
Fig. 582
in
end, first in
over
which
Fig.
the
wood,
as
cut
to
If you
true.
mortise, and, beginning

chisel
work
to
go
slip in towards
to
the
the
side
the
on
5S1.
large below
out
under, always
cut
to
and
square
Fig.
too
to
Beginn-ers
(Fig. 581).
This
for
Wood-Working
42
it
being
585.
chisel
you
around
can
pare
undercutting (Fig.
585).
Care
the
must
grain
until
be
the
taken
hole
not
is
to
jam
the
chisel
practicallycleared
down
of
lengthways
wood,
or
of
the side
Tools
mortise
the
of
the
mortise
evenly,
the
all
In
the
regards
The
firmer-
the
cut
is easy
around
mortise.
the
shoulder
The
a
fit
is
There
and
on
the
kind
on
the
put
Fig.
gone
used
ways,
side-
over
the
at
be
bottom.
for all
end
into
light
just large enough

require
to
rule
the
sides
the
mortise
of
(Fig.587).
the
of
various
tenon
too
third
It will then
thin
of
the
sometimes
and
the
It
Cut
drive
ends
or
the
tenon
drive
to
force
tenon
be
can
wide
of
the
the
wood,
drive
kind
too
5S7.
thin
If
mortise
It
depends
of strain
to
be
complex
to
be
will be
width
is
be
weaker
as
it will be
very
thin
than
588.
than
as
the
than
weaker
thick, the
weaker
home,
the
Fig.
is very
it
It
mortise.
of the
pieces.
circumstances
and
around.
make
to
with
through
to
sides
the
(Fig. 586).
mortise
will be
One
width
Fig.
If the
much
how
to
as
work, the kinds
joint,and
small.
it will
wobbling
any
out
splitting
of
of
careful
sides
properly
end
Be
large.
tearing the
through
and
too
that
so
its
gh
is done.
job
tight as
tenon
tenon,
projecting
the
proportion to
here.
the
?'s.
if it is too
chisel
fit snugly without
absolute
the
make
catching and
whole
danger
of
of
it goes
be
lines l7fiand
the
to
line
the
carefully on
the
5S6.
the
made.
so
no
in
tenon
as
snugly,
and
will be
there
or
be
not
line,so
without
the
slightpressure
should
on
the
should
tenon
then
When
off after
sawed
as
vertically
tip it
not
wide
too
it
regular mortising-chisel should
saw
little with
through smoothly
and
the
work
and
the
it
trim
to
little bevel
of
is,do
that
"
of the
line.
hold
to
paring-chiselcan
simply
tenon,
beyond
cut
to
pains
sides
the
pare
the
to
slanting or
or
heavy
opposite (Fig, 579)

not
to
process,
of
lengthways
(see Chisel).
used
To
mortise
will be
mortise
for
the
chisel,take
the
of
common
of
423
chisel
the
Use
lightstrokes, down
sides of the
mortising, but
be
with
use
the
or
end
the
at
Operations
split off.
be
may
grain only
and
sides
the
tenon
sides
of
tenon
is often
of
the
In
such
be
fitted
to
is
good
into
and
593).
This
being
Mortise
but
To
and
as
also
pin
mortise
and
upon
appears
a
work
on
the
be
is
does
very
not
is used
blind
called
go
simple form.
through (Fig.
Fig.
593.
great
deal
in
mortising, the
the
tenon
tenon.
sometimes
merely
fitted
together,
simply
tenon,
tenon
in
of
the
mark
place, and
bore
in from
one
right through from
opposite surface) (see Boring).
trim
slightlypointed
off
before
point
with
square
the
mortise
piece containing
bore
and
tailed
dove-
or
key.
side
each
snugly fittingpin
should
relishing")
as
glued (see Glumg)^ pinned, wedged,

with
rough
and
joints are
tenon
fastened
a
is often
"
stub
be
is
board
groove
"
(known
above
form, and
and
gauge
short
common
(Fig. 593), fit the

in
is
"
and
can
and
tongue
this
and
given
It is sometimes
known
post,
of
end
592.
is
work.
best
tenon,
tenon
tenon
Fig.
of
the
Avhen
or
split if
or
(Fig. 592).
do
the
Sometimes
the
to
mortise
The
side
the
to
way
door-frame
as
cases
addition
in
used
piece may cause

fit snugly (Fig. 591).
mortises
all the
425
it to buckle
wide
of the
contraction
Operations
and
Tools
the
side
Then
each
until
drive
projectigends.
driving, on
the
same
side
the
(or
spur
through
The
pin
principle
426
Wood-Working
that
the
the
round
Do
eight-sided
large pins.
too
use
1" or
usually
will
(though
for
answer
will
pins
For
treenails
and
Dowels
framing
need
not
just as good.
used.
are
such
to
necessary
sliii)-building,
bridge-building,
In
rift-pinis stronger).
chair,you
diameter,
It is not
is
one
house-framing
in
more
Beginners
is bevelled.
tenon
An
old-fashioned
1
in
the
of
pin.
not
and
to
end
for
as
you
such
work
of
various
may
have
as
sizes
do
to
pinning
anything larger than
i"
from
joint
hardwood
pin.
You
must
If
pin.
will
be
you
put
weak
and
put it
If you
judgment
use
it
far
too
the
too
end
the
pin
trifle
draw-boring
is not
bored
Fig.
it draws
shoulder.
But
is
strain
much
In
the
This
the
tenon
is
shoulder
work,
the
tenon
of
the
shoulder
the
tenon
(shear).
out
mortise
insure
to
tear
may
than
tenon
when
the
this
tenon-piece
has
much
too
to
out
is put
the
on
to
be
of
good
"
for
is also
cut
that
all
at
to
with
done
pin
holes
is driven
595.
fit at
If
the
line,driving the pin through

of
the
for
is bored
other
snug
judgment.
shear) the end
the
hole
tends
and
tenon,
too
pin.
mortising just shown,

begins
down
hole
but
the
fit at
snug
The
just shown,
as
Fig.
the
(Fig.594).
to
is that
result
The
split(strictly
speaking
to
of the
594.
through
tenon
timber
is resorted
through
the
nearer
"
(in the mortise-piece).
in the
sides
the
the
on
break
may
place
to
its hold
edge,
tenon
edge
"
"
joint,
the
near
in
Sometimes, particularly
the
the
edge,
splitout.
or
the
from
of
the
near
how
to
as
is,the
common
each
there
tenon
or
edge
only
are
is made
rough
of
two
the
work.
tenon
shoulders
by only
In
where
four
nice
cuts.
work
(Fig. 595). This
Tools
makes
mortise
the
and
end, forming
the
tenon
joint
shoulder
can
the
tenon
adopted
kinds
A
done
an
the tenon
itself
(Fig. 596).
This
in doors
and
good
being
of
made
is
course
of various
frames
whether
the
in
as
fasten
to
way
and
tenon
is'to
tenons
tenon
blind
the
into
better, driven
596.
Fig.
joint.
of
the
made
cuts
Fig.
mortise
which
the
should
tenon
comes
be
cut
This
them.
mortise-piece
can
driven
be
be
can
only
or
between
597.
(Fig. 597), or,
mortise
in the
tenon
under
Fig.
of the mortise.
enlarged
through (Fig. 598).
extremely
600.
Before
toward
The
is often
spreading
it
fashion, making
or
as
itself,thus
599.
difficult,
or
impossible,to pull it out
the
the
wed^s
The
end, dovetail
598.
wedge
througk
goes
ends
the
toward
tenon
Fig.
on
side
out-
wide
or
Fig.
the
the
on
of
(see Fig. 334).
part way,
the
edge
end
to
outside
the
on
the
the
at
ends
mortise-and-
open
left
out
to
the
cover
joint comes
extend
clear
cut
427
shoulders
the
can
(Fig. 543),
be
"
narrower
tenon
be
these
When
completely.
mortise-piece, the
the
Operations
neater-lookingjoint, as
mortise
the
of
and
ing,
wedgthe
wedges
side
can
for
Wood-Working
428
then
in
dipped
be
glue
and
one
or
themselves,
tenons
in the
made
glued,
the
the
the
spreading
the
farther
than
and
mortise
having
into
into
tenon
the
wedges
will
been
properly-
until
is shown
it fills the
602.
drive
to
are
thus
saw-cuts,
dovetail
best
than
tenon
be
wedges, previouslyprepared
the
down
the
should
tapering quite gradually,
and
is often
It
the
of
edge
the
Fig.
(Fig. 601),
mortise
spread
saw-cuts
and
driven
the
of
To
599.
three
601.
Fig.
nearer
end
Fig.
even
place, and
wood
and
glue
in
as
or
tenon
strong
some
in
dipped
The
is fitted in
tenon
of
two
lengthways
tenon,
(Fig. 600).
extend
driven
Beginners
the
in
wedges
outer
Fig. 600,
lest the
tenon-piece be split.
The
is much
process
the
when
same
mortise-piece(Fig.602).
the
and
saw-cuts
and
carefully planned
will
place, they
mortise.
with
The
the
sure
are
place.
spread
done,
There
seldom
being
driven
will
cannot
you
will go
This
tenon
get it
forms
required by
handle.
"
into
the
To
drive
Do
not,
be
long,
and
place
in
fix it
and
wedges
is
the
are
finallyin
fit the
so
as
to
as
to
interfere
When
off.
fit snugly,
drive
cracks, and
so
break
to
it
before,
as
tenon
spread
through
go
the
glue
firmly.
In
tenon,
but
thing,
every-
quickly
tenon
wedges,
you
which
will
fact, if well
again.
of
mortis6
amateur.
and
See
nails,hold
the
is often
done
as
the
too
or
not
The
tenon.
to
drive
end
out
size
does
is undercut
that, when
home
course
the
of the
not
in the
of
at
other
are
Nailing.
the
must
whole
end
right
the
mortise
The
so
wedges
wedges
the
cut
of
the
start
to
be
tenon
the
in the
made
are
the tenon
they
will be
Jôi/its.
hammer
by boys
near
and
the
end
amateurs,
of
Tools
it close
grasp
you
take
the
handle, the
in
"
hold, the
use
nail-head
the
nail-set.
harder
blow.
nail.
After
you
to
quite
flush
with
think
may
strikes
is not
in finished
show
The
head
through
an
of
carefully and
and
straighterthan
in the
air and
the
as
not
to
sink
for
the
you
slight
too
may
be seen,
to
depression
or
taps
try
that
Leave
will be
longer
mere
"
slight depression
any
when
will
ably
prob-
and
forth
you
back
swung
the
wrist
will
send
flourish
you
it down
be
which
of
steadily and
the
Do
wood.
handle
going straightyou
it home.
should
circle
the
is the
ferocious
nail, as boys
of
all ages
Do
centre.
nail in
the
quicker
wildly around
hammer
with
bring
vicinityof
the
it is
sure
wood
hammer
this
light strokes
the
work.
the
of
arc
of
Use
slightestdent
the
as
so,
the
end
strike,just
the
that
429
can
are
drive
force
the
nearer
you
more
You
that
but
blow
the
if the hammer
make
The
harder
startingthe
then
can
head.
the
to
Operations
and
somewhere
bang
have
been
in
known
to
do.
swing
that
remembering
Now,
in
around
an
the
of
arc
will
hammer-head
which
wrist
your
(and should)
is the
centre,
you
l~
iiiiiii'iii
'"'"""-'-
Fig.
must
see
can
when
the
603.
that
wrist
your
strike
head
parallelwith
the
Fig.
the
rests
the
is much
and
slantingly,
is in such
wrist
nail
flat surface
above
either be
that
"
squarely
or
on
the
of the
below
driven
position that
squarely
604.
is, the
this
crooked
of
the
head
hammer-
hammer-handle,
nail-head, must
top
the
nail
be
in
(Fig.603).
line
If
line, the nail will be struck

or
bent
(Fig. 604).
First
then
it back
can.
this
squarely
you
hit the
can
same
Frequently
in the wrong
goes
try
nail does
to
drive
Sometimes
of fine
nail
has
glue
should
or
splitting,
will be
or
sandpaper
Holes
in the
grease
always
when
they bend),
but
piece,should
remember
be
quite
the
the
or
bored
that
piece
of
the
becomes
case
not,
of
the
rub
it
as
drive
heads
piece
not
if the
but
that
so
driven
the
to
their
in
close
hold
not
bit
or
remove
it
presses
tend
is
nail
the
spring
to
originalposition and
the
around
it in
is
split the
merely
fibres
piece.
by
when
latter
bradawl
not
it does
in
large
the
made
one
drill,because
wood
by
ter
mat-
as
inner
the
ing
hav-
holes
about
it does
than
inner
the
it does
are
of
(lest
nails
made
better, when
aside,
piece
on
With
wood
hole
wood,
place.
wood
hard
nail.
tightlyinto
The
rule,
chance
nails, provided
the
and
head
hammer-
is any
into
hard
outer
back
you
bent
it in another
there
the
in
the
board
nearly
in
hole, particularly
the
as
ground.
large
as
how
it do
driven
are
to
soft
face
when
large as
as
curve
and
start
such
In
nails
same
withdraw
because
ashes
be
slender
not
board
the
straight,but
it.
on
on
hole, but
bent
in
strokes.
If you
same
in the
or
the
drive
direction.
another
little
successive
not
driving position, and
nearly
dent
can
Beginners
correct
as
motion
with
dent
the
forth
and
Practise
how
see
in
hammer
the
place
swing
you
to
for
Wood-Working
430
nail,helping
place.
WRONG.
In
Fig.
driving
nails,which
while
they
should
bradawl.
other
the
be
If
old-fashioned
the
605,
used
placed
incline
two
on
the
the
same
other
toward
have
the
principle on
way,
the
wedge
two
sides
point
which
shape
or
lel,
paraltaper,
you
use
the
of
the
nail
Tools
will
tend
With
having
nails
them
sides
rough
the
will
Nails
to
Toe''
Nailing.
them
toe
nails
that
the
you
cannot
top of
may
nail
sill
nails
increase
this
in, by drawing
direction
part
of
it toward
it.
points
are
is not
at
see
good
longer
wish
to
fasten
method
to
sure
where
stud
that
once
be
cases
many
you
cannot
in which
cases
you
see
if the
you
moment
are
when
can
608.
course
where
can
You
many
only
There
as
you
Of
down.
there
ble,
possi-
as
tighter than
much
useful
way,
much
as
to
the
it is advantageous.
which
for work
apart again.
for
draw
one
tight
box
to
a
hammer
which
towards
the
Fig,
it takes
effect, after
the
hold
to
held
together.
helps
desirable
touch
607.
and
very
this
take
to
them,
sides with
(Fig. 606).
them
and
way,
other
any
course
wish
is often
can
this
(Fig. 607), and
Slantingthe
as
straightup
will hold
work
Of
you
slant
nails
will be
it is often
nails, and
toe
is,
gain nothing, but
would
you
wish
you
board
nails
drive
always
the
driven
were
easier if you
Fig.
that
glance
hold
to
way
pick
you
soap.
606.
Fig.
at
If
"
that
"
or
as
the smooth
grain and
wood
(Fig. 605).
rough,
two
fingers which
the
hard
and
431
wood
split the
smooth
the
across
into
drive
and
by
tallow, lard,
grease,
"
tell
going
fibres
sides
two
can
you
up
Operations
the
separate
to
and
the
you
piece tightlyup to another,

You
or
a, floor (Fig. 608).
towards
the
other
nail
driven
have
you
as
the
you
nail part way
points, thus bending
piece, which
tends
in the
strike,or
to
the
make
upper
a
tight
joint.
ClinchingNails.
"
The
way
to
clinch
through against a heavy hammer,

the other
side.
As
the
point
comes
or
any
nails is
simply to
solid metal
through
it is
drive them
object, held
on
gradually turned
and
Tools
when
and
is convenient
is
See
There
"
while
worth
for
of
'
wrought,
'
into
hand
by
'
made
old
call for
what
them
want,
you
stoutness
be
you
needed
When
where
the introduction
from
older
(hence
one
The
the
sheet
the
need.
Copper
be
specified.
of wire
metal,
and
originally
forged
monly
comname), but now
and
length,
inch
or
and
or
galvanised
boat-building,copper
from
come
only
in order
to
whatever
nails
an
need
you
2f inch,
easily select
can
you
would
be
of
of
expressions three-penny, eight-
length, as
and
those
use
of those
designating the lengths, but

the
will
is
than
more
kind
purposes) it
some
etc., indicate
for your
This
nail
probably
another
being much
by
one
machine.
so
by
will
cut," being stamped
shape,
of
custom
drive
to
not
place can-
done.
properly
nails, many
of
you
before
use
ten-penny,
penny,
for
the latter kind
by
as
work.
case
common
as
the
seen.
kinds
many
your
the
"
known
were
*
in
being
been
have
you
specify here,
to
most
nails
case
finished
and
has
433
Nails.
are
preferable (as is
The
in
its
objection to
Nails.
operation
know
to
Withdrawing
wire
finallysmoothed
detected, if the
be
there
is
the work
Operations
and
get
degree
tacks
to
of
will
being preferable,particularly
for salt water.
Fig.
Nail-Set,
the
below
28
or
Punch.
"
The
611.
nail-set,for
surface, is quite important, and
sinking
it is well
nail-heads
to
have
large one
be
and
allowed
off the
fine
nail-head
not
use
the
face
depression
file for
finger,placing
the
in
shown
off the
and
the
is
end
nail-set
the
on
surrounding
the
is
set
hard
too
not
slipping
wood.
Do
good.
will dent
and
damaging
close
will
the
the
to
keep
the
set
use
in
the
head
little
of
from
the
slipping
work.
will often
these
firmly against
wood
This
6ii.
pair of
"
latter
Fig.
nail-head
Nippers.
of
must
time
all the
the
end
punch
or
hammer-head.
setting nails,hold
nail, as
the
nail-set, for tlie
in
holes
in
set
it will be
or
punching
Beginners
of the
end
rounding
and
of the
When
The
one.
become
to
slight conical
for
Wood-Working"
4o4
be of
wood-working
operations.
^
Odd-
Jobs.
"
jobs
be
can
"
used
combined
simple
very
as
tool
"
known
Odd-
as
marking-gauge, mortise-gauge,scratch-
awl, try-square, T-square, depth-gauge, mitre-square, spirit-level

and
to
plumb, inside-square, and

much
Oil.
oil
Sperm
"
is
should
be avoided.
oil,as
it is
not
with
turpentine
and
ing
be
with
use
be
linseed
use
oil for
For
thick
oil
or
and
the
gums
sene
Kero-
vegetable
Glycerine
stone.
used, and
even
Fi?iish-
painting, see
finishingand
oils
gummy
similar
any
is sometimes
alcohol
or
oil-stones.
your
All
used.
good lubricator,and
It is very
"
of many
grain,which
found
Washita
so
well
essential
degrees
give
adapted
to
good
to
be
free
very
fine
adapted
for
use
from
for your
use
cut
those
as
spots.
as
so
coarser
good oil-stone.
Those
but
The
faster.
is of
but
tools
wood-working
hard
edge,
edge
your
cut
to have
of fineness.
keen
softness, which
is
should
well
cheap.
to
can
Never
alone.
found
and
It
oil
suited
Painting.
be
hard
good
turpentine
Oil-stone.
can
is
Lard
good.
thinned
is
work, and
amateur
It is well
beam-compass.
of very
moderate
it
fine
cuts
Arkansas
texture
that
stone, unless
as
Red
rapidly.
stone
duces
pro-
it is
you
not
ness
coarse-
known
stone
tools, as
The
fine and
slowly, will
very
of
They
not
so
happen
and
Tools
find
to
keen
Some
trying
all
at
excellent
ones)
glazed
with
best
cut
if the
polished it will
or
will
stone
produce
use.
and
water,
use
435
does
surface
be
not
When
water.
not
for you
necessary
oil.
use
The
should
stone
protect it from
make
or
for your
stone
new
Turkey
good
so
(and
stones
become
to
is not
but
edge,
first
The
quick-cutting one.
Operations
box
the paste
When
the
dust
for
it.
it around
rubbing
like
on
of
of
board.
with
after
using,
oil left
sandpaper
it
by
flat
in
used
be
can
move
re-
surface.
on
to
trued
be
can
to
cover
the
on
fastened
Water
in use,
not
block
it clean
unevênly worn,
sheet
when
it in
Set
wipe
Always
becomes
side
the
dirt.
and
covered
kept
ground stone, steel, and
of
oil-stone
an
be
always
face,
sur-
this
ooeration.
J.
In addition
shapes
form
useful,
are
being
shaped
the
to
on
ordinary
a
flat
shown
in
one
edge
and
Fig. 612, wedgethe
on
convex
'
1
other.
If
slips of
See
other
but
a
well
few
sharpened
You
"
quite
for
enough
paint
can
well
as
all
that
amateurs,
without
the
on
with
shapes
or
inside, you
which
quickly
If
to
have
must
them.
sharpen
or
"
skilled
painter by trade,
if you
disregard
you
satisfactorilyperhaps
very
as
observe
them
paint right
can
anyone
knowledge
any
work
your
practicalpurposes
simple principles.
many
carving
Sharpening.
Painting.
not
V-tools,
various
612.
"
tools
of
stone
Oil and
TT
have
you
or
gouges,
Fig.
Tr
of various
stone
useful
and
common
that
oil-stone,slipsof
thought,
your
carefully
think, like
and
off
the
painting
first time
will be
botch-
work.
Keep
work
your
paint frequently
due
damage
Do
not
temporary
to
use
and
painted.
well
keep
exposure
"
the
work
not
to
and
it is most
is
cheaper
protected
speak
cheap paint, unless,
purpose,
It
of
of
the
from
in
the
better
course,
important
for
the
decay
to
and
appearance.
some
that
end
the
cheap
or
first
or
"
"
priming
to
should
coat
inferior
use
be
of money
time
and
to
work,
quality)the
if
than
little,
you
if you
have
your
colour
have
also
can
you
used, which
is
for
do
you
and
usually cheaper
which
side
out-
do
no
can
you
painter.
If
you
brush
at
paying by weight.
it is better
and
cheaper
prepared paints
of paste, to
than
for
oil,^coloured
and
and
use
The
form
but
paint with suitable
not
paint.
in the
of
the
on
probably
durable, and
pot of
lead
mixed
cleanest
economise
can
you
white
more
and
purposes,
weather)
painting to do,
buy
the
and
coat
it is economy
but
to
try
many
quality of
get
can
brushes
first
reverse,
not
buy already
much
own
the
do
the
to
paint shop, returning what
But
the
for
obliged
are
you
simplest, handiest,
use
less, is
yourself, or
but
need
the
to
best
costs
best
than
are
you
the
use
desired, which
easily mix
lo
the
(if you
and
for
If
good paint throughout.
use
(work exposed
work
better
best
Beginners
good quality.
rather
Prepared liquid paints

amateur
of
paint at all, use
quality outside
poorer
for
for
Wood-Working
436
of
thinned
be
to
any
when
prepared paint in liquid
the
form.
white
The
lead
thinned
with
form
of
paste ready
with
turpentine.
substance.
none)
old
clothes
when
soon
painting
from
you
as
to
of
This
however,
outside
the
work
is
that
the
room
paint
seems
many
work,
to
to
it
do.
in
is well
can
to
be
used
The
long
wear
and
indoor
odour
mere
people
some
for
to
hands
the
ventilated.
gredient
in-
(practically
of continued
case
make
an
or
it is well
carefully wash
work,
unhealthful
and
will
done, and
enough
poisonous
But
inside
basis
the
slight danger
paints, the
coloured
it
is also
if for
time
ill,as
feel
by
others
harm.
the
painters
and
is
while
be
you
oil or,
but
paint,and
you
without
regard
with
is, however,
as
reliable, ground in the
more
lead, which
painting
know,
apparently
'
see
can
may
In
White
perhaps
thinned
be
to
There
such
as
is
already
and
pound, ground
the
prepared paints, is
from
face
what
oil,or,
the
of
buy by
can
you
common
of
opinion
experience
certainlysaves
simplest
among
who
trouble.
way
experienced
prefer
the
is
men.
to
buy
There
your
are,
prepared liquidpaint for
Tools
ready
of
desired
any
You
for
few
not
mix
them
with
shade
on
the
colour
wood.
will be
a
darker
much
small
white
"
white
paint
easier
to
than
to
add
lighten the
to
Linseed
mix
the
best
for outside
lead
work
penetrating
and
boiled
Boiled
oil.
exposed
not
in
however,
flow
never
be
work
and
oil does
is also
the
used
causes
is
is
to
the
used
to
the
freely used
durability of
for outside
the
is
of the
of
it is much
enough
all
to
paint
reason,
if used
It is
work
which
oil is
Raw
it is
as
in
more
drying
work
to
than
it is
where
opinion,
of
kinds.
two
for that
with
difference
some
thinning paint.
work.
paint
of
quart
dark
not
weather,
for inside
well
very
There
for
canful
consistency.
proper
exposed
use
you
have
you
whole
that
result
or
surprisinghow
will tint
adhesive, although slower
more
regard
easilyand
from
the
is
that
tint
boiled)is required
or
to
darker
dark.
too
the weather.
to
Turpentine
it
is
Remember
if the
colour
if
to
often
especially when
paint that
yellow
shade.
paint
of your
little of the
It
to
of chrome
cream
shade
begun
the
difficulty
paint-pot is
very
duce
pro-
when
thoroughly mixed,
needed
dab
binations
com-
to
great
shade
the
intended.
you
more
thin
and
first
their
shades
no
darker,
but
have
you
(eitherraw
oil
paint
colours.
tint,but
the
in
it is
that
than
good
little
the
at
and
or
some
Test
add
to
sure
merest
can.
various
most
colours
colours
shade
is sometimes
the
paint
of
it looks
way
after
shade
quantity
the
paint,but
your
will have
you
wish.
careful
be
find
likelyto
powder
little of
match
to
making
In
first and
at
of
very
different
or
you
The
tintingwhite paint, be
pigment
but
difference
no
deceptive.
very
opening
upon
directly into
mix
to
makes
producing
a piece of
liquid form
paint yourself with
knowledge
particular shade,
some
exact
how
know
to
in
or
turpentine.
or
considerable
requires
It
in
oil
takes
colours
dry
use
in the form
buy
It
cents.
to
437
for use,
tint your
or
can
you
stir these
Do
thinned
be
oil,to
colour
which
dry colours,
Operations
colour, prepared
however,
can,
shops
in
mixed
colours
and
It makes
but
paint
probably
lavishlyand
commonly
more
it
the
used
freely and
tracts
de-
should
for inside
smoothly
the
from
brush
and
"
dull, soft, or
of
linseed
oil alone.
the
dryer,"
best
to
of
the
paint
kinds
of
iron
it will be
Be
better
that
sure
both.
the
Look
work
kill
is
and
as
the
of
one
very
little of any
the
durabilityof
Avoid
add
only
to
dryer
the
all
the
to
amount
durable
Iron
used
commonly
that
for
always
must
zinc, but
purpose.
be
dry
and
also.
is
decay,
to
it is
before
carefully and
paint.
See
paint
the
or
it is
that
the
to
to
peel,
seasoned.
thoroughly
that
see
beginning
before
thoroughly dry
liable
the
is
lead
is
use,
in all
ready
spects,
re-
is free
surface
the
and
matter
"
for
work
turpentineand
the
with
them
wash
knots
any
prevent
coat
its
streaks
or
or
resinous
of
of
two
oozing through
or
shellac, to
and
spoiling
paint.
Try
mix
to
about
are
with
the
The
oil
to
wood,
to
of
keeping
it
the
saturate
and
do
on,
be
should
coat
you
only enough, paint for
and
but
put
idea
first
enough,
wood.
can
mix
not
rather
The
oil will be
readily see
surface.
absorbed,
sufficiently
but
the
soak
great
thin
the
properly
the
quantity in
coat
you
advance
hand.
on
into
to
known
checking.
Red
very
wood
applying
over
pitchy
the
with
dust.
Look
"
mixed
injurious to
not
warm
will be
over
before
from
it
paint
not
when
to
not
paint
used.
work
wood
Do
the
inferior.
have
your
the
paint, else
or
Do
is
is often
to
work,
use
injurious
dryers.
is considered
varnish
japan
inside
time.
one
and
in
Japan
to
and
use
you
considered
paints are
Black
"
ingredient, which
paint
to
at
use
careful
be
cracking
cause
just before
Another
zinc
to
produced
quickly.
undoubtedly
chain-lightning
to
are
you
liable
and
until
colour
it is
as
is
more
preparations, but
dryer,
"
dry
to
desired
paint something else,
the
to
it
cause
of these
form
add
to
which
gives the paint that
It
often
appearance
surface
Beginners
quickly.
more
"
shiny
is usual
It
dry
to
dead
instead
"
for
Wood-Working
43^"^
that
If
than
the
thick
"
quickly
first
coat
with
plenty
drawn
into
should
thick, the paint will
oil will soak
in
be
not
of
the
thin
be
quickly, leaving too
and
Tools
residue
much
into
well
coat
brush
the
painting
toward
forth
the
both
possible,and
at
in the
break
right
off
quiteso
the
in
and
least
at
from
the
paint
has
been
the
Paint
using
bulk
of the
with
the
and
paint
first
Fig- 505)and
the
the
part
be
wiped
Paint
'
edges
You
grain
you
out
are
thus
when
outside
good plan
to
wipe
or
leave
matter
the later coats.
or
long
In
doors
the
construction
daub
you
will have
bruslies
on
next
and
the
already
of the
way
follow
tenons
of
coat
choked
finishing all
and
the
oil
the
up
putty.
rails,then
paint
less
or
brush.
where
if
will be
wood
The
absorb
while
more
putty until
dried.
and
the
work,
not
the
then
you
tirely
en-
line
not
does
quickly
the
surfaces
and
wood,
be
in the
painting (as you
neatly
injuresthe bristles.
will
small
panels,
will
of the
joints in
It is not
the
with
where
work
do
and
applied
dried, the
wood,
large
"
natural
use
crumbly,
oil will remain
for
to
will
and
pores
grain of the
brush
large
mouldings,
; the
speak
lap
the
plainlyin
been
wood
first and
on
smoothly
dry thoroughly, carefully putty
has
fresh
back
untouched
end
never
leaving it dry
put
to
so
the
freshly
surface,
and
"
some
the
from
brush
the
This
will show
to
paint
of
the
or
Remember
coat
one
putty,
charged,
work
cracks.
of the
cover
is
there
begin
surface
cannot
you
flat surface.
time
had
stretched
the
over
show
likelyto
the
part farthest
side
or
part of
side
priming,but
has
the
or
paint as evenly
where
the
of
for this is that
reason
and
in the
this coat
holes
after
middle
the
much
After
Finish
work.
be
is,if
off
draw
wire
side, drawing
or
any
time, leave
one
paint, and
over
end
one
leave
that
this first
Work
dripping paint
or
it will
"
work,
the
or
begin
and
of the
end
to
little
or
pail,^
distribute
not
try
time,
another
end
you
to
ways
but
439
superfluityof paint, and
any
other
outside.
up
Begin, also, at
surface.
working
until
remove
the
of the
edge
spattering
prevent
covered
as
the
highest part
the
on
Take
wood.
to
top,
at
to
you,
and
the
carefullyover
across
pigment
the
of
Operations
to
corners,
or
panel-
styles (see
the
of
the
work,
the
work
paint beyond
do), the
daub
will
part.
mortises, shoulders,
sharp edge
of
tin can,
as
it
and
Tools
in
applying another, bearing

before
layer
first is
the
paint
of
exposed
often
and
dried
first.
some
old
the
on
You
wall
brushes.
You
slapped
soft in
Paint
it is
cold, and
So, if
damp.
you
will
and
dry.
7iice inside
Sandpaper
each
two
work
to
Keep
which
successive
repainted.
be
a
will
you
paint
kerosene
is
will
they
will
"
there
"
is much
you
the
"
In
them
See
mains
re-
dry,
has
this
point in
convenient
place
of
and
slap
work
times
varnish, some-
of
hundreds
layers
ing
remain-
inside
the
it is
the
be
also
can
used
is not
from
warm
between
inside
for
old
the
spattering
used.
off
but
hands,
when
satisfactorily
of
get daubs
to
easy
your
damp,
it is
and
coat
be
or
where
it
where
it is cold
first
can
than
dry
than
dryer
than
temperature
warm
where
It
paint
and
common
paint is fresh,
the
hands.
Panels.
Saw.
paring
surplus
watch
of
painting,to wipe
for the
Doors
chop pretty boldly
provided
take
better
See
Panel-Saw.
Paring.
hard.
clean
probably
Panels.
are
underneath
and
dry,
in
after
make.
to
sure
may
to
paint where
to
wool
when
you,
be
off after
Turpentine
and
with
rag
Steel
surface
outside, which
paint
Pumice
coats.
if left
years.
more
work
than
under
layer finallydoes
which
were
quickly
justifiedin using
be
slowly
paint
the
way
quickly
obliged
are
you
ones
twenty
more
the
some
old
in this
up
rule, more
of
daubs
after
cases
dries,as
where
is
some
where
against
previous
the
of
coat,
from
illustration
shop
thick, made
before
on
first
extreme
taken
find
the
surface
an
varnish
can
inch
an
the
been
the
second
outside
the
while
When
find
and
has
soft.
more
cases,
hard
crack
can
paint
and
dry
is to
tendency
such
air
the
much
dry
441
applying
that
excludes
to
In
be.
comparatively
the
it
causes
be
to
seem
mind
fully hard,
it should
as
Operations
trimming
or
wood
with
the
the
to
be
removed,
until
hatchet
direction
piece of
of
the
you
wood
you
to
can
get
near
line, if
sometimes
the
grain carefully to
line,
see
Wood-Working
442
that
the
safely
in
run
keep
well
the
to
up
direction
one
rule
as
splitcannot
but
for
from
away
line ; sometimes
in
not
Beginners
opposite (Fig. 613), but
the
line
the
chop
can
you
for
the
wood
first
that
Even
cut.
be
to
ap])ears
quite straight-grainedwill
often
split
from
the
To
wood,
like
the
stance, you
grain
down
that
line
be
suitable.
the
grain
or
to
superfluous
614).
It
takes
will
as
a
few
main
little
score
of
short
is
to
extend
piece
of
wood
often
in
trimming
draw-knife,
with
saw
more
time
to
to
than
to
whack
chopping kindling, but
more
workmanlike
the
line
and
whatever
or
tion
direc-
than
(Fig. 614).
The
or
and
removing
knife.
The
advantage (Fig.
these
cross-cuts
Fig.
saw
off
farther
better
make
up
chips
in such
cuts
the
break
loosened
614.
were
is the
line, to
chisel, a
made
the
cut
pieces by splittingbeyond
the former
in-
series
stopping
cuts,
to
the
applied
be
hatchet, knife,chisel,or
if you
with
line,
first
can
piece
these
point
cause
the
with
Fig.
main
not
be
can
wood
to
plane, chisel, draw-knife,
the
The
into
run
often
can
with
trim
then
and
wood,
line
principle
same
cuts
the
the
to
tool may
the
of
of
edge
613.
of
the
of
hatchet, for
the
piece
down
with
expect.
you
a
short
Fig.
way
trim
board,
N\\\\\^
^^"y
differently
with
615.
away
ways,
furiouslylength-
after
you
you
have
will conclude
reliable way.
spoiled
that
and
Tools
This
with
chisel
the
making
trim
To
work
as
the
on
help
in such
the
lines
the
be and
the
line.
Frequently
with
the
to
better
advantage
the
at
saw,
close
be
can
Paring
off
off
instead
grain
even
if
of
the
with
is
wood
in
slanting,as
grain.
of
superfluous
irregularedge
an
the
the
vise
in the
with
to
done
It is often
the
wood
down
better,however,
by
up
the
tool.
When
the
to
the
it becomes
the
grain
surface
more
runs
and
chisel,as
difficult
to
trimming
or
provided
cut
direction,
same
then
can
the
across
cut
with
grain, or
617.
the
in several
dipping
line
in the
you
to
bench.
easily done
runs
because
the
given
is very
straight,or
Fig.
diagonally, with
to
chisel
Fig. 617,
616.
work
lying horizontallyon
the
edge just
move
re-
Fig.
held
stant
con-
Finally
ef.
this
It is in
work.
It
first
to
smoothly
curve
of
fore
pieces be-
small
and
b.
to
then
into
Fig. 616, begin
curve
cases
wood
kinds
in
shown
from
grain
grain
carving.
out
of
the
the
trim
"
as
end
part of
in many
cuts
curve
the
with
is often
final
roughing
to
of
outside
"
in
use
the
principle of breaking
this
apply
to
443
bevels
or
principleis applicable to making chamfers
knife (Fig,615). You
will find frequent occasion
or
same
Operations
wood
directions,and
again
down
pare
likelyto
is less
the
as
surface
be
split
keeps cropping
shown
in
smoothly
Fig.
701,
with
the
444
chisel.
and
Wood-Working
for
such
the
In
wood
them
cut
should
torn
the
towards
not
chii)swill spiltand
the
not
with
fibres
will be
piece
the
be
cut
motion
kept
of
that
in the
cut
619.
that
that
edge
an
cutting-edge
drag
varying
tool
the
The
as
balance
with
left
should
the
as
blade.
Paring-Chisel.
Parting-Tool.
Pencil.
"
paring,
for
See
"
and
and
See
cases
control
rest
Chisel.
Markifig.
Tools.
is
pushing
the
upon
nearer
largely by
the
of the
forward
controlling with
and
of
is
countercheck
or
It
tool.
Chisel.
Carving
brake
checking
effective
in many
See
the
as
"
hand, which
left
the
forces
two
See
"
of
progress
hand
correct
right,act
the
of these
that
"
the
right
the
left hand
well
than
check
to
620.
let the
or
off
slanting
the
use
to
rest
bevelling
or
chisel
the
using
In
the
the
best
(Fig. 620).
cut
Fig.
can
you
the
cutting
In
rounding
or
do
cannot
leave
tools.
corner
however,
are,
you
and
can
other
Some
slice away
must
you
re-
extremely irregular
so
this,but
grain
it.
pieces
tion
direc-
the
the
quires
Fig.
when
in
of
the
ite
oppos-
direction
change
part
the chisel
Reverse
and
if the
the
/. "?., so
"
out
with-
that
so
direction
of the wood.
body
stroke
slanting stroke
in the
to
drawing
crossways
Slant
up.
split,it
to
slidingor
diagonal
off the
be
to
tend
and
away
with
surface
will trim
that
causing
remember
case
the
traverse
(Fig. 619)
Beginners
the
or
tool
grasp
is
gained.
the
wood
Tools
Pincers.
Plane.
Small
than
the
chisel
the
size and
A
the
also
cuttingnippers
short
than
it is
and
will
not
make
may
not
it
level, or
will follow
make
the
flat; so
into all the
down
go
chisel
the
tool
it may
and, though
in
block
exactly
hands.
apply
to
to
more
in the
and
of
hatchet, but
be
can
block
smoothed
the
even
you
So,
force
to
it
convenient
of
plane.
the
or
which
firmly fixed
be
may
position
will prevent
but
through
chisel,held
or
one
becomes
another,
surface
is needed
firmly in
block
stuck
surfaces
knife, ax,
and
shape
very
point
pincers, pliers,
chisel,the knife,
advantageously,
more
chisel
narrow
something
large surfaces
hold
but
or
the
degree by
controlled
to
nothing
see,
iron.
or
certain
for
pliers and
common
of
plane is in principle (roughly speaking), as
"
readily
wood
kinds
445
useful.
very
will
Operations
various
are
of
pair
nippers.
be
There
"
and
the
surface
it will
smooth,
is made
block
little
cuttingdeeper at one
the irregularities
of
it
longer, that
hollows, but plane
off
the
only
higher parts.
The
The
essential
two
bottom
is called
surface
the
sole
of
iron
goes
(^), and
the
through
which
the
plane
the
are
iron
and
the
stock.
stock
face (ab in Fig.
ox
621), the wedge-shaped

the
of
parts
hole
is called
slot
the
the
at
where
/STOCK
throat
bottom
a
the
of
edge
the
Fig.
iron
projectsis called
Bear
be
is
mind
in
reversed
that
copy
rounding, the
the
cut
will be
straight.
If
the
very
convenient
the
shape
of the
cut
of the
shape
of the
cutting-edge.
will be
rounding.
If the
buying
though
cut
621.
{d).
the moicth
edge
new,
you
good
ones
is
If the
hollowing.
If
the
edge
made
is
can
appliances
be
of
best,
had
the
as
with
iron
edge
the
be
rule,
left
to
wooden
planes.
plane
If the
is
straight,the
nicked, ridges will
will do
by
on
edge
hollowing,
cut
the
get iron
will be
wood.
planes,
stocks, but
Some
will
with
workmen
446
for
Wood-Working
still
the
prefer
old
wooden
Beginners
it is better
but
planes,
iron
buy
to
ones.
The
is used
jack-plane
surface
with
for
work
coarse
and
large shavings, ready for the other
planes.
teen
is
The
iron
the
ground
to
as
be
can
and
cut
the
it does
not
plane
from
After
taking
but
without
smooth
the
with
desired
the
the
of
"
and
If
you
fore-plane, have
it
iron
the
iron
finer,and
off the
take
labour
for
ground
the
jack-
use
get
over
ridges,
a
common
really
the
grain,
surface
pieces have
jack-plane
to
do
to
been
the
work
like the
across
of
use
across
reduce
to
squarely
more
of the
off where
a
by going
never
hollows.
cuts
cleaning
should
off
iron, but
of
worst
can
you
easiest way
and
taken
siderably,
projecting con-
with
the
that
of wood
traversing,"or planing
quickest
shape,
glued together.
of
plane
is for
jack-plane
is often
deal
great
is
ridges (Fig.623, exaggerated).
can
you
the
shavings
Heavy
strokes
the
as
slightlyso
squarely ground
surface
set
piece
more
and
course
times
several
surface
which
of
smooth,
rough
of
can
you
work
with
surface
the
off
(Fig. 622).
middle
series of hollows
the
than
the
leave
the
but
rounded
rough outside
easier
and
quicker
in
deeper
cut
623.
is
like
chisel,
Fig.
edge
squarely
across,
622.
good
length.
of
Four-
fifteen
or
inches
Fig.
off the
rough
to
fore-
plane.
If you
your
use
an
right hand, laying
little in front
fingerson
allows
old-fashioned
you
necessary
applies to
the
to
and
the
of
the
farther
bear
to
wooden
left
your
iron, with
side,
weight
control
as
on
the
old-fashioned
thumb
in
shown
tool
wooden
the
over
the
the
plane,
fore
to
the
the
take
and
top
towards
part of
best
planes.
side, just a
you
This
Fig. 624.
the
position
plane
your
the
and
advantage.
If
in
handle
when
This
plane
is
Tools
iron, there is
in
grasp
the
and
stop
natural
Push
handle
the
break-iron
steadilyan
forward
another
for
afresh
work, about
In
these
with
for
use
rough planing
The
the
much
the
do
to
fore-plane is
across
corners
and
like
the
not
to
planed by machinery
probably
have
you
inches
twenty-two
has
roughed
required
iron
chisel,but
(Fig.625).
is
rough
for
edge
or
cap
for finer work.
nearer
find
you
the
from
will
you
straighten and
to
been
When
The
edge.
trying-plane is longer
or
roughness
having
stroke.
much
have
not
good
deal
of
yourself.
Eighteen
worst
shavings
unless
Then
arm's-length.
farther
everything
almost
smoothness,
It is used
length.
surface
but
fore-plane
jack-plane.
after
eighth inch,
jack-plane
the
on
back
less
or
simply
you
624.
far
set
days when
greater
which
arm's-length
quite
be
one
tip it
back
plane
can
447
way.
Fig.
drawing
left hand
for the
knob
or
jack-plane
start
Operations
and
is
been
It is held
is
good
the
taken
jack-plane,
take
off
such
slightlyrounded
in the
same
way
the
The
off.
ground
than
surface
the
therefore
very
larger
by
off
to
level
and
heavy
squarely
at
as
the
the
^^*
^^"
jack-plane,
and
Tools
the
valleys of
will
this,but
in
be
of course,
The
626.
surface
longer plane, or in cases

it is not required that the
can,
speak, while
449
longer plane
it has
where
surface
is essential
only
should
be
trued
by
straightened and
straightenedby
been
smoothness
is made
is therefore
smoothing-plane
after
do
cannot
tops of the hills until the surface
Fig.
the
smooth
to
to
so
off the
cut
shown
level,as
merely
wood,
Operations
Small
true.
the
and
pieces
smoothing-plane
alone.
smoothing-plane can
wooden
be
Fig.
iron
An
knob
plane
for the
used
be
can
by laying the
in
useful
angle
acute
and
is often
with
The
the
of
the
stock
upwards,
and
the
bevel
by
face
The
is
iron
block-plane
for amateur
work
and
usually set
in
width
A
at
very
mouth
block-plane
used
as
is
a
substitute
quite good
a
quently
fre-
other
the
the
of
side, be
is
across
it is also
than
detachable
makes
but
is
convenience.
of
means
smoothing-plane
the
naturally over
end-grain "),
directions.
with
the
can,
rabbet-plane.
for
other
adjustable,which
which
made
hand
chieflyfor planing
meant
"
planes
Fig. 627.
purpose.
block-planeis small and is

ends
of pieces (forplaning
more
in
shown
as
627.
The
the
held
little
useful
tool.
toothed-planeis
The
but
so
the
that
smooth,
29
iron
one
is
side
about
corrugated
of
is notched
the
the
or
size of
scored
cutting-edge of
into
little teeth
smoothing-plane,
lengthwise,
grooves
the
with
the
iron, instead
somewhat
like
of
being
fine
saw
the
edge
plane
almost
or
of
in
and
break
to
together
that
the
left for
in
purpose
toothed
you
such
grain.
with
the
broken
to
way
that
of
for
obstinate
same
rough
ciple
prin-
place tightly
is used
this
for
is based
tool
scratched
ages
or
the
wood,
is
grain,unless, of
supposed
can
be
to
able
is
to
be
not
you
the
of
manner
your
the wood
course,
fibres
usually with
with
or
the
directions
all
the scraper,
is
trouble
adjustment,
surface
fact, however, if
of
matter
edge
in
with
the
chipping
fine, the obstinate
As
its
it without
smoothed
grain
crooked
to
crop
thoroughly
be
can
of
keeu
the
this
may
plane
very
surface
very
two
are
ally
the laths, intention-
for
which
but
surface
set
plane-iron or
the
planing,
most
the
piece
have
the
its
holds
which
upon
cannot
you
smoothing-plane.
a
somewhat
good
to
surfaces
or
its
veneering
used
refractorypiece of
get smooth,
the
hold
along
woodwork.
subdue
to
scratching
smooth
edge
their
may
toothed-plane
idea
The
edges
between
Orientals, who
wish
that
the
cannot
The
two
wall
the cracks
on
toothed-plane
so
glue
lathed
purpose.
joints of
By
the
using
the
also be used
can
which
it gets
with
the
the
strongly, upon
more
veneering.
originated
in
that
in
frequently be
can
of the
body
all
It is used
grain where
plastering on
the hold
through
It
in the
scratches
shavings.
off
the
up
makes
plane
surfaces.
glued together, so
surfaces
It
taking
of
Beginners
is inserted
iron
the
vertically. This
gluing other
advantage
be
file,and
instead
course
to
for
Wood-Working
450
cut
the
extraordinarily
hard.
The
stock,
bull-nosed-planehas
the
iron
into
and
awkward
to
work
reached
by
small
very
the
corners
smoothing-
or
close
places
block-planes.
plane (perhaps
inches
four
the
to
fore
end
which
The
iron
long)
of
of the
cannot
be
is reversed.
this kind
is
useful.
is
circular-plarie
The
being
now
made
of
that
either
concave
very
useful
at
The
used
thin, flexible
or
convex
times, but
which
rabbet-pla7ie^
is
not
surfaces, the sole
planing curved
for
metal
plate and
surfaces
can
essential
for
is used
to
cut
be
an
adjustable so
It is
smoothed.
amateur.
rabbets,
as
the
name
in-
Tools
dicates, is
it
rabbets
by having
A
at
cut
router^ for cleaning
and
depressions, is
is
There
well
as
of these
Many
and
amateur
and
cheaply
will
You
what
iron
iron, like
grained,
soft
grain,but
screwed
"
run
the
to
and
and
surface
perplexing
Fig.
likely to
the
below
be
are
same
way,
wood
in front
of
the
with
planing
of
tearing
in
them
such
and
of
the
cases
rough
the
all sorts
the
and
planing smoothly
dents
the
twists, cropping
and
again
planing
or
single
with
is
629.
breaking
like
hollows
plane-iron
of
wood
Fig.
tendency
iron in
plane, because
628.
continually chipping
natural
of the
easilyfor straight-
turns
down
factory.
purpose
plane
when
but
In
ways.
surface, instead
The
ing
buy-
cutting-iron,in
the
difficult to
dipping
straight-grained
pine, leaving
surface.
wood
stock
and
the
of
planes.
hard
for
in the
side
of
a
for
easily
so
reach
and
satisfactorily
cut
pieces of
not
"
be
can
feel the need
in mind
one
upon
do
cannot
you
bear
to
double-ironed
wood,
many
live where
important
they
work
planes.
important
not
are
will seldom
You
you
''universal''
rule,
the
cx.'s,
planes^ beading-pla7tes^
and
as
the
as
mill.
chisel,will
grain does
curious
it
called
are
up
at
find
dull
or
days,
them, unless
of
any
done
7'ound
combination
excellent,but,
are
in these
the
cap
as
of grooves
specialpurposes,
for
planes
holloiv
plough^ matchi7ig-planes^
etc.,
the bottoms
times.
at
other
various
dispense with
can
you
smoothing
and
useful
very
cases
451
mill.
out
variety of
Operations
in most
tool, but
useful
and
(Fig.628).
piece
over
is to
To
off
of
the
split the
remedy
Wood-Working
452
this the
plane
is
screwed
edge
so
iron.
double
the
to
on
bend
help
to
as
has
and
for
face
break
of
fairly
when
the
off.
The
iron.
the
The
and
brought
the
edge,
down
the smoother
which
they
above
the
the
be
can
must
in
the
which
the
angle
be
set
quite
close
the
There
cap-
the
fore-
the
to
the
nearer
edge,
The
to
dull
The
one.
iron
nearer
the
work
for
edge
plane.
required, however,
be
must
in front
dis-
of the wood.
sharp
is
have
the
with
but
the
the
the
to
the
from
inch,
is the
in
to
of
an
break-iron
shavings.
This
proportion
result,but the harder

the
is said
of
of
ings
shav-
of illustration.
sake
the character
edge
broken, close
shaving.
sole
of
forward
angle, against
an
and
cutting edge
the
to
edge
of the
mouth
projects(Fig.
631).
Thus
width
the
of
mouth
the
makes
difference
in
the
smoothness
of
the
surface,
for
necessary
a
Fig.
mouth
narrow
With
it
the
than
more
slot in the
iron
eighth
an
towards
breaking
through
some
smoothly
the
of
cutting edge
"
cross-grained the wood,
or
Something
insure
as
thickness
little distance
varying according to
crooked
more
or
far
set
smoothing-plane
the distance
is
can
cap
jack-plane, as
plane
be
it
cut
can
split
(Fig. 630),
it is in advance
tance
the
before
started
iron
for the
lead
dull
greatly exaggerated
The
"
with
cap
shavings
gets
cuts
or
cutting-iron (Fig. 629)
the
the
off
630.
iron
An
is
FiG.
Beginners
to
wide
time^ because
631.
is
ensure
the
mouth,
the
there
is
shaving being readily broken
shaving
no
corner
will
not
be
broken
against which
by
by
to
the
the
break
cap.
cap
it.
in
and
Tools
crooked
with
but
essential
quite
wide
enough
to
set
very
the
cap
the
requires
the
near
iron
modern
The
shaving
to
use
the
in
the
same
the
the
which
it in
(tig. 632),and
is the
This
the
remove
you
have
to
using
the
the
usually need
reducing
Before
dull
the
and
With
piece
the
tool
the
on
the
and
smooth
true,
follow
but
the
the
is brushed
to
enough,
it
loosen
project the
well
"chip"
iron.
the
as
or
before.
as
sharpening
for
hold
Do
the
not
the
and
Any
plane
strike
in
or
anything solid.
on
first the
surface.
jack-plane, to
and
then
If there
only smooth,
jack-plane
at
you
is
by
stock
no
omit
can
once
it is sometimes
the
you
useful
the
do
in
given shape.
plane, see
from
falling
(Fig. 621, e) or
superfluous wood,
jack-plane, though
to
the
bench
use
of
by looking along
iron
as
hold
iron
finger,let
tell about
the
lightly
by
cuttingedge,
ordinary macMne-planed
of wood
beginning
the
iron
the
is raised
"
chip
lower
removed
it rests
fore-plane
"
lating
regu-
obliged
are
you
the
operation. Always
surface
smoothing-plane.
not
To
thus
removal,
adjusting operations.
surface
and
raise
iron
the
rough piece of wood,
rough
sole
prevent
the
of
can
fore-plane,to straighten and

need
to
removing
the
part of it while
smooth
To
sole) and
stock, keeping
place by tapping
in
in all these
left hand
iron
the
the
you
for
of the
as
top
on
chip being
will show
carpenter
tap any
it
When
you
used
process
replacing it,the
the
so
place.
fix in
the
planes,
end
much.
required distance, which

sole
fore
hand
too
holds
from
and, checking the edge with
before
as
the
place by tapping
fix it in
iron
loosen
you
left
if loosened
through
wedge
the
little from
very
wooden
that
top of
with
plane
and
narrow
very
shaving. If,however,
old-fashioned
tapping on
through freely. Rough
simple appliances for settingor
the
of the
way
is
of mouth
narrowness
pass
mouth
have
planes
thickness
ence,
differ-
much
so
edge.
adjustingthe projectionof
the
to
(/."?., projecting but
quite
make
not
grain
broken
453
surface, provided that the opening is
the
allow
to
fine
and
smooth
knotty wood
and
this does
wood
straight-grained
With
Operations
the
that
all dirt
surface.
or
gritwhich
might
for
Wood-Working
454
the
Turn
merely
to
also
see
to
plane
it
that
and
sight along
iron
i)rojectsto
over
that
see
the
Beginners
projects equally, lest
the
(Fig. 632), not
sole
the
one
required degree,
but
side
the
iron
or
should
thus
other,
groove
the wood
on
(Fig.6^;^). The
latest
iron
ances
appli-
planes
if your
^'ingon
side of the
upper
end
^^"ill
correct
of
the
iron
the
the
Try
plane
piece before
waste
on
is not
little tap-
one
trouble.
sort,
plane
arranged
?o
equality
in-
any
this
of
but
have
adjust
to
beginning
Fig.
more
the
make
scratch
or
cut
than
deeply
and
of
corner
nice
on
632.
work.
with
Plane
cleanly where
they
left smooth.
will tend
with
the
whole
arms
to
easy
thing
to
surface
plane against
the
work
(and
from
body.
ahead, also
over
the
off
the
fibres will be
the
and
your
grain,some
just below
work
of
the surface
The
end
will be
the
fibres
before
to
the
get
keep
Try
plane
surface;
surface
it
true
the
before
plane
they
shoulder),not
with
plane straight
equally
and
evenly
it is
comparatively
for while
to
it is
it
make
quite
true
if
as
natural
the stroke
Plane
you.
the
smooth
or
the
shove
to
as
with
sible
pos-
another
warped
^^-
winding.
or
off
cut
(Fig. 634).
behind
the
rule, and
to
splinteror chip
to
Stand
up
crop
If you
off
cut
are
grain, as
the
tendency,
as
shown
in
and
common
Fig. 635.
fault, is
Rolling
the
^33-
to
begin
and
body
back
and
and
Tools
forth,instead
is
first)
at
in
shown
To
6;^6.
pushing steadilywith
of
this trouble.
aggravates
Operations
that
The
the
the
after
surface
from
arms
the
shoulder,
(which is
of this way
result
455
is apt
planing
scious
uncon-
be
to
as
Fig.
prevent
this,press
down
RIGHT.
with
the
the
on
/^//hand
forward
part of the plane
during
the
first
part
of
the
with
stroke, and
the
on
hand
right
the
part
rear
of the
plane
the
ing
dur-
last part
(Fig.
of the stroke
Fig.
634.
637).
In
plane
to
from
the
it back
draw
which
wood
planing
when
work
so
that
is
dirty or
drawing
the
only
it is best
rough,
it back
point
for
fresh
touches
the
in
but
board,
wood
635.
worth
small
clean
it is not
while
to
edge,
on
of
or
or
planing
surfaces
Fig.
stroke,
it back
draw
lift the
to
usually
take
to
this
Fig.
precaution.
In
planing pieces
636.
with
-^
-JiTfe^turn
^
can.
do
But
this.
many
So
at
pieces
times
are
with
so
it is well
crooked
to
turn
in
your
the
when
piece
practicable, so
plane
37-
erain,
crooked
grain
as
the
that
much
grain
you
plane sideways
to
as
of
as
it
you
cannot
to
get
and
Tools
allow
you
keeping
the
the
When
plane
tip sideways
to
parallelwith
sole
Operations
the
FiG.
ing-plane,either
the
planing ends,
Fig. 642,
The
or
of the
use
process
of
plane
from
both
Fig.
it
is,but
do
wood
not
at
the
the middle
toward
nice
neglect
to
side
wood
smooth
where
in
shown
(Fig.643).
the
to
(See Truiftg Surfaces.^
true.
articles
the
smooth-
clue
necessary
Fig.
ordinary cylinder planer,

as
of
641.
make
you
or
edge chipping off, as
edges
surfaces
warped
of
640.
the
prevent
instead
edge
block-plane
straight-edge will give the
making
Whenever
to
the
piece
waste
secure
the
over
flat surface.
with
end-grain
planing across
457
from
will
seem
it
wood
642.
planed by
quite
carefullyso
smooth
as
an
just
to
take
for
Wood-Working
45^
"
the
out
all
the
grain
"
planer-marks
left
room
will
as
pages
little
those
or
machine
the
by
Beginners
often
soon
clear
work
and
45,
44,
show
the
as
corrugations across
across
the
is finished.
See
46, and
also
Sharpen-
i?ig.
Planing.
Plane^ JointingsTruing
See
"
Surfaces.
Plank, Laying.
p.
Plumb.
weight
in
You
the
end
as
using hang
the
cord
the
cases,
plane
will make
edge than
Plane.
board
the line
give
will
cord
swinging (Fig.644).
on
as
or
shown
in
the
apex
at
of
be
course
convenience
For
Fig.
When
130.
of the
notch
the
vertical,
than
test
accurate
more
long
the
any
short
in
one
"t*
straighter
plane, for
will
bridge
irregularitiesof
the
the
surface
For
example,
be
to
plumbed
as
at
plumbed.
take
to
the
case,
is
as
long board
over
cord
will
short
Laying.
plumb-line by merely hanging
cord, when
will be
just
most
it stops
board
board
long
the
of
hangs exactly on
of the
edge
make
can
soon
as
See
"
Boards,
"
"
at
vertical
Plough.
See
"
plumbed
the
post
as
same
post
leans
the
short
at
as
aggerated
ex-
(Fig.645)
vertical, taken
whole; while
an
Fig. 644.
over,
because
board
happens
to
be
placed
where
the
Fig.
surface
Fig.
645.
of
the
post is
646.
not
straight.
AVhen
or
under
the
plumb-line
another
is used
point, as
in
to
determine
surveying,the
bob
point exactly over

is
shaped
with
and
Tools
point like a top (Fig.646).

(See also Level.)
Pod-Bit."
See
oil and
Common
"
lead
some
purposes,
put
in
matter
until
the
leave
it
become
fiat
Holes., To
knife, but
An
old
across
or
"
Rabbet.
in
the
work
done
hand.
at
The
In
to
knife
or
much
as
down
next
line.
with
the
with
In
the
Use
Do
not
it from
take
the
and
paper
putty
the
putty
square-bladed putty-
use
the
water.
may
the
by
See
fingers.
your
also
rectangular
or
of
the
line
final
fact, any
for
better
usually
as
having
chisel
The
end
can
of
been
also be
to
not
trimming
flat side toward
(seeParing).
best
under
cut
to
the
to
the
or
other
or
to
amateur
practicable,rather
the
at
the
very
than
tool
saw
can
to
make
line.
In
removing
pare
across
the
the
grain
be
chisel
beyond
line,the chisel should
to
rabbet,
drivingthe
jam the wood
it
with
carefully marked
used
get
do
to
useful
piece, the
cut
groove
board, plank,
cuttinga mortise, taking pains when

the
in
re
best.
piece
mill, when
cases,
chisel.
(betterif
used
angle),or,
rabbet-plane is, however,
some
in
be
can
recess
of
It is
chisel, it is often
it
you
obtuse
an
used, the lines for the rabbet

a
under
case-knife
is
edge
(Fig.284).
have.
putty
not
to
Bits.
rabbet
"
lengthways
by
do
is
paint
it into
knead
hard.
of
superior for
of
coat
and
absorbed
regular putty-knifeis
Quill-Bit." See
such
mixture
putty, stir the colouring
in which
and
of linseed
Stop.
squarely
timber
Keep
surfaces, and
Putty-Knife.
shaped
96.
page
mixture
one
colour
work
paper
dry
but
To
then
oil will be
the
be)
whiting is,however,
when
puttying.
in the
wrapped
for
the
is coloured.
whole
quickly
knife
the
(or should
is better
and
painter's,for
will
with
in
little oil and
see
consistency of dough.
the
about
worked
after
on
plumb,
Nail-set.
is
putty
whiting of
white
be
See
"
Putty.
the
making
For
459
Bits.
(for Nails).
Punch
Operations
be
the
held
wood
with
rather
than
stiipof
A
line
wood
guide
as
rear
or
be
can
for the
of the
corner
guide it,but
such
instead
which
the
off
"
See
"
Reamers.
strong
knowledge
of
repairing
comes
when
as
knowledge
skill
from
new
endless.
all
the
directions
for
used
parts of the
on
Suppose
on
with
It
different
in
tinie
it
dregs
of all the
See
half-
File.
make
to
the
of
comes
glue
dozen
off ?
used
times.
How
majority of
to
contain.
of
is it
cover
tions
opera-
other
gestions
Sug-
use.
stuck
usually mended
family glue-pot, containing
The
since
to
off, after having been
comes
it
was
bought,
of
give complete
it may
be
your
variety is
rules
is referred
reader
working,
wood-
jobs
two
give
the
Skill in
of
the
to
however,
may,
chair
general
and
attempt
describe
the
to
ing
mend-
applying
rarely have
information
points
two
to
in
kind,
same
fact, to
for whatever
more
general knowledge
is,therefore, impossible
In
and
articles.
problems.
if of
of the
new
make
to
"
sign
ingenuity
will
glue perhaps
each
and
good-sized
no
You
wood-working,
arm
roughly,
more
help.
great
ingenuity
and
the
One
and
be
or
and
from
repairing would
one
also
experience
cases.
book
file,
coarse
surplus wood
leave
to
than
merely
repairing just alike,even

almost
and
new
more
not
to
of
repair thoroughly
To
"
wood-working
but
under
projectingpoints,
remove
to
Bits.
requires
often
itself
saw
methods.
sort
with
shape.
will be
rasp
Furniture.
Repairing
"
into
to
gauge
expedients
heel
Fili?ig.
See
"
as
")
is
"
quickly, but
useful
the
to
the
to
up
the
the
workmanlike
most
for wood
more
with
done
useful
it is studded
extremely
slab-sided
be
clamped
the
used
objects roughly
Rasping.
things
wood
It is
file.
(or
Plane.
ridge-liketeeth
get curved
round
See
piece exactly on
latter close
though
hardly
only
sawing
even
are
"
the
the
keeping
arrangements,
rasp
of
tear
the
than
to
The
"
Beginners
across
the
sometimes
Rabbet-Plane."
Rasp.
and
saw
circumstances,
some
clamped
saw,
pieces are
stick,and
but
for
Wood-Working
4^0
is put
on
the
the
stove.
and
Tools
little water
thick
paste
thick
into
poured in, and
place
it will
as
sometimes
Now
clean
how
the
fresh
glue
not
scrape
away
will
no
should.
in
place
will
not
hold,
fast
as
insides
help
and
side
of
with
parts
together
to
clamp
hand-screws
twisted, and
rope
arrangement,
any
sure
of
one
another,
good job.
or
are
Fig.
used.
firmly
joint,
on
the
the
jaws
to
slipping,
the hand-
on
that
so
the
jaws
Fig.
647.
parallel. Then,
by using
towards
be
fit
do
the
of the
chalk
putting
be
the
that
way
put
; but
glue
Sometimes
contrive
to
angle
seme
to
slipas
be
prevent
screws
an
want
will
pieces
drying.
wish
so
First
the
in
often
rubbing
make
case
shown
each
if you
glue
contrive
ingenuityto
be
often
is
the
clamps, sometimes
must
ahand-screw
Screw
glue
all your
but
can
whether
the
follows.
properly
You
hours
glue dries.
result
top of the old
on
few
tighten them.
you
such
647
the
this
do
nearly
as
the
usual
important.
they will,then
while
the
gettingoff
see
for
string while
v\'ork to
is
pushed
usually left
then
top of the
joints,on
arm
into
warmed
hand-screws
or
method
not
in
Next,
that
so
clamps
In
wood,
wood
If
pieces
curved,
will
the
clamped they
This
glue.
the
on
it will take
The
on
old
the
and
to
go
this, sometimes
will do
but
and
461
glue gets
the
to
on
with
on
while
you
fit.
longer
they
often
for
should
off all the
them
tied
the
as
It is then
go.
even
it sticks
course
as
soon
coating they already have,
and
Of
as
it is daubed
lot of
Operations
other
two
one
another
glue the parts
as
with
hand-screws,
and
new
the
those
first put
joint firmlyclosed.
work.
For
the way
to
on
be
can
Then
do this
drawn
proceed
see
to
Gluing.
patching old
In
have
the
trim
the
new
Staining).
as
pieces
after
See
also
it is well
therefore
the
under
sofa,
pieces
the
around
the
be
one,
screwed
out
with-
done
under
wedging
Sometimes
where
you
the
chair,
neat
diameter
to
admit
shallow
To
patch
or
plug
match
also
the
of the
part
of the
Gluing, Clamps,
and
the
in
use
same
can
expedient
be
of
applied in
bit
in
screws
first
and
screw
after
to
cases
with
hole
hardest
rest
such
In
inserted
The
Stop).
wrapped
The
often
can
it necessary
find
square
be
dowels
admit
not
be
The
dowels.
or
afterwards
do
place.
to
on
Dowels).
and
the head
to
sometimes
glue
can
them
glue, can
apart
come
If you
conditions
and
will show.
round
has
if the
pins
tenons
may
heads
in
round
repairing(see Mortising
small.
latter is fitted
the
which
work
too
but
laid
with
done
and
splitting
See
of the frame
new
and
be
can
larger,trimming
way;
muslin,
as
be
to
tenon
best
tenon
sometimes
tenons
the
the
little
this,a
the
inside
as
as
glued
this
where
cases
strong
as
block
in
particularly
make
to
fit,it will be
Holes,
it with
side, in
uncommon,
times, for
several
quite
be
never
appearance,
fore.
be-
required (see
is often
parts
or
than
rather
place
to
rule, pare
as
taken
Stop.
reinforce
to
be
table.
or
It is not
of
older
To
in
glued
are
the
Holes,
inner
or
injuring the
to
match
to
pains should
possible,and,
as
they
Beginners
wood,
new
well
repaired joint may
The
thin
with
work
match
wood
Staining
on
for
Wood-Working
462
when
make,
deep enough
has
screw
finished
sible,
pos-
of sufficient
chisel
or
places
to
been
work
allow
(see
set
is
to
make
work.
whatever
operationsmay
other
be
required.
Ripping-Saw.
Rivets.
metal,
while
or
"
In
have
"
heading
poles,
masts,
other
Sticks.
spars,
Saw.
rivets
hold
else do
someone
upsetting the
Rounding
See
"
so,
another
hammer
against the
head
or
of
piece of
the
rivet
end.
It
arrows,
is often
and
required
a
great
to
many
round
other
sticks
for
purposes.
Tools
First
which
will hold
off
nearly alike
is about
very
large.
or
by passing
and
hand
your
be used
good advantage.
smoothing,
curved)
be
well
around
the
polishon
(Fig.648).
hold
To
the
large, it
hold
or
large sticks
if
vise, but
is better
them
and
For
the
screw
in the
centre
first centre
how
stick
can
to
be
same
that
fasten
to
way
the
rounded
around
centres
stick
without
some
be
way
clear
trouble.
is
corners
The
of
rest
file
for the
good
of
used
pull it
often
can
final
which
can
crosswise
back
and
as
forth
in
to
way
centres
drive
nail
t-
Fig.
648.
stick of wood
vise
fasten
will
the
is
'
(Fig. 649).
it
at
just fit
will
centre
and
will
some
the
and
this second
easilycontrive
these
in
block
stick
ing
shap-
them
of the
or
sided.
stripof
several, and
block
as
put
are
centre,
one
stripsand
put
contrive
and
be
can
can
there
to
through
screw
you
it.
glass (both
latter
for this final
the fashion
after
lathe.
with
the
off these
know
rasp
or
bootblacks
as
shoes
smoothing
and
of
stick,much
final
cloth
The
it in
Cut
be
sixteen-
unless
taking
The
scraper
sandpaper.
be
in this way,
you
should
ners
cor-
large enough, plane
it will
for
off the
the
plane
to
95,
page
plane
stick
is
spokeshave
The
the
by
lengthwise.
as
the
of
sense
followed
and
stick
that
touch).
by
not
section, as
on
you
the
of
in
light,fine strokes, testingby eye

the work
(for you can
judge a
over
great deal
to
the
sides
before
with
do
while
careful
go
much
too
must
you
shown
plane quite fine
off
plane
form
firmly
so
can
you
square^
if the
corners
as
the
Set
rounding
the
far
as
may
you
eight
the
This
eight
the
for
possible. Next,
as
of
each
stick
463
nearly
the
eight-sided. Be
much,
too
as
use
squared
it
Operations
it is
Then
the
making
corners,
off
it.
make
can
you
piece until
the
plane
and
in
of
The
hold
it.
everything
middle
the
the
on
of your
The
can
the
distance
between
depend
arrangements
to
such
Make
held
be
the
Just
two.
shop,
can
be
from
length
stick
and
other
of the
but
you
between
turned
supported,
if
and
Tools
operationsis that
so
need
you
for
even
with
Router.
rule
with
is
one
the
but
more
to
(with
to
that
so
the
it, as
they
lies
rule
You
points
with
in too
deep,
and
make
can
you
convenient
for
six inches
the
in
but
use.
shop-work,
length,is more
One
shop.
durable,
measure
hardly
will
answer
brassas
venient
con-
every
inch
for accurate
work, lay the
rule
it will
be
not
above
when
are
the rule
visions
di-
the
and
an
flat
the
(Fig. 650).
thus
can
work
your
from
more
grain,
grain wrong
the
running
cheap kind, which
common
on
wood
eighth of
an
out
most
away
the
of
it breaks.
marked
touch
is the
edges) is
the
as
lay
first tools of which
around
distances
mark
edge
on
brass
use
to
streaks);
crooked
bring
there
work.
kind, folding to
carry
until
purpose
To
of the
common
convenient
bound
which
rule, folding once,
two-foot
spoil the
in these
direction
the
false cut
one
(and
and
stick will often
stick,will
Plane.
of
watch
tool, and
your
the
twists
465
absolutelystraight
sticks
natural
or
with
wood
unaccountable
See
stock
your
to
"
"
stock
keep constajit
slightturn of the
across
Rule.
rarelyfind
to
relation
even
or
"
rift
seemingly
often
are
"
in
grain, except
will
you
Operations
mark
the
accurately.
more
-biG. 650.
The
fineness
of sandpaper is indicated
bers
Sandpaper.
by numand
00
(thefinest),
o, 4-,i, 1-5-,2, 2-^,
3 (the coarsest). You
"
"
will
the
use
fine and
will
medium
seldom
and
when
buying, by rubbing
securely stuck
more
require coarser
ones,
if it is
numbers
on,
the
and
sand
tear
than
than
i^.
little with
the
paper
the
Test
to
coarse
sandpaper,
hand
your
little
very
see
to
see
if it is
strong.
Never
30
use
sandpaper
until all the
cuttingwith
the
tools is done.
466
Wôod-Working
7vi(Ji the
Sandpaper
The
will
do, is merely
little
the
scratches,
wood
and
style of
good
to
give
round
to
work.
Do
Do
the
in
sandi)aper, except
when
the
flat surfaces
it is well
block
and
to
into
cut
out
away
it
much,
slovenly
of
accuracy
the
remove
need
will
you
take
use
will
you
to
sharp
round
the
of cork
the
defects
little
but
specified
be
curved, the block
correspondingly.
rubber
or
and
edges
flat
be
can
be
of thick
bent
to
should
Care
of the
If
should
piece
is excellent.
surface
corners
which
leather
slightlyrounded.
been
is
over
(Fig.651),the edges
wood
or
have
sandpaper
curved
the
to
fold
to
surface
the
not
the
as
to
not
get you
sandpaper
which
of
taken
to
painted.
work
To
operations which
few
wish.
lack
right
work
like, but
you
will
be
to
is occasion.
there
For
the
shape
is
smoothness,
extra
and
result
rely on
which
rule, for such
work, is apt
the
not
work.
the
your
and
as
little
edges,
it into
over
working,
your
sandpaper,
a
Beginners
for work
of
scrub
skim
to
except
in
grain, except
use
proper
for
work
when
fit
be
sand-
l)apering.
In
sandpapering
might get
the
even
the
of
rounded
finest
sand
grain
The
"
and
are
used
there
are
various
enable
is
it
to
at
good length
inch.
is
for
your
and
used,
and
finished
than
the
the
wood
name
ordinarv
at
work, split
the
layer
outer
to
which
the
grain
with
and
the
the
more
indicates, for cutting

work.
back,
(or more
with
eight
about
to
freely.
cross-cuttingsaw
work,
of
special purposes.
the
for
edge
flexible.
more
for
as
the
stiffness
remaining part
the
kinds
teeth
through
pass
for
panel-s2i\\)
the
the
by
down
rubbing
cutting across
for
2;rain of wood
usually thicker
in
softer
much
saw
cross-cutting
scratched
when
easily do by removing
Saws
the
across
as
back, when
the
piece of work,
surface
can
you
will be
adheres
Saw.
sandpaper,
from
paper
the
or
which
paper,
delicate
very
any
The
blade
stiffen
it and
From
18"
commonly
to
ten
teeth
to
is
to
24"
called
to
the
and
Tools
Examine
they
you
cut
across
hold
it
will
You
the fibres much
"
") making
set
You
is
wider
will also
notice
sharpened,
makes
the
of
matter
in the
the
on
(which
the
points
that
next
"
the
is
called
the
than
where.
else-
than
thickness
the
the
way
and
(Fig. 653).
"binding"
of each
teeth
of the
enabling it to
the
653.
of the teeth
set, and
wards,
outto
sharp cutting edge
the
when
does
side, the
one
teeth
wider
without
are
blade,
slipback
As
and
practical
it is
for a saw
to bind
nothing uncommon
either from
ing
closnot
sawing straightor from the wood
teeth
not
(see Fig. 695). The
saw
only cut or break
fibres in
off the
at
that
alternatelybent
are
the
This
cut
fact,however,
cut,
of
clearance
saw
easily and
forth
off and
tear
outside.
"
givingthe
teeth
to
knife
your
are
board.
out
they
knife, and
Fig.
saw
the
thus
bent
spreading
the
on
tooth
as
same
that
see
of your
point
across
the
will
you
467
652.
this
side,
"
it
draw
being
tooth
Fig.
other
the
notice, also, that
one
"
and
upright
and
like the
sharp, somewhat
and
pointed
(Fig. 652)
teeth
the
Operations
parallellines
bits of
the
remove
the
at
points of the teeth,

(/."?. the sawdust)
wood
but
also
between
these
parallelcuts.
The
degree
inch
the
to
the
the
smoother
the
aside
off
cleanly cut
We
that
have
as
they cut
across
used.
Of
the former
fibres
in the
the
the
of the
action
teeth
number
the
of teeth
is to be
saw
the
course
saws
needs
hard
the
finer
the
put
teeth
usually sharpened
are
wood, but little set being required
for hard
tearing
examined
which
to
use
and
set
are
Cross-cut
the
the
by
be
to
soft and
latter,while
teeth
the
cut.
clearance, because
bent
the
upon
of wood
differentlyfor
for the
which
depend
kind
and
to
of
wider
set
to
looser-textured
the
teeth
saw
give the
blade
soft wood
and
are
are
not
so
wood.
of the
grain of
the
cross-cut
wood
very
saw
much
and
as
have
the
seen
point
and
of
edge
off in fine
based
the
Look
principle.
grain, so
we
little chisels
acute
are
of
Fig.
The
cut.
Fig.
the
front
teeth
of
front
cutting-edge
is drawn
way,
much
would
as
you
of
the
ripping-saw
angle
so
that
the
push
you
for
pushed
them
across
to
usually
saw
with
angles
when
a
points to
you
cuts
the
think
the
cut
grain.
that
see
they
which
sharp ends,
be
oblique,
Fig.
teeth
saw
in the
that
so
while
the
acute
more
the
the
effective
across,
pushed through
tear
or
pieces out
most
at
as
656.
filed
are
forward
cut
the
push
knife-point
only
the
on
the
much
inch
the
than
more
best
when
wood,
do
for
held
chisel
it
what
some-
cross-cut
the cross-cut
work.
your
you
best
rather
The
saw.
From
saw.
The
ripping-
than
at
right
easilyunderstand
can
in
able
suit-
fibres when
the
tears
slanting
works
It is not
stroke.
the
than
(Fig. 656), as
board
how
will
down
grain,as
ripping-saw usually has larger teeth

5^
to
chisel.
directly across
use
is
saw
These
may
pointed
are
with
will
you
the wood
the
not
of the
across
use
to
(Fig. 654), though
cross-cut
cutting-edge
ripping-saw cuts
The
the
Now
it,we
655.
edges
draw
teeth
as
end
reasons.
654.
fibres,and
of the
the
at
the teeth.
cut
torn
or
little knives
to
and
ripping-saw
broken
or
across
used
we
(Fig. 655, showing set)or
square
off the
the
obvious
for
As
cut
by
of
little chisels
use
sharp only
chisels
as
grain, instead
of the
teeth
the kerf
from
different
the
at
Beginners
fibres,being
that the
removed
direction
on
across
knife, and
pieces,are
in the
saw
are
for
Wood-Working
468
paring at
the
end
of
board.
If
the
cut
closes
up
after
the
"
saw
so
as
to
bind
'
it,drive
Tools
(or
wedge
open
it
from
tliis cause
to
the
cross-cut
will
and
insure
to
the
be
on
so
This
is
panel
The
saw
the
inch
quarter
it will
set
cross-cut
the
grain, as
The
at
saw
is of
an
different
make
the
line than
to
teeth
is very
be
can
which
for
care,
it
to
thin
with
made
of
out
and
It has
iron
or
without
work
of
the
common
other.
any
thin
blade
is
in
spiteof
shape
cutting
the
secure
curved
back
enables
turn
The
main
with
the
at
and
so
the
so
between
to
sawing
that
You
right angles
teeth
of
be
the
of the
pass-saw
com-
ripping
tool
of
way
few
borne
the
which
times.
at
can
with
work
It is easier
to
w'ide
curves.
will need
surface.
have
blade
thing to
is
blade
teeth
for any
the
inches
freely either
useful
very
one
about
to
the
those
cut
better
a
the
about
fifteen
As
the
that
in
is much
is
forms.
them
necessary
cut
It is about
Notice
the frame.
square
end.
compromise
which
being
narrow,
diminishing gradually
interfere,and
with
is very
other
bow-saw
widths.
cut
in
course
handles
angle
the
which
saws,
will not
with
one
of
sort
blade
circle.
small
turning- or
the bow
your
firmness.
necessary
spring
towards
tapers
cut
and
and
as
i6
to
blade
than
cut
with
used
at
employed
are
you
mill
much
lo
The
long.
deal
great
part and
inch
an
and
narrow
from
use,
your
tool, with
useful
the
broadest
is
and
long
saw
back.
compass-saw
of
the
will
wrenching
the
at
made
be
must
strengthening
In
do
can
you
little
at
in using.
requirescare
of a thin piece of brass
therefore
the blade
give
back-saw
that
the
gain by taking
splittingdjone
accurate
more
exceedingly
an
to
as
When
ripping-sawsso
inches
12
name)
the
to
as
so
of
cuts.
sometimes
can
hand
have, for
and
saw,
(whence
put
making long
of your
on
perhaps
finer and
common
back
of
should
back-smv
inch
depend
crack
it.
through
most
the
did.
grandfathers
the
cut
to
in
splittingyou
probably get
have
The
to
saw
will
not
in
4^9
freely. Binding
work
common
knot
chisel)into
or
to
saw
is very
hard
come
You
for the
enough
Operations
screw-driver
even
and
be
turned
extra
in
to
surface.
Get
to
blades
mind
follow
is
to
the
for
Wood-Working
470
is used
for
is
There
fixed
at
of
chisel, with
screw
on
good kind,
has
saws,
Compasswithout
blades.
the
A
burr,
common
into
handle
and
be
can
Most
or
or
at
piece
your
a
mill
of
waste
curved
by
way
to
test
left
saws,
compass-saw,
that
size
of
It has
keyhole.
the
the
blade
hole
to
be
may
be
to
end
from
through
so
for both
blades
sawing
band-
put
by
the
when
or
on
can
be
can
cut.
be
fitted.
thin
done
jig-saw.
the
keyhole-
beginners
for
their
breaking
and
compass-
difficult
are
wood
ragged edge,
cut
various
which
keyhole-saws
of
slot
the
657.
used
bending, twisting, or
turning-saw
mill,have
which
for
the
to
Fig.
as
side,
one
length, according
any
than
smaller
even
cutting (juicker curves,
like that
handle
end.
is
keyhole-saw^which
The
Beginners
under
and
better
If
done
side
to
use
narrow
with
at
the
to
prevent
the
handle
sawing.
buying, is
to
take
and
Tools
in
hand
one
and
sideways
without
Do
bend
then
let
the
not
from
saw
that
so
bent
or
Fig.
This
will
help
of the
surface
Hold
the
Having
the
on
and
the
start
of
the
the
the
cut
saw
thumb,
You
can
it should
which
do
Have
sides
eyes
your
of the
above
(Fig. 657).
saw
658.
saw-blade
with
the
firmly with
the
forefingerpressed against the
side
right angles
at
wood.
help guide
placed
hold
curve
the
to
farther
keep
to
you
saw
handle
of the
in
around
saw
line.
both
on
471
sprung.
of the
look
can
you
the
spring back,
blade
side
one
of
point
the
being permanently
line
the
and
Operations
the
side
saw
of the
the
piece, seize
the
(Fig. 657).
it
steady
outside
the
and
it is liable
a
to
cut
your
little notch
with
{above the
blade
damaging
of
edge
wood
right place (Fig.658).
jumping
make
just at
against
thumb
in the
and
the
Aside
wood
the
the
line
and
left hand
teeth) to help
from
unless
the
danger
guided by
left hand.
with
the
knife
or
chisel
on
the
and
Tools
the
At
end
the
of
cut,
with
"
If the
work
put
it when
together of
Do
done.
best
Try your
is not
That
make
to
make
mistakes
doing
it right without
instead
the
use
Saw-
saw
Sawing.
See
"
Saw-Set.
teeth.
saw
Scraper.
from
saw)
old
an
it. A
required of
like
A
except
the handle
top of
good
form
common
piece of glass makes

where
a
as
better.
of
nice
a
The
flat,true
paddle,
table.
steel
for
ing
saw-
often
surface
for
For
scraper,
following
of saw-blade
shape
for
but
rounded
for
directions
can
It is
surfaces
general
may
be
use
of
to
every
good
for
work
is rectangular
2^x4"
good
not
(frequently
suit the
to
for almost
required.
instance, but
many
setting
you
flat surfaces
size is from
scraper
is
one
steel
size
or
scraping
good
good
needing
of
for
bought
select.
to
be of any
may
be
point
is made
postal-card,and
saw.
.with the left hand
wood
can
the
which
scraper
and
to
get
you
The
"
vise
of
(See Sharpening).
contrivances
variety from
do
the
position is
this
horses, and
the
line.
if you
tool than
in the
screwed
grasp
by
saw
Saw.
When
easilyfind
you
be
knife
your
(even
be
other
any
of the
Sharpening.
Various
"
the
on
case
See
"
rely on
open.
outside
get into the habit
thus
already described.
as
Filing,
to
better
can
laid
this
In
preferable.
having
being
of
it should
where
cut
good while) and
wood
pieces of
Many
and
for
the
to
springing
wedged
with
learn
to
on
it will
or
the
be
wood
superfluous
way
work,
little way
pieces.
for your
can
by
should
crack
good
is caused
sawing
of
off the
trimming
chisel.
habit
the
the
nice
for your
binding
If the
(Fig.695)
get into
then
doing this
off
cut
lubricating oil
tallow, butter, lard, or
of
the wood
not
line and
or
little
easily,you
work
not
being
of the two
splinterone
off and
does
or
beware
biade, but
deface
"
binds
saw
rougher
the
hand, lest it break
the left
gently with
is
which
piece
the
473
beginning, saw
the
at
as
hold
and
quick, light strokes,
Operations
3" x 5".
purpose
to
smooth
scraping
the
glass is fully as
the
latter
use
when
is much
you
wish
to
break
or
the
glass
hands,
for
its
rest
let the
"
for
use
the
its
them
of
glass lean
from
the
position
so
iron, and
the
little
of
edge
one
other, almost
line
"
of
fixed
with
knife,
able
toler-
(Lord
it
little
and
push
of the
it
than
work
to
curved, and
other.
one
hand
be
it
clean
the
with
more
gently
draw
you,
less
or
iron;
glass; then,
separated by
more
the
of the
edge
towards
sharper
that
curvature
any
back
and
edge
it lean
glass much
by pressing
achieved
be
may
tlie
you,
will find
you
forming
the
practice,and
of iron
on
the
make
to
as
directly across,
leaving
indent
slightlyto
as
the
then, taking the piece of glass in both

between
smartly along
fracture
piece
any
edge midway
iron, so
reversing
Beginners
Take
scraper:
moment,
edge
upper
along
the
to
smooth, straightedge of
firmness
for
Wood-Working
474
done
By
than
quire
re-
may
Baines, S/iiftsa?id Expedients
of Ca77ipLife).
edge
The
hooked
the
of
edge
surface
I
Fig.
smooth
scraper
held
with
in
the
direction
end
of
the
the
both
and
the
righthand
applied
scrape
scraper
of
tool
with
crooked
You
the
one
tween
be-
palm
below
As
to
and
the
it is often
grain
and
in all directions.
can
make
Fig.
662.
rule
twisted
scrapers
of
to
grain, and
obliquely
some
in any
the
along.
the
hold
which
fingersof
and
left hand
the
the
along
is held
scraper
the
push
over
thumb
Sometimes
thumb
of
sort
hands,
towards
it is inclined.
pushed
be
pushed
and
form
To
can
fingersand
(Fig. 662),
when
to
flat surface
the
the
between
as
so
off
scrapes
shavings.
66i.
over
angle (Fig. 66 1), which
or
thin
is turned
scraper
when
advantageous
pushing
grain you
to
In
it forward.
will find
yourself by filingand
it best
to
case
scrape
grinding pieces
and
Tools
saw-blades.
old
of
with
them
is sometimes
scraper
those
of
and
in
the
useful
its flat sole
surface
But
far
so
the
than
In
the
the
this is
have
it smoothed
is not
keen
The
edge
best
with
in
Irregularities
Bead
curves
cutters
bought
of
various
of
the
See
shown
screw-drivers
better
nothing
of.
care
For
nice
for
made
for the
work.
the
the
will
wood
work
purpose,
You
cutting of
is to
alone
Great
also
can
but
wood
this
wards,
after-
quickly take
his
fingersthat
be
You
time,
some
as
of
fingers over
touch
woodworker
he
could
in the
detected
reed
the
run
acuteness
experienced
can
See
"
Screw-Driver.
of those
is
scrapers
same
will
hardly
you
can
way.
fluters can
need
make
once
possibly see.
not
and
at
can
be
can
buy
to
when
one
be
thing
anyquired.
re-
Beading.
Scratch-Awl.
but
of
patterns.
for
sort
pores
scrapers and
or
to
tools.
Any
inequalitieswith
detect
any
smoothness
in this way.
the
is apt
one
wood
ordinary
be
light touch.
of
particularspot.
some
your
machine
for
in the
your
for
test
surface
acquired
from
by
is to
if there
gritleft
the
as
scraping,
nicely by sandpapering machines,
very
advisable
get
can
you
while
worth
hardly
which
is
sort
Sharpe?itng.
finish
satin-like
plane
latter
easilytaken
so
or
like
when
there
goes
like
undulations
the
in
convex
handles
the
true
with
much
too
surface
see
large places
to
all
hand-scraper,
the
scraper,
surface
of
them.
stock
of
scraper
following
need
you
in
set
the
hand-scraper
common
many
scraped
the
its
prevents
smoothing
as
sharpening
the
keeping
(both
guided by
and
manner.
readily as
as
stock
sometimes
depressions by scraping
make
but
same
and
assist in
to
in
set
as
number
curvature
make
can
475
have
to
of
degrees
you
spoke-shave,
used
often
as
these
but
concave),
and
various
of
convenient
is very
It
edges
Operations
"
in
are
one
made
that
see
and
Fig. dd-i^
often
is too
screw-driver
The
buying
in
Awl
not
in
the
as
the
end
shown
familiar
is
in
latter way.
to
shaped
scription
de-
like either
Fig. 664.
If
need
Cheap
ground
with
for
Wood-Working
4/6
short
in the
(Fig.664)
bevel
will be
and
screw
it will
time
all the
of
bear
remain
the
Fig.
the
It is well
it is difficult and
sizes,as
with
much
edge
an
Remember
short
The
do
the
not,
as
but
screw%
The
wobbling
curve
this
of
is in the
form
of
fact
describe
screw-driver
it round
with
it
as
the
driver
screw-
the line
the
the
turn
you
the
and
less, which
or
larger
to
sary.
neces-
exactly in
action
hand
one
using
more
the
your
short
in
keep
screw-driver
the
longer
of different
a
that
crank-like
the
of the slot.
always preferable
makes
space
keep wobbling
you
is
practicalmatter,
in the
gives a leverage
handle.
lack
for
reason
you
of
where
use
ing
extract-
keep
to
of
small.
too
or
to
end
pressing
of
screw-drivers
impossible
screw-driver
long
except
one,
large
too
that
often
in
slipping out
have
sides
nick
the
help
hard
so
from
to
of
the need
screw
screw-driver
664.
bottom
it saves
as
screws,
if the
slightlythe
is also
This
slot
principle
the
on
concaved
the
the
top of
while
plane,
at
screw.
against
the
on
slipping out,
parallelor
will
66-v
only
inclined
the
are
Fig.
Beginners
circle
or
greater the
leverage (Fig. 665).

screw-driver
useful
very
force, on
using
This
to
be
light work,
liable
of
to
be
apply
Screws.
and
but
all your
"
There
to.
many
work
to
be
have
to
when
You
to
buy
for
such
screw-drivers
are
want
See
many
satisfactorily
suitable
your
strength.
are
need
advisable
not
not
strainingas
subjected
time
much
They
are
they
tight screws
It is
used.
handle.
common
where
sa-ves
with
and
leverage gained by
the
when
or
screw-drivers.
wrenching
can
hard
It also
are
automatic
for
instead
particularlyuseful
in very
rapidly
screws
is
bit-brace
the
by
of the greater
brace
loosened.
screws
turned
driving
account
is
driven
be
for
the
be
to
screw-drivers
Fig.
to
665.
which
you
Screws.
kinds
of
screws.
You
will
use
the
and
Tools
wood-screws
common
flat-headed
bronzed
will
want
at
get
in
screws
but
Nails
which
will,as
make
among
and
useful
the
the
of
Many
cheap,
very
you
fective,
de-
are
just the peculiarscrew

be
pieces more
better
to
use
screws,
work
When
securely.
tightened, while
be
when
money.
it would
where
rust, it is
in
them
removed
from
The
screw)
through
objectionable
If
nails
slipping from
the
holes
for
in
hole
have
usually
should
be
the
nature
inner
and
the
screw
the
less
farther
or
inner
one,
of
clamp
to
required.
from
the
liable
carefully in
to
in
bore
hole
edge
proportion
The
the
to
the
tight
piece
the
softer
less
hole
the
hole
must
and
slenderness
to
slip
into
both
in the
screw-head
much
How
the
of
point
of
the
stouter
If
the
carefullymade
of
the
the
to
screw
larger the piece and
required.
be
the
which
The
of
piece
outer
be
head
somewhat
between
into
and
driver
screw-
screw
it
screw
circumstances.
on
split,the
the
acting
bind
to
it
not
screw
dip
must
the
nearer
piece (Fig. 666).
inner
depends
enters
the
by pinching
the
hole
is, you
discretion
allow
should
then
(see Screw-driver).
piece (the one

to
they
the
keep
to
screw
considerable
outer
of the
inserted
be
also
mon
com-
where
places
Try
slot of the
piece of
on-t'Ccount
in
can
treatment.
large enough
that
freely
They
slightlyand
them
warm
screws,
the
work
used
be
to
lard.
or
this
"
"
to
point on
the
for nice
are
plan
tallow
pieces,but only
^^'
screws
good
easily,rub
easilyfor
boring
used.
is
melted
more
In
drive
by it.
spot made
small
them
can
screw
Oil
soap.
the
find
which
screws,
very
sold
or
redriven.
To
may
screws
"
special purpose.
are
blue
or
buy second-hand
mixed
will be
either
are
required they
are
to
"
of
two
lots,which
rule, hold
loose,
be
to
used
others
economy
some
time
save
so
often
are
becomes
often
can
and
need,
"
mixed
you
When
or
These
(eitherbright
of steel
store,
for
screw
"
the
pound
hardware
any
odd
some
you
but
477
work.
your
It is doubtful
screws,
can
and
of brass.
or
mentioned.
waste
you
nickled)
of
most
round-headed,
or
or
be
or
for
Operations
screw,
"
the
piece
the
as
is
more
a
slim
to
twist
Brass
screws
is liable
screw
provided.
must
be
the
hole
such
is
bit
cases
cannot
smaller
than
soft wood
the
pounded
is
is meant.
for
the
Judgment
only
of value
when
nice
boat
do
packing-case
all the
in half
an
with
to
putting
are
screws
nice
work
Good
Flat-headed
Countersink)^for
wood
with
be
the
done
regular
for
but
rule, for the

with
the
cut
for
work
of
when
if for
the
depression
in
made
soft
the
screw
in
do
that
theories
and
table
start
for
where
do
the
of the
just
not
to
work
certain
as
it for
use
(see
of
good
itself
the
This
purpose.
sink
in
and
head
is
in
way
countersunk
there
up
is needed.
screw
reason,
screws,
screwing
can
are
be
ample,
ex-
strength driving
you
the
are
ing
fram-
or
your
or
lot of
of the
other
way.
For
soft wood
will
to
just as
careful
for the
wood
sure
will hold
door
should
no
the
holding
quarters
are
power
always
work
common
head
surface.
holding
countersink
nice
shed
they
as
with
loss of
to
to
three
screws
almost
neatness
should
you
the
screws
of
understand
to
sure
things
and
the
be
quite
mahogany
old
for
may
common-sense.
hour
an
home
some
hammer
too
somewhat
be
be
advised
on
an
on
cases
the full
screws
be
light of
top
trifle
screws
will
practical workmen
in such
where
or
them
screw-driver
by driving
hammer
driving
are
using
of
cleats
with
hammer.
the
the
spend
not
way
hour
the
use
think
never
the
by
screwing
are
the
all such
about
used
wood,
may
you
If
wood.
place
should
hole.
practicallythe
which
used
be
must
if you
but
in
cases
the
that, so be
there
care
good-sized pieces
workman
as
much
If
of any
soft
thing
but
process,
if you
a
in
Theoretically
that
by
hole
need
no
is
hole
annoying, especially in
In
hammer,
in hard
hold.
screw.
theoretical
such
ones
not
The
of the
the
this,and
instance, where
for
changed.
with
do
to
slender
sufficient
do
to
is very
especially
Some
never
unless
apt
very
frequently
part way
tell you
well
be
work,
screw-driver.
power
wood
off, which
diameter
there
Beginners
large, they will
too
well
rough
what
are
hinge-screws,
as
screws
In
in hard
off
used, particularly with
small, they will twist
for
Wood-Working
47^
hard
screw
should
surface
no
need,
easilyuntil
is
quired,
re-
as
flush
and
Tools
If
that
so
requires to
hole
screw
hole
new
old
hole, plug the
old
and
when
the
See
bore
dry
Compasses
"
line
another
parallelto
Fig.
places
where
wish
you
to
in
shown
the
which
leg
one
will be
into
in
the
glue,
probably
be
surface
true
the
article
do
another
the
top by wedging
of
which
on
under
from
the
the
668.
for
instance,
the
the
the
board, and
surface.
table, bench, chair,horse,
If it stands
on
three
of
the top
legs,
ing
makso
on
top will
the
you
irregular,
or
hastily
not
and
level.
line
likelyto
and,
guess,
on
evenly.
and
(rightside up), you
distant
regular
Suppose,
mark
making
stand
firmly,when
any
equally
by
all out
scribing
undulating surface
point on
along with one
compasses
of
first attempts,
it stands
for
fit the
to
parallelwith
fault
shorter
board
making
is that
short, saw
too
the
other
common
in your
it
of
used.
be
cannot
Run
the
board
used
Fig.
edge
example
is
until
slipping
enough
required.
where
surface, whether
or
four-legged object
any
occur
the
and
the
on
saw
far
not
pin dipped
wooden
667.
Fig. 667.
Another
or
bit
the
often
are
the gauge
cut
surface
line
hole
new
but
little,
without
with
hole
479
Screw-driver.
Scribing.
in
moved
be
bored
be
can
Operations
If there
can
can
stand
level
legs until
surface
is
on
the
which
corners
the
object
are
stands.
and
Tools
in
blade
the
the
cutting-edge.
possible,the
chisel
with
the handle
tool
being
away
worn
slowly
it
just described, but

the
of
quicker
and
edge
the
bevel
so
tool
must
the
the
edge
be
this way,
in the
of
the
the
from
blade.
it is
and
means,
in
the
the
surface
common
without
and
you
which
stone
of water.
is the
stone
this
to
one
tion,
posi-
the
toward
edge
The
tool
is
good
way
to
the
the
ground
reduce
regular method.
will tend
stone
the
on
stone
side
to
little in
turn
of
side
from
the
of the
hand
stone,
as,
rounding,
It is harder
ground hollowing.
however,
stone,
in
raise
to
give
position the tool is held,

of grinding. When
way
whatever
stone
will bear
the
of
curvature
in
the
the
plenty
the
on
Lay
stone,
right angles
at
being
of
grinds
continuallyturned
being flat,and
otherwise
the
advantageous
be
part of
this
slight curve,
that
held
that
see
is
which
by
tool
tool
grind keep
you
prevents
Use
the
chisel,for instance, the grinding
side
to
across
rigid
then
and
the
near
as
that
stone.
As
shape, finishingthe grinding by
to
will
You
side
easier
held
instead
stone
is from
also be
of
and
kept
so
stone
stone.
place.
one
the
case
the
forth
holding
can
that, in the
handle
the
of
way
the
straightand
tool
in
much
too
and
the
of
edge
common
action
back
the
be
body,
of
touches
the
so
motion
until the
bevel
should
the
quite flatlyon
helps keep
The
of
slightpressure
the
moving
sides
the
at
hold
righthand,
the
fingers uppermost
wrists
and
arms
former
the
firmly against the
held
be
may
The
with
handle
with
left hand
the
as
the
grind a chisel,grasp
To
4^^
Operations
to
blade
the
so
that
each
the
tool
edge
the
tool
hold
would
tool in
the
its
slippingor making nicks or grooves

best learn
to
grind in the ordinary
had
manner.
Try
to
grind squarely
cutting-edge
at
the square
Apply
The
angle
for
intervals
grinding
lengthways edge
to
test
the accuracy
the
twenty-fivedegrees, but
angle
should
Do
all
37
the
on
the
such
bevel
of
when
used
slightlygreater,
grinding
is,to
the
about
be
that
"
to
right angles
at
chisel
the
across
or
the
bevel.
Do
of the
tools
for very
edge
may
not
of
as
apply
the
the
tool.
grinding.
the
hard
be
have
chisel
wood
is
the
broken.
the
flat side
of the
the
tool
edge
If
the
nearly
the
the
to
it down
front
way
of you
until this
it is
this
tell when
in
stone,
it back
ingenuity will
the
at
plane,
the
at
down
in
the
bright
be
sharp
has
become
naked
the
simplest
eye.
to
way
to
oilstone,the
an
the
the
tool
the
between
which
bought
part of
the
guide
on
between
moving
angle
the
on
you
replace
in the
The
sharpen.
angle
same
chisels
the
of
acute
tool
is
and
to
rock
blade
and
the
preserves
grinder.
little
with
piece
or
gauge
the
tool
than
way
are
you
stone
grind-
the
on
as
chisel,only,
the
likelyto
be
plane-irons can
use,
it
quires
re-
ground
to
chisels,although the jack-
the
rough work,
for
until
with
edge
the
the
the
made
stone
upper
to
clear
as
may
oilstone^do
require
strength
more
the
thus
not
shown
stone
first
Fig. 670^?, then
in
lay
raise
the
the
"
and
"
second
smooth
slightlyraised,
is very
(Fig. 670^),
making
to
attempt
by the grindstone, but
part of the bevel
whetting,
edge (Fig. 671).
the
upon
bevel
whole
barely enough
the
to
the
lightly on
handle
and
not
edge
by
seen
as
seen
in
edge
edge.
the
tool
the
angle
rig up
enable
is used
rubbing
In
the
It will
rubbing
be
can
to
you
most
more
which
turning
latter
angle.
care
somewhat
in
and
alter the
effort
will
than
more
a
thus
enable
same
wider
being
be
be
can
and
cannot
tendency
plane-ironis sharpened
The
is dull.
same
arrangement
which
board
tool
final test
the
keep
to
without
angle
the
hold
sufficiently,
removed,
grindstone
and
An
it
by holding
or
regular way.
edge
edge
natural
forth
stone.
desired
the
as
and
been
stone
If the
the
it is the
as
on
difficultyis
great
in the
straighten
first
can
with
but
"
oilstone.
the
by
of
over
grinding.
stop
grinding
In
has
of the
ground
that
sign
mind,
to
is
reallykeen
stone
light.
the
side
grinding
tool
bright line
invisible,for
Bear
the
off
turning
or
broken, you
or
the
taken
be
the
on
to
before
"
toward
shining line
of
roughly
right angles
at
should
Beginners
slightburr
Any
nicked
badly
tell when
To
the
is
edge
other
the
grindstone.
flat side
the
on
grind
or
for
Wood-Working
4^2
or
then
little bevel
ceed
proat
and
Tools
The
of
tool must
second
will
is
bevel
and
back
whole
the
bevel
usually about
the
angles
Fig.
kind
slightlyaccording
of work
must
them
use
be
to
new
learn
pay
much
where
of
edge
suitable
ruined
Any
process
if used
little wire
of
the
flat side
do
not
acute
to
edge
on
of the
iron
the
handle
in
work
tools
always,
of
be
make
the
edge
of
the
and
a
as
course
begin
you
conditions
the
few
only
time
every
to
and
variations,as
Fig.
on
must
you
work.
your
672.
white-pine
would
be
diately
imme-
lignum-vitse.
upon
rubbing
raise
tools
671.
for delicate
should
wood
cannot
you
such
to
the
of
have
you
work
regard
piece of wood.
Just how
by experience,according
Fig.
An
kinds
hardness
keep regrindingyour
cannot
you
all
for
practicalmatter,
but
done;
or
670.
the
to
long bevel,
the
sharpening
of
and
of this second
angle
than
degrees greater
ten
(Fig. 672)
rounded
The
instead
steadilyor
very
will be
edge
thirty-fivedegrees, although
varied
forth
requisitekeenness.
the
have
not
moved
be
483
Operations
which
the
over
at
is
produced
oilstone
the
can
stone
all, as
the
on
be
once,
flat side
the
removed
but
be
by
the
by drawing
that
sure
slightestbevel
on
you
the flat
side of the
a
good
times
and
strength to
and
good plan
bevel
in
taken
be
stone
with
angles
the
of
use
rubbing
pieces
Do
think, however,
not
fit each
itself.
The
curve
sharper
than
that
it cannot
be
of the
with
slip up
rub
the
you
rest
any
probabilityof
the
"
common
the
and
tool
draw-knife
rubbing
than
rather
the
on
The
straight part
near
the
It is much
they begin
on
the
to
stone,
left
can
curves.
slipthat
the
will
gouge
"quicker"
flatter
of
or
or
course
curve.
in the
the
to
rubbed
it and
edge.
the
on
slip,in
and
If
tool.
also avoid
The
more
inside, except
wire
any
hand
the
not
steady
flat
These
shaped by
slip and
For
surface,
little
by
or
below.
find
the
right
at
various
upright
tool
Care
hand,
used.
be
not
lows
hol-
lest
concave
to
remove
with
can
the
on
and
back
best
stone
way
than
oilstone
edge
the
to
as
it is
to
sharpen
to
give
it
or
burr.
same
circular
forth, particularly for
allowed
be
get dull, when

rather
the
side
out-
ner,
man-
bench.
of the
the
slip to
rubbed
knife
the
simply
edge
the
is also
resting it
In
of
be
it will
not
are
gouges
rubbed
fit the
to
the
"
outside
be
the
all parts of the

the
tools
described
finger slipping on
your
tools.
been
must
moving
down,
other
try
may
for the
the
on
must
you
slip,hold
"
slip
slips,"are
against the bench,
touch
merest
The
the
/. e.,
tool, but
on
reground
rubbing
with
shapes
slip
bear
to
be
pointed
as
if it had
as
the
of
made
rubbing
In
exactly
as
gouge
and
that
time
of
waste
avoid
can
tool
"
called
sizes
oilstone
to
or
rubbed
inside,
stone,
various
of
bought
of
it for
Gouges
be
can
sharpened
(the
then
or
hard
narrow
very
the
on
it is
must
stone
so
rolling the
slip they
it is
nicked.
or
been
bevel
that
chisel
injures
with
stone,
gouges
rounded
be
grooved
wide
separate
which
also
has
oilstone.
because
stone,
tool
"
have
to
the
The
the
on
Beginners
this smaller
so
it down.
gouges,
the
be
must
of
the oilstone
made
bevel
After
will become
rub
new
It is
spoil it.
on
speak)
to
so
will
edge
many
bevel,
the
for
Wood-Working
484
they
bear
passed
will
let them
little
back
tools
and
but
get into such
point.
the
more
heavily
forth.
frequently,as
require
motion
little
soon
as
rubbing
condition
that
Tools
it is
and
long
careful
To
the
test
is needed.
thought might
is because
not
the
the
hard
wood
fresh
The
a
leather
will
by
For
answer.
not
carelesslyin
Saw
barbers
as
tend
to
the
Filing
flat
is
become
need
to
few
places
It is
amateur,
of
good
small
the
who
bring
they
their
may
in
saw
for that matter

who
able
to
to
are
him
This
is better
than
piece
Any
old
an
on
of
boot,
flat
it may
as
or
emery
face,
sur-
if held
do
Strop.
and
amateurs
of
do
to
it until
you
tools, for it does
not
undertake
to
and
little,
there
are
theory of setting and
will find
experts
in
always
in order
quite
fix them
and
rests
really good
saws
from
lard
strop
use
the
you
is almost
makes
saws
be
by stroppingon
from
boys
but
understand
to
of
edge,
ting
cut-
one.
piece
and
the
costs
between
tear
very
get it done.
cannot
putting
therefore
with
often,
fix
villages there
of
the
of
structure
like that
boots.
the
Oilstone
familiar
you
workmen
knack
round
are
very
to
and
"
that
not
difficult
teeth, but
saw
advised
done
not
see
See
you
where
edges
even
more
crushed
would
improved
your
for
quite
be
or
on
wood,
which
spread.
particularly hard
satisfactorilyand
have
tools
use,
to
hand.
been
first
at
or
firmer
stale
ening
sharp-
being
is torn
tools
hard
as
wood,
tool
little paste
has
edge
the
be
can
other
and
wood,
which
so
is somewhat
cake
or
composition
and
while
the
smooth,
further
soft
smoothly by
which
on
the
grain of
the
torn,
an
the tool and
to
oilstone
the
keen
of
edge,
cut
left
such
as
require as
difference
leather
of
so
be
and
more
will do.
you
across
soft
the
work
wood
using
for
keen
very
the
4^5
course
better
is clean
or
structure
of bread
strop knives
to
to
loaf
similar
some
seem
The
edge
piece
reason
can
the soft wood.

a
rough
The
of
tools, cut
your
less resistance
by
except
is
cut
the
sharp,
of
and
them;
If the cut
fibrous
yielding,offers
apart
them
wood.
if the
sharp, but
are
Operations
whet
to
sharpness
pine
soft
job
keep
to
are
you
piece of
hard
and
all the
but
than
such
country
tolerably
small
Even
well
round,
an
in very
who
has
else and
anyone
work
for
proportion
mechanic
some
of
is hard
filing.
saw
better
business
shape
filing
and
even
themselves,
people
though
so
great
Wood-Working
4^6
is the
in
having
and
have
to
When
take
to
remarks
few
The
is
saw
jointed,"
flat side
saw
the
it is
of
it
will
file
good
the
The
same,
expense
more
settingyour
filer.
this,or
to
good
to
have
thus
learn
hard
learn
from
given
here.
to
are
in
the
The
rattle.
or
is
that
one
merely
the
for
clamp, expressly
saw-
shake
readily
fact,it
book
sons
per-
one
some-
more
In
a
few
watch
much
are
you
are
least
book.
saws
There
at
in
teeth
are
level, by lightlypassing the
same
points, lengthways
jointed along
be
do
get dull.
process
their
over
best
satisfaction,than
saw-
do
not
to
of time
saving
that will conduce
and
subject
reduced
also
can
the
so
the
had
You
they
cannot
about
and
order.
firmly fastened
or
work
and
process,
that
so
purpose,
from
the
on
Beginners
point of filingand
they
things that
of those
the
success
working
the
that
by reading
than
nothing
lesson
through
go
is
own
to
situated
so
whenever
there
your
get
you
advised
fixed
in first-rate
tools
your
quality of
perfect condition.
saws
your
and
work,
"
in
saw
slight,and
is but
in the
advantage
for
sides
the
the
of
The
saw.
this
but
filing,
after
is
frequently omitted.
For
cross-cuttingsaw
as
in the
the
thumb
The
file
without
back
the
very
lightlyor
away
the
one
from
file
at
the
allowance
the
passing
set
filed.
The
saw
pressure
lightlytouching
turned
off
around
that
a
filing
teeth
which
tooth),carefullykeeping
alternate
fact
plied
ap-
drawn
The
stroke.
the
being
being
tool
angle, pressing only

the
ing
be-
straight stroke,
even,
back
of
(Fig.526).
left hand
filing only
saw,
file will take
is then
the
at
be held
file should
motion,
down
every
the tool
for
the
the
an
handle
The
pushing stroke, the
the
proper
making
point of
entirelyon
(/.e.^
but keeping
filing,
and
and
or
of
you
examination.
with
across
up
lifted
end
the
held
particularform
the
upon
forefinger of
forward
on
at
by
see
pushed
only
begun
bend
and
or
is
(a triangularsaw-file)
depending
will
rocking
any
file
right hand,
be
must
blade
you
grasped
between
are
the
adopted,
tooth
is
with
angle
an
the
on
the
when
you
little from
and
the
the
tooth
you
adjacent tooth,
file the
the
process
teeth
nate
alterfirst
repeated
and
Tools
with
trough
or
needle
look
you
in
along
filed
the
along
seen
4^7
lengthways along
properly
been
will be
groove
slide
can
has
that
panel-saw
If
teeth.
other
the
Operations
it from
and
whole
edge
an
angular
that
length, so
end
one
set,
the
the
of
you
the
to
saw
of
other.
the
ripping-saw is usually filed squarely across

at once
to the blade),as
on
right-angles
you will see
of the teeth (Figs. 654 and
at
655), but sometimes
The
(at
saw
examination
a
acute
more
angle.
The
teeth
setting those
should
on
side
one
with
this
do
by bending
set
are
settingcontrivances
workman
to
to
part
will
do
soft and
in
the
hard
wood,
by
the
teeth
to
angles
than
for hard
To
The
of
after
which
such
the
scraper
chisel
or
can
angle
edge
the
of each
angles
of
than
each
to
your
purpose
with
be
cut
broken
or
aside
bent
are
ing
bind-
considerable
fine work
can
for hard
than
soft wood
blade
teeth
any
piece
of
for
than
coarse.
for
acute
more
easilyfrom
an
soft
the
on
then
edges
edge.
edge.
grind the
Others
The
turned
with
obtuse
an
grind
bevel
steel square,
the
by
over
the
off
gives
but
the
bevel
file,
the
are
and
square
use
and
requiresmore
and
whole
ground
burnisher.
slightlykeener
it
pose,
pur-
teeth
until
scraper
the
edges
for the
three-cornered
grindstone
of
used
be
can
regular tool
old
burnisher.
or
steel
by grinding
opposite edges
edge
hard
very
a
angles
sharpener
have
to
filingsaws,
the
the
have
must
you
made
Two
grind
workmen
on
the
to
quite cleanly
required by
it is better
for
is smooth.
filed and
or
be
slightlyrounding
tool
attempt
any
is needed
set
yielding
saw
skilled
saw.
are
the
tooth-
wood.
is used
as
is
set
points of
fashion, but
the
You
requires a
adjusted
more
more
in upon
less
and
sharpen
edge
wood
in the
close
force; and
The
damaging
fibres,which
the
and
way,
other.
adjustable
it
as
instrument
loose-fibred
because
wood,
in
various
first
outward,
the
on
purpose,
other
some
result
probably
For
in any
without
so
for the
tooth
those
the
of
one
sold
teeth
set
then
and
some
other
every
Some
only
use
one
both
scraping
frequent
Tools
Shelves.
given
are
in
fitted to
this
but
space,
using
675),
der
un-
of
the
so
that
the
screw-eyes
sunk
and
will
be
not
be
position
of
shelves
ly
quick-
can
the
ports higher
to
common
as
the
lower
fit in
way
to
as
adjust
is obvious.
were
notches
is then
sawed
676.
are
but
cut
required.
be
may
series of holes
by side, clamped
if there
(Fig.
shelves
supor
construction
side
readily as by
by
FiG.
and
the
changed
screwing
the
The
conspicuous.
be
the
under
well
very
so
of
ing
be-
the
on
side
shelves
sides
the
look
changed
sides
the
can
of
recesses
cut
be
cannot
to
place
shelves
Removable
always
not
into
675.
right shape
the
does
489
permanently
screwed
cleats
on
into
driven
screw-eyes
Fig.
rest
shelves
the
fitted
shelves
arrangement
position of
the
Operations
(on Furniture).
X.
Chapter
easilybe
most
of
Examples
"
and
one
on
into the
vertical
together, and
piece.
the
side
desired
in
other
Fig. 676.
laid
notches
laid
out
circular
piece
"
trivances
con-
for this purpose.
be
narrow
stripsor
and
stripscan
the
Where
of
bought
is shown
shelves
The
be
can
Pins
saw
edge
on
and
cut
is available
of board
ratchets."
The
which
Wood-Working
490
Shooting-Board.
The
"
for
cabinet-maker
make
can
it,the
use
of the
yourself
as
board
soon
be
to
shooting-board,
as
raised
of
edge
the
the
edge
The
part.
the lower
on
of the board
the
and
board,
it is
where
stock.
to
part of the
moderate
it from
carpenter
you
good enough
thus
is laid
flat
be
with
firmly held
the
hand,
left
with
the
of the
the
at
on
shooting-
right angles
the
bench
the
plane
with
cutting-
The
the
some
the
its side
surface
The
across.
in
of
edge
plane lying on
shooting-board (Fig.677).
fastened
part
677.
is done
being
raised
the
on
way,
of
ing-board
shootto
vent
pre-
slipping around.
Attachments
surface
for
price, or
become
board, the edge will be planed squarely

should
The
pressing against the stop

be jointed lapping over
planing
plane
you
jointed
Fig.
with the end
for
one
you
thin
useful
93).
(see page
workman
To
will make
one
is very
shooting-board
jointing edges, particularlyfor short,

or
Beginners
of the
to
keep
piece can
the
be
sole
had
of
at
any
at
hardware
right angles
store, and
to
the
serve
and
Tools
the
same
You
can
described
the
the
is
purposely
planer
made
for the
Splices.
See
"
radial
the
along
cleavage
of
the
mill
woodworking
pointing.
See
See
"
have
can
you
any
Plam^
Scraper^ Sandpaper.
Splices.
strip,used
See
"
ruler,for drawing
as
curves.
wood
of
use
this
all
splittingfuel
nearly
as
to
as
the
through
curved
patterns
curves,
etc.
the
line
in
is sometimes
way
in
the
than
to
the
practical
in
chisel,or
splitwood
to
rings, or
gential
tan-
direction
same
"
shakes
cup
rays,
radial
the
on
or
way
"
lines
that
see
make
annual
rays,
easier
we
knife
the
cracks
medullary
often
a
forming
natural
the
easiest
of
the
smoothly
with
next
drying
this
can
you
medullary
layers separate
rive
(see Appendix).
stout
log
centre.
Spokeshave.
small
the
on
of
easily and
The
axe.
be
may
This
the
an
showing
From
centre.
in
log
direction
the
splittingwood
line of
the
the
when
with
how
seen
wood-choppers
in
fact
in
splitmost
course,
Like
lines.
have
(page 31), thus
lines
separation
or
will,of
Saw.
We
"
is, radiating from
that
as
iron
The
Pla7ie.
oints and
Splitting Wood.
is
that
Marki7ig.
Splitting-Saw.
of
See
"
flexible
"
at
purpose.
Surfaces.
Smoothing
See
joint like
project unevenly
to
joints to make,
many
Smoothing-Plane.
Spline.
set
jointed for
be
to
exaggerated).
edges jointed at slightexpense

on
not
sole.
have
If you
pieces
two
406, giving
page
is sometimes
plane
beyond
on
of
Fig. 678 (which
in
stock, but
pieces.
the sides
reverse
gluing, as
shown
for thin
well
equally
49
thick
for
shooting-board
as
purpose
Operations
and
can
spokeshave
is very
irregular surfaces.
Metal
The
"
be
Also
bought
"
with
universal
various
"
useful
for
smoothing
spokeshaves
adjustments
spokeshave
can
ous
of vari-
for different
be
had,
with
movable
handles
for curved
it
be
can
The
and
the
used
is
also
acts
curved
face
the
on
draw-knife
width
useful
tool
plane,
be
can
by
gauge
adapted
of which
means
for
stock.
it
enables
which
somewhat
does
plane
draw-knife
great
It
ease.
addition
the
relation
same
and
its short
with
of
the
to
chisel.
the
to
the
same
flat sole
long
with
smooth
to
the
upon
the
irregular surfaces,
It bears
the
works
and
lacking
but
principle as
same
that
which
bottoms
and
very
the
as
only
guiding
is used
sometimes
Beginners
rabbeting.
for
spokeshave
plane
detachable
straightwork,
or
general principle
of
for
Wood-Working
492
ly,
the tool firm-
Grasp
downward
bearing
with
both
and
hands
with
pressing forward
the
thumbs,
the
tool
as
to
pushing
from
like
cut
so
you
plane
(Fig.679).
Of
course
it
be
drawn
also
can
towards
when
you
circumstances
of
See
the
it advisable.
render
work
the
Paring
and
Sharpe?iing.
Spoon-Bit.
Square.
the
See
"
This
"
importance
Bits.
tool
is
having
of
of
one
your
the
most
work
in
useful
"square"
the
list,for
hardly
can
be
over-estimated.
The
the
try-square should
wooden
of metal.
good)
and
rather
arm,
Get
than
head,
have
or
very
small
a
stripon
metal
the
the
handle
try-square
(9- or
beam,
medium-sized
graduated scale, like
serviceable.
or
one,
rule,
as
on
it is much
the
blade
inside
be
can
lo-inch
more
is
edge
of
wholly
blade
is
useful;
sometimes
Tools
The
primary
use
of
right-angledwork
to
bear
in mind
in
and
Operations
of this tool
"
hence
using it
is to
the
for
test
name.
this purpose
"
or
The
is
493
try
"
accuracy
special point
one
to
the
be
sure
that
the
head
is
beam
or
it is
the
lines
the
is
blade
the
it
securely
or
knife
the square
in
the
the
is
knife.
the
sure
not
tion
posi-
the
be
can
one
merely
of
the
When
the
marking
as
of the
the
drawn
by
cil
pen-
along
square
keeping
Then,
or
edge
point
slide
and
the line
firmly against the edge,
side
the
the
do
place
to
one
position.
same
given point
or
be
given point
way
pencil
the
on
the
to
firmly against
the
Another
directlyon
it bears
until
angle by
right angles
square
placed correctly on
straight-edge.
any
which
to
continually for marking straight
at
of
keep
to
the
it for this purpose
using
In
head
board, but
timbers
or
edge (Fig. 68i).

press
of
accuracy
the try-square
use
boards
across
the
side
or
(Fig. 6So).
blade
will also
You
Beginners
pressed j^rw/v against the edge
applied, determining
of
to
for
Wood-Working
494
head
along
of
the
blade.
Fig.
The
the
next
against
the
used
as
If
over
But
the
and
the
test
cut
on
try-square
with
bevel.
of
the
end
of the
By
placing
construction
this
head
this
bevel
also
can
or
be
mitre-square (Fig. dZz).
wrenched,
across
blade
edge
buy
you
is made
sometimes
try-square
beam
Fig. 682.
6Si.
second-hand
you
from
surface
repeating
edge
will
from
be
of
its accuiacy
test
can
the
which
no
you
value.
rule
the
must
then
be
If, however,
line
turning
lines
two
has
square
by marking
straight edge,
operation;
if
or
square,
the
should
been
with
it
square
coincide.
perfectly straight,or
you
buy
new
squares
Tools
made
the
by
apply
can
makers
best
Operations
and
will be
they
the
course
making
in
line
the
along
to
is
square,
and
as
is very
the
long
good
with
When
"
than
age
will wish
to
varnish.
will give
itself)
which
the
This
caused
is
by time.
bear
to
in
not
itself,
to
instance,
the
oak
ammonia
also
(Fig.683).
two-foot
for small
it is less
See
Even
page
it for
the
grain,
the
is
It
better,
it
leave
and
it,but
and
there
best,
The
sake
try
rule,
it is to
the
of
to
times
are
the
181.
as
iron
an
rust.
not
as
it
and
work,
also
of
penter's
car-
merely
not
likelyto
do
wood.
colour
of
to
to
use
mellow
when
you
wood.
point
For
large
wood,
colour
or
will
blade
side
operations.
and
beauty
stain
to
the wood
colour
the
or
so
they forget to
nickel-plated steel-squareis
stain
you
handsome
stain
main
The
expensive
of
but
good straight-edge.
more
wood
that
be
to
apt
important tool;
and
work
distinct
more
colour, preserving the

imitate
you
683.
mechanical
useful,but
makes
Staining.
useful
very
in many
figuresare
arm
large,heavy
is of great value
square
blade
or
^'steel-square,'"
framing-square^
framing
the
in
Fig.
for
test
any
very
position,or let it slip,when

be at rightangles with the edge
head
cease
The
as
beginners, are
Beginners, particularly
young
keep
accurate
as
them.
to
engrossed
495
in
in the
natural
mind
put
fumes
short
very
air
process
on
will
"
staining is
successful
for
superficialcoat
of
time
produce
the
of coloured
(or
ammonia
same
after
to
the
dark
years
liquid
colour
of exposure.
merely anticipatingthe
change
and
Tools
oil
linseed
Raw
while.
good
and
the
given
as
so
it; but
attractive
months,
plane-stocks which
and
allowed
stand
to
sufficient
will
and
work, and
take
But
will
that
old
If you
difference
fresh
raw,
look
as
not
in the
peculiar
care
applications,
two
or
do
will
finishing,
before
two
colour,
tool-handles
wooden
greatly, one
ing,
oil-
likelyto practise
very
treated.
so
great
be
not
weeks,
or
this process
out
carry
in
another
of beautiful
to
on
been
or
make
off
lustre.
colour
week
surface
have
the
deepening
about
give a
you
then
rubbed
days
sandpaper,
sometimes
result
the
see
you
that
so
fine
the
out
it takes
thoroughly
standing some
after
with
down
will in time
on,
soft and
take
may
off,and
light rubbing
and
well
rubbed
bring
and
fore
be-
stand
to
anything else, but
as
applications,each
Repeated
excess
well
as
497
allowed
varnish, will deepen
or
in time
colouring
natural
in and
rubbed
alone, well
shellac
applying
Operations
often
looks
to
of
be
your
recently cut
wood.
If
or
year
is such
work
your
in
as
so,
the
that
of
case
remain
in the
house,
there
of
wood
better
than
the
with
occasional
finallyrub
is
to
pretty piece of furniture
some
no
way
with
fine
develop
can
you
oil it and
rubbing
and
sandpaper
in
to
mellow,
to
down.
shellac
richness
the
let it stand
oil and
applications of
down
shellacing for
the
defer
can
you
Then
the
usual
way.
hasten
To
oil.
If
with
box
dish
the
Have
the
inhale
more
with
is of
the
well
room
of
the
fumes
than
grain,"
which
finishing.
deepen
the
lime-water
colour
must
of
(a simple
floor.
when
be
of
or
common
to
if necessary.
once
down
is
way
this, and
do
the
with
not
wood
glued-up work,
rubbed
mahogany
solution
in
stay in the
not
Wetting
necessary.
than
tightcloset,
simpler
do
you
or
Do
than
more
disadvantage, however,
box
dangerous.
ammonia,
ventilated
before
32
the
on
it is
in
it up
oak, shut
ammonia
with
apply something stronger
must
we
yourself,as
work
raises the
To
work
of strong
sometimes
"
process
closet
or
wash
the
the
and
in
it
fine sandpaper
cherry, simply wash

lime
is
water)
it
as
many
times
After
this
before
as
thoroughly
process,
sandpapering,
will
the
spoil
This
i)rocess
preserves
only
drawback
is the
days
should
To
bichromate
of
character
the
that
stain
in
water
"
grain
taste
to
work
The
Some
wet.
so
before
ing.
shellac-
solution
way
posited
de-
finished.
the wood.
of
same
be
may
when
work
evaporate
much
finely
colour, but
its
to
corners
of
water.
stains
any
of
it is poor
If you
for the
and
which
appearance
shade, apply in the
takes
almost
the
of
necessityof getting the
potash
Whitewood
lime
the
effective.
and
cheap
all cracks
out
particles of
the natural
darker
clean
appearance
be allowed
get
will stain
for
is
wliicli
l)e necessary,
may
Beginners
for
Wood-Working
49^"^
and
stain
to
as
is
"
it
imitate
to
wood
"
marked
other
woods.
paint it,simply
would
you
the
strongly
so
Oak
pine.
than
individualityof
the
structure
attempt
it,stain it just
better
for the
colour.
A
good
anything
of the
with
turpentine
way
can
only
alone
on
use
oil.
the
This
ground
in
oil will
There
such
most
painter, for
of
so
and
and
warm
as
the
limits
hue
mellow
need
you
of
this
book
to
care
can
you
but
in
of
you
applies
the
of
leave
in
root
or
very
is used
raw
"
"
See
Long,
cherry.
not
from
finisher
some
allow
fuller treatment
Square.
fine
steel
to
linseed
subject.
or
recipes for staining,but
learn
do
It
latter will do
mahogany
to
work
Ivory-black
alcohol
Alkanet
in this
ivory-black,
use
the
blood
number
can
not
turpentine.
mahogany.
endless
you
Steel-Square.
Steel-Wool.
with
Dragon's
to
almost
an
extensive
work
turpentine, or
well.
wears
or
ments
dry pig-
outside
For
do
you
inside
thinned
similar
others
way
mix
to
is coloured
the work
and
furniture
of
with
varnish.
which
black
mixture
the
of
cheap
purposes.
give
is
colour, is
to
After
coats
piece
as
superior to lampblack,
are
colour
thin
used.
woods
For
japan
bone-black
give
is
cheaper
colour.
for
be
of
wish
may
then
can
such
work,
you
couple
natural
well
sort
japan and
put
to
indoor
for
way
shavings
done
up
in bundles
or
and
Tools
used
be
can
instead
various
degrees
and
smoothing
for
with
all work
the
metal.
of
be
be
can
board.
The
for
piece of
wood
of
edge
be
for
cleaning
should
"
down
until
finishing.
Chisel.
that is
straightand
for
ruler
common
is
convenient
length depending
the
from
used,
dimensions
definite
no
large carpenter's square
in
paint
off
particlesof
the
of
are
used
be
not
because
rubbing
See
"
are
it is to
the
on
to
long
for short
handy
white
Clear
beginner
one
small
very
To
for
use
while
test
sum
and
crooked.
turning
the
the
of
the
the
for
nothing.
line
by it,then
test
once
with
with
in
the
while,
turn
the
first
line, or
mark
Try
one.
they
as
edge
straight-
the
your
liable
are
to
verse
re-
in
as
curves
and
iîo.
give
684.
it is not.
In
straightwhen
in Fig. 684 (exaggerated)this would
shown
not
happen,
tlie second
(also exaggerated) it might. See
case
impression
the first case

in
but
will do
he
undulating
an
agree
you
make
to
over,
not
ends,
curvature
may
which
one,
you
skill
the
In
edge
do
however,
make
something
find
to
acquire
you
if it coincides
see
straight-edgesby this
become
to
well
do
if it still coincides
see
line and
another
case
until
mark
straight-edge,
over
for
or
will
you
get the carpenter
or
"
and
make,
to
straight to
for
There
purposes.
good
done,
"
499
is good
pine or straight-grainedmahogany
straight-edges,but a straight-edgeis not the easiest thing for
work.
is
called; the size and
so
for which
work
is
There
"
straight-edge. Any
use
used
Chisel.
Straight-Edge.
some
surfaces, but
edge-tools
Straight-Bent
to
This
fineness.
can
for
sandpaper
curved
the
It
of
Operations
that
the
edge
is
Afa?^ki7tg.
Strop.
your
tools
"
you
piece
can
of
hard, smooth
easilyprocure,
leather
It
can
be
on
which
fastened
to
on
strop
piece
(see page
of wood
be
pine
board
used.
according
Do
tacks
use
leather
or
disastrous
as
accumulated
has
can
even
and
two-ounce,
one-ounce,
tack
results
the
or
lends
edge.
from
the
wood
wood.
to
split thin
to
but
wood,
to
like
pieces of
two
the
near
fastening
cloth
or
fasten
to
wood
preparation.
similar
some
oil and
sweet
Sharpe)iing.
sold
for
the
of
wedge-shape
all suitable
air-dust
under
are
or
"
of
paste
so
on
size.
to
not
fastening
thin
remarks
Tacks
"
"
Beginners
it
on
powder,
crocus
which
on
See
Tacks.
85). Spread
oil and
lard
emery,
A
for
Wood-Working
500
pointed
The
is
and
wood,
for
only
at
not
in
together, particularly
wood
Possibly
you
attempt
to
have
may
seen
pieces
tack
some
of
wood
together.
Tape-Measure.
useful, though
other
many
Tenon.
See
"
"
"
See
Saiu
See
page
board
to
amateur
buy
as
it
"
83.
Plane.
To
true
bench
firmly underneath
to
scribe
at
an
{Back-Saw).
the
board, lay
Fig.
Then
See
"
Surfaces.
Truing
it
for
Mortising.
Toothed-Plane.
wedge
important
as
often
things.
Tool-Racks.
(preferablyof steel)is
article
nearly
not
Tenon-Saw.
of
This
"
the
on
curved
with
make
the
it
as
or
line
height
side
rounded
nearly
685.
level
Fig.
with
of the
the
compasses
lowest
point
across
of the
surface,
warped
and
down
as
as
possible.
686.
each
surface
end
of
the
(Fig. 685).
Tools
Cut
depression
(Fig. 686).
these
and
kind
or
lines
Draw
rabbets, and
the
this is done
When
it
Test
plane.
the surface
on
side
of
the
by placing
being
board
wood
You
point
in the
it with
the
quite
cuts
be
can
page
intended
the
as
removed
by
See
other
off the
be
ous
superflu-
removing part
grain (the jack-
the
paring
the
across
careful
that
all the
planing.
off the
and
saw
across
planing
of
always being
final
can
grain with
not
to
marks
Plane^ and
See
cut
and
also
It makes
used
in order
wood,
Saw.
See
Finishing
The
twist-drill
good hole,
metal, and
upon
patterns.
"
Square.
See
"
Twist-Drill.
hard
the
surface, so
the
One
errors.
179.
Turpentine.
kept
by planing
method,
positions
edge, measuring
the
process
with
purpose), or
same
first side.
the
cuts
the
lines.
in the
or
the
planing
and
facilitate the
Turning-Saw."
be
as
such
Try-Square."
bit.
line all around
of
these
different
in this way,
true
by making
any
deep
as
straight-edgesin
manner
for this
chisel,or
the
the
in
get them
to
true
of
(see
line
bottoms
down
will be
each
on
in
to
superfluous wood
made
chisel,or
plane is good
if necessary
this line
to
are
the
board,
same
superfluous wood
of
they
edge connecting
of the
sometimes
can
down
sightingas before, correcting any
and
thinnest
the
whether
top of the board
parallel by gauging
made
by
the
the
away
end
501
winding-sticks placed
rabbets
each
on
plane
of
use
each
at
easily see
can
you
Winding -sticks). Alter

line.
of rabbet
Next, by the
rabbets
Operations
and
bores
one
is much
kind
in
as
little
they
care
are
common
the
is necessary,
liable
to
be
"
See
Veining-Tool.
snapped
Finishing.
"
See
ends.
Carving- Tools.
the
gimlet-
easilydulled, can
use
There
be
can
are
easily
various
particularlyin
by bending. See
however,
Bits.
Varnish.
than
better
easily,is not
by simply sharpening
Painting.
Vise.
See
"
65.
To
Remove.
amateur
either) with
side,
one
put
weight
it
longer
lasts.
To
do
chance
of
(or to warp
(i) heat
success,
(3) wet
the
heat
and
sides
^^^
the
and
"^
that
dry
y^^^f
the
""î"
it will and
other
wav
o-ry
^
c^
[Stoye]
l^
is
board,
press
clamps
or
it until
dry;
than
down
it
cause
sides
off
the
other, often
side
one
only,
the
produces
to
to
action
the
effect.
same
See
leave
none
is better
water
will
board
the
is
board
will
often
the
because
planing one
or
and
more
surface
warp,
of the
exposed
Planing
flat
An-
between
Simply laying
a
on
or
boiling
cold.
Some-
soak
shape
week
sure
not.
weight,
fire
too
lastmg.
it into
and
long,
too
be
not
both
the
thoroughly
under
age
aver-
(2) wet
to
one
sometimes
to
of the
(4) wet
or
will be
times
weight
side, or
one
do
culty
diffi-
the
straight board
But
to
way
the
patience
other,
result
"
"f
while
expose
(Fis. 687).
''
70.
page
it,but
this
side
one
than
see
simplest
on
leave
some
or
the
course
you
it,unless
on
to
-work,
usually will stay straightonly
is that it
here
is
Beginners
for metal
Of
"
board
straighten a warped
vise
For
page
Warping,
is
for
Wood-Working
502
be
two
unequally
of
the
side
more
phere.
atmos-
than
and
50-53
pages
Appendix.
Wedges.
Wedges
"
heavy bodies,
wedge
using
edge-tools (see
other
you
doubtless
as
in in
comes
will
various
If
kinds,
wish
you
wedge,
point
often
for the
tears
or
in
are
find
or
to
to
constant
know,
you
the
it valuable
hold
them
splitobjects
increasing
splitsthe
principle
the
and
Besides
to
this
tighten
of
of
use
the
wedge
objects
clamp
or
the
the
of
firmly in place.
or
tear
thickness
wood
or
separating
lifting
hatchet, chisel, knife, and
axe,
25).
page
for
use
apart.
of
them
the
But
apart,
use
wedge applied
if you
merely
single
at
wish
one
to
Tools
or
squeeze,
shape of
the
the
that
see
wedges)
of the
sides
the
wedges,
separate
injuring or
the
jamming
the
wedge
will
pressure
require
harder
blows
Long, tapering wedges

liable
not
and
slip.
to
Whittling."
See
throughout,
of
edge
you
placed
know
the
true
the
work
are
more
quickly,
liable
slip.
to
easily,and
wedging
use
bears
wedge
more
to
are
tenons
secure
top
at
once
straight-edges,each
edge,
on
Stand
the
to
back
edge
that
little and
is
can
if these
finallydetermine
whether
face
sur-
the
edges
where
By putting
width
of the
across
winding
no
equal
end
look
of the other, and

there
of
each
across
one
straight-edges(Fig. 688).
positions you
is
laid
be
can
Two
"
tested.
one
may
also
without
exerted
the
the
Kiiife.
Winding-Sticks.
be
will
drive
you
slowly, more
more
outsides
(see Mortising^ etc.).
dowels
to
work
You
do
drive, and
to
be
against which
surfaces
(see Fig. ^yZZ)- Short, flaringwedges

but
hard
You
ways.
(that is,the
how
matter
the
damaging
wedges having
is,two
that
double
parallelno
that
so
without
move,
"
503
pointing opposite
and
the
of
will be
wedges,
taper
or
Operations
firmly, or
double
ivood^ use
inclination
same
will
hold
or
press,
and
agree
you
them
top
have
in different
the whole
surface
not.
or
TRUE
""^-'^-^
WINDING
Fig.
FiG.688.
It is
than
more
the
winding
the
upper
easier
to
accurate
width
to
of the
will be
exaggerated
edges of the sticks

tell
exactly
ordinarilymatter,
when
except
winding-sticksconsiderably longer
use
piece
689.
be
to
and
are
they
in work
tested,
more
then
easily seen
thin,
are
as
"
or
in
any
warping
(Fig. 689).
feather-edged,"
line,
but
requiring extreme
this
does
accuracy.
or
If
it is
not
Tools
the
bullet
makes
round
and
hole
in
Operations
window
pane
505
without
smashing
glass.
Fig.
Wood-Filler.
"
Wrench.
A
"
See
strong
operations.
692.
Finishing.
wrench
is often
very
serviceable
in
working
wood-
APPENDIX
Collection
the
of
woods
common
Have
shops.
of such
shops,
in
only
of
shape
and
the
of
show
to
the
through
angles
It will be
medullary
an
heartwood
but
the
get such
woods,
The
show
to
and
large pieces of
specimens
finished
good
pieces
the
obtain
character
of
scraps
pine.
get them
can
medullary
out
(or
rays
right
at
only
not
bark.
If you
the
even
the
common
will
flat blocks
be
to
best
of each
side
can
half
with
objects
will show
on
dull
advantage
be
lustre, and
which
if
polished)
they
Fig.
693
will be
practise finishing (see Finishijigin
to
v.).
Part
All
the
information
you
can
pick
and
toughness, elasticity,
be
the
of
can
the
of
(or tangential to
section (Fig.693).
cross
of small
ends
you
of
the
in
Waste
if you
along
working
only
and
all
making.
polished (one
or
blocks
on
valuable
sapwood
collection
worth
glued
rays
also
advantage
cannot
well
get
collection.
the
most
to
wood
shape
will show
heart),a longitudinalsection
rings),and
annual
be
can
and
odds
these
even
to
size
tropicalwoods
longitudinal section
the
to
value
will be
specimens
as
the
add
the
the
among
pieces,but
woods
rare
find
at
able
be
may
foreign and
rare
and
you
can
you
quite small
veneers
so
as
many
wood
The
kinds
the
pieces of
Waste
"
obtained
about
system
Some
Wood.
easilybe
can
some
specimens.
of
Specimens
sure
to
come
in
play
sooner
uses
or
up
about
of
the
later.
the
ability,
strength, dur-
various
The
507
will
gradations
hardness, density, weight, toughness, elasticity,

etc.,
endless.
woods
aie
of
almost
Notice, therefore,
characteristic
the
pith;
the
few
in
woods.
also
the
tell the
is
and
will often
what
Note
themselves
can
you
;
the
peculiaritiesof
will
leaves
tell the
is called
Notice
how,
about
the
character
and
trees,
is called
as
shown
leaves
other
again
and
are
outline.
and
shape
in
Do
idea
thus
form
an
the
pine,
with
the
heavy growth
and
snow.
its
of
the
You
forming
the
learn
stout,
character
in
can
to
stems
trees
and
collection
of
learn
soon
trunk
firs,the
to
the
to
of
of
out).
run
the
certain
the
wood,
and
the
This
kinds
of
when
by
trees
common
and
rugged,
extent
you
as
slender
oak
stem
away).
melt
different
the
tree.
branches.
the
firm, strong,
To
to
sky; best, perhaps,

tell
stem
spire-shaped
the
of
comparatively light top

the
ways
shape
elm, oak, etc.,
it is lost
graceful ?
which
of the
(Lat., excurrere^
against
look
the
habits
(Lat., deliquescere^to
can
they
well.
pines, spruces,
arrangement
You
off.
wood
connection,
top,
like
until
outline
its
learn
can
of small
and
age,
make.
the
as
f trunk
trees,
delicate, yielding,and
wind
en
rr
you
leaves.
the
to
deliquescentstem
the
Study
exa/
in
their
by
some
an
again
branches
their
of the
right straight up
grows
trees
in
how,
Sections
character
trees
stems
different
the
alone.
interesting to
can.
you
easilyyou
how
this
to
specimens, noting
the
In
many
things
many
woody
show
leaves.
be
common
Notice
the
also
notice
height, diameter,
the
all the
up
of
of the
with
narrow,
find
different
the
the bark
by
trees
branches
will
Hunt
of
or
or
colour
character
magnifying-glassif
off; and
cast
common
wide
surface, thickness, and
odour,
colour, taste,
it cracks
bark
and
of the
fine,close
or
size, and
the width
You
the bark.
about
compare
can,
Use
coarse
arrangement,
canals.
condition
and
heart
of
proportion
size and
; the
(when visible)
;
or
some
Notice
This
number,
resin
the
grain, whether
the
the
rays
ducts
notice
or
of each
rings (when visible),whether
annual
or
of
porous;
medullary
specimens
the
the colour
and
character
and
open
of
Beginners
weight, colour, hardness, density,
the
odour
sapwood,
to
for
Wood-Working
5o8
has
in
or
can
comparing
leaves, with
to
sustain
in
Appendix
Preservation
their
effect
tend
to
abundant
the
temper
essential
to
and
The
features
as
reckless
depriving
rate
is
soil,etc.,
the
At
the
best
serious
the
to
origin
but
rain
its
the
upon
principal danger
Shaler
individual
The
to
tells
surface
which
or
when
opportunity offers, toward
or
at
he
can
least
nature.
least
in many
one
he
regulate, the
tree
cases
can
at
United
States
which
with
work,
to
climate, the
the
of mankind
native
depends.
cannot
soil,which
the
us
pass
and
that
"it
the
ground
in his
least
not
use
needed
advantage
preserving
waste
of
the
other
vegetable
this action
we
of the
his influence
going
balance
the
of
any
indirectly,
legislationto
Day
find
of
earth."
control
now
is in
merely its
that
have
Arbor
of the
not
is in
use
It is
however,
owes
forest
of
lumber
matter,
are
because
merely
upon
the
improvident
take
toward
of
may
forest
but
for
trees
practically exhausted.
be
man
menaces
woodworker
wood-lot,
of
to
less
end-
almost
generations
many
of the
away
bared
or
an
not
matter,
forests
aspects
preservation
Professor
growths.
the
washing
break,"
wind-
"
vegetation, are
value
of the
difficult to obtain
of the
most
the
materials
the
will
more
They
country.
for
of the welfare
wood
of
forests
destruction
of
becoming
of
much
so
large size.
regard
wood
the
of
quality and
One
and
serious
influence
rate
supply
year
every
fuel
the
becoming
v/hich
upon
of
changes
this is in addition
All
of
By
landscape.
which
at
of the
present
before
of the
the
other
air.
speak
and
droughts.
open
with
the
preserve
protection,
Tliey
gradually,
cause
the
to
woodworkers
because
but
not
purposes,
being destroyed
of
supplying
of
uses
rivers
the
as
Trees,
purificationof
the
variety of
shade
land.
to
extreme
in
from
equable.
and
slowly they
serve
great value
more
the
and
than
they
adjacent
obvious
the
and
heat,
to
heat
less sudden
be
to
temperature
with
parting
and
it
to
freshets
abnormal
preventing
of
are
rainfall
needed
and
fallen, releasing it
when
absorbing
Forests
"
climate, making
the
upon
cause
moisture
thus
of Forests.
509
to
restrict,
on,
and
plant
at
required by
Wood-Working
5IO
Common
There
Woods
are
things
many
his wood.
choosing
Chapter
about
beginning, is
have
every
wood
and
chance
with
be
may
woods,
such
be
got
the
these
it
it is
white
for
seem
in
with
in
treated
tional
addi-
few
use.
in
mind
rather
before
soft, and
sJiarp tools
will
you
with
hard, crooked-grained
well
started
be
to
his
the
on
road
to
with
the
harder
than
like oak.
This,
ever,
how-
is
the
being sufficiently
impressed by
really a good thing,

find
soon
in the softer
wood
tolerable
without
shape
tools
your
woods
succeed
may
you
that
fact
will
You
work
into
work
soft
tools
sharp.
passable
with
beginning
keener-edged
woods,
tools
even
mauling
even
disadvantage,
do
for
harder
keep
to
impossible
force
of
borne
incidentally,that
sharp tools, while
brute
be
and
will
you
pine, calls
it may
one
be
may
to
while
success,
with
along
compels
without
dull
are
require sharpening.
and
Besides
than
the
the
familiar
from
wood
the
best, hardest, and

the
nearest
fact
it may
sapwood,'
the
the
nearer
is
uniformly
more
tougher
the
and
timber
heavy wood,
and
preferable
In
elm, ash, and
the heart.
in
for
to
old
not
as
If the
throughout.
though
light in weight
the
latter is often
some
hickory
purposes.
the
sapwood
the
tree
The
from
as
rule,
old
an
one;
usually being
tree
heart, having begun
the
as
usually better
that,
that
young
tree
good
remember
than
tougher
an
heartwood,
though
useful
is
sap wood.
hard
than
be
is
heartwood
strongest in the
heart, while
growths
the
that
tree
young
deteriorate, is softer and
'
kinds
wlien
failure.
and
as
been
referred),but
is
this
beginner
have
straight-grained,plain,
tools
dull
the
by
points
reader
With
of
Characteristics."
considered
various
the
remarked,
though
by
of
stock.
discouragement
that
Many
select
to
easilyworked
for
be
Beginners
of their
important thing, however,
One
can
Some
to
(to which
III.
remarks
It
and
for
recently formed
more
is in its
prime
sapwood,
is sometimes
The
is sometimes
and
the
a
as
usually inferior
stronger
to
wood
rule, is
in other
tougher
than
durable
more
application
considered
spects;
re-
of
better
these
than
Appendix
varies
statements
be
well
of purposes
the
of
merely
bend
without
its former
ash; while
required
with
as
in the
many
the
These
have
may
and
little
but
Earliest
"
toughness
cedars.
As
rule
straightand
than
apart
The
wood
than
that
Besides
made
that
the
of
the
the
of those
which,
peculiaritiesare
or
the
The
be
of
amateur,
and
value
which
from
some
use
in
must
cessarily
ne-
wood
except
on
list makes
the
conifers
needle-leaved
larches,
cypresses,
usually light,
are
easily splitor
more
is
torn
easilyworked.
in
complex
more
and
comparatively
rule, harder, and
there
use
they
grow,
but
are
and
very
structure
for
many
of
the
which
many
long
limited
scarcity,hardness,
practicallyout
to
not
durable.
have
their
is
a
as
general
where
"
trees, and
trees
and,
more
in
is
broad-leaved
conifers
following
have
the
pines
turpentine, have
wood
broad-leaved
woods
but
wood
simple structure,
the
the
woods
local
of the
contain
fibre and
from
of
released,
combined
conifers,or
The
trees.
elastic,and
stronger
purposes
merely
they
regular
flexible,and
when
found
the
pines, fiis, spruces,
the
but
breaking,
Elastic
come
historically,
the broad-leaved
include
trees,
white
or
breaking-point,but tough
the
to
up
not
(or nearly
lancewood
qualities are
in all woods.
must
back
easilybent,
be
the
or
canoe,
without
tween
be-
tal
horizon-
or
material
orginal form
can
very
elasticity.
of all trees,
then
its
which
with
bend
must
to
two
endlessly varying degrees

have
it
spring
as
variety
great
bow
the
case
released,
back
sticks
green
the
ribs of
for the
must
is
trees
the distinction
as
purposes
but
ent
differ-
and
infinite.
wood,
former
case
spring
to
resilience.
much
for such
when
latter
of
structure
uses
breaking,
shape
of wood
mind, considering
amateur
In
basket.
and
toughness required
the
wattles
is not
the
needed
elasticity
bar, and
so) to
which
for
in
bear
to
kind
the
diversities ahiiost
the
and
complex matter,
growth
for the
circumstances,
It may
according to
much
1 1
question
list could
uses,
small
have
as
well
size,or
for the
be
as
other
beginner
occasions.
rare
no
beginner.
claim
to
completeness,
but
may
Appendix
It is of
work.
of it is
much
is
beautifullyfigured
in imitation
frequently stained
assisted
yellowish-brown colour, and
or
with
of
in
resemblance
the
by
reddish-
beautiful
OM
curly grain.
and
wavy
mahogany,
grain, and
deception
It
much
if
easilydetected
not
skilfullydone.
Black
Walnut.
almost
the
prairies.
Western
it is
though
exterminated
thoroughly
as
black-walnut
Large
"
The
in
wood
its
shape well,
interior
been
colour
is not
and
have
and
wood-engraving,
It
the
and
articles.
Italian
and
wood
for
it
is,of
burl
of
sombre
Its
varieties
of
distinguishedfor
is hard
and
heavy,
is not
like,but
its
extremely
is used
likelyto
in
pact
com-
turning,
required by
be
amateur.
Butternut.
rather
"
It is
to
the
very
North
grain, is soft, light,of

makes
handsome
America,
has
yellowish-brown
for furniture
wood
work.
easily worked,
amateur
in
found
wood,
finished
when
interior
and
This
coarsely marked
colour, and
of
is
wood
grain.
even
English
form
in
used.
been
This
"
minor
excellent
an
It holds
purposes
gun-stocks.
the
difficult
not
many
various
it is
in
or
The
smooth.
to
long
Boxwood.
mottled
When
for
hard,
for
for
but
always admired,
harder
course,
and
of
durable,
fine finish.
wood
extensively used
very
work.
amateur
the
excellent
an
cabinet-work,
finishing,
It has
walnut
is
and
It is
boards.
moderately strong
usually straight-grained,
to work, holds
glue well,and can be given
bisons
the
as
obtained, however,
be
wide
practically
are
America
can
in very
abundant
not
trees
smooth
wood,
is not
but
easiest
the
of the
because
satisfactorily,
which
tends
to
"rough
material
up"
for
the
peculiar texture
unless
the
tools
are
keen.
Buttonwood.
Cedar.
"
This
States, furnishes
where
33
See
"
Sycamore.
tree, found
a
wood
exposed
to
which
the
quite abundantly
is
in
the
United
larly
exceedingly durable, particu-
alternations
of moisture
and
diyness,
inserted
when
as
is very
and
of cedar
in the
valuable
railroad
ground
used
varieties
in situations
or
adapted
of 7vhite cedar
Red
light,of good
are
fragrance, wiiich,being
obnoxious
for chests
It is used
for
valuable
wood
found
This
"
extensively
moderate
surface
in
the
difficult
and
smoothed,
it has
mellows
and
having
texture
wavy
should
varieties,as
hard
to
to
the
or
to
select
of the
some
the
is
It
given
it excellent
quite
fine-grained, of
of
beautiful
It has
satin-like
finish.
obtained,
be
wide
with
It is
boards.
varieties
It is much
finish,and
purposes.
harder
for
many
softer
and
used
The
straight-grained
kinds
denser
and
as
Cherry
The
age.
The
far
so
especiallybeautiful.
the
the
to
its strong
by
beautiful
can
colour
only
it is
amateur.
and
work,
colour.
in
in
which
exceedingly
are
smooth.
Chestnut.
in its
are
interior
cabinet-work,
beginner
richer
grows
for
It
exterminated,
been
not
ably
admir-
and
and
easy
pencils.
to
be
can
and
similar
respects
States.
yellowish-brown
or
when
United
not
grain
insects, makes
to
cherry '\%especiallyesteemed.
black
The
"
weather.
It
support
Cottonwood.
Cypress.
parts of Asia
"
can
be used
very
This
for
strong,
is
This
wood
Europe.
or
for
but
to
the
the
near
framing,
ground
for posts
similar
purposes.
is
difficult
not
lies
amateur
or
for
It
to
chiefly
exposed
a
is
fence
soft,
work.
soft,light,close-grained wood,
boxes, pulp,
and
in
building, and
"
woodenware,
of this wood
value
It lasts well
durability.
coarse-grained, not
for
hardness,
reddish-brown
for
is
fittings.
durable
its colour
varieties,is distinguished by
Cherry.
but
is in many
which
cedar
closets.
ings,
build-
varieties
boat-building, for
as
and
ground,
Some
interior
and
purposes
purposes
like.
the
particularlystrong,
such
to
largelyused.
building
not
the
near
fence-posts, foundation-postsfor
for
for
work, soft,and
other
Beginners
lies,shingles,pails,and
are
Tlie
to
for
Wood-Working
514
used
etc.
is found
It is
in
a
North
valuable
America,
Mexico,
material, yellowish
Appendix
in
yellowish-brown
or
weather
or
in contact
is used
for
general
which
to
with
superior
it is
posts, and
finish.
The
the wood
varieties
are
Deal.
and
This
"
and
is
ebn
See
"
Pine
Hemlock.
used
America,
It is
for
for
nails
Hickory.
is
not
"
to
This
highly
extensively
valued
like.
It
for timber.
hard
and
is used
for
durable, usually
its
of
some
agriculturalimplements,
of
frames
in
and
other
many
for
The
wet.
to
exposure
purposes.
and
flexibility
ness
tough-
strength.
Spruce.
for its bark,
brittle
shakes,
easy
to
renders
wood,
and
grained
coarse-
easilysplit,and
what
some-
for nice
rough boarding,
and
work, but
for which
its
it suitable.
in
found
for its
esteemed
is hard
is
cheap,
It is unfit
work.
hard, tough, heavy, and
the
it unsuited
and
used
the
eastern
strength
to
work.
The
parts
and
close-grained.
carriage-work, agricultural implements,
and
large
Valuable
is very
It
sapwood,
for continued
rough framing
well
white
wood, valuable
subject
soft, but
holding
and
fine
is of
renders
ebony
variety,esteemed
This
"
and
be
good
durability and
as
of
chairs, cooperage,
valuable
well
as
is
hard,
very
building,
boat-
coast.
strong, tough, and
boat-building, the
species are
for
articles.
wood,
and
It takes
States
expensive.
and
small
useful
yokes, wheel-hubs,
can
used, but
colouring.
figure and
hardness
heartwood
flexible,heavy
varieties for
United
It is also
black
and
Spruce.
excessive
furniture,turning,
Elm.
Southern
the
It is used
exposure.
purposes.
Pacific
the
upon
work.
solid, with
the
of
Pine
^The
"
amateur
Fir.
is
pine
variety of
is of beautiful
found
See
"
Ebony.
rock
withstanding
great
cypress
size,and
Some
to
finish,doors, clapboards, shingles, cabinet-work,
interior
for
which
for
purposes
for
exposed
soil,light,soft, easily worked,
the
lumber
when
durable
colour, very
5^5
"
It
of
North
great elasticity.
is
largely used
hoops, axe-helves,
shagbark is especially
"Wood-Working
5i6
Holly.
This
"
is
wood
white, though
it does
used
articles
for
small
Lancewood.
such
and
"
purposes
for
Beginners
quite hard,
retain
not
the
purity
cabinet-work
of
The
use
has
been
this
of
close-grained, and
and
wood
extensive.
its colour.
of
for
for
It is
very
It is
turning.
fishing-rods,
bows,
its
distinguished for
elasticity.
Lignum
Vitse.
balls
is
for
excessively hard
too
it of
bowling, mallets,
Locust.
The
"
small
of
beginner
the
locust
It is
colour.
for fences
valuable
and
for other
to
be
It is used
ground.
for
of
ability
dur-
pulley-sheaves,
turned
It
objects.
use.
America
North
is
brownish
yellowish or
of
hard,
is used
support
of
extensively for posts

buildings, for shipbuilding,and
subjected
to
exposure
for the
work
to
and
heavy, exceedingly durable,
strong,
value
great
handles, and
for the
wood
solidity,and
hardness,
extreme
vitae make
lignum
of
The
"
and
wood,
in
turning, but
to
or
the
interior
for
extensively
not
with
contact
work.
Mahogany.
into
general
is very
shades
from
very
hard
the
grain
endless
until
eighteenth century,
Central
America, and some
shape
deep
of
ornamental
shapes,
but
work,
woods,
framework
making,
and
and
is
or
the
"
and
varieties
(the best) are

In
kinds
some
into
twisted
and
like.
of
mahogany
therefore
parts
The
but
grow
their
change
are
structural
easilyworked,
grades
regions.
Some
others
the
variety of
great
the
being
liable
more
in
other
latter
the
come
is found
strong.
curved
not
an
most
of
change
to
straight-grainedvarieties.
the
most
while
others
crooked
in
did
reddish-brown.
spongy,
straight-grained varieties
less than
better
to
quite straight,in
for
than
is found
colour
heavy, close-grained, and
variety
The
well
The
quite soft, even
is
wood,
the
golden- brown
and
beautiful
the
highly valuable
durable.
light and
are
use
which
This
Indies, Mexico,
West
It
"
of
so-called
is
not
darker
shape
but
little,
"
excellentlysuited
cabinet-wotk,
bayivood holds
for patternits
especiallybeautiful.
and
richer
for
in colour
shape
The
with
Appendix
but
age,
some
varieties
the
greatest value
517
and
bleached
become
with
lustreless
exposure.
It is of
is also
generally, and
for cabinet-work
and
for furniture,
finishing,
interior
for
used
for many
in
rather
other
purposes.
The
mahogany
term
is
but
has
Domingo
white
hensive
compre-
highly
been
long
impossible
or
as
beautiful
dull
The
beginner
should
kinds
grained
skill
much
of
all; and
at
obtain.
to
The
is much
mahogany
Maple.
used
mahogany
for
valued
other
the
harder
beautiful
they
proficiencyhas
freely in
grows
be
can
desired.
be
may
The
of
case
It
in
plain,softer, straight-
the
first.
at
obtained
be
can
high polish, as
and, in
maple
a
or
It
necessity of gluing.
the
these, however
The
"
holding glue.
only attempt
considerable
until
deferred
finish
smooth
to
for
saving
often
given a
much
known
is excellent
pieces,thus
work
San
commerce
beauty.
Mahogany
wide
from
difficult
now
light-coloured variety
for its
in
Mahogany
way.
esteemed,
is used
varieties
pieces, even
to
be, should
be
may
attained.
been
United
the
is
States, and
the sugar
great variety of purposes,
require
or
rock
maple
It is close-grained, hard,
especiallyesteemed.
strong,
heavy, and of a light yellowish-,reddish-, or brownish-white
colour
(sometimes almost white, though found in varying shades'),
being
and
be
can
finish.
It
varieties
of the
is
smoothed
to
furnish
of
wood
"
grain known
satin-like
stained
be
can
as
much
"
bird's-eye
There
should
Oak.
confine
"
curly
much
admired.
interior
and
turning, and
or
good
wavy
contortion
Maple
floors,
finishing,
great
variety of
articles.
are
specimens,
being
given
be
peculiar
the
beauty,
machine-frames, work-benches,
miscellaneous
and
satisfactorily. The
for cabinet-work
extensively used
surface
as
Of
of varieties
number
himself
the
all
at
other
the
first
kinds
to
are
broad-leaved
of
the
the
softer
hard
trees
to
The
maple.
the
straight-grained
and
work
beginner
and
oak
is
to
smooth.
probably
the
Wood-Working
5i"S
valuable, and
most
is
widely
is
Oak
have
is
its combination
for
white
has
oak
combination
of
than
purposes
live
Varieties
ing,
steam-
to
the
to
checking.
tends
stroy
de-
to
and
The
wood
It
tree.
the
wood.
for
highest regard
has
been
of
North
used
for
its
more
parts
strong, tough, and
to
iron
of
in
used
America,
and
business
that
able,
dur-
in
steel
building
shipis
it
but
may
work.
amateur
extensively used, but, though valuable,
are
white
the
to
Continent
the
on
varieties
Other
oak.
are
seldom
largely
in
marketed
States.
"
"
the
wôod, very
unsuited
quality
It is
mentioned.
extensively
England
in
held
timber.
specified,from the
furniture
and
agricultural
invaluable
an
introduction
the
and
to
in North
found
be
to
qualities,and
here
of 7-ed oak
United
be
known
which
in
pine, is widely
valuable
extinction,
at
least
about
England
distributed
timber
so
like that
is somewhat
tree
of the
readily carved.
foremost
and
pine, of
the pear
of
can
First
pine,
most
subject
excellent
great
in southern
before
of inferior
Pine.
our
qualities.
exposed
acid, which
most
It is
valuable
excessively hard
apple
be
as
was
Pear.
less
tannic
ships
been
valuable
oak.,found
which,
in
when
or
too
purposes
long
can
mentioned
used
more
it is obtained
from
of
Bi'itish
white
nearly three
useful
important variety is
buildingsand
implements, carriages,etc.
comes
of
durable
with
This
oak.
variety of
construction
The
It
fastenings.
and
for
and
is
Oak
strongly impregnated
America,
used
soil.
the
to
or
Affierican
the
of.strength.
type
as
noted.
readily bends),
it
iron
are
stood
hard, tough, elastic,heavy, durable, stiff (except after
weather
be
Beginners
parts of the world, and
been
distinguished
when
It
for ages
in various
scattered
varieties
hundred
It is
has
for
far
the
needle-leaved
speciesare
seventy
yellow pine
as
in America,
tree, but
as
the
among
seems
wide,
clear
to
and
be
also
doomed
boards
The
known.
is,or
and
trees
and
as
has
to
mouth
Weybeen,
rapid
planks
of
Appendix
timber
old-growth
hard
is
There
is
wood
better
no
for all purposes
which
to
to
and
texture
brown
it has
grow
"
pumpkin
of
and
castings,and
exceedingly
well
and
The
pine
of
the
lumber
of
for
many
houses,
for
and
masts
is
the
Cajiadian
White
poses
purfor
spars,
patterns
and
known
glue
hard, strong,
not
pine^
the
in
found
also
deal,îs
red
its name,
hence
red
is also
pine
pine,
deal
yellow
Europe,
many
It holds
purposes.
Norway
or
as
of
It
soft, resinous,
well.
pine^
sugar
pine
North
forest.
paint
in America.
yellow fir, and

of the
finishingof
list of different
the
Scotch
is
into
cut
of beautiful
lightyellowish-
It
so-called
the
boards,
time.
is
in
When
laths, doors, sashes, blinds,
and
grow
pine
(as
size
cabinet-making,
takes
varieties,as
or
Pine
inside
long
yellow pine etc.,

Scotch,
with
finish.
good
large
darker
strength.
carpentry
pine
fibre, easily
close
It is of
for
Europe.
takes
fine, satiny surface.
clapboards, shingles,
Other
of
with
white
clear
clear
is used
and
than
pine), furnishing very wide,
moderate
of
for
reached
colour, growing
forms,
exceedingly-
now
it is suited.
easily nailed, and
be
can
allowed
and
beginner
for the
light, stiff,straight-grained and
worked,
"
are
obtain.
to
It
which
concerned,
are
519
the
Pinus
red,
as
mon
com-
sylvestris,
is
resinous, and
very
extensively used.
Southern
the
on
marked
masts
'
The
and
term
usually 3"
in
the
United
is
It
and
important
very
Gulf
of
coasts
resinous,
with
durable, strong, and
is hard
and
to
nail
timber
for
spars,
to
thick
and
States.
often
planks
of
(/'wide.
loosely applied
these
The
woods
term
cut
is
to
more
common
the
kinds
many
and
than
7"
in Great
of
roofs, for
of
wood
by
It is extensively
interior
floors,decks, and
general carpentry,
deal, though
refers
strongly
easily worked
not
including trestles, bridges,
work,
States.
and
coarse
seasoning.
after
is found
United
the
girders,floor-timbers,joists,and
for
timber
fir,properly
"
Atlantic
grain.
used
heavy
This
Pine.
hard, heavy, and
beginner,
the
Hard
Southern
is very
It
or
the
wide
pine
and
Britain
and
6'
long
but
not
Appendix
Satinwood.
considered
be
to
This
"
Spruce.
The
"
is
wood
occasional
for the
except
of the
wood
comparatively
of the
same
for interior
and
spruce,
is
hardly
of
use
fine
toughness.
Both
for
curling
and
work
white
the
and
of the
Norway
Sycamore.
is known
This
handsome
of
It is rather
hard,
for outside
work
in
but
not
The
exposed
to
it is inferior
ively
extens-
are
spruce
the
and
disadvantage
great
is not
and
such
for
England
in
found
The
medullary
the weather.
to
various
is
noticeable.
It is
Known
parts of
colour,
are
rays
wood
deal.
reddish-brown
or
of
good paddles,
white
as
nice
as
work.
difficult to work.
very
for
largely used
which
black
wood,
work.
ber
num-
finish,flooring,fencing,
light yellowish
for interior
esteemed
and
is valuable
spruce
world, and
It is
good quality makes
of
Spruce
like,and
"
straight-grained,
springing badly,
and
pine.
light and
are
ness,
superior in strength, hard-
It has
generally.
twisting
spars,
white
there
pine, to
but
interior
carpentry,
woodwork
white
work,
of which
knots.
large
as
and
inferior
as
from
free
purposes
finish
used
the
amateur
varieties,is quite abundant,
of
many
the
by
yellowish-brown
piece.
small
and
handsome
521
durable
not
also
Button-
as
wood.
Walnut.
See
"
Whitewood.
wood
Black
early attempts
which
Whitewood,
brownish-yellow, is
tree.
This
which
are
as
but
as
to
be
of great
light and
a
It takes
arts.
to
the
greenish- or
of the tulip
but
wood
large size,thus furnishingwide

grain
even
more
exceedingly
and
pine,
It
but
liable
well.
to
so
free
is not,
is
for
most
boards,
from
It is brittle
purposes.
many
white
It is
white,
applied
easily worked.
as
excellent
an
beginner.
means
no
name
for
use
wood
stain
the
by
is
pine, whitewood
of the
straightand
very
wood-working
is
attains
tree
of such
reliable
white
Like
"
for the
Walnut.
and
and
soft,
purposes,
extensively used
warp
knots
twist than
in the
pine.
for
Wood-Working
522
Willow.
will
"
An
important
be
rcciuired by
often
not
Yew.
This
"
is
and
elasticity,
other
Many
is
lancewood,
(for various
baskets.
distinguished for
to,
catalpa (for posts
the
articles),
dogwood
small
its
like.
and
as
It
whistles.
for
bows
for
alluded
be
can
is for
wood
beginner, except
the
higlilyesteemed
woods
like),elder
the
like
wood,
this
of
use
Beginners
and
(for turning
hornbeam
or
articles),
iron wood
(for mallets, handles, wheel-cogs, etc.), poplar (for
pulp), sassafras (for posts, hoops, etc.),teak (from the East,
like),gum
the
and
which
varietyof others
required by the
at
wood
or
is
one
is liable
elastic
wood,
and
are
make
much
age,
for
oak
various
preferred
nature
for
or
the
period
of the
considered
mature
substances
for
be
furnish
active
and
involved
equally good by
some.
one
years
excellent
is
is
and
be
to
cutting
"
timber,
to
timber
at
thought
to
hundred
or
the
years
and
more,
of
the
ages.
tropical regions,
is
sap
between
growth,
good
Pine
years.
in
the
for
years
different
season
sapwood
of
set
hundred
at
dry
wood
an
young
tougher
the
seventy-fiveor
one
which
trees
felling,because
rapidly in
the
about
portion.
furnishes
can
sap-
of
centre
to
hundred
one
the
grain.
ages
for
cut
much
too
finer
hundred
one
Some
the
uses
beginner.
has
seldom
durable, while
and
oldest
durable,
exact
sixty to
woods
the
has
or
inelastic
and
the
no
than
from
at
other
during
and
dense
but
are
great
usually be
tree
young
and
so
statement.
age
sometimes
much,
cutting at
Midwinter,
more
not
fiftyto
greater
ripe
be
from
rough
brittle
various, that
so
probably
so
as
the
by
should
tree
decay, being
to
and
differ
needed
"
wheels, etc.), and
specified,as they
strong
as
softer
Trees
be
not
of
never
maturity,
though
more
put
its
likelyto get
heartwood
tree,
and
Seasoning.
near
will
and
old
common
be
cannot
amateur
and
Felling
timber
various
valuable), tupelo (hubs
and
strong
(for
quiet.
the
because
in the
wood
of
growth.
is
Decay
and
the
usually
sets
the
in
bark
perishable
Midsummer
is
Appendix
various
The
have
when
contain
they
centre,
well
as
that
at
the
As
time
will
is not
about
ten
the
to
however.
twenty
the
the
of
weather,
or
make
it has
but
It
in
are
the
it
with
very
moisture
fibre
there
no
cent.,
per
from
be
to
less,of its
or
means
tion
condi-
atmosphere
the
lost until it reaches
tions
investiga-
Recent
of the
substance
again
quite rapidly
by artificial
atmosphere.
or
having
if it is
more
may
it has
moisture
the
After
stay in this unnatural
not
and
air, vacuum
hot
moisture
absorbs
per
contained
itself imbibes
wood
additional
in
the
to
the
or
pores
wood.
various
other
is sometimes
assists in
doubtful
until
kettle.
tea-
left, but
methods,
tenaciously,this being
understood
or
on
goes
seasoning.
entirelyprotected
the
in
that
absolutelydry,
of
these
to
got rid of only by
currents
of
fifteen
whether
removing
the
besides
methods
Chapter III.)of seasoning

Wood
This
harmony
holds
of the
way
infer
tumbler
be
can
of
any
it will
reabsorb
popularly
There
to
will
that
and
gun
be-
exposed
moisture
of
that, though you
see
you
some
in
show
cavities
by
perhaps
up
So
in
condition
water
wood
entirelydry,
unless
has
this small
entirelyremove
varying with the temperature
amount
atmosphere,
taken
wood
once,
the
will
atmosphere.
the
the
to
weight.
own
at
dried
wood
the wood
drying
cent,
per
artificial method
some
completely
until
decay
might
one
from
The
applying heat, kiln-drying,baking,
exposed
tree,
green
entirelydisappear
so,
moisture,
process,
in
valueless
old
an
entirely,leaving
open-air seasoning
humidity
the
from
evaporate
This
of
cent,
of
case
is
reader
rule, the best,
sometimes
are
merce
com-
that, although
as
are,
gradually from
evaporates
water
of
amount
in the
when,
protected
the
only
pith they
the
noticed
be
middle
the
near
the
as
water
it would
just as
or
it will
of
lumber
point.
air but
the
is
through
cut
the
III., to which
Chapter
connection
this
In
in
log into
the
cutting
of
treated
been
referred.
boards
methods
523
soaked
the
process
and
in
soluble
of
kiln-drying(referred
hastening
water
before
elements
improves
the
the
drying
being
of the
seasoned.
sap, but
qualityof
cess.
pro-
the
it is
wood.
Smoking
steaming
and
readily
be
be
must
taken
and
Decay
not
has
and
dry,
the
been
"
in the
as
wood
known
and
crack
the
decays
piles of
the
its
to
but
"
Timber
and
adds
can
centuries,
for
or
pieces
Small
to.
burn, scorch,
to
Preservation.
alternatelywet
Beginners
resorted
hardens
which
method
"
also
are
which
smoked,
durability,
care
for
Wood-Working
524
wood.
fastest
when
wharf, fence-posts,
when
like, or
subjected
hot, moist, close atmosphere,
to
as
the sills and

over
tilated
the
caused
and
and
shows
alternate
by
while
dryness,
above
parts
unven-
Fig. 694
cellar.
wetness
and
damp
some
decay
ated
situ-
floor-timbers
below
the
still
are
sound.
Wood
dry
lasts the
and
best
will
Recently,
Fig.
from
694.
where
it had
proved
as
lain
sound
Undoubtedly,
for
and
timber
strength
of
extreme
example
bogs
and
ancient
Piles
were
taken
clear
of
the
Piles
have
been
quite
support
of the
Old
placed
regularly used,
most
massive
Wood
Rhine
stone
you
the
doubtless
buildings and
elastic
the
taken
after
present
interior
however,
been
about
river,
lumber-yard.
is not,
Bridge
slab
the
lessens
has
London
as
of
being preserved
after
in the
bed
in any
That
decay.
large log
more,
submersion
during
sound
or
found
it is dried.
lake-dwellings
of service.
now
long
the
years
be
durability.
years
^piles are
could
as
such
after
from
found
hundred
one
however,
from
resist
not
of
what
some-
not
cutting
upon
outside
the
taken
it does
but
When
it is
wet
softened, and
much,
kept
ventilated.
well
kept constantly
so
when
from
for ages.
about
2000
years
century;
know,
an
for
650
ago
and
the
piers,but only
Appendix
driven
deep
examples
of
where
they
line.
Many
found
in
European
Westminster
Abbey
in the
the
ground
in the
of
or
Timbers
the
wood
kept dry
into
put
of Richard
reign
II.
low-water
the
still in
are
are
roof
Italian churches
of the older
some
below
durability of
structures.
roof-timbers
the
and
are
525
of
place,
remain
good condition.
in
seasoning, protection from
Thorough
the
circulation
free
of air
essentials
the
are
the
the
to
rain, and
and
sun
preservationof
timber.
the
is
Creosote
fungi are
the
excellent,
are
for
The
modern
for outside
"
so-called
expensive,
very
Insects
and
creosote
easily applied.
and
work, however,
of
account
on
odour.
Coal-tar
also
and
time
the
with
paint
which
will
the
case
the
process
of
be
thoroughly dry
be
unable
well
insects
and
of
wood,
the
for the
As
begins, as
the
of the
but
the
of animal
as
the
in
all
wood.
tree
to
substances
without,
from
which
paint, the
or
is
and
the
moisture
enemies
has
tree
in the
above,
also
the
least
involved
will
are
of
favourable
fungi.
felled
and
fibre
of
form
preservation
the
woody
must
within
for
been
interferes
wood
best
organic bodies,
The
is
of charcoal
conditions
life and
has
short
decay.
cause
living
referred
as
attacks
soon
destroy
worms,
the
as
tar
as
applied,or
will
and
moisture
coating,however,
it is
when
for
use.
evaporation,
escape,
as
in
external
any
are
extensively used.
from
wood
them
protecting coating
been
commonly
of
to
has
protect
most
Lumber
forming
coats,
woodwork.
fence-posts by holding
of
fire and
method
In
ends
method
Oil
in thin
hot
pitch, applied
or
cheap preservatives for exposed
the
over
another
wood-tar
and
good
Charring
some
not
suitable
only
are
tried
been
preservativesknown.
best
its odour.
repelledby
"
They
the
of
one
have
processes
wood.
preservationof
stains
chemical
preparationsand
Many
and
sooner
dies, decomposition
or
later
will
totally
itself will last for ages,
in the
growth
soon
decay.
but
The
is liable
sap
in.
sets
Thus
fermentation,
to
Fungi
insects
see
prime
sound), so
those
and
in
should
be
or
however,
spotted
with
exposed,
warmth.
It
moisture.
of
like cellars
and
in the
entire
of
forms
dry-rot fungi
is used
the
the
which
to
use
which
other
in oak
is
of
oils
larly
particuCare
pine badly
it will
where
will
matter
vantage
ad-
no
volatile
place
render
trees,
piece
is
from
abound.
they
resinous
with
be
apt
to
also
be
One
of
the
fir.
and
the
of
lack
Fungi
in time
extent
are
and
also attack
which
to
and
dry
free
of
There
common
of
situations,
ships, and
wood.
most
the
attack
not
unventilated
and
parts of
away
degree
dryness
to
and
dampness
damp,
may
temperate
fungi, does
to
confined
pine
which
wood,
is
there
preventive, to
of
uneven
in
and
Expansion
warping, winding,
much
in
aside
There
and
their
There
abounds
bark.
the
sults
reeral
sev-
worst
oak.
of
sote
Creo-
it saturates
wood.
Effects
and
sap.
sapwood
trees,
needle-leaved
is due
more
rot.
in
better.
alternatelyexposed
in warm,
attacks
as
wood
crumbling
dry
the
moisture
by
where
air,as
and
past
the
growth,
deposits in
or
trees
acid, which
unseasoned
rot, which
is found
circulation
of the
in
Worms
paint.
wood
occurs
Dry
but
resinous
the
decay
in seasoned
caused
wood,
blister
is
[[/"/ rot
not
turpentine
the
as
and
out
ooze
for their
in
woods
taken,
living
turpentine
found
those
of
case
be
streaked
deposits
decay
is richest
while
particularlyin
the
wood.
in various
found
durable, like tannic
of
tint,and
got rid of the
be
can
sap
rid
in
heartwood
especiallyrequired
getting
decay originates chieflyin
(although
substances
of trees,
the
of
the
the
some
resinous
the
and
which
sap
more
in
that
the
more
number
the
of
elements
wood
upon
danger
the
however,
are,
fasten
the
in
bluish
by
that
begins
decay
to
Beginners
shown
it, preferring
attack
also
we
liable
are
decomposition
the
for
Wood-Working
526
or
twisting
swelling and
drying,
others
Contraction.
are
due
shrinking.
but
little.
to
"
Cracks, curling,
but
irregular
of wood
shrink
nothing
Some
kinds
Some,
after
seasoning, swell
Appendix
shrink
or
in
and
curl and
and
temperature
have
We
become
side,
in
convex
becomes
that
seen
of
much
shape,
quicker shrinking portion.
board
into
crack
and
splitbefore
dry.
We
have
in
shown
as
of
side
the
be
the
on
the
case
and
moisture, it would
or
winding.
complex
the
to
down
mere
board
of
heated
green
will
end
fairlybegun
to
process,
dampness
will
side, as
the heated
on
swells
convexity
the
equally, as
dressing
warp
free
all
swell
to
the
over
heat
then
heat
and
nor
nearly
off of
badly
the
; and
as
may
surface
is
free
and
of
to
changing
or
uniform
not
both
on
all sides
facts,
buy
to
should
have
we
be
planed
sides; that
will sometimes
to
and
expand
dryness.
these
work
be, from
that it is better
exactly
pieces being extremely
for nice
hand
all
to
without
equally exposed
by
in
shrink
or
wood
cold, moisture
boards
it
curling,warping
no
always
practical application
where
cold, dryness and
smaller
be
up
surface
and
fact, however,
is it
hung
texture,
larger or
neither
(in Chapter III.) that
to
end
dampness
that
so
concavity
of
would
direction,
every
the
seen
grow
of
structure;
of
come
it
exceedingly varied, some
alternations
To
If
usually result
either
The
curl.
to
and
There
matter
but
in
in
contract
the
changes
simply
shape.
As
in texture,
the
twisted.
seasoning
piece to
shrinks
heat
equally exposed
degrees
its form
has
of this in the
piece
entirelyunconfined
same
board
the
perfectly uniform
of
were
directions,and
the
the
other
another
or
one
stove,
of the
to
be.
If lumber
be
stick
you
seasoned
side, or
dampened
may
would
the
or
of
the
cause
affected
curled,
tends
III.
side
one
If
of
rest
illustrations
seen
will thus
heat
the
than
more
kitchen
of the
oven
Chapter
Exposure
or
hot
board
another, cracks
than
in the
the
much
of
shrinkage
the
warped,
"
faster
to
air-
stances.
ordinary circum-
under
side
heart
the
change
every
thoroughly
once
size
or
swells
part
one
out
part shrinks
one
shape
with
degree
Others,
seasoning,owing
if
that
and
wood
less in
already
marked
dryness.
alter much
seasoned,
to
warp
527
stock of
cause
as
the
a
nearly
Appendix
with
circular
they
as
a
the
undulating
find
in
forms
beautiful
ends
the
of
brought
than
such
will
You
surface
in
is
heart
Fig.
the
make
to
as
will
sawing
ends,
in
is apt
due
the
in
some
to
pith
take
crooked
the
to
centre,
the
method
to
warp
or
the
way
in
thus
wood,"
and
ness
drytends
stumps
that
the
of
grain.
usually quite
somewhat
cut-off
twist,
beautiful
is not
is
stem
no
the
cases
that
show
may
straighttrees
straight, and
course,
trees
of
warping.
logs and
tendency
not
exposed
are
moisture
of
throughout
do
tissue,which
of fibrous
crooked
so
the
Such
tering
scat-
grain
the
701,
end
ends
course
grain
remove
just shown.
Even
devious
at the
in the
"
susceptibleto
bundles
look
frequently not
taking such
with
uneven
you
the
speak,
to
open
more
of the
Where
as
so
These
are
if you
see
"
and
is often
wood
work.
structure,
surface
sides
the
pieces
frequently find
produce unequal swelling,shrinking, and
to
tree
zigzag
grew
when
(Fig.699).
young
for
Imagine,
you
could
that
shown
tree
you
in
board,
so
speak,
heart.
You
rise above
34
heart
as
the
board
if it were
in mind
Bear
which
will
the
see
may
that
surface
these
of the
in
from
Fig.
as
699.
this
with
it the
in and
out
of the
woven
rope
like that
be somewhat
that the annual

vary
crooked
indicated, keeping
wire
would
as
that
Imagine
700.
out
saw
pith
the
that the appearance
Fig. 701.
to
X-rays
Fig.
could
illustration,that
exaggerated
an
with
see
pith or
whole
or
the
atmosphere.
the
to
pieces
off
went
twistingthat
and
indoor
for
to
up
fibrous
the
places to
dozen
will
you
warping
of
figure
cropping
"
thing
a
the
centre,
(Fig. 698), until,just
on
whole
straight-grainedpieces, but
crooked,
so
went
the
shop.
crooked-grained wood
very
and
in
sawing
toy pistol,breaking into
around
them
most
the
as
from
nearly separated, the
were
report like
In
sawed
already
twisted
and
warped
hole
529
layersof wood,
rings are
thickness, growing
layers,or
rings,as
board, will
cause
shown
around
they dip
the
grain to
the
below
form
Wood-Working
530
various
patterns, perhaps somewhat
makes
claim
no
Fig.
In
at
the
often
of
wood
whatever
from
in
running
each
near
the
pieces, of
the best
so
that
counteract
surface
the
the
twisting of
other
and
tangled grain, and
and
the
is sometimes
extremely
all these
occur
irregularities
kinds
some
directions
of
plicated
com-
mahogany,
strangely interlaced
fibres
in
layers
which
which
will
you
the
but
the
rings
the
at
will be
the
often
tendencies
each
glued
up
or
quite
are
of
the
the
in
not
same
run
one
grainof
of
the
smaller
this
do
To
to
and
put together
direction
lengthways,
together
in various
parts
to
curve,
in
as
whole
combinations,
or
warp
single board,
large
cases
machines,
of
number
selected
different
Instead
warped
be
arranged
or
of
illustrations.
in the
will
in many
frames
with
up
see
run
ends
other.
with
wooden
pieces should
reversed
is obviated
cracking
benches) by building
naturally become
be
the
to
layers.
of
the
In
case.
701.
cedar), wounds,
nature
have
to
that, though the grain will
beam,
can
It is the
different
advantage,
tlie annual
so
trees
objectionable (as in
of
tops
in this
due
are
which
701,
other.
it is
where
in
crooked
warping, twisting,and
The
grain
by branches,
seen
very
cause,
very
the
especially when
piece.
same
is
broad-leaved
many
with
caused
(as
produce
in lumber
grain
angle
knots
in texture,
in the
of
an
screw-fashion
causes,
the
Fig.
Fig.
variations
addition,
stems
in
shown
as
accurately showing
to
piece being
the
Beginners
700.
fact, all such

of
for
twist
which
number
stripsarranged
will
would
of
strips
in alternate
Appendix
(Fig.559), so
fashion
will
Where
full
but
side
one
strength is
in
result
merely
of
drawing-board, the
the
by
cleats.
these
Shakes.
in the
line of the
narrowing
and
be
toward
the
of
cracks
panelled
radiating
widest
rays,
shrinkage
the
at
outside, and
the
by
is
due
supposed
the
of
common,
the
if
but
of
length
large
the
work
and
and
numerous
centre
to
tree
Fig.
are
702.
twisting in
or
log, they injure
Panels).
the
from
trate
illus-
also
older
the
to
secured
pith
beginning of decay while the

standing (Fig. 702). Slight heart-shakes
wood
largely
surface, as
under
or
the
where
be
twisting can
the back
forms
are
medullary
chiefly caused
and
strength required being
most
Hea^-t- shakes
"
used
or
swelling and shrinking(seeDoors
of
matters
and
crossways
and
Doors
warping
on
ing
warp-
line.
seen
saw-cuts
the
large curve
one
is
board
needed,
not
of
place
slightlywavy
prevented by lengthways
in
in
that
531
timber
the
seriously for
cutting up.
Star-shakes
also
are
radiating cracks, but,

the
cracks
the
toward
often
the
to
Fig.
caused
outside
it
inside, as
703.
after
owing
to
the
beginning
separating the
layers
of
of
and
between
more
does
from
but
other
of
the
the
from
to
the
be
wind
shakes),or
caused
(hence
to
of temperature,
Combinations
same
log.
some
or
of
the
sometimes
shock
other
the
more
the
posed
ex-
sometimes
annual
rings,
portion,and are supposed

of
the
in
tree
swaying
outer
by
than
(Fig. 704),
reaching entirely around, separating

the
are
causes.
sometimes
centre
are
and
part due
being
they
shakes,
heart-
rowing
outside, nar-
(Fig. 703),
some
less
or
the
shrinkage of the outer

the tree
drying faster
naturally
decay
the
at
centre
being felled;
cracks
Cicp-shakes are
the
by
widest
are
unlike
known
or
as
extreme
zvind-
changes
Fig.
704,
causes.
various
shakes
may
be
found
in
the
is far
manual
dimensions,
as
will
in
show
various
the
of
idea
at
the
once
have
for
object
an
it.
have
some.
When
we
ings
draw-
some
shapes, sizes, and
exact
addition
In
parts.
to
of how
must
we
ters
mat-
on
help
from
practicalwork,
us
remarks
general
be
"
brieflytreated
even
measurements
accurate
general idea, we
the
us
few
Drawings.
be
to
working-drawings may
ordinary picture givesa correct
take
of
but
wood-working,
cannot
which
Working
subject
Beginners
with
an
looks, we
need
extensive
too
on
connected
While
about
Suggestions
Few
Drawing
in
for
Wood-Working
53-
working
pictureto give
the
to
sitions
po-
what
purposes
called
are
etc.
elevations^pla?iSysections^
In
such
case
that
as
picture (Fig.363)
the
but
for
be
made.
in front
364,
of this
and
the
the
In
the
sides
ends
or
views
end
also
are
This
definition
would
you
merely
of
see
have
an
The
made
full size.
infinite
at
in
in the
the
form
same
and
the
at
of
the
an
the
proportion
in
Fig.
roof
were
the
as
given.
This
view
interior
the
is
If the
side
two
case,
side
Next
removed.
the
side
inside
illustrated,
or
tions
eleva-
construction.
one
one
or
cojiy
if the
of
being representations
as
sides
front
exact
is
of
or
above
the
top of the
of the terms.
is, strictlyspeaking,
eyes,
also
directly
stood
house.
point
being opposite
side
if the
end
or
as
object
object is
too
way
it
matter
the
way
"
point
large to
be
or
of
pear
ap-
if you
as
of
really is, not
is small,
side
it would
of it
every
what
object, is
As
the
not
the
position, but
directlyopposite every
of
shows
view
case
plan
it from
it from
the
general meaning
elevation
number
elevation
looks, either
copy
look
could
the
opposite
looked
if you
appear
object.
elevations
the
the
building,
should
Fig. 364
the
is sometimes
In
show
to
as
in
elevation
?rar
if the
as
alike,as
stood
accuracy
if you
could
if you
the
of
242,
opposite either
Stand
represented
case,
page
visible,is shown
directlyabove
needed.
of
on
if you
see
front
the
this
rough explanation of
scientific
would
air
In
given,
the
manner
the
not
be
may
shown
appearance
would
you
is
is shown
are
the
elevation.
seen
plaii.^
desired, the view
little house
only
front
same
imagine yourself in
is called
us
of what
view
the
elevation.
shows
house, with
is called
end, and
or
view
The
the
construction, working-drawings
of
purposes
of
the
as
it
small
represented
Appendix
Elevations, whether
one
to
confined
representations
taken
to
from
object
is
is not
the
from
a
smaller
full-sized
with
the
of
drawing just how
the
object will
"
If the
size," the
as
drawing
put the dimensions
quickness
is
scale
equation, viz.:
an
is not
made
upon
it,and
execution
of
each
drawn
on
ing
draw-
take
them
idea
from
guard,
safe-
it out
half
one
"
from
the
length
"
half-size
foot.
the
The
If
is often
scale
ft.,or ^"=1'.
it is necessary
accuracy,
the
lay
of 6" to
this is often
in
to
be
takes
mis-
It is
is called
with
or
to
make
better
the foot.
in.
have
to
line is
scale
3" to
tions
eleva-
two
left.
object, it
real
be
to
rightand
If the
object
look.
symmetrical,
of which
the
is said
and
expressed
in
is
the
to
drawing
line
fourth
one
and
which
drawing
that
from
get
can
angles
once.
the
you
also
the
elevation
the
measurements
where
be
can
to
or
likelyto
you
plan,
when
less
and
they
object.
at
and
same
drawing,
the
understood
object than
drawing,
make
If you
and
at
simple work,
any
the
of
much
are
dimensions
line,measuring
centre
be
You
size of the
at
or
details
taken
right angles
at
quite sufficient,as
be
cases
large.
taking your
actual
be
drawings full-sized
your
in
end,
or
corners
elevation
one
in such
too
side
may
the
from
plan, may
can
that
be
always
must
commonly,
each
complicated
any
make
Always
in
taken
quite simple,
plan omitted
made
be
the
of
view
of
may
without
Although
plan.
point
show
best
may
any
They
plan.
the
several,
or
right angles
533
for convenience
done
of
case
to
which
drawings
are
accurate.
Details
or
by
dotted
extra
so
and
same
way
drawings.
if the
show
in
to
be
such
in the
Fig.
show
Too
parts that do
cannot
object, that
an
shown
lines,as
elevations,it
to
of
properly
seen
in the
inside
clearly shown
is usual
details.
to
back
show
make
This
or
parts
on
by
of
object, to
an
lines,however,
the surface
lines
dotted
another
is called
kind
"
of
save
used
making
quite simple
the
on
are
confusing,
are
not
are
shown
often
lines
dotted
be
cannot
as
plan, are
Sometimes
dotted
many
not
elevations
597.
the
is,such
plan
and
drawing especially
section
"
(Lat.,scctio^
for
Wood-Working
534
from
to
cut), and
cut
apart
si'carr,
object
were
*îew of the details
those
as
The
by changing
direction
the
be
the
at
surface
if the
shown
place
supposed
crossing
different
of
would
through
by parallel lines
parts,
shown
sawed
is wanted.
indicated
usually
what
represents
or
Beginners
the
where
be
to
is
cut
pendent
surface, inde-
the
pieces, frequently being
of the
in
parallellines,as
Fig.
504When
often
saved
from
making
in this way
as
the
the
form
complicated,
picture,and
details,so
all in
forming
the
a
or
of
the
find
form
picture,it
and
of
that
without
been
will
if you
first
when
had
not
always result
look
not
at
sketch
or
in
its
need
of
have
it is
ience
conven-
assistance
as
first step
in the
in
at
or
all
once
as
on
the
mind
sequence,
con-
eral
genthe
which
to
make
You
process.
is put
an
into
it
the
would,
you
thought
the
working-drawings
picture,the
picture
the
your
of
case
merely having
from
in
in
Where
seen.
representationof the
begin to make
you
sufficient
proportions and
having a picture
never
that
agine
im-
from
as
is often
It
can
quickly
it
of
of
find
sometimes
sketch
be
often, unless
and
consequence,
before
idea
started
a
sometimes
frequently an
you
soon
the
the
does
making
making
and
always
not
unsatisfactoryand
Even
will
that
no
correct
working-drawings, although
will often
in
adopted
mind
your
object.
is of
object
You
is
mind
your
have
must
only,
instance, the picture is of the first
for
working-drawings.
in
the
object
bookcase,
is
there
something
of
of the
appearance
in
knowledge
cases
idea
correct
half
elevations,you
conception
picture, however,
are
space
one
can
and
plans
to
good
construct
to
section
and
object represented,
in many
or
is sometimes
elevations
and
accurate
that
side
one
and
drawing.
used
more
for you
idea
one
fully as
appearance
house
in
get
a
have
elevation
the
of
way
an
plan
of
order
to
same
become
you
alike,labour
are
drawing
The
sections,and
soon
object
an
line.
by combining
at
of
by making
centre
combined
As
sides
both
result
would
have
entirelyimpracticable.
that
completed
just expresses
your
object being just
idea
what
Appendix
you
wish.
that
the
the
completed
sketch
leads
which
First
make
the
looks
expect.
That
helped,
is
with
the
design
best
work
that
thought
one
will be
work
Oblique
be
can
representations of
used
They
often
Figs.
1 20
that
expected, you
your
is
by
that
it would
be.
workingresult
console
self
your-
tects,
of archi-
that
only
all
which
if the
and
can
in
workmen
lines,and
that
piece of projected
often
Such
understood
readily
from
purpose
in
Figs.
and
121
"isometric
inclined
picture
being
as
lines
but
it is often
very
by
it all that
is
and
407,
not
true
but
eye,
they
easilydrawn.
practicalpoint of view.
and
are
required
can
is
"isometric
jection"
pro-
for the
concerned,
in
the
'
is incorrect
method
farther
parallelinstead
drawn
from
practical purposes
as
This
large
too
useful
is
for
known
perspective."
accurate
an
the
to
appear
which
from
used,
projections are
representing objects
always represented
the
and
tion,
atten-
examples.
are
344
giving
as
experience
objects as they
every
of
or
drawings,
thing
some-
find
accurate
you
made.
because
way
shown
far
the
answer
and
Another
the
parallel projections are
or
often
then
it any
you
thought
is
affected.
measurements
are
while
you
can,
you
give
not
in
what
a// the conditions
foresee
can
need
what
from
result,however,
once
carefullyby
designers, carpenters,
no
if
fact,practically,
quite different
you
just
not
always exactly what
not
so
surprised
be
made
drawings, then
is
be
not
have
you
to
you
it is
seem,
often
object
cannot
do
only
what
it may
Strange though
535
of
so
object
is
cause
parts, be-
converging;
practicalpoint of view, because
frequently
be
expressed
in
one
drawing.
Isometric
except
way
at
take
the
an
perspectivewill
in the
of
angle
other
lines
which
30"
dimensions
and
therefore,so
far
it is
not
practically
as
with
are
the
obtaining
'
vertical
"
correct
for other
Gr., equal
than
measure.
correct
which
or
horizontal,
off with
right
useful
the
readilygive
not
dimensions
as
either
slant
/'.e., you
rule
sions
dimen-
from
is
cannot
a
plan,
concerned,
rectangular objects;
but
Appendix
the
fasten
the
frame
parts
It
is
framed
good
work.
it
you
a.
drawn
impossible
trued,
to
be
can
that
such
of
to
to
change
have
together
is
with
bolts,
which
by
bearing.
firm
such
make
cannot
will
bench
537
its
something
bench
too
shape,
and
which
rigid.
if
will
If
the
be
top
a
stiffly
so
great
is
fully
care-
help
INDEX
Indian,
Adze,
Japanese,
"
Bath-house, 293,
Batteau, 299-314
ii
15
318, 319 (footnote)

stock, 164, See Seasoning.
drying, 36-40, 522-524
Battening, 282
Bayberry tallow, 378
See Mahogany.
Baywood.
Beading, 198. 345, 346
-planes, 451
Bead-scraper, 345, 346
Air-chambers,
dried
"
277-279
pure,
-tanks, 318, 319

Alkanet
root, 498
"
Angle
(footnote)
"
(for staining),
495, 497
Ammonia
-blocks.
See
Corner
Angles, determining, with

Angular bit-brace, 352
Beams.
-blocks,
bevel, 350
Anvil, 77,
Apparatus,
athletic
and
gymnastic.
Gymnastic Apparatus
plejnentsfor Outdoor
Sports.
Apple (wôod),512
Apron, 56
"
I771-
"
stone,
"
Auger-bit, 352
Awl, Japanese,
Awls, 344,
Axe, 345
Bit-brace,
angular,
"
Back-saw,
Backs
for
Balcony,
Ball
ice-boat,
469
case
work,
295,
334
"
where
"
Bits,
194
297
block, 219
Balloon
frame, 280
Bar, horizontal, 166-168,
Bars, parallel,164-166
Bassoolah, 11, 12
Basswood,
512
maker,
"
Bit-stock.
"
"
"
539
{Boring)
keep, 83
353
83
22
See
Black
173
517
352
arrangement,
"
and
352,
to
for
352
maker, 22
use
of, 353-356
"
Backbone,
351,
326
Houses
See
Bird's-eye maple,
15
345
305
513
(canoe),325,
Bird-houses.
510
42,
512,
model
"
wood,
350
349,
Bevelling, 350, 351, 357

edges of sides of boat,
Big trees, 520
Birch,
434
512
sap
-stop, 71-75
-top, 62, 63, 74, 536
-vise,65-71, 74, loi, 536
work-, 57-65, loi, 536, 537
Bending wood, 40, 346-349
Bevel.
Arbours, 291-293
Arcs, describing circular,364, 365
"
-hook, 86-88
"
See
Ash,
Floor-
"
344
and
Arkansas
beams,
finishing-,77
"
"
rings, 29
Annual
Collar
See
beams, etc.
Beech, 512
Bench, filing-,
75-77
for, 126-140
houses
Animals,
294
Bit-brace.
birch, 512,
bone-, 498
cherry, 514
ivory-,498
513
mals.
Ani-
Index
540
Black,
Bruises
in wood,
Brushes, 356
lamp-, 49S
walnut,
"
513
Blind
dovetailiii;^,
373
nailing, 432
"
Block-form,
Buck.
See
lânlting-horsc.
Built-uji stock, 409, 410, 530,
Bull-nosed-plane, 450
Board,
for
sprung,
pressure,
Butternut,
47,
-measure,
matched-,
"
46,
Buying
planks, laying exposed,

splitting,527-529
Boat-building, 29S-343
house-,
"
(windmill),
"
Bob-sled,
Body
114,
(footnoted
and
"
"
"
"
"
"
lounge,
wall,
"
hanging, 186, 1S9,
or
Cabins,
241-259
for animals,
pinned ("knock-down"),
195
or
hanging, 1S6, 1S7
with cupboard, 197
Calipers, 356
Camping-houses.
for Beginners.
Calcined
wall,
469,
Boxes, 219,
Boxwood,
"
Braces,
313.
holes
Brake
British
Bruises
219-227
with,
canoe
painting, 323
Cap (plane-iron),451,
"
Bit-brace.
See
322,
of tools, 22,
"
Carlins,
for
house
345
by,
V30
oak, 51S
266
86
325,
23
329
Carpentry, Japanese,
Carving-tools, 20, 357
of,
makers
"
Case,
"
trees, 511
cuts,
frames,
music,
for
200,
330.
331
201
for doors,
doors
12-15
22
centreboard,
Casing
"
452
of stock, 44
Care
2S0
for sleds, 160-163
and
317-328
"
bits.
Broad-leaved
(flat-bottomed),
canoe
Canvas, covering
deck, 317
227
344,
made
311-317
314
canoes,
"
corner,
Brad-awl,
326
314
470
frame,
325,
317-32S
(canvas-covered),313,
"
Canvas-covered
joint,411
Braced
model,
"
513
for
Brace
"birch"
flat-bottomed,
"
House-building
See
canvas-covered,
15
Box-making,
126-140
plaster,403
Canoe,
"
190
vSee Furniture.
work.
211
193
201
200,
Cages
-saw,
215,
supplies,96-101
igi,
dwarf, 196
low, 196
Japanese,
Bow-gun, 154
"
music,
"
with
desk, 19S-200
Bookcases, 193-200
Book-rack, 1S3, 1S4
shelf, hanging, 1S5
Booths, play, 241-249
Iôring, 353-356
"
and
medicine,
"
oil, 437 {Painiifig)

Bone-black, 49S
Bookcase
fishing-rods, etc.,
guns,
for tools
"
Boiled
"
Clamps.
216
227-237
115
230
229,
for
"
of,
15-22
191
190,
corner-,
"
156-163
plan,
See
Cabinet-clamps.
339-343
toy, hulls
Boats,
Sycamore.
suggestions about,
also Seasoning.
See
lumber,
See
36-45.
tools, suggestionsabout,
353
houses, 294-297
ice-, 332-339
"
487
513
Buttonwood.
47
"
"
531
Butt-joint, 40S
or
"
for scraper,
Burnisher
362
4S
Boarding, outside. 269
Boards, definition of, 46
"
"
"
176, 24(3
-plane, 449
"
356
out,
of, 440
care
"
take
to
and
269
windows,
2;2
323
Index
"
Catalpa, 522
Caulking, 302,
303,
541
"
Combination
planes, 451
(pigeon-holes),200
Compartments
water-tight,318, 319 (footnote)
ing.
Compasses, 364, 365. See also Scrib-
330
Cedar, 513, 514

Centre-bit, 352
-board, 330, 331
-board
trunk, 330, 331
-table, 206, 207
218, 219
Chain, wooden,
Chair, outdoor, 210
-table, 212-214
Chalk, 416
-line,416
"
"
Concealed
Conifers,
Coop,
Chamfering, 350, 351, 357

Charring wood, 263, 264, 525
Checking of lumber, 31, 42, 526
Cherry, 514
"
"
of, 358,
421-423,
wood.
"
See
and
Circles
442-
Wood.
Splitting
Creosote, 525
-stains, 270, 525
Cricket, or footstool,
{Clamps), 395,
Crooked
grain,529,
Crossbow,
359-363,
71,
461.
395,
See
Handscreivs.
for
Cleaner
Cleating,
Cleats.
274
furniture, etc., 386

363, 364
526-531
502,
Curves, sawing,
Cleating.
for
rowlocks, 301, 302,

Clinching nails,431
Club-house, 296, 297
Coal-tar, 525
Coaming, 316, 320, 325,
Collar-beams, 287
Collection
of
specimens
306
of
lumber,
"
198-200, 211-214
40
articles
trimming
"
Cut-nails,
"
best
Cuts
of
"
wood,
44,
the
180
paring,
or
shingling, 270
bruises,
the
log,
tree.
See
Cutting-edges,
Sharpening.
-pliers,366
"
(furniture),
Cutwater,
443
433
for
and
Cutting
331
508
Combination
154
Cross-cutting-saw, 466, 467

-grained stock, 40, 41, 529, 530
See Cabinet.
Cupboard.
Cup-shakes, 531
Curling of lumber, 32-34,
410,
409,
53,
See
210
530
"
Clapboarding, 273,
Clapboards, 48, 274
"
flashing,273
"
describing, 364,
arcs,
461
Colour
403,
"
Clamps,
507,
271-290
summer,
514
404
365
"
191
bookcase, etc., 211

365, 478
Cracking of lumber, 31, 42, 526
and
Cracks
holes, to fill,384,
86
Circular-plane, 450
Clamping, 71, 359-363
also
266
Countersink,
444
Chopping-block,
212
frame,
with
Couch
Sharpening.
359,
seat,
362
chisel, 358
posts, 265, 266
and
-seat
shelves, 212
shelves or cabinets, 190,
Cottage Row," 271-276
Cottonwood,
"
use
and
for house
Cottages, simple
Chisels, 357-359
of, 83
arrangement
makers
of, 22
"
"
129
braces
See Smoke-pipe.
Chimney.
Chip (of plane), 453
and
511
book-shelves
"
Chestnut, 514
Chests, 219-227
See
Blind-
See
Cord, twisted, for pressure,

Corner-blocks, 365
"
sharpening.
470
nailing.
-nailing.,
432
Sliver
"
"
469,
-saw,
"
"
Circular-plane.
See
Compass-plane.
"
309-311
Cypress, 514,
515
86
31-35
Felling.
25-28.
See
also
Index
542
io6, 107
Daggers, wooden,
Deal,
521
519,
Decay
and
Deck,
329
preservation,
41,
Duck's-bill-bit,
Dwarf
Ebony, 48, 515

Edges, cutting,
Sharpening.
Elasticity,40, 511
toy boats, 236

timbers, 325, 329
"
50S
Deliquescent stem,
239-241,
Designing, 175-177,
534,
Desk
535
and
bookcase,
196
'
for
"
353
bookcase,
317
canvas,
"
524-526
"
276,
198-200
-rack, 1S4, 1S5

Dimension
stock, 45
25
28.
also
See
loss
of, 37, 524

Elder, 522
Elevations, 532-534
Elm, 515
"
"
See
Compasses.
Dog-fish skin, 38 1
Dividers.
"
sapwood, 42,
End-grain, 529
planing, 457
Essentials
Dog-houses, 133-136
Dogwood,
Dolls'
house,
Door,
247
and
"
121-125
for,
frames, space
window
50-53,
266
508
and
Expansion
102
55
54,
trunk,
Excurrent
work,
successful
to
Estimating.
522
510
contraction.
30-33,
526-531
225,
bit, 352
"
-casings,269, 272
and
Doors
panels, 366-372
"
and
"
sizes
windows,
sliding, 132,
"
Double-bladed
-ironed
"
(of stock),
loi,
376-37S
Drawing nails, 504,

Drawings, working,
Draw-knife
use
or
532-536
37S, 379
26-28,
351,
198
See
Wood.
381
of, 22
379-381
Filing,
-bench, 75-77
485-487 {Sharpening)
saw-,
Filler, wood, 385 {Finishing)
Finishing. 182. 183, 381-386
-bench, 77
F'in-keel type, 229-236
"
"
"
378, 379,
10
See
Pine
See
Firmer-chisel,
and
357,
Spruce.
359
Fishing-lodges. See House-building

for Beginners.
Fish-plates,411
Flashing, 257, 258, 272, 273
Nailing.
situation, 277
Dryer, 438 {Painting)
Drying lumber, methods
523, 524
work,
case
maker
"
Fir.
4-^4,456
Driving nails.
Dry rot, 526
"
50,
draw-shave,
Drill, primitive,
-stock, 379
Drills, 379
"
505
49,
of, 442-444
Draw-stroke,
443.
271
school,
Files, 379-3S1
Dragon's blood, 498

Drainage. 278, 279
Drawboring, 426
Drawer, or lap, dovetailing, 373
"
Farm
File-card,
374
Drawers,
54
of
Felling and seasoning, 522-524.

also Seasoning.
Grain
See
of
Figured stock.
156-163
Dovetailing, 372, 373

Dowelling, 374-376
Dowel-plate, 376
Dowels,
Facing edges
"
paddle, 328
planes, 451
-runner,
"
133
(of plane), 445
Face
of, 276
Flatboat,
299-308
Flat-bottomed
Floor-beams,
boats,
254,
299-317
255,
2S8, 296
Flooring
of, 36-40.
"
for
rift-, 36
canoe,
323
266, 267, 287,
Index
Floors, 254,
296
255,
for
259,
for
Frame
See
bending.
Foundation,
Moulds.
249,
250,
"
for
"
See
boat.
Moulds
and
254,
"
door
window,
and
"
Grain
40,
(doors
of,
(house).See
"
"
Gum
See
panels).
Frogs, turtles, lizards, etc,
tank
for,
41,
43,
and
Gain,
288
Gauge,
(Fig. 399)
and
"
chamfers,
351
"
"
22
for scraper,
of.
See
230
Availing, 428-430,
Happy Jack,"
pine, 519,
use
112-I14
520
402
of,
441,
Headledges,
442
330,
331
crooked, 529, 530

shakes, 531
wood, 29, 42,43,
510
Hemlock,
515
Heart,
474
clamping, 359-363
rubbing, 365 {^Corner-blocks^
and
45
Hatchet,
"
473,
400
505
504,
wood,
"
setting, 391
Glazing, 391
Glue.
See Gluing.
Glued-joints, 360 (footnote), 392, 393
(footnote).See also Gluing, Clafnps,
and
ture.
Handscrews,
Repairing Furni-
"
229,
file,380
Hard
Gimlet, 390
-bit, 353
"
plan,
163-174
Handles, etc., oiling,23

Handscrews,
400-402
use
of, 71, 400-402,
461
bookcase,
186,
187
Hanging
book-shelf, 185
"
See Gauge.
Gauging.
Georgia pine, 520
Giant
swing, 172, 173
Glass
2x6
215,
400
also
386-390
makers,
"
"
use
"
175-217
for bevels
"
etc.,
apparatus,
servation., Hammer,
Pre-
repairing,460-462
"
Sharpening.
Halving (halved-joints),
399,
Decay
524-526
Furniture,
36,
pistols(wooden), 152-154
strip,306, 317, 320
Half-round
532
and
40
522
Half-breadth
elevation,
Fungi,
and
Gymnastic
140
139,
33-36,
30,
530
See
(wood),
Gunwale
for Buildings.
495
-square,
French
polishing,385, 386
Front
529,
Gun-cabinet,
Guns
Fra?ne
of, 83
"
Panels.
a7id
Doors
ture.
Furni-
Grindstone, 398
of, 480-482
use
Grooving, 185, 187, 398
217
and
Repairing
cross-grained,35,
or
Grinding.
Framing-chisels,358
Framing
of wood,
crooked
"
for, 266
spaces
picture-,216,
See
Gouges, arrangement
makers
of, 22
building
Boat-
sizes
ture.
Furni-
-bit, 353
"
foi-Beginners.
Frames,
276 ;
work.
Clamps,
Repairing
and
Glycerine, 434
Gouge, 396-398
279
265-269,
272,
279, 280, 286, 287,
S"" Silso Houses
for Anifnals.
296.
balloon, 280
and mortised, 280
braced
"
old
"
260, 262-264,
buildings,
Handscrews,
207
also
See
Gluing, 391-396.
Flower-pot stands, 201, 202,

Footstool
cricket, 210
or
Fore-plane, 447, 448
Forests, preservation of, 509
Forms
Glue-pot,396
287, 288,
266-268,
543
"
"
Hen-houses,
and
"
Hickory, 515
sapwood,
Hinges, 247,
See
mals
for Aniginners.
Hottse-building for BeHouses
510
402,
403
Index
Mason's
Levelling tables, horses, chairs, etc.,

480,
479,
Lime-water,
See
"
497, 498
Basswood.
ing
oil.
See
Finishing, Paint(437),and Staining.
Lizards, frogs,turtles, etc., tank for,
47, 48,
Medicine-cabinet,
water-line, 230 (footnote)

Location
of house, 277-279
Locks, 412, 413
Locust, 516
Log, cutting the, 31-35
Long jointer,448
Lounge with bookcase, etc., 21 1
characteristics.
and
See
"
colour
"
"
"
"
"
36
sawing,
See
31-35.
Co7itr action.
also
42,
sion
Expan-
164,
177,
"
"
33-45
shrinking,
Nails,
"
vSee
41.
See
Warping.
Winding.
47
"
"
cracks
Mallet,
use
"
"
See
distances.
-gauge.
35
"
See
See
to
of,
keep, 85
{Nailing)
430-433
withdrawing,
504,
and
Marking.
spruce,
trees, 511
521
Notch-boards,
Rule, 465
Gatige.
Oak,
517,
505
434
Nippers, 434, 445

Norway pine, 519
Aivl
453
433
Needle-leaved
414
-awl.
452,
201
200,
Nail-set, 433,
516
in, 42
Maple, 517
Marking, 414-416
"
(ofplane),445,
and
galvanised, 300
copper
for shingling,270
how
"
"
Mahogany,
320
319,
Nailing,428-433
"
M,
Mouldings, 48, 197, 198 (footnote)

Moulds
(forbending), 348, 349
(forboat), 304, 307, 309, 310, 315,
30-35,
40
warped,
Mortising.
358
387
Music-case,
winding, 41.
"
See
tenon.
400
open,
Mortised
Mouth
526-531
225,
undressed, 45
wany,
"
417-419
221,
240
and
-gauge,
316,
522-524
50-53,
"
94
frame, 280
Mortising, 419-428
35,
rift,_
stacking, 39
swelling and
"
41,
46
of,
523
93
Mortise-chisels,
"
45,
selection
"
Mitring,
Mortise
526-531
dressed,
178,
193
349
-square,
Models,
seasoning, 36-40,
"
35,
dovetailing,373
shooting-board,
"
526
definition, 45
and
"
"
of, 40
502,
409,
"
191,
34,
-board, 92,
-box, 90-92
"
"
42,
261
Mirror-plates,416
Mirrors, setting,391
'$""" Mitring.
Mitre.
"
31,
also
29, 30
rays,
Middle-boards,
Chapter
cross-grained,40, 41, 529, 530

curling and
warping, 32-34,
"
"
Medullary
510-522
charring, 263, 264, 525

checking and cracking,
"
See
Rule, and
167 (footnote),244,
50, 59,
See Measurements.
Measuring.
Measuring-rod, 53
Load
{Wood),
47, 451
21,
102
Measurements.
139, 140
Live oak, 518
IIL
46, 47
striking,245
Matching-planes,
Maxims,
Linseed
Lumber,
261
square,
Masts, 331
Matched-boards,
504
Lighthouse, 120
Lignum-vitae, 516
Linden.
545
518
289
Index
i46
Uak,
quartered. 34
Oblique projections, 535
Odd-jobs, 434
Oil,
"
finish, 3S1
"
ing,
J-inis/iincr^ Paint-
See
and
Oilstone,
etc.,
23
See
Sharpening.
Open mortise
Operations,
and
tenon,
Outdoor
Outside
"
344-505
210
"
calipers,356
"
water-wheels,
Overshot
117,
to
Paddles, 327,
Paint.
225
32S
Planks, definition, 47
laying. See Boards, laying.
splitting. See Boards, splitting.
See
Working
Dra^wings.
202,
201,
Plaster
of Paris, 403
Plates,
266
Play-houses, -booths,
Painting.
See
Painting, 435-441
207
or
-stores,
Cottage Row,"
-village.11S-121,
"
"
shingles, 270
"
"
Panels, 366-372
{Doors
and
"
466
bars, 164-166
"
chisel.
for
Patterns
Pear
357,
Carving
See
bending.
See
Pole,
Tools.
Moulds.
"
535
Piers, 259,
for
Animals.
Preservation
51S-520
mortise
and
tenon,
425
for
mortise
and
tenon.
426
Pipe-rack, iSS, 1S9

Pistols
and
guns
"
(wooden),
525
pine,
Plan,
"
529,
532-534
(boat), 229,
230
House-building
mals.
for Ani-
of wood,
decay
and, 524-
526
"
of
forests, 509
152-154
of applying.
See
means
Clamps and Handscretcs.
Projections, oblique or parallel, and
isometric.
520
Pith, crookeil.
See
snxd Houses
Pressure,
Pitch,
265, 266
262-264
setting, 262, 263
Potash, bichromate
of, 49S
corner-,
Poultr}-houses.
for Beginners
260, 279
Pinning
Pins
362
foundation,
"
Houses
Piles, 524
Pincers, 445
Pine.
for pressure.
for skis, 14S
Posts,
"
Pigeon-holes, 200
See
353
sprung,
(for g\-mnastics|,173
Polishing. 3S5, 3S6
Poplar, 522
414
Piazza, 2S3, 2S7-2S9

Picture-frames,
216, 217
-houses.
Plane.
See
Poles
Marking,
See
Perspective, isometric,
"
Pod-bit,
358
(wood), 51S
Pencil.
cutting-,366
Plough, 21, 451.
(wood). 520
Plumb,
96, 45S
Chisel
See
tool.
276
271,
Plum
projection, 535
Paring, 441-444
Parting
276
271.
Pliers, 445
Panels)
Panel-saw,
Parallel
241-
259
323
canvas,
"
Plane.
See
stock, 44
Plant-stands,
Packing-cases,
14
keep, 82
oiling,23.
down
Plans.
iiS
13,
22
wooden,
Planing
4CX)
every-day,
some
seat,
where
"
of.
use
"
Planes.
makers,
"
for, S5
box
"
See
435
434.
454
sharpening. See Sharpening.

wooden
jack- or fore-, holding,446
Planer-marks, 45S
Planes, Japanese,
Staining.
Oiling handles,
447
-iron, adjusting, 453,
"
434
linseed.
"
Plane, 445-45S
how
to
hold, 446,
"
530
535
Proportions of structures,
Punch
(for nails). See
434
176, 240
Xail-set
433,
Index
Punts
and
Purlins,
Putty,
26S
"
elm,
Rock
459
-knife, 459
of, 403,
use
"
Risers, 289
Rivets, 462
299-308
scows,
54;
439
Quartered oak,
Queen-bolts,
34,
515
maple, 517
Rod, measuring,
"
179
268
"
"
159
Quill-bit,353
53
26S
Roof-boards,
-timbers,
durability of, 525

Roofing-paper, 246, 258
128, 268-270
house-boat, 341, 342
hip-, 284-286
single-pitched,
lean-to, shed, or
Roofs,
1S5, 1S7, 459
Rabbet,
-hutch,
132,
"
133
Plane
"
451
450,
"
books, 1S3, 184

for pipes, iSS, 189
for table or desk, 184, 185
for tools, S3, 84
"
"
"
Rafters,
"
"
hip-, 2S4
jack-, 2 84
laying out, 268
Rails
(of door or panel work),
(of table),204
Rasp, 460
See
Filing.
Rasping.
Ratchet-brace,
Ratchets
Rat-tailed
"
351
See
Reamers,
353
Rear
elevation,
"
"
"
Rowboats,
299-317
Rowlocks,
302,
down,
Rubbing
306,
384
313
Rule, 465
makers,
22
Ruler, marking by, 415

ice-boat, 334
Runner-board,
Runners, ice-boat, 335-338
Running foot, 48, 244
for animals, 128, 276
Runway
437
Rust,
532
Rustic
514
292,
preventing,
summer
23
houses
and
arbours,
293
fir, 519
"
"
cedar,
deal, 519
and
dry, 526
sticks, 462-465
form
for,'95, 96
See Plane, 451
Router.
small, 30S-311
Rowboat,
"
Paintings
Rays, medullary, 29, 30
Red
370
(for shelves), 489

file,380
oil.
Raw
362
520
Rounding
of, 287
"
"
250
overhang of, 282

Rope twisted for pressure,
Rosewood,
Rot, wet
2S2
arrangement
"
241,
for
Rack,
"
See
-plane.
"
for
"
lead, 438 {Painting)

oak, 518
pine, Canadian, 519
Redwood,
520
Saddle-boards, 269
Sail-boat, small, 311, 328-332
Sail, leg-of-mutton, 332
Relishing (relishedjoint),425
Repairing furniture, 460-462
San
Ribbands,
Ribs,
"
314,
"
320
321,
324,
325
Wood.
36
Rings, annual, 29
stock, 35,
"
block,
"
See Bending
bending.
Ridge-board, 26S
Rift-flooring,36
"
sprit-,332
mahogany,
Domingo
Sandpaper, 465, 466
swinging (gymnastic), 173

Ripping-saw, 468, 469 \Saw)
517
466
See Sanapape'.'.
Sandpapering.
Sanitary precautions, 277-279
Sap, 30
Sapwood, 29, 42, 43, 510
Sassafras, 522
521
Satinwood,
Saw, 466-473
4S5-487
-filing,
"
{Sharpening)
Index
548
Saw-set.
iSo
"
lumber,
"
"
makers,
with
Settle, corner,
shelves,
with
table, 212-214
14,
Sewerage, 278,
15
Shacks,
22
where
to
keep, 82
(for drawings), 533
Scarfing, bevelled, or splaying, 410,
Shakes,
of
Scoring with
Scotch
Sharpening
materials,
pine,
Paring.
Sheathing, 46,
519
and
punts,
299-308
"
"
"
Screw-drivers, 475, 476

for bit-brace, 476
long and short, 476
"
23,
480-
25,
and
how
their
"
"
boat.
See
tests
177,
for
522-524
with
for corner,
Second
414
Shellac.
414-416
177,
and
Seasoning
36-40,
42,
See
for
shelves,
dovetailing, 373
Blindnailing. See
nailing, 432
Setting glass,391
230
Finishing.
wall, 187-189
movable,
4S9
or
use
"
164,
of, 490,
"
of
effects
491
30-35
swelling and shrinking,

traction.
Expansion and Con-
See
212
story, framing at, 296, 297
"
273
Lean-to.
229,
526-531.
Shutter, 247, 258

Side elevation, 532
-plates,287
Sills,265
"
and
Sliver-
Silver-grain or
rays
and
rays.
Quartered
Single-pitched roof.
Site,
434
paper,
"
210
Sequoia, 520
Set (for nails),433,
(of saw), 467
with
pigeon-holes, 200
Shingles, 48, 269
Shingling, 269, 270
hips, 285, 286
Shooting-board, 93, 94
178
See
534
533,
tilt or, 142-145
269
326
Shell-bit, 353 {Bits)

Shelves, corner,
190,
191
ends
of, 195
for pipes,etc., 18S, 189
"
Secret
Section,
See-saw,
325,
books, hanging, 185
Shrinkage,
lumber,
245,
house
See
Shelf
178,
outdoor,
246
plan,
hitiiber.
Seasoning
of
-paper,
Sheer
"
Cai"lking.
stock, 164,
for, 39, 40.
outside
Shed-roof.
480
of
47,
canoe,
striking,245
"
"
to
Seasoned
canvas
"
476-479
use,
keep, 85
Scriber.
See Marking,
Scribing. See Marking,
479,
Seams
Spoke-
"
"
Screws,
for
"
"
"
22,
shave.
Scrap-boxes, 85
Scraper, 473, 474
for beading, 345, 346
Japanese, 13, 14
sharpening, 487, 488 {^Sharpening)
where
to keep, 85
Scraping. See Scraper.
Scratch-awl, 345 {And)
Seat
tools, 16,
Sharpie (sail-boat),
328-332
and
Shave.
See Draw-knife
55
See
cuts.
fir,519
Scows
"
(hickory),515
531
488
Schedule
"
279
241-259
Shagbark
411
"
212
"
Scale
"
Sharpening.
See
saws.
"
31-35
Japanese,
Saws,
"
391
nails, 433, 434

posts, 262, 263
"
joints to fit,410
of, 30-35
log, ways
"
"
Sa7v.
See
curves,
"
Setting mirrors,
473
Sawing.
selection
Sizing of
Skag, 307
See
See
of, 277-279
floor-beams, 267
wSkew-chisel,
357,
358
Medullary
oak.
Lean-to.
Index
Stands, small,
skiffs, 308-314
Skis, 145-148
Slab-sided
file,380
Sleds, 155-163
Star- shakes,
knife.
See
work-bench,
"
Steel
412
57
Sofa
with
Soft
wood,
211
507,
508
Splittingstock,
44,
makers,
491,
492
22
to
"
where
to
Smoke-pipe.
Strop, 85,
winding.
or
See
500
499,
Stropping, 485
"
keep, 84, 85,
by, 415
warping
detect
Winding-sticks.
Strikingcircles and arcs, 364, 365
289
Stringersor strings (stairs),
makers, 22
mitre, 349
"
See
or
marking
"
"
"
Lu?nber.
See
houses, play-, 241-259

Straight-bent chisel, 358
Straight-edge, 86, 499
Stores
Spoon-bit, 353
Sporting-cabinet, 215, 216
Spring-board, 170
Sprit-sail,332
Spruce, 521
Square, 492-495
-foot, 47, 244 (note)
"
44
chamfer, 357
drawers, 378
Stove-pipe,
527-529
41,
for
"
28, 491
Spokeshave,
"
Rift.
"
531
crooked-grained, 40,
splitting,527-529
rift or split,35, 36.
Stop, bench-, 71-75
"
See
530,
530
planing down,
"
410,
409,
44
or
529,
Splaying (splice),
410,
411
Splices. See Joints and Splices.
wood,
cross-
520
44,
up,"
of,
care
"
oil,434
Spline, 491
Split stock.
(of plane),445
"built
"
(ofplane),445
pine, 519,
Specimens of wood,
"
Stilts, 141
"
45
Southern
"
"
Stock
Sole
Sperm
Steering (sleds),159, 160, 163

Stem-posts, 309, 310, 320-323
Steps, 289
See Stern-posts.
Stern-post, 327.
See
Sticking lumber.
stacking.
Stile (of door
or
panel work), 370
wooden,
108, 109
bookcase,
etc.,
{Bending)
495
square,
-wool, 498, 499
"
ICnife,411,
Smoke-pipe, 257-259
Smoking wood, 524
Smoothing, 179, 180, 450, 453, 457,
458. See Plane, Scraper, Sandpaper.
"plane, 448, 449
Snake,
207-209
202,
531
Steam-chest, 347
Steaming wood, 347
Slips,435^.484
Sliver nailing, 432
Sloid
549
and
piece
Frontis-
Studding, 266, 287

second-story, 296
Sugar maple, 517
pine, 519
"
Squaring work, 181

with
clamps, 360, 361
Squirrel-house, 136-139
Stacking lumber, 39, 44
"
result
"
of
Summer
"
Swelling
careless, 42
225,
Staining, 495-498
shingles, 270
Swords,
"
Staking
Stands,
and
shrinking,30-35,
Table,
123
out, 260-262
for plants, 201,
172,
wooden,
Sycamore,
525
207
Tables,
50-53,
and
173
106,
107
521
settle,or
top, putting
202,
simple, 271-290
526-531
Swing, giant,
"
Stains, creosote-, 270,

.Stairs,289
(for little houses),
cottages,
-houses, 291-293
Sunlight, 277, 278
203-209
on,
chair,
203,
212-214
205,
206, 209
Index
550
Tacks,
hayberry, 37S
Tallow,
Treads,
263
Tamping,
for
water-,
Tannic
frogs, etc.,
139,
500
coal-
Tar,
and
Teak,
wood-,
522
Tennis
Tenon.
104
{Back-saw).
462
(in repairing),
See
-saw.
Tenons
Saw
Thole-pins, 302
Island,
Thompson's
271
Trunk
File.
See
deiinition, 45
Ltimber.
See
durability of.
148-152
Toboggan,
Toe-nailing, 431, 432
Toggle-joint, applicationof, 267
"
Tool-cabinets, 96-101
-chest, 96, 97, 223,
"
and
139"
supplies, arrangement,
of,
care
"
common,
"
"
makers,
"
22, 23
and
their
"
"
use
"
"
22.
23,
25,
480-
Varnish.
for,
18
Town,
"
450
11
8-1
board,
"
116,
117
iS
See
Finishing.
-horse,
169
170
170,
172
Veining-tool.
Village, play,
See
"
2 1
262-264,
-stains,496
"
450
260,
planes, 451
Vaulting apparatus,
449,
410
Japan, 438
"
universal,"
of, 23-25
259,
water-wheel,
Universal
tools,
"
Toughness, 40, 511

Toy boats, hulls of,
village, 118-121
Toys, 106-125
Trapeze, 173
"
and
495
195,
Underpinning,
344-505
22
Toothed-plane,
Toothing, 449,
Totlet
king
501
square.
279
Undershot
488
"
Finis
(rope).362
See
IVinding.
Undercutting,
use,
15
primitive, 9-15
sharpening, 16,
"
"
Twister
Twisting.
80-86,
lists of, 18-20
"
331
for, 96-101
edge-, 25-28
Japanese, 14,
"
501
330,
140
Two-foot
cabinet
500,
470
See
Twist-drill,
96
"
511
Painting, 437, 438, 498, 526

Turtles, frogs,lizards, etc., tank
-rack, S3, 84
Tools, 9-2S
"
469,
Turpentine.
oiling,23
-handles,
(surfaces),179,
for centre-board,
-saw,
"
224
"
"
511
needle-leaved,
Trying-])lane, 447, 448 {Plane)

See Square (492).
Try-square.
Tulip wood, 48
Tupelo, 522
Turning, Indian, 10, ii
142-145
see-saw,
Timber,
stock
"
(of plane),445
or
or
oil-stone, 435
"
fde.
Three-cornered
Throat
conifers
Trigger, 153
See Paring.
Trimming.
Truing, grindstone, 398
A/ortisins^.
See
520
Trestles, S8-go
Triangular file,380
231
rackets,
Felling and
Seasoning
of Forests.
broad-leaved,
"
"
Templates.
Tilt,
525
See
Preservation
big,
"
and
289
Trees.
140
acid, 526
Tape,
"
323
canoes,
canvas
Tank,
Travelling-cage, 140
Traverse
(sled),156-163
Traversing, 446
500
for
"
"
Carving-tools.
Cottage Row,"
271-
276
227-237
Totlet
"
Town,
118-121
Vise, bench-, 65-71, 536

for metal, 75, 76
"
Index
Wind-shakes,
Vise, Japanese carpenter's, 13

parallelism of jaws, 67, 68
"
tool,
357
strips.
vSee Gunwale
Wale-strips.
551
See
Wall-cabinet, 186, 189, igo

-shelves, 187-189
lumber,
526-531
Warping
502,
Washita
stone,
Water-line,
pure,
513
409,
32-34,
"
410,
tank
"
(footnote)
specimens,
507,
44,
"
durability of.
"
530
529,
409,
32-34,
526-531
502,
410,
etc., 139,
40
cross-grained,40, 41,
warping,
curling and
"
frogs,turtles,
of,
colour
"
277-279
for
42,
508
table, 273
"
of
collection
"
434
230
31,
526
Coaming.
See
Washboard.
"
Walnut,
Black
See
of
himber.
charring, 263, 264, 525

cracking,
checking and
"
"
Walnut.
531
364
Wing compasses,
Wire-edge, 480
nails, 504, 505
Withdrawing
29-48 (Chapter III.), 510-522.
Wood,
and
Decay
See
servation.
Pre-
140
318,
-tight compartments,
(footnote)
"
Wax
319
-filler,385
hard, 45
"
" "
wheels, 116-118
finish,381
Weather-drying, 36,
40.
ing.
Season-
"
178,
(steamboat),115.
Weather-vane
See
Windmills
drying, 36-40,
510,
quality of, 33-35,
seasoning of, 36-40,
"
See
of
methods
"
of,
522
164, 177,
5",
5io"
33-45,
swelling,
and
shrinkage
"
42,
522-524
selection
"
522-524
511,
522
30-35,
for splitting,28
Wedge
Wedges, 502, 503
See
Wedges.
Wedging.
tenons,
"
See
"
lead.
mahogany,
"
"
See
and
guns
Woods
pistols,152-154
and
Sharpening.
some
of
their
57-65
Work-bench,
first-class,lOi, 536,
makeshifts, 77-80
ash, 512
cedar, 514
deal, 521
"
See
tics,
characteris-
510-522
White
"
Warping.
Winding.
See
chain, 218, 219
Wooden
"
Oil-stone.
See
Whetstone.
525
warped, 41.
winding, 41.
"
pine. See Pine.

Weymouth
Wheel, steering- (forsled), 160
Whetting.
-tar,
"
rot, 526
Wet
soft, 45
"
428
427,
526-531
225,
50-53,
"
"
537
"
Painting.
position and
"
517
sloid,
"
oak, 518
pine, 518, 519
Whitewood,
521
See
Whittling, 4, 218, 219.
Willow, 522
Winding, 41, 360, 526-531
-sticks, 503, 504
Windmills,
109-116
top, 74,
"
"
Knife.
Wrench,
505
Wrought
nails, 433
272
"
shutter, 258
sliding,248
and
Windows
doors, sizes of, 276
deal, 519
fir, 519
Yellow
"
pine,
Yew,
of, 74,
75
536
Working drawings,
edge or surface,
56-101,
Workshop,
"
"
Window-casings,
care
57
49,
50,
54
259-270
{Pine)
519
522
"
Zinc, 438 [Painting)
532-536
The
The
I.
Boy
with
Young
Mechanic.
directionc
construction
the
for
use
in wood
of
art
of
tools, and
author
By
reprint from
Authorized
"
of
c'')th
4to,
$^75
extra
valuable
"A
skilful."
and
II.
Amongst
Young
Mechanic."
other
"A
book
style.
of
the
By
descriptions
to
even
commended
in
above
various
wood,
of
chanical
me-
metal,
8vo, cloth
$i
75
clear, bright, pointed
stories."
dozen
"The
of
the
of
illustrated.
fascination, written
be
to
author
manufacture
the
Profusely
wondrous
volume
in
used
suggestive
yournaL
Embracing
substances.
and
beginners,
to
Albany
"
Machines.
appliances
and
useful
eminently
book,
experienced
the
The
English
Illustrated, small
etc.
the
for
models, including
the
metal.
taining
Con-
Carpentry.
mechanical
and
and
turning
its Uses," etc.
and
Lathe
corrections,
edition, with
the
Practical
all kinds
of
steam-engines
of
Series.
Idea
an
Boston
"
Traveler.
The
III.
they
did
with
30
"
volume."
By the
plates, cloth
"
book
"A
but
it.
manly
of
narration
of
turn
knowing,
mind,
of
wanted
bright boys,
Learning
By
Designer.
A
"
the
feats
to
with
G.
P.
and
wholesome
ones."
SONS,
this
"
not
cloth
content
with
will
Journal.
The
Story
Translated
Due.
Publishers,
only
for
teachers
are
both
in
50
fascinate
all
of
by
Virginia
the
trated
illus-
$1
that
extra,
Boston
or,
easy,
active
book,
and
an
of
illustrations
full
PUTNAM'S
and
dull
decorative
The
75
commend
Eiloart.
boy
8vo,
le
130
do.
to
of
know,"
of practical suggestions, not

and
designing, but for students
theories
of the art of teaching
author's
work
$1
"
style is simple
Mrs.
By
freaks
to
Draw
Viollet
8vo,
8vo,
heartily
; the
Idea.
and
the
how
Education.
an
attractive
We
only be praised
Literary World.
can
with
stir up
V.
Champlin.
of
and
and
Mechanic."
book.
timely
always
exceptionally
"An
did
they
Young
"wanted
who
the
and
that
Boy
"The
Joumal
class
of
What
extra
thoughtful."
The
IV.
vivid
National
and
author
useful
eminently
An
Engineers.
Boy
$2
student
Young
of
art
00
or
other
of
departments.
original and practical.
New
York.
for
Books
INSECT
OUR
and
AND
FRIENDS
Study
the
Them.
FOES.
How
Collect,
to
With
S. Cragin.
BeiÎvE
By
Country
Preserve
trations.
illus-
250
over
'8", #1.75
Miss
forth
sets
Crajijiii
of the
study
habits
practicalvalue
of
the
to
all the
from
a systematic
pleasure to be derived
and
will be of
insects,
points which
gives many
beginner. She gives comprehensive
tions
descripin the United
important species to be found
of
more
States, together with

AMONG
THE
the
illustrations
AND
MOTHS
is
By Juua
illustrated, is designed
handsomely
of the
curious
most
facts of natural
instructive
J\'. Y. Tribune
manner."
relating
for
in
history
some
and
P.
Bai.-
lr.50.
which
book,
"The
same.
BUTTERFLIES.
Illustrated.
i.ARD.
of the
readers,
young
singularl}' pleasant
"
STUDIES.
BIRD
An
America.
from
of
account
W11.1.IAM
By
ScoTT.
D.
original photographs.
Birds
Land
the
E.
leather
Quarto,
of
With
North
Eastern
illustrations
166
back,
gilt top,
in
box, lief,#5.00.
"
of first class
importance.
nnd
few persons
of thirtv
years,
will take
with
bird
life. His work
it may
successful."
Lo)idon
prove
book
he
trust
we
have
FLOWERS
illustrations
308
With
An\'body who
and, in the
is necessary.
of theirs."
are
THE
"
read
of some
can
case
.
N.
Y.
size
English
of
and
Mii.i,ER
the
can
the
use
are
the
Fully
C.
work
and
make
alone
of their kind
drawings
beautiful
"This
is beautifully printed on
volume
illustrations
calculated
to
explani the text.
is seldom
the
such
as
gathered within
has
It
covers
WhiTING.
8", net, ^3.00.
AMERICA.
8", I1.75.
illustrated.
Drawn
of scientific
use
MARGARET
good
as
NORTHEASTERN
S. NKWHAI.L.
STATES.
undue
life.
of
flowers,
the
The
descriptions
Times.
OF
SHRUBS
rank
from
by Ei.i.EN
nomenclature,
"
high
NORTHEASTERN
life,without
THE
OF
described
carefull)'
and
more
Speaker.
"
WILD
field naturalist
been
a
intimate
acquaintance
for scientific
and
accuracy
upwards
than
has
jNIr. Scott
for
of
By Charles
and
of
paper,
mine
such
his tions,
identificafurnish
all that
the drawings
as
has
precious
volume."
"
list of 116
tion,
informaBaltimore
Farmer.
VINES
THE
THE
is that
work
an
appreciative
OF
TREES
NEwhaIvI^.
of the
lica
G.
various
the
class
of
readers."
"
artistically presented
AMERICA.
illustrations
trees.
in
popular
'J'he Churclnnan.
NORTHEASTERN
With
S.
8", I1.75.
scientist,
true
By Chariês
made
from
S.
By Chariês
tracings of the leaves
8", $\.']^.
of its kind, and

handsome
this is the most
volume
believe
complete and
tion
informait imparts
which
of its completeness
with
and
the readiness
few possess,
it is 'vavsXndHoXe..'' "Binghamton
needs
and
Repubthat everybody
"
on
of
AMERICA.
illustrated.
Fully
Newhah.
"The
form
to
NORTHEASTERN
OF
We
account
P.
PUTNAM'S
SONS,
27
"
29
West
23d
St., New
York

Woodworking For Beginners

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Woodworking For Beginners

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TWO

its real value.

stop long enough

apparently accomplishing nothing

(untilI got acquainted

instead, this old

done, he might, perhaps, ha\^e

boys got along generally

they buy to-day,

picture they give

storekeei)ersin large numbers

of all sorts, wooden

this, paid their

college by teaching or other work.

tools; did their

part of their furniture, their dories,

hour, day after

put their self-reliant,manly zeal, grit,and perseverance

proficiencyin architecture, carpentry,

lightdust before him ;

great deal with

alternately; the cutting being

all his outfit

rod, for the support of the tools, is either

for the occasion

turned, the wood-turner

following illustrations,or the simple

digs the holes;

neighbour, generally out of

perfect joints and

ridiculously light and

fathers, they have

for this latter purpose

firm, upright post

the post with

primitive design, though

they usually scrape

position, upside down;

gradually slip down

forth, pushing down

all this that

begin with, and,

straight-edge,a knife, two or

half-round file for wood,

sJiave, a panel-saiv, a hammer

Crusoe, for instance,

sandpaper, glue, oil, and

get along for

get along with

(or iro7i clamps), a

fore-plane, a splitting-sawa mallet,

auger-bits {V, f, i")-

long fore-plane (or a jointer).

rabbet-plane (J" or J"square).

bought already got

glue, etc., specified in

junk shops, except

nice, fine, clean

got quite handy

tallow, lard, wax,

part of the tool through it.

shaped tool, and

cutting tool might